(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Undergraduate catalog / University of Maryland at College Park"

Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2010 with funding from 

Lyrasis Members and Sloan Foundation 



http://www.archive.org/details/undergraduatecat1978tenn 



Undergraduate 
Catalogue 1978-1979 

University of IVIaryland 
at College Park 




Undergraduate 
Catalogue 1978-1979 

University of Maryland 
at College Park 



:\. 



A."* 






^•^-r>> 



f»V^ 



.%>*, 



8 



*fed»:- 




1^ J.I,; 




^ifcjrai-^ 




Contents 




Campus/University Officers v 

Board of Regents v 

Calendar. Academic v 

Undergraduate Programs of Study vi 

University Policy Statement vii 



Fee and Expenses Information viii 

Title IX Compliance Policy viii 

Rehabilitation Act Compliance viii 

Academic Information (Catalogs) ix 

Human Relations Code viii 

Regulations and Requirements. Academic 18 

Administrative Offices 23 

Awards/Prizes 32 

Student Data Information (Disclosure) 36 



1 

The 
University V 



Description, Goals, Resources, UMCP 1 

Admission and Orientation 6 

Fees and Expenses 11 

Financial Aid 13 



2 

General 
Information 1 



DIVISION OF AGRICULTURAL AND LIFE SCIENCES 49 

College of Agriculture 49 

Ayncultuial and Extension Education 51 

Agricultural and Resource Economics 51 

Agricultural Cfiemistry 52 

Agricultural Engineering 52 

Agriculture— General Curriculum 50 

Agronomy 53 

Animal Sciences (Dairy, Poultry. Veterinary) 54 

Applied Agriculture, Two-year Program. Institute of 

Conservation and Resource Development Programs 53 

Food Science Program 35 

Horticulture 56 

Pre-Foreslry 56 

Pre-Ttieology 56 

Pre-Veterinary Ivledicine 56 

Iher Agricultural and Life Sciences Departments 57 

Biological Sciences Program 57 

Botany 58 

Cfiemistry 58 

Entomology 59 

Geology 59 

Microbiology 60 

Zoology 60 

'ISION OF ARTS AND HUMANITIES 63 

liege of Journalism 65 

lool of Architecture 63 

American Studies Program 66 

Art. Department of 66 

Cfimese Program 67 

Classical Languages and Literature 67 

Comparative Literature Program 67 

Dance 67 

English Language and Literature 68 

French and Italian Languages and Literatures 68 

Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literatures 68 

Hebrew Program 69 

History 69 

Japanese 70 

Music 70 

Philosophy 71 

Russian Area Program 71 

Spanish and Portuguese Languages and Literatures 71 

Speech and Dramatic Art 72 

Women's Studies Program 38 

DIVISION OF BEHAVIORAL AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 72 

College of Business and Management 73 

Afro-American Studies 78 

Anthropology 78 

Business and Economic Research 79 

Criminal Justice and Criminology 79 

Economics 80 

Geography 80 

Governmental Research 81 

Government and Politics 82 

Hearing and Speech Sciences 82 

Information Systems Management 82 

Linguistics 83 

Psychology 83 

Sociology 84 

Urban Studies 84 

DIVISION OF HUMAN AND COMMUNITY 

RESOURCES 84 

College of Education 85 

Administration. Supervision and Curriculum 87 

Child Study 87 



Counseling and Personnel Services 88 

Early Childhood-Elementary Education 88 

Industrial Education 89 

Measurement and Statistics 91 

Secondary Education 92 

Social Foundations of Education 101 

Special Education -joi 

College of Human Ecology 102 

Family and Community Development 103 

Foods. Nutrition and Institution Administration 105 

Housing and Applied Design 108 

Textiles and Consumer Economics 109 

College of Library and Information Services 1 1 1 

College of Physical Education, Recreation 

and Health m 

Health Education 113 

Physical Education 113 

Recreation 1-^5 

DIVISION OF MATHEMATICAL AND PHYSICAL 
SCIENCES AND ENGINEERING 116 

College of Engineering 117 

Bachelor of Science Degree in Engineering 119 

Aerospace Engineering 120 

Agricultural Engineering 121 

Chemical Engineering 121 

Civil Engineering 122 

Electrical Engineering 123 

Engineering Materials 124 

Engineering Sciences 124 

Fire Protection Engineering 124 

Fire Science— Urban Studies 125 

Mechanical Engineering 125 

Mechanical Engineering Technology 126 

Nuclear Engineering 127 

Wind Tunnel Operations Department 127 

Other Mathematical and Physical Science Departments, 

Programs and Curricula 128 

Applied Mathematics Program 128 

Astronomy Program 128 

Computer Science 128 

Mathematics 130 

Meteorology 131 

Physical Science and Technology, Institute of 129 

Physical Sciences 131 

Physics and Astronomy 132 

Science Communications 132 

Science or Math Education 133 

Additional Campus Programs 38 

Air Force Aerospace Studies 38 

Bachelor of General Studies Degree 29,39 

Individual Studies Program 30,39 

General Honors Program 31 39 

Pre-Professional Programs 40 

Pre-Dental Hygiene 40 

Pre-Dentistry 41 

Pre-Forestry 41 

Pre-Law 41 

Pre-Medical Technology 42 

Pre-Medicine 42 

Pre-Nursing 43 

Pre-Optometry 43 

Pre-Pharmacy 43 

Pre-Physical Therapy 44 

Pre-Radiologic Technology 45 

Pre-Theology 45 

Pre-Veteiinary Medicine 46 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges, 
Schools, & 
Depart- 
ments 49 



4 

Course 

Offerings 135 

5 

Faculty 
Listing 229 



Index 252 



1 The University 



College Park Campus Administration 

Chancellor 

Robert L. Gluckstern 



Central Administration of the University Campus and 

University 



President 
John S. Toll 



Officers 



Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs 
Nancie L. Gonzalez 



Vice President for General Administration 
Donald W. O'Connell 



Vice Chancellor for Administrative Affairs 
Darryl W. Bierly (Acting) 



Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs 
William L. Thomas, Jr. 



Vice President for Academic Affairs 
R. Lee Hornbake 



Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research 
David S. Sparks (acting) 



Vice President for Agricultural Affairs and 
Legislative Relations 
Frank L. Bentz, Jr. 

Vice President for University Development 
Robert G. Smith 



Board of Regents 



Chairman 

Dr. 8. Herbert Brown 



Vice Chairman 

Mr. Hugh A. Mcfvluilen 



Secretary 

Dr Samuel H. Hoover 



Treasurer 

IVIr. N. Thomas Whittington, Jr. 



Assistant Secretary 
Mrs. f^/lary H. Broadwater 



Assistant Treasurer 
Mr. John C. Scarbath 



tviembers: 

Mr. Percy M. Chaimson 

Mr. Ralph W. Frey 

The Hon. Young D. Hance, ex officio 

Mr. A. Paul Moss 

Mr. Peter F. O'Malley 

Mr. Jeffrey J. Silver 

The Hon. Joseph D. Tydings 

Mr. Wilbur G Valentine 

Mr. Samuel M. Witten 



1978-79 

Academic 

Calendar 



Summer Session, 1978 

Session I 

May 22 
May 23 
May 29 
June 30 

Session II 

June 28 
July 4 
July 5 
August 11 



Monday 
Tuesday 
Monday 
Friday 



Wednesday 
Tuesday 
Wednesday 
Friday 



Registration 
Classes begin 
Holiday, Memorial Day 
Term ends 



Registration 

Holiday, Independence Day 

Classes begin 

Term ends 



Fall Semester, 1978 

August 21, 22 
August 23 
September 4 
November 22-26 
December 8 
December 9 
December 11-18 
December 18 



Monday, Tuesday 

Wednesday 

Monday 

Wednesday-Sunday 

Friday 

Saturday 

Monday-Monday 

Monday, 7;30 P.M. 



Registration 
Classes begin 
Holiday, Labor Day 
Ttianksgiving Recess 
Last Day of Classes 
Examination Study Day 
Final Examination Period 
Commencement 



Spring Semester, 1979 



January 16, 17 
January 18 
March 18-25 
May 9 
May 10 
May 11-18 
May 18 



Tuesday, Wednesday 

Ttiursday 

Sunday-Sunday 

Wednesday 

Thursday 

Friday-Friday 

Friday, 2:00 P.M. 



Registration 

Classes begin 

Spring Recess 

Last Day of Classes 

Examination Study Day 

Final Examination Period 

Commencement 



Programs within the Division of Agricultural and Life Sciences University of 

Maryland 

Agricultural and Extension Education General Biological Sciences Undergraduate 

Agricultural and Resource Economics Horticulture ProaramS 

Agricultural Ctiemistry Institute of Applied Agriculture ^ 

Agricultural Engineering Poultry Science O' otUdy 

Agronomy Veterinary Science 

Animal Science Botany 

Biochemistry Chemistry 

Conservation and Resource Development Entomology 

Dairy Science Geology 

Food Science Microbiology 

General Agriculture Zoology 

Programs within the Division of Arts and Humanities 

Architecture German and Slavic 

Journalism History 

American Studies Music 

Art Oriental and Hebrew 

Classical Languages Philosophy 

Comparative Literature Spanish and Portuguese 

Dance Speech and Dramatic Art 

English Russian Area Studies 

French and Italian Women's Studies Program 



Programs within the Division of Behavioral and Social Sciences 

Afro-American Studies Government and Politics 

Anthropology Hearing and Speech Sciences 

Bureau of Business and Economic Research Information Systems Management 

Bureau of Governmental Research Institute for Urban Studies 

Business and Management Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology 

Business/Law Linguistics 

Economics Psychology 

Geography Sociology 

Programs within the Division of Human and Community Resources 

Administration. Supervision and Curriculum Family and Community Development 

Counseling and Personnel Services Foods, Nutrition and Institution Administration 

Early Childhood-Elementary Education Housing and Applied Design 

Industrial Education Textiles and Consumer Economics 

Institute for Child Study Library and Information Services 

Measurement and Statistics Health Education 

Secondary Education Physical Education 

Social f^oundations Recreation 
Special Education 

Programs within the Division of Mathematical and Physical Sciences and Engineering 

Applied Mathematics Aerospace Engineering 

Computer Science Chemical and Nuclear Engineering 

Institute for Physical Science and Technology Civil Engineering 

Meteorology Electrical Engineering 

Mathematics Fire Protection Engineering 

Physics and Astronomy Mechanical Engineering 

Physical Sciences Engineering Technology 

Programs within the Office of the Dean for Undergraduate Studies 

Arts/Dentistry General Honors 

Arts/Law General Studies 

Arts/Medicine Individual Studies 

Other Pre-Professional Programs 

Pre-Nursing Pre-Physical Therapy 

Pre-Pharmacy Pre-Dental Hygiene 

Pre-Medical Technology Pre-Forestry 

Pre-Medicine Pre-Law/ 

Pre-Optometry Pre- Veterinary Medicine 

Pre-Radiological Technology Pre-Theology 

Pre-Physical Therapy Pre-Dentistry 



University 

Policy 

Statement 



The provisions of this publication are not to be 
regarded as an Irrevocable contract between the stu- 
dent and the University of Maryland. Changes are ef- 
fected from time to time In the general regulations and 
in the academic requirements. There are established 
procedures for making changes, procedures which pro- 
tect the institution's Integrity and the Individual 
student's Interest and welfare. A curriculum or gradua- 
tion requirement, when altered. Is not made retroactive 
unless the alteration Is to the student's advantage and 



can be accommodated within the span of years normal- 
ly required for graduation. When the actions of a stu- 
dent are judged by competent authority, using 
established procedure, to be detrimental to the in- 
terests of the University community, that person may 
be required to withdraw from the University. 

It is University policy that smoking In classrooms Is 
prohibited unless all participants agree to the contrary. 
Any student has the right to remind the Instructor of 
this policy throughout the duration of the class. 



Important 
Information 
on 

Fees and 
Expenses 



All Students Who Pre-Register Incur a Financial 
Obligation to the University. Those students who pre- 
register and subsequently decide not to attend must 
notify the Registrations Office, Room 1130A, North Ad- 
ministration Building, In writing, prior to the first day of 
classes. If this office has not received a request for 
cancellation by 4;30 p.m. of the last day before classes 
begin, the University will assume the student plans to 
attend and accepts his or her financial obligation. 

After classes begin, students who wish to terminate 
their registration must follow the withdrawal pro- 
cedures and are liable for charges applicable at the 
time of withdrawal. 

Disclosure of Information. In accordance with "The 
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 " 
(P.L. 93-380), popularly referred to as the "Buckley 



Amendment," disclosure of student information, in- 
cluding financial and academic. Is restricted. Release 
to anyone other than the student requires a written 
waiver from the student. (For complete University 
Policy on access to and release of student data/infor- 
mation, see page 00.) 

State of Maryland legislation has established a State 
Central Collections Unit and In accordance with State 
law the University Is required to turn over all delinquent 
accounts to them for collection and legal follow-up. 
These are automatically done on a monthly basis by 
computer read-out. 

Collection Costs. Collection costs Incurred In collect- 
ing delinquent accounts will be charged to the student. 
The normal collection fee Is 15%, plus any attorney 
and/or court costs. 



Policies 
on 

Nondis- 
crimination 



Legal Requirements 

The University of f^aryland is an equal opportunity 
institution with respect to both education and employ- 
ment. The University's programs and policies are con- 
sistent with pertinent federal and state laws and regu- 
lations on nondiscrimination regarding race, color, 
religion, age, national origin, sex, and handicap. In- 
quiries concerning this policy should be directed to the 
Office of Human Relations Programs, ivlain Administra- 
tion Building, University of fvlaryland. College Park. 

Human Relations Code 

Under Its Human Relations Code, adopted in 1976, 
the University of IVlaryland, College Park Campus, af- 
firms its commitments to a policy of eliminating dis- 
crimination on the basis of race, color, creed, sex, 
marital status, personal appearance, age, national 
origin, political affiliation, or on the basis of the exer- 
cise of rights secured by the First Amendment of the 
United States Constitution. Inquiries concerning the 
provisions of the Code should be directed to the Office 
of Human Relations Programs, Main Administration 
Building, University of Maryland, College Park. 

Title IX Compliance Statement 

The University of Maryland at College Park does not 
discriminate on the basis of sex in Its educational pro- 
grams and activities. The policy of nondiscrimination 
extends to employment in the Institution and academic 
admission to the institution. Such discrimination is 
prohibited by Title IX of the Education Amendments of 



1972 (20 U.S.C. 1681, et seq.) and 45 C.F.R. 86, and this 
notification is required under the Federal regulations 
pursuant to 20 U.S.C, 1681, et seq. 

Inquiries concerning the application of Title IX and 
Part 86 of 45 C F.R. to the University of Maryland, Col- 
lege Park, may be directed to the Office of Human Rela- 
tions Programs, Main Administration Building, Univer- 
sity of Maryland. College Park, or to the Director of the 
Office of Civil Rights of the Department of Health, 
Education and Welfare, Washington, DC. 

Section 504 Compliance Statement 

The University of Maryland at College Park does not 
discriminate on the basis of handicap in admission or 
access to its educational programs and activities. This 
policy of nondiscrimination extends to employment in 
the institution. Such discrimination Is prohibited by 
Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 
706) and 45 C.F.R. 84, and this notification is required 
pursuant to 45 C.F.R. 84.8. 

Inquiries concerning the application of Section 504 
and part 84 of C.F.R to the University of Maryland, Col- 
lege Park, may be directed to the Campus Coordinator 
on the Handicapped, Main Administration Building, 
University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742. 

Gender Reference 

The masculine gender whenever used in this docu- 
ment is intended to Include the feminine gender as 
well. 



OFFICE OF UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSIONS 



Prospectus 

College Park publishes a free booklet, Maryland, for 
prospective undergraduate students. For a copy of this 
booklet, call 301/454-5550 or write to Office of Under- 
graduate Admissions, North Administration Bidg., Col- 
lege Park, Maryland 20742. 

Departmental Brochures 

Small brochures of many of the departments at Col- 
lege Park are available free. Write to the Office of 
Undergraduate Admissions, University of IVIaryland, 
College Park, Maryland 20742. 

Undergraduate Catalog 

The Undergraduate Catalog is available free to all 
undergraduates and to all faculty at College Park 
before each academic year. Copies are available in 



Academic 
Information 



libraries and in high schools in Maryland. DC. and 
Virginia. Copies are for sale for $2.00 each. Send a 
check payable to the "University of Maryland." to the 
UMporium, College Park. Maryland 20742. Write 
"Catalog" on the check. Allow four weeks for delivery. 

GRADUATE CATALOG 
GRADUATE BULLETIN 

For information about the Graduate Catalog or the 
Graduate Bulletin, call 301/454-3141 or write the 
Graduate Offices, South Administration Building. Col- 
lege Park, Maryland 20742. 

SUMMER SESSIONS CATALOG 

For information call 454-3347 or write to: Summer 
Sessions Offices. Turner Lab, College Park, Maryland 
20742. 



2 General Information 



The University 

Goals For College Park 

Our obiectives are simply stated: to enrich our students; to encourage 
ttiem to develop the harmonious ideals and fine relationships which 
characterize cultured individuals; to provide an atmosphere for self- 
enlightenment; and to promote beneficial research for the welfare of the 
State, of the nation and of the community of knowledge everywhere 

Universities in General 

The contemporary university is a comprehensive educational institu- 
tion offenng many undergraduate programs 

Universities as we know them in the United States have existed for 
less than a century, but their roots can be traced back to medieval histo- 
ry The English college system served as a model for earliest Amencan 
efforts at higher education. The ancient German university tradition was 
joined with this in the 1870s to form basic outlines of our present institu- 
tions. Practical studies were grafted onto these more classically and 
theoretically oriented traditions by the agricultural emphasis of the land 
grant movement. 

With the explosion of scientific and technological knowledge in the 
early twentieth century, the role of the university in American society at- 
tained increased importance, and today almost all aspects of national 
life — social, economic, scientific, and cultural — benefit from its educa- 
tional, research and service functions. 

College Park and the University of Maryland 

The College Park Campus of the University of Maryland was opened 
in 1859 as the Maryland Agncultural College under a charter secured by 
a group of Maryland planters After a disastrous fire in 1912, the State 
acquired control of the college and bore the cost of rebuilding In 1920 
the State took over the faculty-owned University of Baltimore founded in 
1807, merging it with the State-owned institution at College Park to form 
the present-day University of Maryland. 

In 1886 the Delaware Conference Academy was founded by the 
Methodist Church in Princess Anne, Maryland. Title to the institution was 
acquired by the State of Maryland in 1926, and it became a division of 
the University of Maryland in 1948. It was made an integral pari of the 
University system with the name. University of Maryland Eastern Shore 
(UMES) in 1970 

A third campus, the University of Maryland Baltimore County (UMBC). 
was opened at Catonsville in 1966 

Another administrative unit of the University is University College 
(UMUC) which offers degree and non-degree educational programs 
held usually in the late afternoon, evening, or on weekends both at 
College Park and elsewhere in the state, nation, and abroad Adminis- 
tratively and academically UMUC is an integral part of the University, but 
its course offerings are not included in the programs of the College Park 
Campus. 

Libraries at College Park 

The Theodore R McKeldin Library is the general library of the Univer- 
sity, containing reference works, periodicals, circulating txxsks, and 
other matenals in all fields of research and instruction. Branch libraries 
include the Undergraduate Library, the Engineenng and Physical Sci- 
ences Library, the Architecture Library, and the Chemistry Library. 

The libranes on the College Park Campus include approximately 
1,563.000 volumes, nearly 984.500 microfilm units, and approximately 
1 1 .000 subscnplions to penodicals and newspapers, as well as many 



government documents, phonorecords. films, slides, pnnts. and music 
scores 

The Undergraduate Library, opened in 1973. seats 4.000 students 
and has a book capacity of 200.000 volumes It features a recreational 
reading collection of 5.000 paperbacks, a quadrophonic concert room, 
color video tape players and playback units, enclosed rooms equipped 
with instructor s consoles for the use of nonpnnt media matenals. and 
wireless stereo headsets for tapes and lectures, plays, speeches, and 
music The McKeldin Library mainly supports the graduate and research 
programs of the University, but is also open to undergraduates. 

Special collections in the library system include those of Richard Van 
Mises in mathematics and applied mechanics; Max Bom in the physical 
sciences; Thomas I Cook in political science; Romeo Mansueti in the 
biological sciences. Kathenne Anne Porter; Maryland; US government 
publications (for which the University is a regional depository), docu- 
ments of the United Nations, the League of Nations, and other inter- 
national organizations; agncultural expenment station and extension 
service publications; maps from the US Army Map Service; the files of 
the Industnal Union of Manne and Shipbuilding Workers of Amenca. the 
Wallenstein collection of musical scores; the Andre Kostelanetz Music 
Library; and research collections of the Amencan Bandmasters Associ- 
ation, the National Association of Wind and Percussion Instructors and 
the Music Educators National Conference. In addition, the collections 
include microfilm productions of government documents, rare txxiks. 
early lournals. and newspapers. 

Other Area Resources 

The College Park Campus area is in a region nch in research collec- 
tions. In the Washington area are the Library of Congress, the National 
Archives, the Folger Library, the National Library of Medicine, the Na- 
tional Agncultural Library, and vanous academic and special libranes. In 
the Baltimore area, in addition to the University s own libranes at UMBC 
and on the professional campus, are the Enoch Pratt Free Library and 
the Maryland Historical Association Library. The Maryland Hall of Rec- 
ords is located in Annapolis. 

Campus Research Facilities 

The research programs at the University derive their existence and 
vigor from a faculty compnsed of internationally recognized scholars and 
scientists It is an advantage for undergraduate students to be aware of 
the University's research facilities as they plan their programs. 

Among the exceptional research facilities are a 140 MeV cyclotron; a 
nuclear reactor; scanning electron microscopes; subsonic and hyper- 
sonic wind tunnels; an electron ring accelerator; a precision encoder and 
pattern recognition device; a gravitational radiation detection system in- 
cluding a gravimeter on the moon; a quiescent plasma device (Q ma- 
chine); a psycho-pharmacology lalxjratory; three retro-reflector arrays 
on the moon; rotating tanks for lalXDratory studies of meteorological phe- 
nomena; Van de Graff accelerators; a latxjratory for basic behavioral re- 
search; an assortment of computers; and the Astronomy Observatory. 

The College Park Campus also owns and operates one of the largest 
and most sophisticated long-wavelength radio telescopes (located in 
Clark Lake, Calif ) and a cosmic ray laboratory (located in New Mexico). 

In addition to these research opportunities in biological, mathematical 
and physical sciences, research programs in the t)ehavioral sciences, 
social sciences and education exist in many bureaus and institutes in- 
cluding; the Bureau of Business and Economic Research. Bureau of 
Educational Research and Field Services. Bureau of Governmental Re- 
search. Institute for Child Study. Institute of Criminal Justice and Cnmi- 
nology. and the Institute for Urban Studies 

Investigation in agnculture is an important asp>ect of University re- 



General 
Information 



search. University farms total more than 2.000 acres. Breeding, selec- 
tion in farm crops, and soil research are a part of the program Work in 
these areas is augmented by X-ray equipment and an electron micro- 
scope. 

Summer Sessions 

The College Park Campus offers two summer sessions of six weeks 
each year. The first session begins May 20 and ends June 30. The sec- 
ond session runs from July 5 to August 1 1 New freshmen applicants 
who have met the regular University admission requirements for fall en- 
rollment may t>egin their studies during the summer rather than wait for 
the next fall term. By taking advantage of this opportunity and continuing 
to attend summer sessions, the time required for completion of a bacca- 
laureate degree can be shortened by a year or more, depending upon 
the requirements of the chosen curriculum and the rate of progress. 

I^any new students have found that attendance during the summer 

sessions facilitates the transition from secondary school to college. 

Courses offered during the summer are the same in content and instruc- 

General tion as those offered during the fall and spring semesters. 

Information The Summer Cultural and Recreational Program is an important part 

of "Summer at Maryland " A Fine Arts Festival offers a senes of pro- 

2 grams in art. dance, drama, film, and music, and outstanding performers 

in these media appear on the College Park Campus. Facilities for most 

sports and an intramural program in several team and individual sports 

are available to the students. 

For additional information write for a Summer Sessions Catalog, 
which may be obtained from the Administrative Dean for Summer Pro- 
grams, College Park, Md. 20742. 

Accreditation 

The University of Maryland is accredited by the Middle States Associ- 
ation of Colleges and Secondary Schools and is a member of the Asso- 
ciation of American Universities. In addition, individual schools and 
departments are accredited by such groups as the Amencan Associa- 
tion of Collegiate Schools of Business, the Amencan Chemical Society, 
the National Association of Schools of Music, the Section of Legal Edu- 
cation and Admissions to the Bar of the American Bar Association, the 
American Council of Education for Journalism, the American Council on 
Pharmaceutical Education, the Council on Dental Education of the 
American Dental Association, the Committee on Accreditation of the 
American Library Association, the American Psychological Association, 
the Commission on Accreditation of the Council on Social Work Educa- 
tion, the Council on Medical Education of the American Medical Associ- 
ation, the Engineers Council for Professional Development, the National 
Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education, the National League for 
Nursing, the National Architectural Accrediting Board, the American As- 
sociation for Accreditation of Laboratory Animal Care, and the American 
Dietetic Association 

Human Relations Code 



Article I Purpose 



A The University of Maryland. College Park Campus, affirms its com- 
mitments to a policy of eliminating discrimination on the basis of 
race, color, creed, sex. marital status, personal appearance, age. 
national origin, political affiliation, or on the basis of the exercise of 
rights secured by the First Amendment of the United States Consti- 
tution. This Code is established to prevent or eradicate such dis- 
crimination in accordance with due process within the Campus 
community. In doing so the Campus recognizes that it must strive 
actively and creatively to build a community in which opportunity 
is equalized. 

B. Accordingly, the Campus Senate of the University of Maryland. Col- 
lege Park Campus, establishes this Human Relations Code to: 

1. prohibit discrimination as defined in this document within the 
College Park Campus community both by educational pro- 
grams and. to the extent specified herein, by a formal griev- 
vance procedure: 

2. establish the responsibilities of the Adjunct Committee on Hu- 
man Relations of the Senate General Committee on Campus 
Affairs; 

3. establish the responsibilities of the Office of Human Relations 
Programs in connection with this Code; 

4. establish mediation and grievance vehicles within the Divisions 
of the Campus, in conformity with the Campus Affirmative Ac- 
tion Plan; 

5. establish the responsibilities of Equal Education and Employ- 
ment Opportunity (EEEO) Officers. 



C. Every effort will be made to make students and potential students, 
employees and potential employees, faculty members and potential 
faculty members aware of the opportunities which the Campus pro- 
vides for every individual to develop and utilize his talents and skills 
It IS the intent of the Campus to enhance among its students and 
employees respect by each person for that persons own race, eth- 
nic background or sex, as well as appreciation and respect for the 
race, ethnic background or sex of other individuals. 

D. Development of a positive and productive atmosphere of human 
relations on the Campus shall be encouraged through effective dia- 
logue and broadening of communications channels The Ad|unct 
Committee on Human Relations and the Office of Human Relations 
Programs shall provide support and assistance, as authorized, to 
any individual or group deemed by them to have a positive probable 
impace m working toward increased understanding among all in- 
dividuals and groups on the Campus 

E. The Senate Adjunct Committee on Human Relations shall advise 
the Office of Human Relations Programs in recommending policies 
which fulfill the provisions of this Code. In particular: 

1. The Senate Adjunct Committee on Human Relations shall be 
an adjunct committee of the standing Senate General Commit- 
tee on Campus Affairs. 

2. The purpose of the Senate Adjunct Committee on Human Re- 
lations shall be to foster better human relations among all indi- 
viduals and groups on the Campus, to advise in the develop- 
ment of positive and creative human relations programs, to 
advise in the prevention and eradication of all forms of discrimi- 
nation prohibited by this Code, and to make regular assess- 
ments of the state of human relations within the purview of this 
Campus 

3 The functions of the Senate Adjunct Committee on Human Re- 
1 lations may include but are not limited to: requesting the Office 

of Human Relations Programs to conduct investigations of 
complaints of discrimination because of race, color, creed, sex. 
marital status, personal appearance, age, national origin, politi- 
cal affiliation, or on the basis of the exercise of rights secured 
by the First Amendment of the United States Constitution: pro- 
viding an "open forum" for effective dialogue among all seg- 
ments of the Campus community; recommending to appropri- 
ate Campus bodies educational programs and activities to pro- 
mote equal rights and understanding; penodically reviewing 
such programs and activities; initiating studies of Campus- 
sponsored or recognized programs and activities to determine 
how improvement can be made in respect to human relations, 
continually reviewing progress toward these ends and making 
such further recommendations as expenence may show to be 
needed: and participating to the extent set forth herein in formal 
human relations gnevance actions. 

F. There shall be an Office of Human Relations Programs directly 
responsible to the Chancellor. This Office shall plan, develop, give 
direction to and coordinate the overall Campus effort to prevent 
and eliminate discrimination based on race, color, creed, sex. man- 
tal status, personal appearance, age, national ongin, political affilia- 
tion, or on the basis of the exercise of nghts secured by the First 
Amendment of the United States Constitution, in all areas of Cam- 
pus life (this overall effort is referred to herein as the "Human Rela- 
tions Program"). The Office shall represent, and have direct access 
to. the Chancellor, and shall cooperate with the Senate Adjunct 
Committee on Human Relations on substantive matters concerning 
human relations. The office shall assist and coordinate the human 
relations activities of the Equal Employment and Educational Op- 
portunity Officers and the Divisional Assistants for Affirmative Ac- 
tion representing the vanous units of the Campus. 

The duties and responsibilities of the Office of Human Relations 
Programs shall include but not be limited to the following: working 
with Divisional Provosts, Deans, Directors and Department Chair- 
men to ensure full compliance, in spint as well as in letter, with laws 
relating to discnmination and with the Campus Human Relations 
Code; advising Campus offices in their effort to assist personnel to 
recognize and take advantage of career opportunities within the 
Campus; working with appropriate offices in the surrounding com- 
munity on such issues as off-campus housing practices affecting 
Campus students and employees, transportation, etc.: recom- 
mending to the Off-Campus Housing Office removal from or rein- 
statement upon lists of off-campus housing, so as to ensure that 
listed housing is available on a nondiscriminatory basis. (N.B. any 
final action taken by the University shall be preceded by proper no- 
tice to the property owner involved, and an opportunity to be heard); 



conducting reviews of compliance with the Campus Affirmative Ac- 
tion Plan; initiating and carrying out programs for the elimination 
and prevention of racism and sexism on Campus; distributing this 
Code and informing the Campus community of the interpretations of 
Its provisions; sending periodic reports to the Chancellor and to the 
Senate Ad|unct Committee on Human Relations concerning the Hu- 
man Relations Programs; and participating to the extent set forth 
herein in formal human relations grievance actions. 
G. For each of the academic Divisions of the Campus, the Division of 
Administrative Affairs and the Division of Student Affairs, there shall 
be a Divisional Assistant for Affirmative Action, who is designated 
in accordance with the Affirmative Action Plan and who has the 
duties specified by the Campus Affirmative Action Plan and like 
duties with respect to the forms of discrimination prohibited by this 
Code 

Article II Coverage 

A. Kinds of Discrimination Prohibited: 

1 . Discrimination in employment, job placement, promotion, or 
other economic benefits on the basis of race, color, creed, sex, 
marital status, personal appearance, age, national origin, politi- 
cal affiliation, or on the basis of the exercise of rights secured by 
the First Amendment of the United States Constitution 

2. Discrimination in cnteria of eligibility for access to residence, 
or for admission to and othenAfise in relation to educational, ath- 
letic, social, cultural or other activities of the Campus because 
of race, color, creed, sex, marital status, personal appearance, 
age, national ohgin, political affiliation, or on the basis of the 
exercise of rights secured by the First Amendment of the United 
States Constitution, 

B For the purposes of this Code, "personal appearance" means the 
outward appearance of any person, irrespective of sex, with regard 
to bodily condition or characteristics, manner or style of dress, and 
manner or style of personal grooming, including, but not limited to, 
hair style and beards. It shall not relate, however, to the requirement 
of cleanliness, uniforms, or prescribed standards, when uniformly 
applied for admittance to a campus faciity, or when uniformly ap- 
plied to a class of employees, or when such bodily conditions or 
characteristics, or manner or style of dress or personal grooming 
presents a danger to the health, welfare or safety of any individual 

C. This Code shall apply to the Campus community The term "Cam- 
pus community" is limited to Campus students, faculty, and staff; 
and to departments, committees, offices and organizations under 
the supervision and control of the Campus administration. 

D. Exceptions 

1 . The enforcement of Federal, State or County laws and regula- 
tions does not constitute prohibited discnmination for purposes 
of this Code. Separate housing or other facilities for men and 
women, mandatory retiremenl-age requirements, separate ath- 
letic teams when required by athletic conference regulations 
and political, religious and ethnic/cultural clubs are not pro- 
hibited 

2. Discnmination is not prohibited where based on a bona fide )ob 
qualification or a qualification required for the fulfillment of bona 
fide educational or other institutional goals. Complaints con- 
cerning the legitimacy of such qualifications may be the subject 
of human relations grievance actions. 

3. The provisions of this Code shall not apply to potential students 
or potential employees of the University However, applicants 
for admission or employment who believe they have been dis- 
criminated against by any part of the Campus community may 
convey such belief together with all relevant tacts to the Office 
of Human Relations Programs, for informational purposes 

4. The gnevance procedures under this Code shall not apply to 
judgments concerning academic performance of students (e.g.. 
grades, dissertation defenses), pending further study and ac- 
tion by the College Park Senate and University Administration 

5. The Campus, with the advice and approval of the Attorney Gen- 
eral's Office, shall review on a continuing basis all new laws 
and regulations which apply to this Campus to determine if any 
shall require changes in the coverage or exceptions to cover- 
age of this Code. 

E. This Code shall apply to the Campus community in relation to, but 
not only to, the following; 

1. All educational, athletic, cultural and social activities occumng 
on the Campus or in another area under its junsdiction; 



2. All services rendered by the Campus to students, faculty and 

staff, such as |ob placement and job recruitment programs and 

off-campus listings of housing; 
3 University-sponsored programs occurnng off campus, including 

cooperative programs, adult education, athletic events, and any 

regularly scheduled classes; 

4. Housing supplied, regulated, or recommended by the Campus 
for students, staff and visitors, including fraternities and so- 
rorities; 

5. Employment relations between the Campus and all of its em- 
ployees, including matters of promotion in academic rank, aca- 
demic salary and termination of faculty status, as limited in 
IIIM 

Article III Human Relations Enforcement 
Procedures 

A. In order to identity policies or practices which may reflect discnmi- 
nation, the Senate Adjunct Committee on Human Relations may re- 
quest the Office of Human Relations Programs to conduct periodic 
review of the operation of any unit of the Campus Units shall pro- 
vide the information necessary for carrying out such reviews. This 
information shall be submitted through the Chancellor's Office. Any 
such review under the authonty granted in this statement of policy 
shall be undertaken only after specific authorization of the Chancel- 
lor In the event that the Chancellor fails to authonze an investiga- 
tion within a reasonable time of the request by the Senate Adjunct 
Committee on Human Relations, the Chairman of the Committee 
shall report that fact, together with reasons as he/she may have re- 
ceived from the Chancellor concerning the matter, to the Senate 

B The Office of Human Relations Programs on its own motion shall 
identify policies, practices or patterns of behavior which may reflect 
discrimination prohibited by this Code or which may conflict with any 
other Campus policy concerning human relations or with the Cam- 
pus Affirmative Action Plan, and shall call these to the attention of 
the appropriate officials of the unit involved and recommend appro- 
pnate action Those subject to allegations of discnmination shall be 
afforded all the protections of due process The Office shall en- 
deavor by negotiation to eliminate the alleged discnmination Where 
such efforts fail, the Office may on its own motion report the matter 
to the Chancellor and to the Senate Adjunct Committee on Human 
Relations. Documentation of the recommendations by the Office in 
all such cases shall be maintained on file by the Office 

C. To the maximum extent consistent with the purposes of this Code, 
the confidentiality of personal papers and other records and the 
pnnciple of pnvileged communication shall be respected by all 
persons involved in the enforcement procedures of this Code. Noth- 
ing in this Code shall be construed so as to conflict with the require- 
ments of Article 76A of the Ivlaryland Annotated Code Persons 
giving information in connection with the procedures descnbed in 
this Code shall be advised by the person receiving such infomation 
of the limits of confidentiality which may properly be observed in 
Code procedures and that all documents may be subject to sub- 
poena in subsequent administrative or judicial proceedings 

D. Any memtDer of the Campus community who t>elieves that he or she 
has been or is being discnminated against in ways prohibited by this 
Code may consult informally and confidentially with the unit EEEO 
Officer and/or the Divisional Assistant for Affirmative Action and/or 
the Office of Human Relations Programs prior to filing a formal 
complaint. 

E. The Office of Human Relations Programs shall receive formal com- 
plaints from any member or group within the Campus community 
claiming to be aggrieved by alleged discnmination prohibited by this 
Code and/or any other Campus document or policy relating to hu- 
man relations practices. Such complaints should give in wnting the 
names of complainant(s) and respondent(s) and the time, the place, 
and a specific descnption of the alleged discnmination Complaints 
shall be submitted to the Office of Human Relations Programs, or 
else to the unit EEEO Officer or the Divisional Assistant for Affirma- 
tive Action Complaints must t>e submitted within ninety (90) days of 
the alleged discnmination act(s). or within ninety (90) days of the 
first date by which the complainant reasonably has knowledge 
thereof Complaints not submitted directly to the Office of Human 
Relations Programs shall be forwarded to the Office of Human Re- 
lations Programs within five (5) working days of their receipt Copies 
of the complaint shall be forwarded by the Office of Human Rela- 
tions Programs to the respondent and to the appropriate unit Chair- 
man or Director, Dean, Provost or Vice Chancellor 



General 
Information 



General 
Information 



Complainants under this Code shall be required, as a condition 
precedent, to waive any alternative Campus administrative pro- 
cedure that may then be available A complaint which has been 
heard under some alternative Campus procedure cannot sub- 
sequently be heard under the procedure of this Code In the 
case of a complaint heard under the Classified Employees 
Grievance Procedure, this restnction shall apply only when the 
complaint has entered Step Three of that procedure. 
The Office of Human Relations Programs and/or the Divisional 
Assistant for Affirmative Action shall ensure that each com- 
plainant is informed of his/her right to file the complaint with the 
appropnate State and Federal agencies. Forms for complaints 
to State and Federal agencies will be provided or the com- 
plainant will be informed where they are available. 
All complaints of discnmination which are not connected with 
the official functions of the Campus or not falling within the 
scope of discnmination prohibited by this Code shall be referred 
to the appropnate Campus, (vlunicipal. County. State, or Fed- 
eral agencies by the Office of Human Relations Programs. 
After a a'jmplaint has been filed, the Office of Human Relations 
Programs shall promptly undertake an informal investigation in 
order to make a preliminary determination as to whether or not 
the subject matter of the complaint falls within the Code, and 
whether or not there is probable cause for the complaint. This 
finding shall be reported to the complainant, the respondent, 
the Chancellor and the Chairman of the Senate Adjunct Com- 
mittee on Human Relations. The burden of proof in this investi- 
gation and throughout these enforcement procedures rests with 
the complainant. 

If the finding is that there is not probable cause to believe that 
discrimination has been or is being committed within the scope 
of this Code, the Office of Human Relations Programs may dis- 
miss the complaint. Such dismissal shall be reported to the 
complainant, the respondent, the Chancellor and the Chairman 
of the Senate Adjunct Committee on Human Relations. The 
complainant in such a case may appeal the dismissal of the 
case to the Senate Adjunct Committee on Human Relations, 
which may direct that a Human Relations Grievance Committee 
conduct a gnevance hearing according to the procedures set 
forth herein, if in the judgment of the Senate Adjunct Committee 
on Human Relations there is probable cause to believe that dis- 
crimination has been or is being committed within the scope of 
this Code The Senate Adjunct Committee on Human Relations 
shall have access to the complaint file for this purpose. A record 
of Its deliberations shall be placed in the file according to the 
procedures established by the Office of Human Relations Pro- 
grams. If the Committee finds no probable cause, it may dis- 
miss the complaint, and report such dismissal to the complain- 
ant, the respondent, and the Chancellor. 

If the finding is that there is probable cause to believe that dis- 
crimination has been or is being committed within the scope of 
this Code, the Office of Human Relations Programs shall en- 
deavor to eliminate the alleged discnmination by conference 
concilliation and persuasion. If by this process, an agreement is 
reached for elimination of the alleged discnmination. the agree- 
ment shall be reduced to wnting and signed by the respondent. 
the complainant and the Director of the Office of Human Rela- 
tions Programs. The agreement shall be available to the Chan- 
cellor, the Divisional Assistant for Affirmative Action, and to the 
Chariman of the Senate Adjunct Committee on Human Rela- 
tions, upon request. 

If a finding of probable cause is made but no mutually satis- 
factory solution can be reached under the procedures outlined 
in Section K immediately preceding, the Office of Human Rela- 
tions Programs shall initiate the following procedure: the Office 
shall notify the Senate Adjunct Committee on Human Relations 
of the failure to reach a mutually satisfactory solution, where- 
upon providing the complainant requests in writing a Human 
Relations Grievance Heanng, a Human Relations Grievance 
Committee shall be selected according to the procedures de- 
scribed in Article IV following. Gnevance hearing shall be closed 
unless both parties to the dispute agree that the heanng. or any 
part thereof, shall be open to the public. All parties to the dis- 
pute shall be sent within five (5) working days of the wntten re- 
quest of such a hearing, written notification of the time and place 
of the beginning of the hearing and a specific statement of the 
charges. Heanngs shall be held as promptly as is consistent with 
allowing adequate time for the parties to prepare their cases. 



Continuances may be granted within the discretion of the Office 
of Human Relations Programs. All parties shall have ample op- 
portunity to present their facts and arguments in full dunng the 
heanng. All findings, recommendations and conclusions by the 
Gnevance Committee shall be based solely on the evidence pre- 
sented during the heanng. and shall be based on a preponder- 
ance of the evidence having probative effect. 

The burden of proof rests with the complainant. The Gnevance Com- 
mittee may be assisted by an adviser. All the parties to the dispute and 
the Grievance Committee may invite persons to testify during the hear- 
ing. Each side shall have the right to cross-examine witnesses. Each 
party has the right to be represented by counsel or other representa- 
tive, but the University has no obligation to provide such counsel for any 
party to the dispute If a party intends to be represented by legal counsel 
during the hearing, he/she shall in'orm the Office of Human Relations 
Programs of this fact no later than 72 hours prior to the heanng, and that 
Office shall provide that information to the other party or parties. A ver- 
batim record shall be kept of all sessions in which testimony and evi- 
dence is presented regarding the case, and this record shall be made 
available to all parties to the dispute at the conclusion of the proceed- 
ings Upon request the Chairman of the Gnevance Committee may, In 
his discretion, recess the hearing to permit review of the record by one 
or more parties in the conduct of their case. 

The Chairman of a Human Relations Gnevance Committee with the 
advice of the adviser, if there is one. shall rule on all matters of proce- 
dure and admissibility of evidence. Any member of the Committee not 
concurnng in the ruling of the chair may request a closed session of the 
Committee for debate on the point. A majonty vote of the Committee will 
determine the final decision. 

Formal rules of evidence shall not be applicable to any hearing before 
a Human Relations Grievance Committee, and any evidence or testi- 
mony which the Committee believes to be relevant to a fair determina- 
tion of the complaint may be admitted. The Committee reserves the right 
to exclude incompetent, irrelevant, immatenal and repetitious evidence. 
M In cases of allegations regarding prohibited discnmination con- 
cerning academic employment matters, a Human Relations Griev- 
ance Committee shall not substitute its judgment of academic com- 
petence for the judgment of the appropnate colleagues of the com- 
plainant. The function of the Gnevance Committee shall be to de- 
termine 

a. whether there were cleariy enunciated University, Campus and 
Departmental standards, policies, procedures and prionties by 
which to assess the ment of the complaint, and whether the 
complainant was given a reasonable opportunity to demon- 
strate his/her academic merit; 

b. whether the stated standards, policies, procedures and prion- 
ties were applied to the complainant in a nondiscriminatory 
manner. 

N. Within ten (10) working days after hearing all the evidence and ar- 
guments, the Human Relations Gnevance Committee shall prepare 
a wntten decision based solely on the evidence presented at the 
heanng. This decision shall include a summary of the evidence be- 
fore the Committee and the Committees findings as to whether or 
not a violation of the Code has occurred, and the recommendations 
of the Committee. Gnevance Committees may recommend what- 
ever forms of relief they deem appropnae, but must take due cogni- 
zance of the limitations imposed by State law and by the proce- 
dures established by the Board of Regents, for example, the proce- 
dures by which promotion in academic rank is achieved. Within five 
(5) working days after the decision has been filed in the Office of 
Human Relations Programs, the Director of that Office will formally 
notify all parties to the dispute, the Chancellor and the Senate Ad- 
junct Committee on Human Relations of the decision. 

O. The Chancellor shall within ten (10) working days of his receipt of 
the decision of the Human Relations Gnevance Committee issue 
an order specifying what actions, if any, must be taken by individ- 
uals or groups found to be guilty of violating the provisions of this 
Code. 

P. When a hearing has been scheduled by an outside agency or court, 
the Office of human Relations Programs may, with the approval of 
the Senate Adjunct Committee on Human Relations, prior to the 
convening of a Human Relations Gnevance Committee to hear a 
case, postpone or terminate the Campus gnevance proceedings 
when such postponement or termination is in its judgment war- 
ranted by administrative considerations such as staff limitations and 
workload, or at the request of a party upon a showing that the Cam- 
pus heanng will either conflict with the off-Campus nearing. or that 



participation in the Campus hearing will unreasonably burden a 
party's preparation of his/her case or othenAdse work to his/her prej- 
udice Such postponement or termination shall be reported to the 
complainant, respondent and Chancellor In any case where a com- 
plaint has been the subject of pnor administrative or judical resolu- 
tion or where a complaint becomes the subject of such resolution 
during the course of proceedings under this Code, the procedures 
of this Code will not be applicable or will terminate, as the case 
may be 

Q. The Chancellor shall provide a written explanation of his order 
whenever that order is not in keeping with the findings and recom- 
mendations of the Human Relations Gnevance Committee This ex- 
planation shall be sent to all parties to the dispute, to the Chairman 
of the Senate Adjunct Committee on Human Relations, to the Di- 
rector of the Human Relations Programs and to the Chairman of the 
Senate. The Chairman of the Senate Adjunct Committee on Human 
Relations shall report to the Senate Executive Committee concern- 
ing the order and explanation at the next meeting of the Executive 
Committee, and that body shall put the matter on the agenda of the 
next meeting of the Senate 

R. When required by law, copies of the Human Relations Gnevance 
Committees findings and recommendations and of the Chancellors 
order and explanation, if any, shall be sent to the Stale and Federal 
agencies charged with enforcement of Article 49B of the Annotated 
Code of (Maryland and the Equal Employment Opportunity Act of 
1968 or their successors 

S. When a complainant receives a decision on his/her charge of dis- 
crimination from a Human Relations Gnevance Committee that de- 
cision shall not be subject to review under any gnevance procedure 
in force on the Campus. 

T. No affirmative relief shall be made to a complainant by the Univer- 
sity unless the complainant executes the following release as part of 
a settlement agreement: 

The complainant hereby waives, releases and covenants not to sue 
the University of Maryland or its officers, agents or employees with 
respect to any matters which were or might have been alleged as 
charges filed under the Human Relations Code in the instant case, 
subject to performance by the University of f^aryland. its officers. 
agents and employees, of the promises contained in this settle- 
ment agreement. 

Article IV Constitution of Human Relations 
Grievance Committee 

A. A Human Relations Gnevance Committee shall consist of five (5) 
members selected by an affirmative vote of at least 2 members of a 
Selection Panel consisting of 

1 . The Vice Chancellor of the unit of the Campus within which 
the alleged discrimination falls. In cases of disputed junsdic- 
tlon, decisions as to which Vice Chancellor shall participate 
will t>e made by the several Vice Chancellors 

2. The Director of the Office of Human Relations Programs 

3. The Chairman of the Senate Adjunct Committee on Human 
Relations. 

If any of these persons is unable to participate, he or she shall 
designate a suitable replacement. 

B. The selection of a Human Relations Grievance Committee shall be 
made in such a way as to promote a fair and impartial judgment. An 
effort shall be made to constitute the Grievance Committee of per- 
sons reasonably familiar with the kind of employment or other situa- 
tion which the case concerns. 

C. A determined effort shall be made to gam the consent of complain- 
ant and respondent concerning the membership of the Gnevance 
Committee If in the judgement of the Selection Panel such efforts 
become unreasonably prolonged, membership will be determined 
by majority vote of the Selection Panel. 

D. None of the members of a Gnevance Committee shall have been 
involved in the action which is the subject of the complaint. This se- 
lection Panel shall remove a member of a Grievance Committee 
whenever they find that member to have a personal involvement in 
that case: and may excuse a member from serving on the Gnev- 
ance Committee on grounds of illness or on other reasonable 
grounds. 

E Members of the Senate Adjunct Committee on Human Relations 
shall not be eligible concurrently for inclusion on Human Relations 
Gnevance Committees, 



F The Chairman of a Human Relations Gnevance Committee shall be 
elected by the members of the Committee. 

G. t^embers of a Human Relations Gnevance Committee and those 
officially involved in a heanng shall not be penalized either academi- 
cally or financially for time missed from work or classes dunng of- 
ficial meetings of the Committee 

Article V The Equal Education and 
Employment Opportunity Officer 

A Equal Education and Employment Opportunity Officers shall be in- 
strumental in the implementation of the Human Relations Code 
within each unit of the College Park Campus. 

B Employees on all levels within each unit of the Campus will have ac- 
ces to the assistance of an EEEO Officer In non-academic divi- 
sions, EEEO Officers shall be elected by unit employees under the 
supervision of the Divisional Assistant for Affirmative Action within 
whose responsibility the unit falls, or shall be selected by the unit 
Director in consultation with the appropnate Divisional /Assistant 
for Affirmative Action, in either case in accordance with the Affirma- 
tive Action Plan of that unit. EEEO Officers in the academic Divi- 
sions shall be chosen in the manner prescnbed by the divisional 
council of each division. 

C. The functions of EEEO Officers shall include but not be limited to: 
1. Advising unit administrators with respect to the preparation 

plans, procedures, regulations, reports, and other matters per- 
taining to the Campus Human Relations Program. 
2 Evaluating periodically the effectiveness and sufficiency of unit 
Affirmative Action Plans and other unit plans in relation to the 
goals of this Code, and reporting these to unit administrators 
with recommendations as to what improvements or corrections 
are needed 

3. Participating in the development of policies and programs with- 
in units with respect to hinng and recruitment, training and up- 
grading, and in all matters pertaining to the elimination of dis- 
cnmination prohibited by this Code If a unit fails to develop 
policies and programs of this nature, it is the task of the EEEO 
Officer to act in an advocacy role and call this fact first to the at- 
tention of the unit administrator, and if no responsive action 
ensues, then to the Divisional Assistant for Affirmative Action 
The EEEO Officer is free at all times to report such cases di- 
rectly to the Office of Human Relations Programs and the Sen- 
ate Adjunct Committee on Human Relations 

4. Serving in a liaison capacity between the unit to which he/she 
IS assigned and all segments of its personnel and attempting to 
remedy problems brought to his/her attention regarding al- 
leged discrimination. 

5. Advising students or employees of the unit who have reason to 
believe that discnmination as defined in this Code is occurring. 
At the request of the aggneved person the EEEO Officer shall 
keep any or all aspects of the grievance confidential until a 
formal complaint has been filed. If the aggneved so requests, 
the EEEO Officer shall attempt to resolve the matter, calling 
upon the assistance of the Divisional Assistant for Affirmative 
Action where appropriate. The EEEO Officer will keep a record 
of such advisory and conciliatory activities and periodically 
brief the Divisional Assistant for Affirmative Action. 

6. Advising and otherwise aiding complainants in making formal 
complaints under this Code When a complaint is filed with an 
EEEO Officer, the complaint shall tie forwarded by that officer 
within five (5) worthing days to the Divisional Assistant for Af- 
firmative Action and the Office of Human Relations Programs 
The EEEO Officer shall tie available to assist in a preliminary 
investigation of the complaint conducted under the general su- 
pervision of the Office of Human Relations Programs, to deter- 
mine whether there is probable cause to believe that prohibited 
discrimination has occun-ed. 

7 Making recommendations to the Office of Human Relations 
Programs to help faalitate human relations programs on Campus 

8. Assisting units in publicizing the functions of EEEO Officers 

9. Collecting pertinent information regarding hinng. upgrading 
and promotion opportunities within units and disseminating 
such information to appropnate personnel. 

D. The EEEO Officer shall have the full support of the unit admini- 
stration, the Divisional administration and the Office of Human Re- 
lations Programs The EEEO Officer shall be afforded reasonable 
time from other regular duties to perform the functions of the of- 



General 
Information 



fice. These functions shall quality as part of a workday in the case 
of a staff member and as partial fulfillment of required committee 
loads in the case of faculty. The EEEO Officer shall be free from 
interference, coercion, harassment, discrimination or 
unreasonable restraints in connection with the performance of 
the duties specified in this Code. 



Effective Date 

This Code shall be effective as of October 18, 1976, and shall ap 
ply only to those complaints alleging discriminatory acts which 
occurred on or after that date. Complaints alleging acts which oc 
curred before that date fall under campus interim procedures, to 
the extent these covered such acts, and such complaints may 
continue to be filed any day during the ninety-day period followmg 
October 18, 1976. 



Admission and Orientation 

Undergraduate Admission 

The University of Maryland actively subscribes to a policy of equal 
educational and employment opportunity. 

The University of t^^aryland is required by Title IX of the Education 
Amendments of 1972 not to discriminate on the basis of sex in ad- 
mission, treatment of students, or employment. 

The University of IVlaryland at College Park does not discriminate on 
the basis of handicap in admission or access to its educational programs 
and activities. This policy of non-discnmmation extends to employment 
in the institution Such discrimination is prohibited by Section 504 of the 
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 USC 706) and 45 CFR 84. Inquines con- 
cerning the application of Section 504 and part 84 of 45 CFR to the 
Universiy of fVlaryland, College Park, may be directed to the Campus 
Coordinator on the Handicapped. Main Administration Building, Uni- 
versity of Maryland, College Park. Maryland 20742. 

Admissions Requirements 

The University of Maryland is a publicly-supported land grant insti- 
tution dedicated primarily to the educational needs of Maryland resi- 
dents Within its responsibilities as a State facility, the University at- 
tracts a cosmopolitan student txsdy, and each year offers admission to 
a number of promising men and women from other states and jurisdic- 
tions. Currently. 50 states, the District of Columbia. 2 terntories. and 95 
foreign countries are represented in the undergraduate population. 

Freshman Admission — Maryland Residents 

In order to be admitted, freshmen applicants who are Maryland resi- 
dents must meet ONE of the following THREE criteria for admission; 
FIRST: Have a C average in academic subjects in the 10th and lllh 
grades and rank in the top half of the high school graduation class, OR, 
SECOND: Satisfy the requirements outlined in the chart below. The 
chart indicates the combination of academic grade point average and 
total SAT scores required to tje eligible for admission 

If the applicant has taken the SAT several times, the University will 
use the highest set of scores for a single test date. 

To determine your eligibility for admission based on the chart below: 
1 . Calculate your academic grade point average in the 10th and 1 1th 
grades. A list of courses which the College Park Campus uses in 
computing the high school academic grade point average is pro- 
vided below. 
2. Locate the line on the chart which indicates your highest total SAT 
scores for a single test date. For example, if you took the Scholas- 
tic Aptitute Test twice and earned the followng scores: 

1st test date Vertjal 50 

Math 51 
2nd test date Verbal 53 

Math 50 
you would use the test scores for the second test date 
3. If your academic grade point average is equal to or higher than the 
grade point average listed on the chart tDeside your highest total 
SAT score, you will be admitted to the College Park Campus. 

Minimum Requirements for Maryland Freshmen Applicants Using 
Total SAT Scores and Academic Grade Point Average as Criteria. 





Academic 




Academic 


Total 


Grade 


Total 


Grade 


SAT 


Point 


SAT 


Point 


Score 


Average 


Score 


Average 


40 


2.48 


43 


2.44 


41 


2.47 


44 


2.43 


42 


2.45 


45 


2.42 



Academic 
Total Grade 

SAT Point 

Score Average 

46 2.40 

47 2.39 

48 2.38 

49 2.37 

50 2.35 

51 2.34 

52 2.33 

53 2.32 

54 2.30 

55 2.29 

56 2.28 

57 2.27 

58 2.25 

59 2.24 

60 2.23 

61 2.22 

62 2.20 

63 2.19 

64 2.18 

65 2.17 

66 2.15 

67 2.14 

68 2.13 

69- 2.12 

70 2.10 

71 2.09 

72 2.08 

73 2.07 

74 2.05 

75 2 04 

76 2.03 

77 2.02 

78 2.01 

79 1.99 

80 1 .98 

81 1.97 

82 1.96 

83 1.94 

84 ...1.93 

85 1.92 

86 1.91 

87 1.89 

88 1.88 

89 1.87 

90 1.86 

91 1.84 

92 1.83 

93 1.82 

94 1.81 

95 1.79 

96 1.78 

97 1.77 

98 1.76 

99 1.74 

100 1.73 

101 1.72 

102 1.71 



Academic 
Total 
SAT 
Score 

103 

104 

105 

106 

107 

108 

109 

110 

111 

112 

113 

114 

115 

116 

117 

118 

119 

120 

121 

122 

123 

124 

125 

126 

127 

128 

129 

130 

131 

132 

133 

134 

135 

136 

137 

138 

139 

140 

141 

142 

143 

144 

145 

146 

147 

148 

149 

150 

151 

152 

153 

154 

155 

156 

157 

158 

159 



OR, THIRD: Satisfy the requirements outlined in the chart below. 
The chart indicates the combination of academic grade point average 
and high school class rank required to be eligible for admission. 



Determine your eligibility for admission based on the chart below as 
follows: 

1. Calculate your academic grade point average in the 10th and 1 ith 
grades. A list of the courses which the College Park Campus utilizes 
in computing the academic grade point average is provided below 

2. Compute your class rank Class rank is expressed as a percentile in 
the chart. To determine your percentile, divide the numtser of stu- 
dents in your graduating class into your class rank and subtract the 
result from 100 For example, a student who ranks 10th in a class of 
1 00 would rank at the 90th percentile ( 1 00 divided into 1 equals 10, 
100 less 10 equals 90th percentile) 

3 Locate the line on the chart which indicates your class rank percen- 
tile. 

4. If your academic grade point average is equal to or higher than the 
grade point average listed on the chart beside your class rank per- 
centile, you will be admitted to the College Park Campus 

Minimum Requirements for Maryland Freshmen Applicants 
Using High School Class Rank and Academic Grade Point Average 
as Criteria. 





Academic 




Academic 


Class 


Grade 


Class 


Grade 


Rank 


Point 


Rank 


Point 


Percentile 


Average 


Percentile 


Average 


1 


2.58 


31 


2.28 


2 


2.57 


32 


2.27 


3 


2.56 


33 


2.26 


4 


2.55 


34 


2.25 


5 


2.54 


35 


2.24 


6 


2.53 


36 


2.23 


7 


2.52 


37 


2.22 


8 


2.51 


38 


2.21 


9 


2.50 


39 


2.20 


10 


2.49 


40 


2.19 


11 


2.48 


41 


2.18 


12 


2.47 


42 


2.17 


13 


2.46 


43 


2.16 


14 


2.45 


44 


2.15 


15 


2.44 


45 


2.14 


16 


2.43 


46 


2.13 


17 


1.42 


47 


2.12 


18 


2.41 


48 


2.11 


19 


2.40 


49 


2.10 


20 


2.39 


50 


2.09 


21 


2.38 


51 


2.08 


22 


2.37 


52 


2.07 


23 


2.36 


53 


2.06 


24 


2.35 


54 


2.05 


25 


2.34 


55 


2.04 


26 


2.33 


56 


2.03 


27 


2.32 


57 


2.02 


28 


2.31 


58 


2.01 


29 


2.30 


59 


2.00 


30 


229 


60 


1 99 



Use of Mid-Year Grades. The University will reserve a decision on the 
applications of Ivlaryland residents who do not meet the cntena outlined 
atjove until mid-year grades are available for the senior year in high 
school. The College Park Campus is unable to utilize the final high 
school marks in rendering decisions for applicants who are applying for 
admission directly from high school. 

If your mid-year grades for the senior year in high school are available 
when your application is initially considered by the College Park admis- 
sions staff, they will be used in determining your eligibility for admission 
Subjects Used for Computation of the High School Academic 
Grade Point Average. Because of variations in course titles m the sec- 
ondary school systems, this listing is not inclusive. It does, however, 
provide you with examples of the types of courses the College Park 
Campus utilizes in computing the high school academic grade point 
average. 

English. Composition, Communications, Creative Writing, Conversa- 
tional Language, Debate, Expressive Writing, Journalism, Language 
Arts, Literature, Public Speaking, Speech, World Literature 
Foreign Languages. French, German, Greek, Hebrew, Italian, Latin, 
Russian, Spanish, Other. 

Mathematics. Advanced Topics, Albegra I, Algebra II, Analysis (or Ele- 
mentary Analysis), Analytic Geometry, Calculus, Computer Math, Func- 
tions, Geometry, Mathematics II, Mathematics III, Mathematics IV. 



Matnces Probabilitis, Modern Geometry, Probability and Statistics, 
E A M. (Rev. Acad. Math), SMS G., Modern Math, Tngonometry 
Science. Advanced Biology, Advanced Chemistry, Biology, Chemistry, 
Earth Science, General Science, Genetics, Geology, Lat>oratory Sci- 
ence, Physical Science, Physics. Space Science. Zoology 
Social Studies. Afro-American Studies, Amencan History, Ancient His- 
tory, Anthropology, Child Development, Civics-Citizenship, Contempo- 
rary Issues (C.I.S.S), Cultural Areas, Cultural Heritage, Economics. 
Economic Citizenship, Ethics (if considered to be Religion, not counted), 
European History, European History and Survey, Family Living, Far 
East, Pan American, Geography, Government, Humanities, Interna- 
tional Affairs, Medieval History, Modern History, Modern Problems, 
National Government, Philosophy, Political Science, Problems of De- 
mocracy, Problems of 20th Century, Psychology, Sociology, State His- 
tory, US History, World Civilization, World Cultures. 

Special Admissions Options 

To serve students who are not typical freshmen, the College Park 
campus has developed a variety of non-traditional admissions options: 

Concurrent Enrollment. High school seniors who have earned a 
minimum 3.50 (B-^) average in academic subjects dunng grades ten 
and eleven may enroll on the College Park campus for two courses or 
seven credits. They must tile a "concurrent admissions" application and 
transcnpts- The permission of the high school is required and students 
must live within commuting distance Fees are assessed on a per-credit 
hour basis. 

Summer Enrollment. High school students with minimum 3.00 (B) 
averages may enroll for courses dunng the summer preceding their 
junior or senior year. They must file a regular application and transcripts. 
Fees are assessed on a per-credit hour basis. 

Early Admission. Although the University of Maryland generally re- 
quires applicants to earn a high school diploma pnor to their first regis- 
tration, the College Park Campus will admit well-qualified students with- 
out this document provided: 

1 . they have a minimum B (3.0) average in academic subjects. 

2. the student is within four semester courses (two credits) of high 
school graduation. 

3. the student has the endorsement of the high school and the superin- 
tendent of schools, when appropnate. 

High school Equivalence Examination. Maryland residents who are 
at least 1 7 years of age and have not received a high school diploma 
can be considered for admission by presenting the high school General 
Education Equivalency certificate. In order to be admitted the applicant 
must present an average score of 50 with no score below 40 on any of 
the five parts of the test or a minimum score of 45 on each of the five 
parts of the test. 

Veterans and Mature Adults. Maryland residents who have had mili- 
tary experience or have been out of school for more than two years may 
find that our published admissions standards are not applicable We 
urge applicants in these categories to contact an Admissions Counselor 
to discuss their educational plans. 

Out-of-State Freshmen 

The University is very pleased to consider applications from students 
who are not residents of the State of Maryland Because the pnmary ot>- 
ligation of the University is to Maryland residents, however, the number 
of out-of-state students who can be admitted is limited The typical fresh- 
man applicant presents better than average SAT scores and high school 
grades 

Other Requirements for All Freshmen Applicants 

In general the College Park campus requires freshmen applicants to 
earn a high school diploma pnor to their first registration at the univer- 
sity. 

The SAT examination is required of all freshmen applicants. Test re- 
sults must be submitted directly to the College Park Campus by the Ed- 
ucational Testing Service You are strongly urged to include your social 
secunty numtjer when registenng for the SAT This will expedite pro- 
cessing of your application lor admission by the College Park Campus 
The reporting code for the College Park Campus is 5814 The University 
strongly recommends that the SAT be taken as early as possible The 
January test is generally the latest acceptable examination for fall appli- 
cants. Further information on the SAT may be obtained from high school 
guidance offices or directly from the Educational Testing Service, 
Princeton, New Jersey 08540 

School of Architecture. Admission to the School of Architecture is 
competitive with selection based on previous academic achievement 



General 
Information 



All Architecture applicants must file an application by March 1 to be 
assured ol consideration. Because of severe space limitations, admis- 
sion to this program is subject to closure at any time 

Applications for the School of Architecture are accepted for the fall 
semester only. 
URBAN STUDIES-FIRE SCIENCE 

Urban Studies-Fire Science is an upper division program. Freshman 
and sophomore courses in Fire Science are not available at this cam- 
pus. 

Contact Professor Harry E HIckey (Room 1127, Martin Engineenng 
Laboratory: 454-2424) for information regarding course requirements 
w/hich must be met prior to the admission to the College Park Campus 

Transfer Student Admission General Statement 

A student who has attended any institution of higher learning following 
graduation from high school and attempted nine or more credits must be 
considered for admission as a transfer student. 

The University will use the average stated on the transcript by the 
sending institution In cases where there is more than one previous in- 
stitution, the averages of all institutions attended will be cumulative 

Where the number of students desiring admission exceeds the num- 
ber that can be accommodated in a particular professional or special- 
ized program, admission will be based on criteria developed by the 
University to select the best qualified students 

Transfer applicants must be in good academic and disciplinary stand- 
ing at their previous institutions to be eligible for possible transfer to the 
College Park Campus 

Maryland Residents 

Those Admissible as High School Seniors. Students who are eli- 
gible for admission as high school seniors and who are in good aca- 
demic and disciplinary standing at their previous institutions are eligible 
to be considered for transfer. Maryland residents must have a C average 
in all previous college-level work to be admitted 

Those Not Admissible as High School Seniors. Maryland resi- 
dents who are not admissible as high school seniors must complete at 
lease 28 semester hours with a C or better cumulative average at an- 
other institution 

Transfer Students from Maryland Public Community Colleges. 

Maryland residents who attend Maryland public community colleges will 
be admitted after they have received the Associate of Arts degree or 
completed 56 semester hours with a C or better cumulative average. 
Where the number of students desinng admission exceeds the number 
that can be accommodated in a particular professional or specialized 
program, admission will be based on criteria developed by the University 
to select the best qualified students. 

Exception to the 56 hours/A. A. degree rule will be made for a student 
attempting to transfer into a program which is not available at the stu- 
dent's community college in a full two-year program. In order to be ad- 
mitted to the College Park campus as an exception to the two-year rule, 
the applicant must obtain a letter from the transfer advisor at his/her 
community college recommending that the University waive the two- 
year requirement in his/her case. 

Veterans and Mature Adults 

Maryland residents who have had military experience or who have 
been out of school for more than two years may find that published 
admissions standards are not applicable Applicants in these categories 
should contact an Admissions Counselor to discuss their educational 
plans 

Out-of-State Transfer Students 

The University is very please to consider applications from students 
who are not residents of the State of Maryland Because the primary ob- 
ligation of the University is to Maryland residents, however, the number 
of out-of-state students who can be admitted Is limited. The typical trans- 
fer presents better than average credentials in his or her previous col- 
lege-level work. 

Undergraduate Students Transferring from Within the 
University System 

A student seeking to move from one campus of the University to an- 
other must have been a regular degree-seeking student eligible to return 
to his or her original campus. 

Students who were special or non-degree students or undergraduate 
students who have been academically dismissed by one campus must 
contact the admissions office of the receiving campus. 

Students must apply with the normal deadlines and, where space is 



limited, admission to the new campus will be based on criteria designed 
to select the best qualified students. 

School of Architecture. Admission to the School of Architecture in the 
Division of Arts and Humanities is competitive with selection based on 
the transfer student's previous academic achievement All Architecture 
applicants must file an application by March 1 to be assured considera- 
tion. Because of severe space limitations, admission to this program is 
subject to closure at any time. 

Applications for the School of Architecture are accepted for the fall 
semester only Transfer applications for the School of Architecture are 
not evaluated until the eariy summer. 

{Minority Students 

The Office of Equal Opportunity Recruitment (OEOR) is the minority 
recruitment unit with the Office of Academic Services. Primarily through 
OEOR, the University seeks to achieve a more representative minority 
student population among blacks, Spanish-speaking, native Americans, 
and Asian Americans. 

After making the admissions decision of student applications, OEOR 
staff aids in processing students with information on financial aid and 
supportive services OEOR staff will provide any information to students 
interested in making application Contact: Office of Equal Opportunity 
Recruitment, Office of Academic Services, Room 0107, North Adminis- 
tration Building, Phone: 454-4009/454-4844 

Foreign Student Admission 

Foreign students applying for admission to the undergraduate schools 
of the University of Maryland should make application at least six 
months in advance of the term for which they apply They will be re- 
quired to submit (1) an application for admission on a form furnished by 
the Admissions Office of the University upon request, (2) official copies 
of the secondary school preparation, (3) certificates of completion of 
state secondary school examinations, and (4) records of college or uni- 
versity studies completed in schools in the United States or elsewhere. 
(Documents indicated in (2]. [3], and [4] must be accompanied by certi- 
fied English translations when onginal documents are in languages 
other than English ) The applicant will also be required to furnish proof 
of adequate finances (students on F visas are not permitted to work). 
Further proof must be furnished of ability to read, write, speak, and un- 
derstand English sufficiently well to pursue satisfactorily an approved 
course of study in one of the colleges/divisions of the University Infor- 
mation can be obtained from the Office of the Director of International 
Education Services regarding the administration of the Test of English 
as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) both in the United States and abroad. 
TOEFL IS the standard test used by the University to detennine English 
proficiency. 

Because the University of Maryland is a state university, it is limited 
in the number of foreign students whom it can admit each year. Conse- 
quently, admission is extremely competitive and offered only to those 
applicants who are most highly qualified. 

The foreign student accepted for admission to the University will re- 
ceive from International Education Services the appropriate immigration 
form needed to secure a student visa from the American consul. 

Foreign students are expected to notify the Office of International Ed- 
ucation Services as to the approximate date of arnval at the University 
and arrange to arnve in time for the special onentation program that pre- 
cedes registration. The Office of International Education Services is lo- 
cated in the North Administration Building Room 2115. 

Non-Degree (Special) Student Admission 

Applicants who qualify for admission but do not desire to work toward 
a baccalaureate degree may be admitted as non-degree seeking (spe- 
cial) students 

Special students who have received a baccalaureate degree are ad- 
vised that no credit earned while enrolled as special students may be 
applied at a later date to a graduate program These post-baccalaureate 
students may enroll in undergraduate courses for which they possess 
the necessary prerequisites, but may not enroll in courses restricted to 
graduate students only. Students who wish to take courses at the grad- 
uate level (600 and above) must contact the Graduate School for infor- 
mation concerning admission requirements for Advanced Special Stu- 
dent status. 

Non-degree seeking (special) students who do not have a bacca- 
laureate degree or an R.N. must submit transcnpts and meet regular ad- 
mission standards. Transcripts are not required from students with bac- 
calaureate degrees or an R.N, 

Because of space limitation, several departments require permission 
in advance to enroll as a non-degree student Please contact the Office 
of Undergraduate Admissions for further information 



Pre-Professional Programs 

The College Park Campus offers pre-professional programs in Dental 
Hygiene, Dentistry, Forestry, Law, fk^edical Technology, Medicine, Nurs- 
ing, Optometry, Pharmacy, Physical Therapy. Radiologic Technology, 
Theology, and Vetennary Ivledicine. 

The College Park Campus does not offer degrees in these areas. The 
Campus does, however, offer specific course advisement that will pre- 
pare the student for a possible transfer to another branch of the Univer- 
sity of Iwlaryland or other institutions that do offer degrees in these fields 
Admission to a pre-professional program on the College Park Campus 
does not guarantee admission to another branch of the University or an- 
other institution. 

Students who have already earned more than 30 semester hours at 
another college-level institution, and who seek admission to pre-profes- 
SKXial programs in Nursing, Pharmacy Dental Hygiene, Physical Therapy, 
Medical Technology. Radiologic Technology, and Forestry, should con- 
tact an academic advisor lor the pre-professional programs at College 
Park before filing an application for the College Park Campus Please 
address your correspondence to the academic advisor of the specific 
pre-professional program to which you are applying, tor example. Aca- 
demic Advisor, Pre-Nursing Program, University of Maryland. College 
Park, Maryland 20742. 

Golden Identification Card Program 

The College Park campus participates in the University of Maryland's 
Golden Identification Card Program. The campus will make available 
courses and various services to persons who are 60 years of age or 
older, who are residents of the State of Maryland and who are retired 
(not engaged in gainful employment for more than 20 hours per week). 
When persons eligible for this Program apply for the Program and re- 
ceive their Golden Identification Cards, they may register for credit cour- 
ses as regular or special students m any session Tuition and most other 
fees will be waived. The Golden Identification Card will entitle eligible 
persons to certain academic services, including the use of the libranes. 
as well as certain other non-academic services Such services will be 
available during any session only to persons who have registered for 
one or more courses for that session. 

Persons interested in the Golden Identification Card Program on the 
College Park campus should contact the Office of Undergraduate Ad- 
missions for additional important details concerning the program. 

Application Procedures 

Application Forms. Application forms may be obtained by writing to: 
Office of Undergraduate Admissions. North Administration Building, Uni- 
versity of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742. 

Application forms are available in high school guidance offices and 
college counselling centers 

All applicants must comply fully with the directions printed on the ap- 
plication fonm Incomplete forms cannot be processed 

Application Fee. A non-refundable $15 00 application fee is required 
with each application 

Application Deadlines. These deadlines are subject to change with- 
out prior notice: therefore, all applicants are urged to apply early! 

Summer and Fall 1978 Semesters 

Septemt>er 1, 1977 — Applications accepted for Summer and Fall 1978 
Novemt>er 15, 1977 — Deadline for receipt of applications, transcnpts, 
and SAT results (freshmen only) for freshmen and transfer students who 
wish to be considered for an early decision for fall 1978 Students who 
meet this deadline and are eligible for admission will receive their appli- 
cation for on-campus housing in the first mailing from the Department of 
Resident Life. This mailing will occur approximately mid-February, 1978. 
Because demand for campus housing exceeds available supply, an 
early decision does not guarantee housing. 

March 1, 1978 — Deadline for foreign student applications. Applicants to 
the School of Architecture must file an application by this date to be as- 
sured considerations 

July 3, 1978 — Deadline for all undergraduate applications for Fall 1978 
July 15, 1978 — Deadline for receipt of transcripts and SAT results 
(freshmen only) for freshmen and transfer applicants for Fall 1978 

Spring 1979 Semester 

June 1, 1978 — Applications accepted for Spnng 1979. 
August 1, 1978 — Deadline tor foreign student applications 
November 15, 1978 — Deadline for all undergraduate applications for 
Spnng 1979. 



December 1. 1978 — Deadline for receipt of all transcnpts for Spnng 
1979. 

The University reserves the right to return the unprocessed applica- 
tions of out-of-state freshmen and transfer students when our quotas for 
these students have been filled Because ol space limitations the Uni- 
versity cannot offer admission to all qualified out-of-state applicants 
nor can it provide housing for a great many of those who are admitted. 

Readmission and Reinstatement 

Students who do not maintain continuous registration must apply for 
readmission or reinstatement when they desire to return to the Uni- 
versity See sections on Withdrawals from the University and Minimum 
Requirements for Retention and Graduation. 

Readmission. A student who has interrupted registration for one or 
more semesters and who was in good academic standing or on aca- 
demic probation at the conclusion of the last semester registerec! must 
apply for readmission. 

Reinstatement. A student must apply for reinstatement if he or she has 
been academically dismissed or has officially withdrawn from all courses 
in the last previous semester 

Deadlines. Dismissed students who wish to apply for reinstatement 
must observe the following deadlines: 

Fall semester — June 15 

Spnng semester — November 1 

Summer Session I — Apnl 15 

Summer Session II — May 15 
Exceptions. Students dismissed at the end of the fall semester may 
apply for immediate reinstatement no later than seven days t>efore the 
first day of spring semester registration. Students dismissed at the end 
of the spring semester who wish to attend the first or second summer 
session must check with the Withdrawal/Re-enrollment Office regarding 
current policy for summer sessions 

There are no deadlines for readmission or for reinstatement after an 
official withdrawal, but students are encouraged to apply early (All ap- 
plications from withdrawn students are subiect to review by the Faculty 
Petition Board ) 

Any student whose application will require clearance from the Judicial 
Affairs Office. Health Center, or International Educational Services Of- 
fice should file according to the above deadlines for reinstatement. 
Applications. Application forms for readmission and reinstatement may 
be obtained from the Office of Withdrawal/ Re-enrollment, 
Additional Information. For additional information contact the With- 
drawal/Re-enrollment Office. North Administration Building. University 
of Maryland. College Park. Maryland 20742; (301 ) 454-2734. 

Transfer of Credits 

Maryland Council for Higher Education Articulation Agreement. 

The University of Maryland fully ascnbes to the Maryland Council for 
Higher Education Articulation Agreement. The complete text of the a- 
greement follows; 

Preamble. The initial over-reaching objective of this committee has 
been to relate in operational ways the undergraduate programs offered 
in the public sector of higher education in Maryland including the 
Community Colleges, the State Colleges, and the campuses of 
the University. 

The intended principal benefactor is the student who is best 
served by current information about programs and protected by 
firm arrangements among the public segments of higher educa- 
tion in Maryland which permits him to plan a total degree program 
from the outset. With successful academic performance, he or 
she can make uninterrupted progress even though transfer is in- 
volved. The measure of the plan is maximum transferability of the 
college level credits. Essentially, the transfer and native students 
are to be governed by the same academic rules and regulations. It 
IS recognized that the guidance data essential to the implementa- 
tion of transfer arrangements go well beyond the scope of the 
present report. 

In a complementary way the State's interests are served by hav- 
ing its higher education resources used optimally by reducing the 
time taken to complete a degree through the avoidance of re- 
peated class experiences. 

The institutional interests are protected also by the systematic 
approach; they are relieved of the uncertainties of unplanned ar- 
ticulation without becoming production line enterprises. 

The dynamics of higher education preclude once-and-for-all 
time curriculums and perpetual grading and retention systems as 
cases in point. However, within the general structure of this plan 



General 
Information 



there is opportunity for continual updating of the details. 

In more specific ways tfie Committee hias proceeded (1) to rec- 
ommend specific areas of agreement among tfie public Communi- 
ty Colleges, tfie State Colleges, and tfie State University pertain- 
ing to facilitating ttie transfer of students withiin tfie segments of 
public higfier education in ttie State; (2) to provide for a con- 
tinuous evaluation and review of programs, policies, procedures, 
and relationsfiips affecting transfer of students; and (3) to recom- 
mend such revisions as are needed to promote the academic suc- 
cess and general well-being of the transfer student. 

Policies 

1. Public four-year colleges and campuses of the University 
shall require attainment of an overall "C" average by IVIary- 
land resident transfer students as defined by the sending 
Institutions as one standard for admission. If the student 
has two or more institutions, the overall "C" (2.0) will be 
computed on grades received in courses earned at all in- 
stitutions attended, unless the student presents an Asso- 
ciate in Arts degree. 

(a) Efforts shall be intensified among the sending institu- 
tions to counsel students on the basis of their likeli- 
hood of success in various programs and at various in- 
stitutions based on shared information. (See par. 1(b) 
and par. 9.) 

(b) Procedures for reporting the progress of students who 
transfer within the State shall be regularized as one 
means of improving the counseling of prospective 
transfer students, in addition, each public institution 
of higher education shall establish a position of stu- 
dent transfer coordinator to assist in accomplishing 
the policies and procedures outlined in this plan. 

2. Admission requirements and curriculum prerequisites 
shall be stated explicitly. 

(a) Course and semester hour requirements which stu- 
dents must meet in order to transfer with upper division 
standing shall be clearly stated. 

(b) The establishment of articulated programs is required 
in professional and specialized curricula. 

(c) Students shall be strongly encouraged to complete the 
requirements for the award of an Associate in Arts De- 
gree or to complete successfully 56 semester hours of 
credit before transfer. 

3. Information about transfer students who are capable ot 
honors work or independent study shall be transmitted to 
the receiving institution. 

4. Transfer students from newly established public colleges 
which are functioning with the approval of the State De- 
partment of Education shall be admitted on the same basis 
as applicants from regionally accredited colleges. 

5. (a) Students from Maryland Community Colleges who 

have been awarded the Associate in Arts degree or 
who have successfully completed 56 semester hours 
of credit, in either case in college and university- 
parallel courses (see par. 6), and who attained an over- 
all "C" (2.0) average, shall be eligible for transfer. Nor- 
mally they will transfer without loss of credits and with 
junior standing provided they have met the require- 
ments and prerequisites established by the receiving 
institution within the major. Parenthetically, junior 
standing does not assure graduation within a two-year 
period of full-time study by a native student or by a 
transfer student. 

(b) The Associate in Arts degree shall serve as the equiva- 
lent of the lower division general education require- 
ments at the receiving institution where the total num- 
ber of credits required in the general education pro- 
gram in the sending institution is equal to or more than 
that required in the receiving institution and where the 
credits are distributed among the arts and sciences 
disciplines. 

(c) The determination of the major program requirements 
for a baccalaureate degree, including courses in the 
major taken in the lower division, shall be the respon- 
sibility of the institution awarding the degree. 

6. Credit earned at any public institution shall be transfer- 
able to any other public institution as long as that credit 
was designed specifically for a college or university- 
parallel program, and providing its acceptance is consis- 



tent with the policies of the receiving institution governing 
native students following the same program. Trans- 
fer of credits from terminal (career) programs shall be 
evaluated by the receiving institution on a course by 
course basis. Credits applied towards a specific major and 
minor shall be determined by the receiving institution in 
these cases. 

Credit earned in or transferred from a community college 
shall normally be limited to approximately half the bac- 
calaureate degree program requirement and to the first 
two years of the undergraduate educational experience. 
Transfer students shall be given the option of satisfying 
graduation requirements which were in effect at the re- 
ceiving institution at the time they enrolled as freshmen at 
the sending institution, subject to conditions or qualifica- 
tions which apply to native students. 
Institutions shall notify each other as soon as possible of 
pending curriculum changes which may affect transfer- 
ring students. When a change made by one institution 
necessitates some type of change at another institution, 
sufficient lead time shall be provided to effect the change 
with minimum disruption. The exchange data concerning 
such academic matters as grading systems, student pro- 
files, grading profiles, etc., is required. 
Community college students shall be encouraged to 
choose as early as possible the institution and program 
into which they expect to transfer. 
Innovative programs in all institutions are encouraged. 
Proposed programs which would have system-wide impli- 
cations or which would affect student transfers to more 
than one institution must be reported to the Maryland 
Council for Higher Education. 

The Maryland Council for Higher Education Articulation 
Committee shall continue to review and evaluate current 
articulation policies and shall set additional policies as 
needed. In addition, the Maryland Council will publish a 
brochure periodically listing the prerequisites within the 
major and professional programs of all public four-year 
colleges and universities in the State. 
In the event a transfer student believes he or she has not 
been accorded the consideration presented in this policy 
statement, he or she shall have the opportunity to have the 
situation explained or reconciled. 

Initially, differences of interpretation regarding the 
award of transfer credit shall be resolved between the 
student and the institution to which he is transferring. If 
a difference remains unresolved, the student shall present 
his or her evaluation of the situation to the institution 
from which he or she is transferring. Representatives from 
the two institutions shall then have the opportunity to 
resolve the differences. 

The sending institution has the right to present an un- 
resolved case to the Committee on Articulation by ad- 
dressing the Maryland Council for Higher Education. The 
Committee on Articulation shall, through an appointed 
subcommittee, receive relevant documentation, opinions, 
and interpretations in written form from the sending and 
receiving institution and from the student. Subcommittee 
deliberations will be confined to this written documenta- 
tion. The full committee shall act on the subcommittee 
recommendation. 

Copies of the committee recommendation shall be for- 
warded to the institutions involved through the Maryland 
Council for Higher Education. The Council shall then be 
advised of the institutional action within a ten-day period. 

A complaint on transfer status must be initiated by the 
student within the first semester of his enrollment in the 
receiving institution. 

The State of Maryland should support four-year institu- 
tions so that all students in an articulated transfer pro- 
gram who are awarded an Associate in Arts degree from a 
public community college shall be admitted with full junior 
standing to a public four-year institution, unless either the 
number of students desiring admissin exceeds the num- 
ber that can be accommodated in a particular professional 
or specialized program or certain circumstances exist 
which require a limitation being placed on the size of 
junior programs. In such instances, admission will be 



based on criteria developed by the receiving institution to 

select the best qualified students. 
General Statement. In general, credit from academic courses 
taken at an accredited Institution in areas that can be considered 
part of the student's University program and In which the student 
earned a grade of C or better will transfer. 
Maryland Public College and Universities. Transfer of course work 
completed at Maryland public colleges and universities is covered 
by the State Board For Higher Education Student Transfer Credit 
Policy. Course work completed at these institutions with 
minimum grade of "D" will transfer. The applicability of courses 
to the particular program chosen at College Park should be ex- 
plored with an academic advisor/evaluator in the office of the 
dean or provost (see section on Orientation/Pre-Registration). 
Maryland Public Community Colleges. The basic policies govern- 
ing transfer of credit between Maryland public two and four year 
institutions are set forth in the Student Transfer Policies of the 
State Board For Higher Education. In general the policy provides 
that credit will transfer for course work completed with a grade 
"D" or better If the course was specifically designed as college or 
unlveslty parallel. Course work In a technical or career program 
will be evaluated on a course-by-course basis. Course work com- 
pleted at a community college Is accepted as lower division (first 
and second year) credit. 

Articulated Programs: An articulated transfer program Is a list of 
community college courses which best prepare you for a par- 
ticular course of study at College Park. If you take appropriate 
courses which are specified in the articulated program guide, and 
earn an acceptable grade, you are guaranteed transfer with no 
loss of credit. 

Articulated career program guides help students plan their new 
programs after changing career objectives. Articulated program 
guides are available at the Office of Undergraduate Admissions on 
the College Park campus and in the transfer advisors office at 
each of the community colleges. If you check this guide you can 
eliminate all doubt concerning transfer of courses by following a 
program outlined In the guide 

University of Maryland System. Credits and grades for 
undergraduate courses will transfer to the College Park campus 
from other University of Maryland campuses. The applicability of 
these courses to the particular program chosen at College Park 
will be determined by an academic advisor/evaluator In the office 
of the dean or provost (see section on Orientation/Pre-Registra- 
tion). 

Other Universities and Colleges. Credit will be transfered from ac- 
credited institutions of higher education, if the course Is com- 
pleted with a grade of "C" or higher and If the course is similar to 
course work offered at College Park. The applicability of these 
courses to the particular course of study chosen at College park 
will be determined by an academic advisor/evaluator In the office 
of the dean or provost. 

Foreign Language Credit. Transfer foreign language credit is 
usually acceptable in meeting requirements. Prospective stu- 
dents should consult the appropriate sections of this catalog to 
determine the specific requirements of various colleges and 
curricula. 

Credit by Examination 

Advanced Placement Program. Students entering the University 
from secondary schools may obtain advanced placement and col- 
lege credit on the basis of their performance on the College En- 
trance Examination Board Advanced Placement Program ex- 
aminations. These examinations are normally given to eligible 
high school seniors during the May preceding matriculation in 
college. 

The University will award advanced placement or college credit 
for appropriate scores on the following examinations: biology, 
chemistry, English, French, German, Spanish, American history, 
European history, Latin, mathematics, and physics. The College 
Park campus specifies that these tests may not be taken after 
matriculation at a collegiate institution. 



Students with specific questions about the University's policy 
may contact the Administrative Dean for Undergraduate Studies. 
Detailed information about the examinations and registration pro- 
cedures may be obtained from your high school guidance 
counselor or from the Director of Advanced Placement Program. 
College Entrance Examination Board, 888 Seventh Avenue, New 
York, NY 10018. 

Other Credit by Examination Options. Students are encouraged to 
refer to other sections of this catalog tor information on addi- 
tional credit t)y examination options. 

Determination of In-State Status for Admission, 
and Charge Differential Purposes 

The Board of Regents of the University of Maryland approved 
new regulations for the determination of in-state status for admis- 
sion, tuition and charge-differential purposes at its meeting on 
September 21, 1973. The new regulations became effective with 
the January 1974 term. 

An initial determination of in-state status for admission, tuition 
and charge-differential purposes will be made by the University at 
the time a students application for admission is under considera- 
tion. The determination made at that time, and any determination 
made thereafter shall prevail in each semester until the determina- 
tion Is successfully challenged. The deadline lor meeting all re- 
quirements lor instate status and lor submitting all documents 
lor reclassification is the last day of late registration for the se- 
mester for student wishes to be classified as an in-state student. 

The volume of requests for reclassification nr.ay necessitate a 
delay in completing the review process. It is hoped that a decision 
in each case will be made within ninety (90) days of receipt of a re- 
quest for redetermination and all necessary documentation. Dur- 
ing this period of time, or any further period of time required by 
the University, fees and charges based on the previous determina- 
tion must be paid. If the determination Is changed, any excess 
fees and charges will be refunded. 

Petitions for review of eligibility, related documents and ques- 
tions concerning the policy of the University of Maryland for the 
determination of in-state status should be directed to the Office 
of Undergraduate Admissions, North Administration Building, 
University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742: Phone (301) 
454-4137. 

Students Classified as In-State for Admission, Tuition and 
Charge-Differential Purposes. Students classified as in-state for 
admission, tuition and charge-differential purposes are responsi- 
ble for notifying the Office of Undergraduate Admissions in 
writing within 15 days of any change in their circumstances which 
might In any way affect their classification at the College Park 
Campus. 

The written notice of change in circumstances or questions 
concerning the policy of the University of Maryland for the deter- 
mination of in-state status should be directed to Office of 
Undergraduate Admissions, Ground Floor, North Administration 
Building. 

Graduate Student Admission 

Admission to graduate study at the University of Maryland is 
the responsibility of the Graduate School. Correspondence con- 
cerning application for admission to The Graduate School should 
be addressed to The Graduate School. University of Maryland, 
College Park. Maryland 20742. 

Orientation Programs 

Upon final admission to the University the new student will 
receive materials about the Orientation and Registration Program. 
All entering students are encouraged to attend. The primary goals 
of the program are to Inform the student about the University, and 
to help the student register for the first semester. Through this 
program the entering student receives a personalized and In- 
dividual introduction to the University. 

Parents also have an opportunity to learn about University life 
through the Parent Orientation Program. More information about 
this program Is provided under the description of services offered 
by the Office of Student Affairs. Office location: Student Union 
Building, Telephone: 454-5752 



General 
Information 



Fees & Expenses 



Registration is not completed or official until all financial 
obligations are satisfied. Returning students will not be permitted 



to complete registration until all financial obligations to the 
University including library fines, parking violation assessments 
and other penalty fees and service charges are paid in full. 
Although the IJniversity regularly mails bills to students, start- 



ing with an estimated bill approximately one montti prior to 
registration, it cannot assume responsibility for their receipt. If 
any student does not receive a bill before or shortly after the start 
of each semester, it is his/her responsibility to obtain a copy of 
the bill by coming to Room 1103, South Administration Building, 
between the horus of 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Monday through 
Friday. 

All checks or money orders should be made payable to the 
University of IVIaryland for the exact amount due. Student name 
and student Social Security number should be written on the front 
side of the check. In cases where the University has awarded a 
grant, scholarship, or workship, the appropriate amount will be 
deducted on the first actual bill, mailed approximately one month 
after the start of the semester. However, the first estimated bill 
mailed at the start of each semester may not include these deduc- 
tions. 

Students will be severed from University services for delinquent 
indebtedness to the University. In the event that severance oc- 
curs, the individual may make payment during the semester in 
which services were severed and all these services except hous- 
ing will be restored. Students removed from housing because of 
delinquent indebtedness will be placed at the bottom of the 
waiting list after the financial obligation is satisfied and after 
reapplying for housing. Students who are severed from University 
services and who fail to pay the indebtedness during the semester 
in which severance occurs will be ineligible to preregister for 
subsequent semesters until the debt is cleared. In the event of ac- 
tual registration in a subsequent semester by a severed student 
who has not settled his student account prior to that semester, 
such registration will be cancelled and no credit will be earned for 
the semester. 

No degree will be conferred, no grade issued, nor any diploma, 
certificate, or transcript of record issued to a student who has not 
made satisfactory settlement of his/her account. 

Transcript of Records 

Students and alumni may secure transcripts of their scholastic 
records from the Registrations Office. There is a charge of $2.00 
for each transcript. Checks should be made payable to the Univer- 
sity of tvlaryland. Transcripts of records should normally be re- 
quested in writing at least two weeks in advance of the date when 
the records are actually needed. No transcript of a student's 
record will be furnished any student or alumnus whose financial 
obligations to the University have not been satisfied. Except 
where required by law, no transcripts are released without written 
authorization of the student. 

A. Undergraduate Fees: 

1. Fees for Full-time Undergraduate Resident and Non- 
Resident Students 1978-79 Academic Year: 



2. Fees for Part-time Undergraduate Students 



a. lyiaryland Residents 



General Fee" 
Board Contract" 

1) 7 day a wk. contract food plan 

2) 5 day plan: 

3) 10 meals a week plan: 
Lodging" 



Total Academic Year Cost 
$788.00 



810.00 
750.00 
710.00 
878.00 



b. Residents of the District of Columbia, other states 
and other countries: 

Total Academic Year Cost 

General Fee* $2,378.00 
Board Contract" 

1)19 meals a week plan: 810.00 

2) Any 15 meals a week plan: 750.00 

3) Any 10 meals a week plan: 710.00 
Lodging" 958.00 

General Fee includes fixed fee of $610.00 for (Maryland Resi- 
dents or $2,200.00 for Residents of the District of Columbia, 
other states and other countries plus mandatory fees for the 
following: instructional materials, athletics, student activities, 
recreational facilities, auxiliary facilities, health services and 
registration. 

Increases in board and lodging charges for 1978-79 are under 
consideration by the Board of Regents at the time of this 
printing. 



Credit Hour Fee: 
Registration Fee: 
Health Fee: 
Athletic Fee:* 



$34.00 per credit hour 
5.00 per semester 
5.00 per semester 
5.00 per semester 



The term "part-time undergraduate student" is interpreted to 
mean an undergraduate student taking 8 semester credit hours or 
less. Students carrying 9 semester hours or more are considered 
to be full-time and must pay the regular full-time fees. (*)Charged 
to students registered for more than 4 and fewer than 9 credit 
hours. 

B. Graduate Fees: 



1. IVIaryland Residents: 

2. Residents of the District 
of Columbia, other states 
and other countries: 



$50.00 per credit hour 



$95.00 per credit hour 

Graduate students are also charged $5.00 a semester for 
registration fee and $10.00 a semester for health services (9 cr. hr. 
or more), or $5.00 a semester for health services (8 cr. hr. or less), 
and an athletic fee of $5.00 per semester if they are registered for 
more than 4 credit hours. 

An Important Fee Notice. Although changes in fees and charges 
ordinarily will be announced in advance, the University reserves 
the right to make such changes without prior announcement. 
NOTE: New additional information on Financial Obligations of 
Student; Disclosure of Information; Delinquent Accounts; and 
Special Fees, can be found on page viii. 

Explanation of Fees 

The application fee for the undergraduate programs and the 
summer sessions partially defrays the cost of processing applica- 
tions for admission to the University. If a student enrolls for the 
term for which he or she applied, the fee is accepted in lieu of the 
matriculation fee. Applicants who have enrolled with the Universi- 
ty of Maryland in its Evening Division at College Park or Baltimore, 
or at one of its off-campus centers are not required to pay the fee 
since they have already paid a matriculation fee. This fee is not 
subject to refund or cancellation. 

The Fixed Charge Fee is charged to help defray the cost of 
operating the University's program at College Park. 

The Instructional Materials Fee represents a charge for instruc- 
tional materials and/or laboratory supplies furnished to students. 

The Athletic Fee is charged for the support of the Department 
of Intercollegiate Athletics. All students are encouraged to par- 
ticipate in all of the activities of this department or to attend the 
contests if they do not participate 

The Student Activities Fee is a mandatory fee included at the re- 
quest of the Student Government Association. It is used in spon- 
soring various student activities, student publications and 
cultural programs. 

The Recreational Facilities Fee is paid into a fund which will be 
used to expand the recreational facilities on College Park Cam- 
pus. The Auxiliary Facilities Fee is paid into a fund which is used 
for expansion and operation of various facilities such as roads, 
walks, campus lighting and other campus facilities. These 
facilities are not funded or are funded only in part from other 
sources. 

Other Fees 

Application Fee: $15.00 

Pre-College Orientation Program Registration Fee: $31.00 (two- 
day program), $18.00 (one day program). 

Registration Fee: $5.00 (Charged as a separate fee for all 
registrants except full-time undergraduates). 
Late Application Fee: $25.00 
Matriculation Fee: $15.00 
Graduation Fee for Bachelor's Degree: $15.00 
Room Deposit Fee payable upon application for dormitory room; 
$50.00 (to be deducted from the first semester room charges at or 
after registration). 

Student Healtti Fee (each semester): $10.00 (Charged to all full- 
time students each semester. Full-time employees and staff may 
not use Health Service Facilities and are not charged the Student 
Health Fee. Graduate Assistants are not full-time employees.) 



$5.00 a semester for all part-time undergraduate students. $10.00 
a semester for graduate students taking 9 cr. hr. or more or $5.00 a 
semester for graduate students taking 8 cr. hr. or less. 
Vehicle Registration Fee: $12.00 ($12.00 for first vehicle and $3.00 
for each additional vehicle in accordance with published regula- 
tions. Payable each academic year by all students registered for 
classes on the College Park Campus and who drive on the Cam- 
pus. For cars registered for the spring semester only, the fee is 
$6.00 on the first car and $3.00 for pach additional vehicle.) 
Special Fee for students requiring additional preparation in 
Mathematics (MATH 001) per semester: $75.00 (Required of 
students whose curriculum calls for MATH 1 10 or 115 and who fail 
in qualifying examination for these courses.) This Special l^ath 
Fee is in addition to course charge. Students enrolled in this 
course and concurrently enrolled for 6 or more credit hours will be 
considered as full-time students for purposes of assessing fees. 
Students taking only MATH 001 pay for 3 credits plus $75. A 3 
credit course plus MATH 001 results in a charge for 6 credits plus 
$75. A full-time student pays full-time fees plus $75. 
Fees for Auditors and courses taken for audit are the same as 
those charged for courses taken for credit at both the under- 
graduate and graduate levels. Audited credit hours will be added 
to hours taken for credit to determine whether or not an under- 
graduate student is full-time or part-time for fee assessment pur- 
poses. 

Special Students are assessed fees in accordance with the 
schedule for the comparable undergraduate or graduate classifi- 
cation. 

Late Registration Fee: $20.00 (All students are expected to com- 
plete their registration, including the filing of Schedule Adjust- 
ment Forms, on the regular registration days. Those who do not 
complete their registration during the prescribed days must pay 
this fee.) Registration is not completed until all fees, including 
outstanding SAR (Student Accounts Receivable) balances have 
been paid in full. Any payment which is insufficient to discharge 
the existing balance plus new fees leaves tuition unpaid and 
registration incomplete. The $20 late fee will therefore be applied 
to all students who register and who have an outstanding in- 
debtedness to the University. 

Change of Registration Fee: $2.00 (for each course dropped or ad- 
ded after the Schedule Adiustment Period). 
Special Examination Fee: $30.00 per course for full-time students: 
the part-time credit hour charge for part-time students. (See part- 
time credit hour charges on prior schedule above.) 
Cooperative Education Program in Liberal Arts and Business (CO- 
OP 208-209) and Engineering Cooperative Education (ENCO 
408-409). Each course: $30.00 
Transcript of Record Fee: $2.00 (each copy). 
Property Damage Charge: Students will be charged for damage to 
property or equipment. Where responsibility for the damage can 
be fixed, the individual student will be billed for it; where respon- 
sibility cannot be fixed, the cost of repairing the damage or replac- 
ing equipment will be prorated among the individuals involved. 
Service Charges for Dishonored Checks: Payable for each check 
which is returned unpaid by the drawee bank on initial presenta- 
tion because of insufficient funds, payment stopped, post- 
dating, drawn against uncollected items, etc. 
For checks up to $50.00: $5.00 
For checks from $50.01 to $100.00: $10.00 
For checks over $100.00: $20.00 

Library Charges: $.25 Fine for failure to return book from General 
Library before expiration of loan period per day. Fine for failure to 
return book from Reserve Shelf before expiration of loan period: 
First hour overdue on first day: $1 .00; After first hour on first day: 



$.50 per hour for each hour open, up to a maximum of $30.00 per 
item. In case of loss or mutilation of a book, satisfactory restitu- 
tion must be made. 

Motor Vehicle Penalties: These are described in Traffic Rules and 
Regulations. (See Page 19.) 

Textbooks and Supplies: Textbooks and classroom supplies — 
These costs vary with the course pursued, but will average $85.00 
per semester. 

Payment of Fees: All checks, money orders, or postal notes 
should be made payable to the University of Maryland. Write stu- 
dent name and student Social Security number on the face of the 
check. 

Withdrawal or Refund of Fees: 

Any student compelled to leave the University at any time dur- 
ing the academic year should secure a form for withdrawal from 
the Withdrawal/Reenrollment Office and submit this form along 
with the semester Identification/Registration Card. If this is not 
done, the student will forfeit his or her right to any refund which 
he would otherwise be entitled. The effective date used in com- 
puting refunds is the date the withdrawal form is filed in the 
Withdrawal/Re-enrollment Office Stop Payment on a check, or 
failure to pay semester bill, or failure to attend classes does not 
constitute withdrawal. 

A request tor a refund must be processed by the student with 
the Division of Business Services, otherwise any credit on the stu- 
dent account will automatically be carried over to the next 
semester. 

CANCELLATION OF REGISTRATION — SUBMITTED TO THE 
WITHDRAWAURE-ENROLLMENT OFFICE BEFORE THE OF- 
FICIAL FIRST DAY OF CLASSES ENTITLES THE STUDENT TO A 
FULL CREDIT OF SEMESTER TUITION AND ADDITIONAL FEES 

Full-time students withdrawing from the University will be 
credited for tuition in accordance with the following schedule: 

Period from date instruction begins Refundable Tuition only 

(Additional fees non refundable) 

Two Weeks or less 80% 

Between two and three weeks 60% 

Between three and four weeks 40% 

Between four and five weeks 20% 

Over five weeks NO REFUND 

No part of the charges for room and board is refundable except 
when the student officially withdraws from the University or when 
he or she is given permission by the appropriate officials of the 
University to move from the residence halls and/or to discontinue 
dining hall privileges. In these cases, the room refund will be com- 
puted by multiplying the number of periods remaining times the 
pro rata weekly rate after adjusting for a service charge. Refunds 
to students having full board contracts will be calculated in a 
similar manner. No room and/or board refunds will be made after 
the fourteenth week of the semester. 

In computing refunds to students who have received the benefit 
of scholarships and loans from University Funds, the computation 
will be made in such a way as to return the maximum amount to 
the scholarship and loan accounts without loss to the University. 

A student who registers as a full-time undergraduate will 
receive no refund of the General Fee when courses are dropped 
(regardless of the number of credit hours dropped) unless the stu- 
dent withdraws from the University. Hence, a student changing 
from full-time to part-time after the first day of classes receives no 
refund. 

A student who registers as a part-time undergraduate student 
will be given a refund of the credit hour fee for courses dropped 
during the first week of classes. No refund will be made for 
courses dropped thereafter. 



General 
Information 



Financial Aid 

The Office of Student Aid provides advice and assistance in the 
formulation of student financial plans and, in cooperation with 
other University offices, participates in the awarding of scholar- 
ships, loans, and part-time employment to deserving students. 
Scholarships, grants and loans are awarded on the basis of 
academic ability and financial needs. In making awards, con- 
sideration is also given to character, achievement, participation in 



student activities, and to other attributes which may indicate suc- 
cess in college. It is the intent of the committee to make awards to 
those qualified students who might not otherwise be able to pur- 
sue college studies. Part-time employment opportunities on cam- 
pus are open to all students, but are dependent upon the 
availability of jobs and the student's particular skills and abilities. 
Additional information is available from the Director, Office of 
Student Aid, Room 2130. North Administration Building. Univer- 
sity of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742. 



Scholarships and Grants 

Most scholarships and grants are awarded to students before 
they enter the University. However, students who have completed 
one or more semesters, and have not received such an award, are 
eligible to apply. It is usually inadvisable for a student to apply tor 
a specific scholarship. Each applicant will receive consideration 
for all scholarships for which he or she is eligible. Most scholar- 
ships are awarded to students who have earned a cumulative 
grade point average of 3.0 (B) or better. Entering freshmen must 
submit application before March 1; students already enrolled in 
the University may submit applications between January 15 and 
May 1 in order to receive consideration for scholarship assistance 
for the ensuing year. Scholarship award letters are normally 
mailed between March 15 and July 15. Any applicant who does not 
receive an award letter during this period should assume that he 
or she has not been selected for a scholarship. 

Regulations and procedures for the awarding of scholarships 
and grants are formulated by the Committee on Financial Aids. All 
recipients are subject to the academic and non-academic regula- 
tions and requirements of the University. 

The recipient of the scholarship or grant is expected to make at 
least normal progress toward a degree, as defined by the 
Academic Regulations, and to maintain a continuous credit load 
of 14 semester credit hours. 

The committee reserves the right to review the scholarship pro- 
gram annually and to make adjustments in the amount and reci- 
pients of awards in accordance with the funds available and 
scholastic achievement. 

Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants. Under the provi- 
sions of the Education Amendments of 1976, grants are available 
to encourage youth of exceptional financial needs to continue 
their post secondary school education. A recipient must be a 
United States citizen enrolled as a full-time undergraduate. The 
amount of the grant must be matched by an equal amount of some 
other type of aid provided through the University. 
Basic Educational Opportunity Grants. The federal government 
provides grants to approved students who need it to attend post 
high-school educational institutions. The maximum award is 
$1600 minus the expected family contribution. In those years 
when Congressional appropriations are less than needed, eligible 
students will receive a percentage of their entitlement. Applica- 
tions are available in post high school institutions. 
Maryland State Scholarships. The General Assembly of Maryland 
has created several programs of scholarships for Maryland 
residents who need financial help to obtain a college education. 
The undergraduate programs are (1) General State scholarships, 
(2) Senatorial scholarships, and (3) House of Delegates scholar- 
ships. Students wishing to apply for these scholarships should 
contact their guidance counselor if a high-school senior or the Of- 
fice of Student Aid if presently attending the University of 
Maryland. Students who are entering college for the first time 
must take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in November or December 
of their senior year. The test is not required of college students 
who have completed at least 24 semester hours. A general ap- 
plication and a Financial Aid Form must be filed with College 
Scholarship Service in Princeton, N.J., by February 15 for the 
following academic year. For additional information, contact the 
Maryland State Scholarship Board, 2100 Guilford Avenue, 
Baltimore, Maryland 21218. 

Local and National Scholarships. In addition to the scholarships 
provided by the University of Maryland, a student should give 
careful consideration to scholarship aid provided by local and na- 
tional scholarship programs. Ordinarily, the high-school principal 
or counselor will be well informed as to these opportunities. 

Endowed and Annual Scholarships 
and Grants 

Advertising Association of Baltimore Work Experience Scholar- 
ship. This award is available to an outstanding sophomore or 
junior interested in an advertising career. 

AFROTC College Scholarship Program. Four-year AFROTC 
scholarships are available to incoming freshmen who qualify. One 
thousand scholarships are awarded annually to qualified 
freshmen on a nationwide basis. Application for the Four-Year 
scholarship is normally accomplished during the senior year of 
high school. The AFROTC program also provides Two-Year and 
Three-Year scholarships for selected cadets in the AFROTC pro- 



gram. Those selected receive money for full tuition, laboratory ex- 
penses, incidental fees, and an allowance for books during the 
period of the scholarship. In addition, they receive nontaxable pay 
of $100 per month. Any student accepted by the University of 
Maryland may apply for these scholarships. AFROTC membership 
is required if one receives an AFROTC scholarship. 
Air Force Warrant OHicers Association Student Aid Program. 
Scholarship aid has been made available by the Air Force Warrant 
Officers Association for worthy male or female undergraduate or 
graduate students in good standing, with preference given to 
children of Air Force Warrant Officers or other military personnel. 
Albright Scholarship. The Victor E. Albright Scholarship is open to 
graduates of Garrett County high schools who were born and 
reared in that county. 

Agricultural Development Foundation. A number of awards are 
made to agricultural students from a fund contributed by donors 
for general agricultural development. 

ALCOA Foundation Scholarships Awards of $750 are given to out- 
standing students majoring in mechanical engineering, civil 
engineering, electrical engineering and fire protection engineer- 
ing. 

Alumni Scholarships. A limited number of scholarships are made 
possible through the gifts of alumni and friends to the Alumni An- 
nual Giving Program of the Office of Endowment and Gifts. 
Alumni Association of the School of Pharmacy Scholarships. The 
Alumni Association of the School of Pharmacy of the University of 
Maryland makes available annually scholarships to qualified pre- 
pharmacy students on the basis of character, achievement and 
need. These scholarships not exceeding $500 per academic year 
is applied to expenses at College Park. 

Alumni Band Scholarship. A limited number of awards to 
freshmen are sponsored by the University of Maryland Band Alum- 
ni Organization. Recipients are recommended by the Music 
Department after a competitive audition held in the spring. 
Mildred L. Anglin Scholarship. This scholarship is made available 
from an endowed fund sponsored by the Riverdale Elementary 
School Parents and Teachers Association in honor of Mrs. Anglin 
who served that school with distinction for forty years as a 
teacher and administrator. 

Ethel R. Arthur Memorial Scholarship. This memorial scholarship 
fund has been established by Irving J. Cohen, M.D. At least one 
$250 award is made each year by the Scholarship Committee. A 
preference is given to students from Baltimore. 
Alvin L. Aubinoe Student Aid Program. Scholarship grants up to 
$500 per school year to students in engineering, preferably those 
studying for careers in civil engineering, architecture or light con- 
struction. 

Baltimore Panhellenic Association Scholarship. A scholarship is 
awarded annually by the Baltimore Panhellenic Association to a 
student entering the junior or senior class, who is an active 
member of a sorority, who is outstanding in leadership and 
scholarship and who needs financial assistance. 
Baltimore Sunpapers Scholarship in Journalism. The Board of 
Trustees of the A. S. Abell Foundation, Inc., contributes funds to 
provide one or more $500 scholarships to students majoring in 
editorial journalism. 

Bayshore Foods, Inc. Scholarship. A grant of $500 is made 
available annually to sons and daughters of employees of 
Bayshore Foods, Inc., of Easton. Md. 

Belva H. Hopkins Memorial Scholarship. An endowed fund has 
been established to provide a scholarship to a deserving student 
from Prince George's County who has expressed an interest in 
teaching mathematics in public schools. The recipient may be en- 
titled to renew the scholarship for three more years (or the normal 
graduating time) provided there is financial need. Financial need 
may be considered but is not a requirement for the initial award. 
Capital Milk Producers Cooperative, Inc., Scholarship. A scholar- 
ship of $500 is awarded annually in the College of Agriculture, 
preferably to a student preparing for a career in the dairy industry. 
Chancellor's Scholars Program. $500 scholarships, renewable for 
four years are awarded on the basis of merit to graduates of 
Maryland high-schools selected as Chancellor's Scholars. 
Chancellor's Scholars also receive preferential housing and other 
prerequisites. Recipients are designated by the Chancellor upon 



the recommendation of a committee which screens nominees 
submitted by high school guidance counselors and administra- 
tors of the University. 

Dr. Ernest N. Cory Scholarship. This award is made annually to an 
outstandmg |unior or senior recommended by the College of 
Agriculture, preferably one majoring in Entomology. 
Dairy Technology Scholarship and Grants. The Dairy Technology 
Society of fvlaryland and the District of Columbia provides a 
limited number of scholarships and grants-in-aid for students ma- 
joring m dairy products technology. 

Delaware-Maryland Plant Food Association Scholarship. A $200 
annual award is made to an undergraduate who has an interest in 
agronomy and soil fertility work. 

Delmarva Traffic Club Scholarship. An award of $250 to an 
outstanding junior or senior student, preferably from the Eastern 
Shore of Maryland, ma|oring in Transportation in the College of 
Business and Management. 

Delta Nu Alpha Fraternity Chesapeake Chapter — No. 23, Traffic 
and Transportation Award. An award of $400 to an outstanding 
senior member of the University of Maryland chapter majoring in 
Transportation in the College of Business and Management. 
Exel Scholarship. A substantial grant for endowed scholarships 
was made by Deborah B. Exel. 

James R. Ferguson Memorial Fund. A scholarship award is made 
annually to a student enrolled in Animal Science on the basis of 
academic achievement and financial need. 
Anne Arundel County Volunteer Firemen's Association Grant. 
This tuition and fees grant is awarded to a high school graduate 
who will enroll in the fire protection curriculum in the College of 
Engineering. The award is normally for four years. 

Baltimore County Volunteer Firemen's Association Grant. This 
tuition and fees grant is awarded to a student who will enroll in the 
fire protection curriculum in the College of Engineering. This 
award is normally for four years. 

Ladies Auxiliary to The Maryland State Firemen's Association 
Grant. This $750 grant is awarded to an outstanding high school 
graduate who will enroll in the fire protection curriculum in the 
College of Engineering. The award is normally available for four 
years. 

Maryland State Firemen's Association Grant. A tuition and fees 
scholarship is awarded annually to an outstanding high school 
student who enrolls in the fire protection curriculum of the Col- 
lege of Engineering. This scholarship is for four years. 

Prince Georges County Volunteer Firemen's Association Grant. 

An annual tuition and fees scholarship is awarded to an outstand- 
ing high school student who enrolls in the fire protection cur- 
riculum of the College of Engineering. 

Food Fair Stores Foundation Scholarships. Several scholarships 
are available for $250 per academic year. 

J. Homer Remsberg Memorial Scholarship. A scholarship of $300 
is awarded annually to a resident of Frederick County enrolled in 
the College of Agriculture. 

Victor Frenkil Scholarship. A scholarship of $250 is granted an- 
nually by Mr. Victor Frenkil of Baltimore to a student from 
Baltimore City in the freshman class of the University. 
John D. Gilmore Scholarship has been established for the pur- 
pose of asisting deserving student athletes to obtain an education 
and participate in varsity athletics at the University of Maryland. 
The recipients should possess, as does John D. Gilmore, 
outstanding dedication, determination and an undeniable will to 
win in athletic competition and to succeed in life. 
Goddard Memorial Scholarship. Several scholarships are available 
annually under the terms of the James and Sarah E.R. Goddard 
Memorial Fund established through the wills of Morgan E. God- 
dard and Mary Y. Goddard. 

John William Guckeyson Memorial Scholarship. A scholarship of 
$100 is granted annually by Mrs. Hudson Dunlap as a memorial to 
John William Guckeyson, an honored Maryland alumnus. 
Staley and Eugene Hahn Memorial Scholarship Fund. Annual 
awards of $500 are made by Mr. and Mrs. Walter J. Hahn in 
memory of their sons to aid outstanding agricultural students 
from Frederick County. 



Robert Hall Personnel Accounting and Tax Awards. Two awards 
of $100 each to outstanding students majoring in Accounting in 
the College of Business and Management. 
William Randolph Hearst Foundation Scholarships. These 
scholarships are made available through a gift of the Baltimore 
News American, one of the Hearst newspapers, in honor of 
William Randolph Hearst. Scholarships up to $1,000 are awarded 
annually to undergraduates pursuing a program of study in jour- 
nalism. Scholarships up to $1,000 are awarded annually for 
graduate study in history, 

Robert Michael Higgenbotham Memorial Award Fund. This Fund 
has been endowed by Mr. and Mrs. Charles A. Higgenbotham in 
memory of their son who was killed in Vietnam. Annual awards are 
made to promising junior students majoring in mathematics. 
A.M. Hoffman Memorial Grant. This gift of $250 per year is normal- 
ly awarded as a supplement to some other type of student aid to a 
student with exceptional need. A preference is given to students 
from Montgomery County. The gift is made available by Mr, and General 



Mrs. David B. Schwartz. 
Dr. H. C. Byrd Memorial Fund — An endowed fund has been estat>- 
lished by the many friends of "Curley" in memory of his many 
years of outstanding service to the University. His period of ser- 
vice lasted from 1905 when he enrolled as a freshman from 
Crisfield, until 1954 when he retired after serving as President of 
the University for 19 years. Prior to that he had served 19 years as 
head football coach with a record of 109-37-7. 
Hyattsville Horticultural Society Scholarship. A scholarship of 
$200 is awarded to a student enrolled in Horticulture. 
George Hyman Construction Company Scholarship. A tuition 
scholarship is awarded to a freshman student in civil engineering. 
The scholarship may be renewed for three more years. 
Inter-State Milk Producers' Cooperative, Inc. Scholarship. A 
memorial scholarship of $300 is made available to a student in 
agriculture in honor of F. Bennett Carter. 

Paul H. Kea Memorial Scholarship Fund. This fund was estab- 
lished by the Potomac Valley Chapter of the American Institute of 
Architects in memory of Paul H. Kea, a highly respected member 
of the chapter. 

Venia M. Keller Grant. The Maryland State Council of Home- 
makers' Club makes available this grant of $100 which is open to a 
Maryland young man or woman of promise who is recommended 
by the College of Human Ecology. 

Mary Anne and Frank A. Kennedy Scholarship. Presented to 
outstanding journalism students, from the estate of Mary Anne 
and Frank A. Kennedy. 

Kinghorne Fund Scholarship. A scholarship in honor of Mr. 
Joseph W. Kinghorne of the Class of 1911 of the College of 
Agriculture shall be awarded to the student specializing in poultry 
science having the highest general average at the end of his or her 
sophomore year. The amount of the scholarship shall equal the 
tuition on the College Park Campus. 

Kiwanis Scholarship. The J. Enos Ray Memorial Scholarship 
covering tuition is awarded by the Prince George's Kiwanis Club 
to a male resident of Prince George's County, Maryland, who, in 
addition to possessing the necessary qualifications for maintain- 
ing a satisfactory scholarship record, must have a reputation of 
high character and attainment in general all-around citizenship. 
Gary Lee Lake Memorial Scholarship. This endowed fund provides 
scholarships for students majoring in pre-veterinary science in 
the College of Agriculture. It was established by his family and 
friends. 

Laurel Race Course, Inc., Scholarship. This fund has been 
established to provide scholarships for students who are partici- 
pating in the University Band. 

Leidy Foundation Scholarships. A $1500 fund has been estab- 
lished by the John H. Leidy Foundation, Inc. to provide scholar- 
ships for educational expenses to worthy students who have 
financial need. 

Leidy Foundation Scholarship. A scholarship of $500 is granted 
annually to a graduate or undergraduate student preparing for a 
career in the general field of chemistry. 

Helen Aletta Linthicum Scholarship. These scholarships, several 
in number, were established through the benefaction of the late 
Mrs. Aletta Linthicum. widow of the late Congressman Charles J. 



Information 



Linthlcum, who served Congress from the Fourth District o 
Maryland for many years^ 

Lions Club of Silver Spring Memorial Scholarship. This scholar 
ship covering tuition and fees Is available to a worthy graduate o 
one of the following high schools: Montgomery Blair, Northwood 
or Springbrook. 

Lions international Scholarship. An award of $500 is available to ; 
freshman who competes in the Lions Club (District 22-C) Annua 
Band Festival. A recipient is recommended by the Music Depart- 
ment after a competitive audition in the spring. 
Prince George's Plaza Lions Club Scholarship. This $300 scholar- 
ship is given in memory of Lion John L. Kensinger, Sr. The award 
is made to a student from Prince George's County whose area of 
academic concentration is in the field of creative writing. 
IVI Club Grants. The M Club of the University of Maryland provides 
each year a limited number of awards. 

Glenn L. Martin Aerospace Engineering Scholarship. Two scholar- 
ships are available to freshmen to cover tuition and fees. 
Maryland Cooperative Milk Producers, Inc. Scholarships. A 
scholarship of S500 is awarded annually in the College of 
Agriculture, preferably to a student preparing for a career in the 
dairy industry. 

Maryland-District of Columbia Association of Physical Plant Ad- 
ministrators Scholarship. A scholarship for fixed charges and fees 
IS made available to a junior or senior who is interested in making 
the administration of a physical plant his career. The recipient 
must be a resident of Maryland or the District of Columbia. 
Maryland Educational Foundation Grants. This fund has been 
established to provide assistance to worthy students. 
Maryland Electrification Council Scholarship. This scholarship of 
$300 is awarded annually to an entering freshman or junior college 
transfer student enrolled in the agricultural engineering curricu- 
lum in either the College of Agriculture or the College of En- 
gineering. 

Maryland Hoistein Association Scholarship. The scholarship will 
be awarded to a deserving student in the College of Agriculture 
who has had a hoistein project in 4-H or FFA. The award will be 
based on financial need, scholastic ability and leadership. 
Maryland and Virginia Milk Producers Association Scholarship. A 
scholarship of $500 is awarded annually in the College of Agricul- 
ture preferably to a student preparing for a career in the dairy in- 
dustry. 

Maryland Pharmaceutical Association Scholarships. The 
Maryland Pharmaceutical Association makes available annually 
scholarships to pre-pharmacy students on the basis of character, 
achievement and need. Each scholarship not exceeding $500 per 
academic year is used in partial defrayment of fees and expenses 
at College Park. These scholarships are open only to residents of 
the State of Maryland. 

Maryland State Golf Association Scholarship. A limited number of 
$500 scholarships are available to undergraduates in the 
Agronomy Department who have an interest in golf turf work. 
Maryland Turfgrass Association Scholarship. A $250 annual award 
IS made to an undergraduate who has an interest in agronomy and 
commercial sod production. 

George R. Merrill, Jr. Memorial Scholarship. Friends of former pro- 
fessor George R. Merrill, Jr., have established this endowed 
scholarship fund to benefit students in Industrial Education, 

Montgomery County Press Association Scholarship. Presented to 
an outstanding journalism senior residing in Montgomery County. 
Loren L. Murray and Associates Scholarships. This fund has been 
created to provide scholarships for Maryland residents who are 
admitted to the College of Education. 

Dr. Ray A. Murray Scholarship. The award, sponsored by Maryland 
Chapter No. 32 of the National Institute of Farm and Land Brokers, 
is to be made to a worthy sophomore in the Department of Agri- 
cultural and Resource Economics, College of Agriculture. 
Noxell Foundation Scholarships. Two scholarships are awarded 
to senior chemistry majors nominated by the Department of 
Chemistry. 

Douglas Howard Phillips Memorial Scholarships. This scholarship 
fund has been endowed by Mr. and Mrs, Albanus Phillips. Jr., in 



honor of their son who met his untimely death in the spring before 
he was scheduled to attend the University, in order that worthy 
young male graduates of Cambridge, Maryland, High School may 
have the opportunity he missed. 

Pilot Freight Carriers, Inc., Scholarship. An award of $500 to an 
outstanding student majoring in Transportation in the College of 
Business and Management. 

William H. Price Scholarship. This award is made annually to a 
worthy student who is already working to defray part of his col- 
lege expenses. 

Ralston Purina Scholarship. A scholarship of $500 is awarded an- 
nually to an incoming senior or junior of the College of Agriculture. 
Ensign Richard Turner Rea Memorial Scholarship. This scholar- 
ship fund has been established by Captain and Mrs. Richard F. 
Rea in honor of their late son who gave his life while on active duty 
in the U.S. Coast Guard. Two scholarships up to $500 each are 
awarded annually to students in engineering. 
Read's Drug Stores Foundation Scholarships. Scholarships are 
awarded on the basis of achievement, character and need. Each 
scholarship, not exceeding $500 per academic year, is applied to 
the fees and expenses at College Park. Recipients must be 
residents of the State of Maryland. 

Mary Elizabeth Roby Memorial Scholarship. An endowed scholar- 
ship has been established by the University Park Republican 
Women's Club. Limited awards are made to women entering the 
junior or senior years who are studying in the field of political 
science. A preference is given to residents of Prince George's 
County. 

Vivian F. Roby Scholarships. This endowed fund was established 
through a bequest to the University of Maryland by Evalyn S. Roby 
in memory of her husband, class of 1912, to provide undergradu- 
ate scholarships to needy boys from Baltimore City and Charles 
County, 

Jack B. Sacks Foundation Scholarship. An award of $1000 on 
behalf of the Advertising Club of Metropolitan Washington, Inc., 
to an outstanding senior Marketing student in the College of Busi- 
ness and Management planning a career in advertising, 
Schluderberg Foundation Scholarship Grant. This grant of $500 is 
awarded in the College of Agriculture to a student enrolled In the 
animal science or food science curriculum. 
Dr. Fern Duey Schneider Grant. A $100 grant Is available to a 
foreign woman student enrolled in the College of Education, who 
has completed at least one semester in residence at the Universi- 
ty. Funds for the grant are contributed by the Montgomery and 
Prince George's County Chapters of the Delta Kappa Gamma 
Society, 

Arthur H. Seidenspinner Scholarship. An endowed memorial 
scholarship fund has been established by Mrs. Seidenspinner to 
assist deserving student athletes to obtain an education at the 
University, Both Mr, and Mrs. Seidenspinner have been long-time 
contributors to numerous student aid programs at the University, 
Southern States Cooperative Scholarships. Two scholarships are 
awarded each year to sons of Southern States members — one for 
outstanding work in 4-H Club and the other for outstanding work 
in FFA, The amount of each scholarship is $300 per year and will 
continue for four years. 

Dr. Mabel S. Spencer Scholarship. This scholarship is awarded in 
honor of Dr, Spencer, distinguished former Professor in the Col- 
lege of Education, A preference shall be given to students in 
Home Economics Education, 

T. B. Symons Memorial Fund. A scholarship award is made an- 
nually to a student enrolled in agriculture on the basis of 
academic achievement and financial need, 
Charles A. Taff Scholarship. An award of $500 to an outstanding 
student majoring in Transportation in the College of Business and 
Management. 

Thomas H. Taliaferro Scholarship. Under the terms of the will of 
the late Jane G. S. Taliaferro, a bequest has been made to the 
University of Maryland to provide scholarship aid to worthy 
students. 

Tau Beta Pi Scholarship Fund. A limited number of scholarships 
are made available each year to worthy engineering students by 
members and alumni of Maryland Beta Chapter of Tau Beta Pi 



Association, Inc.. national engineering honor society. 
Veterinary Science Scholarship. A scholarship of $300, provided 
by the veterinarians of Maryland, will be awarded to a student 
enrolled in Veterinary Science, selected on the basis of leader- 
ship, academic competence and financial need. 
Joseph M. Vial Memorial Scholarship in Agriculture. Scholarships 
totaling $600 per year are made available by Mrs. A. H. Seiden- 
spinner to be awarded upon the recommendation of the College of 
Agriculture. 

Washington Suburban Sanitary Commission Scholarships. Four 
scholarships are available that pay tuition and tees. Minorities and 
women will be given a preference. Awardees may be offered an op- 
portunity for summer employment by the WSSC. 
Western Electric Scholarship. Two scholarships are awarded to 
students in the College of Engineering. The amount of the 
scholarship covers the cost of tuition, books and fees not to ex- 
ceed $800 nor to be less than $400. 

Westinghouse Aerospace Division Scholarship. The Westing- 
house Electric Corporation has established a scholarship to en- 
courage outstanding students of engineering and the physical 
sciences. The scholarship is awarded to a sophomore student and 
is over a period of three years in six installments of $250. Students 
in electrical or mechanical engineering, engineering physics or 
applied mathematics are eligible for the award. 
Women's Architectural League Scholarship. This fund has been 
established to aid worthy students in the School of Architecture. 
Women's Club of Bethesda Scholarship. Several scholarships are 
available to young women residents of Montgomery County. Reci- 
pients must be accepted in the College of Education or the School 
of Nursing 

Nicholas Brice Worlhington Scholarship. A $500 memorial 
scholarship is made available to a student in the College of 
Agriculture by the descendants of Nicholas Brice Worthington, 
one of the founders of the Agricultural College. 

Loans 

Loan funds to meet educational expenses are available for 
students enrolled in the University. The extent of financial need 
must be clearly established by providing a complete statement of 
the applicant's financial resources and estimated expenses for 
the academic year. 

Loan awards are normally granted on a yearly basis, although 
short-term and emergency loans are granted for shorter periods. 
To apply for a long-term loan, an application should normally be 
filed before May 1 for the ensuing year. If funds are available, ap- 
plications may be considered at other times, but the student 
should bear in mind that it generally takes about six weeks to pro- 
cess a loan. 

Students applying for a loan must have a 2.0 (C) average for 
courses taken the preceding semester. New freshmen students 
need a 2.5 average in academic subjects for the previous two 
years of school 

Loans are not available for non-educational expenses nor are 
they available for repayment of previously incurred indebtedness. 
National Direct Student Loan Program. This loan fund was estab- 
lished by the federal government in agreement with the University 
of Maryland to make low-interest loans available to students with 
clearly established financial need. Applicants must be United 
States nationals (citizens and permanent resident status) and 
must be enrolled for eight or more credit hours at day school on 
the College Park Campus. 

The borrower must sign a note. Repayment begins nine months 
after the borrower leaves school and must be completed within 
ten years thereafter. No interest is charged until the beginning of 
the repayment schedule. Interest after that date is charged at the 
rate of three percent per annum. 

Cancellation provisions are available for qualified service as a 
teacher of the handicapped and in low income schools, or for 
military service in areas of hostility. 

Institutional Student Loans. Institutional loan funds have been 
established through the generosity of University organizations, 
alumni, faculty, staff, and friends. These loans are normally 
available at low interest rates to upperclassmen only. For specific 
information, the student should inquire at the Office of Student 
Aid. 



Law Enforcement Education Program Loan and Grant. Loans: 

Qualified full-time pre-service students in approved fields may ap- 
ply for loan assistance up to $2,200 per academic year (not to ex- 
ceed the cost of tuition and fees). Loan funds are not always 
available each academic year. The loan is cancelled at the rate of 
25 percent per year of full-time employment in criminal justice or 
repaid at the rate of 7 percent simple interest, commencing six 
months after termination of full-time study. Grants; In-service 
employees of police, courts and corrections agencies enrolled in 
courses related to law enforcement may receive up to $400 per 
semester (not to exceed cost of tuition and fees). Grant recipients 
must agree to remain in the service of their employing law en- 
forcement agency for at least two years following completion of 
their courses. Any student who meets the eligibility requirements 
for both a loan and a grant may receive both concurrently. In- 
terested students should contact either the Dean, University Col- 
lege, or Director, Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology, 
Division of Behavioral and Social Sciences. 
Guaranteed Student Loans. Loan programs have been established 
through the Maryland Higher Education Loan Corporation and the 
United Student Aid Fund which permit students to borrow money 
from their hometown banks or other financial institutions. The 
programs enable undergraduates in good standing to borrow up 
to $2,500, depending upon the particular state's program. Notes 
may not bear more than seven percent simple interest, and month- 
ly repayments begin ten months after graduation or withdrawal 
from school. The federal government will pay the interest for eligi- 
ble students, while the student is in school. Further details 
regarding this program may be secured from the Office of Student 
Aid. 

Pail-time Employment 

More than one-half of the students at the University of Maryland 
earn a portion of their expenses. The Office of Student Aid 
through the job referral service located in Room 0127, Foreign 
Language Building, serves without charge as a clearinghouse for 
students seeking part-time work and employers seeking help. 
Many jobs are available in the residence halls, dining halls, 
libraries, laboratories and elsewhere on and off campus. 

Working during college years may offer advantages in addition 
to the obvious one of financing a college education. The em- 
ployed student has a special opportunity to learn new skills, to 
develop good work habits, and to learn how to get along with peo- 
ple. Sometimes part-time employment experience helps a student 
choose a vocation or is helpful later in following his or her voca- 
tion. 

Freshman students who do not need financial aid probably 
should not attempt to work during the first year at the University. 
However, students who need to work in order to attend the Univer- 
sity are advised to consider employment in one of our dining halls 
through the Dining Hall Workshop program. Under this program 
students may earn approximately one-half their board and room 
by working eleven hours per week. After one successful semester 
tfie work load may be increased to full room and board at the re- 
quest of the student 

For positions other than dining service, students normally can- 
not make arrangements for employment until they are on campus 
at the beginning of a school session. Application must be made in 
person and the applicant should have a schedule of classes and 
study hours so that she or he can seek employment best suited to 
the student's free time. 

The Office of Student Aid welcomes the opportunity to counsel 
a student about the best type of employment for each individual. 
However, securing a position through intelligent application and 
retaining that position through good work Is the responsibility of 
the student. 

College Work-Study Program 

Under provisions of the Educational Amendments of 1976. 
employment may be awarded as a means of financial aid to 
students who (1) are in need of the earnings from such employ- 
ment in order to pursue a course of study at a college or universi- 
ty, and (2) are capable of maintaining good standing in the course 
of study while employed. Under the work-study program, students 
may work up to twenty hours per week during the school year and 
a maximum of 40 hours during the summer. 

A preference is given to those students with the greatest finan- 
cial need after the application of all public and private grants. 



General 
Information 



Academic Regulations and 
Requirements 

General University Requirements 

In order to provide educational breadth for all students, there 
have been established the General University Requirements. 
These requirements consist of 30 semester hours of credit distri- 
buted among the three areas listed below. (For an exception to 
this regulation, see the Bachelor of General Studies Program. See 
page 39.) At least 6 hours must be taken in each area. At least 9 of 
the 30 hours must be taken at the 300 level or above. None of the 
30 hours may be counted toward published departmental, college 
or divisional requirements for a degree. Area k: 6-12 hours elected 
in the Divisions of Agricultural and Life Sciences; Mathematical 
and Physical Sciences and Engineering. Area B: 6-12 hours in the 
Divisions of Behavioral and Social Sciences; Human and Com- 
munity Resources. Area C: 6-12 hours in the Division of Arts and 
Humanities. 

In meeting these area requirements, students may choose from 
among any undergraduate courses for which they are qualified. 
The students may select either the pass-fail or letter grading op- 
tion for these courses as outlined on page 18. Students are urged 
to consult with academic advisors for guidance in determining 
which courses in each area best fit individual needs and interests. 

Demonstration of competency in English composition: unless 
the student has been exempted from English composition, at 
least one course in the subject will be required. Exemption is 
granted if the student earns an acceptable score on the SAT Ver- 
bal (score announced annually) or an acceptable score on the 
English Advanced Placement Test (score announced annually), or 
by satisfactory completion of a similar writing course at another 
institution. 

Students taking a course to satisfy this requirement may apply 
the credits toward the 30-hour General University Requirement 
but may not count these credits toward the satisfaction of the 
minimum 6-hour requirement in any of the three designated areas. 
Credit for such a course may be in addition to the 12-hour max- 
imum in any area. 

Students who entered the University prior to June, 1973 have 
the option of completing requirements under the former General 
Education Program rather than the new General University Re- 
quirements. Each student is responsible for making certain that 
the various provisions of either set of requirements have been 
satisfied prior to certification tor the degree. Assistance and ad- 
vice may be obtained from the academic advisor or the Office of 
the Administrative Dean for Undergraduate Students. 
Special note for foreign students 

The foreign student is required to take a special classification 
test in English before registering for the required English courses. 
He may be required to take Foreign Language 001 and 002 — 
English for Foreign Students — before registering for English 
101, 

Registration 

1. To attend classes at the University of Maryland it is necessary 
to process an official registration. Registration is final and of- 
ficial when all fees are paid. Instructions concerning registra- 
tion are given in the Schedule of Classes issued at the be- 
ginning of each new semester, 

2. The schedule adjustment period shall be the first 10 days of 
classes. During that period, the student may drop or add 
courses or change sections with no charge. Courses dropped 
during this period will be made available to other students de- 
siring to add. Courses so dropped during this registration 
period will not appear on the student's permanent record. 
Courses may be added, where space is available, during this 
period and will appear on the student's permanent record 
along with other courses previously listed. After this schedule 
adjustment period, courses may not be added without special 
permission of the instructor and the dean or provost of the 
academic unit in which the students is enrolled. 

3. After this schedule adjustment period, all courses for which 
the student is enrolled (or subsequently adds) shall remain as 
a part of the student's permanent record. The student's status 
shall be considered as full-time if the number of credit hours 
enrolled at ttiis time is 9 or more. Courses may be dropped 
with no academic penalty for a total period of 10 weeks in 



which there are classes, starting from the first day of classes. 
The permanent record will be marked W to indicate this. (See 
Marking System below.) After this initial schedule adjustment 
period a charge shall be made for each course dropped or 
added. (See Schedule of Fees above.) 

4. An official class list for each course being offered is issued 
each semester to the appropriate department by the Office of 
Registrations. No student is permitted to attend a class if his 
name does not appear on the class list. Instructors must re- 
port discrepancies to the Office of Registrations. At the end 
of the semester, the Office of Registrations issues to each de- 
partment official grade cards. The instructors mark the final 
grades on the grade cards, sign the cards and return them to 
the Office of Registrations. 

5. Courses taken at another campus of the University or at 
another institution concurrent with regular registration on the 
College Park Campus may not be credited without approval in 
advance by the provost of the division from which the student 
expects a degree. The same rule applies to off-Campus regis- 
tration or registration in the summer school of another insti- 
tution. 

6. A student who is eligible to remain at the College Park Cam- 
pus may transfer among curricula, colleges, divisions, or 
other academic units except where limitations on enrollments 
have been approved by the Board of Regents. 

7. In all cases of transfer from one division to another on the 
College Park Campus, the provost of the receiving division, 
with the approval of the student, shall indicate which courses, 
if any, in the student's previous academic program are not ap- 
plicable to his or her new program, and shall notify the Office 
of Registrations of the adjustments which are to be made in 
determining the student's progress toward a degree. Dele- 
tions may occur both in credits attempted and corresponding- 
ly in credits earned. This evaluation shall be made upon the 
student's initial entry into a new program, not thereafter. If 
a student transfers within one division from one program to 
another, his or her record evaluation shall be made by the 
provost in the same way as if he or she were transferring 
divisions. If the student subsequently transfers to a third 
division, the provost of the third division shall make a similar 
initial adjustment; courses marked "nonapplicable" by the 
second provost may become applicable in the third program. 

8. In the cases of non-divisional students, the Dean for Under- 
graduate Studies shall assume the responsibilities normally 
delegated to provosts. 

Identification Cards 

Photo Transaction Cards are issued at the time the student first 
registers for classes. The card is to be used for the entire duration 
of enrollment and is valid each semester only when the student 
also possesses a current semester Registration Card. 

Students who preregister will receive a new Registration Card 
along with their Class Schedule. This card will validate their Photo 
Transaction Card. Both cards should be carried at all times. 

Students who do not preregister will receive identification 
cards when they do register. 

Together the Photo Transaction Card and Registration Card can 
be used by all students to withdraw books from the libraries, for 
admission to most athletic, social, and cultural events, and as a 
general form of identification on campus. Students who have food 
service contracts must use the Photo Transaction Card for admis- 
sion to the dining halls. 

THERE IS A REPLACEMENT CHARGE OF $1.00 FOR LOST OR 
STOLEN REGISTRATION CARDS AND $7.00 FOR LOST, STOLEN, 
OR BROKEN PHOTO TRANSACTION CARDS. (NOTE: THE FEE 
FOR BROKEN CARDS APPLIES TO NEW PHOTO TRANSACTION 
CARDS ISSUED AFTER THE FALL 1977 SEMESTER.) 

Questions concerning the identification system should be ad- 
dressed to the Office of Registrations (454-5365). 

Veterans Affairs 

Two Veterans Administration counselors work on Campus to 
assist veterans, their dependents, and service men and women 
with all VA related questions and problems. These representatives 
can offer you help in getting your monthly educational asistance 
checks, as well as other less known but available benefits. Some 
of the other benefits you may be interested in are tutoring 
assistance; low-cost group life insurance; vocational rehabilita- 



tion services; educational loans; guaranteed home loans; and 
compensation for service-connected disabilities. 

The counselors are available on a walk-in basis during normal 
office hours in Room 1130A, North Administration Building. 
Telephone: 454-5276, and 454-5734. 

Degrees and Certificates 

The College Park Campus awards the following degrees: 
Bachelor of Architecture, Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of General 
Studies, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science, (blaster of Arts, 
Master of Business Administration, Master of Fine Arts, Master of 
Education, Master of Library Science, Master of Music, Master of 
Science, Doctor of Business Administration, Doctor of Education, 
Doctor of Musical Arts, and Doctor of Philosophy. 

Students in specified two-year curricula may be awarded cer- 
tificates. 

The requirements for graduation vary according to the 
character of work in the different colleges, divisions and schools. 
Full information regarding specific college and division require- 
ments for graduation will be found in Section III of this catalog. 

Each candidate for a degree or certificate must file a formal ap- 
plication for it with the Office of Records & Registrations. This 
must be done by the end of the second week of classes or the sec- 
ond week of the summer session at the end of which the student 
expects to graduate. 

Credit Unit and Load 

The semester hour, which is the unit of credit, is the equivalent 
of a subject pursued one period a week for one semester. Two or 
three hours of laboratory or field work are equivalent to one lec- 
ture or recitation period. The student is expected to devote three 
hours a week in classroom or laboratory or in outside preparation 
for each credit hour in any course. 

In order for an undergraduate student to complete most cur- 
ricula in four academic years, the semester credit load must range 
from 12 to 19 hours so that he would complete from 30 to 36 hours 
each year toward the degree. A student registering for more than 
19 hours per semester must have the special approval of his or her 
dean or provost. 

Classification of Students 

No baccalaureate curriculum requires less than 120 semester 
hours. Actual classifications run as follows: freshman, 1-27 
semester hours; sophomore, 28-55; junior, 56-85; and senior, 86 to 
at least 120. 

A student is permitted to register for upper division courses 
when granted junior standing by his college. This permission is 
based upon earning a minimum of 56 academic hours toward his 
degree, completing such course requirements as the college may 
direct, and possessing the minimum required grade point average 
to remain in the University. 

Exceptional students having completed forty-eight (48) 
semester hours of academic credit and having the approval of the 
department involved will be permitted to enroll for sufficient up- 
per division courses to complete a normal program. That is, such 
students must carry lower division courses to total fifty-six (56) 
semester hours of academic credits and the remainder may be in 
courses numbered in the 300-499 range. 

Examinations 

1. A final examination shall be given in every undergraduate 
course. Exceptions may be made with the written approval 
of the chairman of the department and the dean or provost 
In order to avoid basing too much of the semester grade 
upon the final examination, additional tests, quizzes, term 
papers, reports and the like should be used to determine a 
student's comprehension of a course. The order of proce- 
dure in these matters is left to the discretion of departments 
or professors and should be announced to a class at the 
beginning of a course. All final examinations must be held 
on the examination days of the Official Final Examination 
Schedule. No final examination shall be given at a time other 
than that scheduled in the Official Examination Schedule 
without written permission of the department chairman. 

2. To expedite arrangements for commencement, final grades 
of undergraduate candidates for degrees are based on evalu- 
ations available at the time grades are required to be sub- 
mitted. 



3. A file of all final examination questions must be kept by the 
chairman of each department 

4. The chairman of each department is responsible for the ade- 
quate administration of examinations in courses under his or 
her jurisdiction. The deans and provosts should present the 
matter of examinations for consideration in staff conferences 
from time to time and investigate examination procedures 
in their respective colleges and divisions. 

5. Every examination shall be designed to require for its com- 
pletion not more than the regularly scheduled period. 

6. A typewritten, mimeographed or printed set of questions 
shall be placed in the hands of every examinee in every test 
or examination requiring at least one period, unless the dean 
or provost has authorized some other procedure. 

7. Each instructor must safeguard examination questions and 
all trial sheets, drafts and stencils. 

8. Each instructor should avoid the use of examination ques- 
tions which have been included in recently given examina- 
tions and should prepare examinations that will make dis- 
honesty difficult. 

9. Only clerical help approved by the department chairman 
shall be employed in the preparation or reproduction of tests 
or examination questions. 

10. Proctors must be in the examination room at least ten 
minutes before the hour of a final examination. Provisions 
should be made for proper ventilation, lighting and a seating 
plan. At least one of the proctors present must be sufficient- 
ly cognizant of the subject matter of the examination to 
deal authoritatively with inquiries arising from the examina- 
tion. 

11. Books, papers, etc. belonging to the student, must be left in 
a place designated by the instructor before the student 
takes his or her seat, except in such cases where books or 
work sheets are permitted. 

12. Students should be seated at least every other seat apart, or 
its equivalent, i.e., about three feet. Where this arrangement 
is not possible some means must be provided to protect the 
integrity of the examination. 

13. "Blue books" only must be used in periodic or final examina- 
tions, unless special forms are furnished by the department 
concerned. 

14. If mathematical tables are required in an examination, they 
shall be furnished by the instructor. If textbooks are used. 
this rule does not apply. 

15. Proctors must exercise all diligence to prevent dishonesty 
and to enforce proper examination decorum, including ab- 
stention from smoking. 

16. Where an instructor must proctor more than 40 students, he 
or she should consult the chairman of the department con- 
cerning proctorial assistance. An instructor should consult 
the department chairman if in his or her opinion a smaller 
number of students tor an examination requires the help of 
another instructor. 

17. No student who leaves an examination room will be per- 
mitted to return, except in unusual circumstances, in which 
case permission to do so must be granted by the proctor 
prior to the student's departure. 

18. All conversation will cease prior to the passing out of exami- 
nation papers, and silence will be maintained in the room 
during the entire examination period. 

19. Examination papers will be placed face down on the writing 
surface until the examination is officially begun by the 
proctor. 

20. Examination papers will be kept flat on the writing surface at 
all times. 

Irregularities in Examinations 

1. In cases involving charges of academic irregularities or 
dishonesty in an examination, class work or course require- 
ments by an undergraduate student, the instructor in the 
course shall report to the instructional department chairman 
any information received and the facts within his or her 
knowledge. If the chairman of the instructional department 
determines that there is any sound reason for believing 
that academic dishonesty may be involved, he or she shall 
refer the matter to the dean or provost The dean or provost 
will then confer with the student's dean or provost and will 
check the Judiciary Office records to determine if the stu- 
dent has any record of prior offenses involving academic 



General 
Information 



dishonesty. The dean or provost will then consult with the 
student involved, and If the alleged academic dishonesty is 
admitted by the student and is the first offense of this na- 
ture, the dean or provost may authorize the department 
chairman to dispose of the charges, limiting the maximum 
penalty to disciplinary probation and a grade of F In the 
course, provided the penalty is accepted by the student In 
writing. In such case the department chairman will make a 
written report of the matter, including the action taken, to 
the student's dean or provost and to the Judiciary Offlcepj 

If the case is not disposed of in the above manner, the 
dean or provost of the instructional department will appoint 
an ad hoc Committee of Academic Dishonesty consisting of 
one member from the faculty of the college or division ad- 
ministered by the dean or provost as chairman, one under- 
graduate student, and one member from the faculty of the 
student's college or division appointed by the dean of that 
college or division. If the student's dean or provost and the 
General dean or provost administering the instructional department 

Information are the same, a second member of the faculty of the college 

or division concerned is appointed. 
20 The dean or provost of the instructional department will 

refer the specific report of alleged academic dishonesty to 
this ad hoc committee and the committee will hear the case. 
The hearing procedures before this committee will in general 
conform to those required for student judicial boards. The 
committee may impose the normal disciplinary actions and/ 
or Impose a grade of F in the course. 

The chairman of the committee will report Its actions to 
the dean or provost of the student's college or division and 
to the Judiciary Office. The dean or provost of the instruc- 
tional department will advise the student in writing of the 
disciplinary action of the committee and also advise the 
student of the right to file an appeal to the Adjunct Com- 
mittee on Student Conduct. 

The student may file the appeal in accordance with the 
normal procedures to the Adjunct Committee with the dean 
or provost of the instructional department and the latter will 
forward it to the chairman of the Adjunct Committee. The 
chairman of the Adjunct Committee will notify the student 
in writing of the time, date, and place of the hearing. 
2. In cases involving charges of academic Irregularities or 
dishonesty in an examination, class work or course require- 
ments by a graduate student, the above procedure will be 
followed except as follows: 

a. The chairman of the instructional department will refer 
the matter to the Dean tor Graduate Studies. 

b. The ad hoc Committee on Academic Dishonesty will be 
appointed by the Dean for Graduate Studies and will 
consist of two members of the Graduate School faculty, 
one serving as chairman, and one graduate student. 

Marking System 

1. The following symbols are used on the student's permanent 
record for all courses in which he or she is enrolled after the 
initial registration and schedule adjustment period; A, B, C, 
D, F. I, P, S, and W. These marks remain as part of the stu- 
dent's permanent record and may be changed only by the 
original instructor on certification, approved by the depart- 
ment chairman and the dean or provost, that an actual mis- 
take was made in determining or recording the grade, 

2. The mark of A denotes excellent mastery of the subject. It 
denotes outstanding scholarship In computations of cumu- 
lative or semester averages, a mark of A will be assigned a 
value of 4 quality points per credit hour. (See Minimum Re- 
quirements tor Retention and Graduation below.) 

3. The marif of B denotes good mastery of the subject. It de- 
notes good scholarship. In computation of cumulative or 
semester averages a mark of B will be assigned 3 quality 
points per credit hour. 

4. The mark of C denotes acceptable mastery. It denotes the 
usual achievement expected. In computation of cumulative 
or semester averages a mark of C will be assigned a value of 
2 quality points per credit hour. 

5. The marl< of D denotes borderline understanding of the sub- 
ject. It denotes marginal performance, and it does not repre- 
sent satisfactory progress toward a degree. In computations 
of cumulative or semester averages a mark of D will be as- 
signed a value of 1 quality point per credit hour. 



6. The mark of F denotes failure to understand the subject. It 
denotes unsatisfactory performance. In computations of 
cumulative or semester averages a mark of F will be as- 
signed a value of quality points per credit hour. 

7. The mark of P \s a student option mark, equivalent to A, B. C, 
or D. (See Pass-Fall option below.) The student must Inform 
the Office of Registrations of the selection of this option by 
the end of the schedule adjustment period. In computation 
of quality points achieved for a semester, a mark of P will be 
assigned a value of 2 quality points per credit hour. (See 
Minimum Requirements lor Retention and Graduation below.) 

8. The mark of S \s a department option mark which may be 
used to denote satisfactory performance by a student in pro- 
gressing thesis projects, orientation courses, practice teach- 
ing and the like. In computation of cumulative averages a 
mark of S will not be Included. In computation of quality 
points achieved lor a semester, a mark of S will be assigned 
a value of 2 quality points per credit hour. 

9. The mark I is an exceptional mark which is an Instructor op- 
tion. It is given only to a student whose work In a course has 
been qualitatively satisfactory, when, because of illness or 
other circumstances beyond his control, he or she has been 
unable to complete some small portion of the work of the 
course. In no case will the mark I be recorded for a student 
who has not completed the major portion of the work of the 
course. The student will remove the I by completing work 
assigned by the instructor; It is the student's responsibility 
to request arrangements for completion of the work. The 
work must be completed by the end of the next semester in 
which the course is again offered and in which the student 
IS in attendance at the College Park Campus; otherwise the 
I becomes terminal (equivalent to W). Exceptions to the time 
period cited above may be granted by the student's dean or 
provost upon the written request of the student if circum- 
stances warrant further delay. If the instructor is unavailable, 
the department chairman will, upon request of the student, 
make appropriate arrangements for the student to complete 
the course requirements. It is the responsibility of the in- 
structor or department chairman concerned to return the ap- 
propriate supplementary grade report to the Office of Regis- 
trations promptly upon completion of the work. The I cannot 
be removed through re-registration for the course or through 
the technique of "credit by examination." In any event this 
mark shall not be used in any computations, 

10. The mark W is used to denote that the student withdrew from 
a course in which he or she was enrolled at the end of the 
schedule adjustment period. This mark shall not be used in 
any computation, but for information and completeness is 
placed on the permanent record by the Office of Registra- 
tions. The Office of Registrations will promptly notify the 
Instructor that the student has withdrawn from the course. 

11, Audit. A student may register to audit a course or courses in 
which space is available. The notation AUD will be placed on 
the transcript for each course audited. A notation to the ef- 
fect that this symbol does not imply attendance or any 
other effort in the course will be included on the transcript 
in the explanation of the grading system. 

Pass-Fail Option 

1. An undergraduate who has completed 15 or more credit 
hours at the College Park Campus and has a cumulative 
average of at least 2.00 may register for courses on the Pass- 
Fail option during any semester or summer session. 

2. Certain divisional requirements, major requirements or field 
of concentration requirements do not allow the use of the 
Pass-Fail option. Certain courses within a department may 
be designated by that department as not available under the 
Pass-Fail option. It is the responsibility of each student 
electing this option to ascertain In conjunction with his or 
her dean, provost, department or major advisor whether the 
particular courses will be applicable to his degree require- 
ments under the Pass-Fail option. 

3. No more than 20 percent of the College Park Campus credits 
offered toward the degree may be taken on the Pass-Fail 
option basis. 

4. Students registering for a course under the Pass-Fail option 

are required to complete all regular course requirements. 
Their work will be evaluated by the Instructor by the normal 
procedure for letter grades. The instructor will submit the 



normal grade. The grades A, B, C, or D will be automatically 
converted by the Office of Registrations to the grade P on 
the student's permanent record. The grade F will remain as 
given. The choice of grading option may be changed only 
during the schedule adjustment period for courses m which 
the student is currently registered. 

Credit by Examination for Undergraduate Studies 

1. Credit may be earned by examination for any undergraduate 
course, for which a suitable examination has been adopted 
or prepared by the department granting the credit. When 
standarized CLEP (College Level Examination Program) 
examinations are available, they may be used. Students who 
desire to determine which courses may be taken by examina- 
tion should consult the Office of the Administrative Dean for 
Undergraduate Studies. 

2. Any student may take a course by examination by obtaining 
an application form from the Administrative Dean for Under- 
graduate Studies, paying the requisite fees, and taking the 
examination at a time mutually agreeable to the student and 
the department offering the course. 

3. The applicant must be formally admitted to the University of 
Maryland, and be in good academic standing. Posting of 
credit, however, will be delayed until the student is registered. 

4. Applicaton for credit by examination is equivalent to regis- 
tration for a course; however, the following conditions apply: 

a. A student may cancel the application at any time prior 
to completion of the examination with no entry on the 
permanent record. (Equivalent to the schedule adjust- 
ment period.) 

b. The instructor makes the results of the examination 
available to the student prior to formal submission of 
the grade. Before formal submission of the grade, a stu- 
dent may elect not to have this grade recorded. In this 
case a symbol of W is recorded. (Equivalent to the drop 
procedure.) 

c. No course may be attempted more than twice. 

d. The instructor must certify on the report of the examina- 
tion submitted to the Registrations Office that copies of 
the examination questions or identifying information in 
the case of standardized examinations and the stu- 
dent's answers have been filed with the chairman of the 
department offering the course. 

5. Letter grades earned on examinations to establish credit (if 
accepted by the student) are entered on the student's 
transcript and used in computing the cumulative grade point 
average. A student may elect to take an examiantion for 
credit on a "Pass-Fail" basis under the normal "Pass-Fail" 
regulations. 

6. Undergraduate students may earn by examination no more 
than half the credits required for the degree. 

7. Fees for Credit by Examination as follows: 

a. Fees for CLEP and other standardized examinations are 
determined externally and are not altered by the Univer- 
sity. These credits are treated as transfer credits. 

b. Full-time students are charged $30.00 for each course 
examination regardless of the number of credits. This 
fee is paid upon application for the examination and is 
not refundable regardless of whether or not the student 
completes the examination. 

c. Part-time students are charged on the same cost-per- 
credit-hour basis as though they were taking the course 
in the regular manner. 

Degree Requirements 

1. It is the responsibility of departments, colleges, divisions, 
or appropriate academic units to establish and publish clear- 
ly defined degree requirements. Responsibility for knowing 
and meeting all degree requirements for graduation in any 
curriculum rests with the student. Not later than the close 
of the junior year, the student should check with the proper 
authorities to ascertain his or her standing in this respect. 
For this purpose the student should be sure to preserve the 
copy of the semester grade report issued by the Office of 
Records and Registrations at the close of each semester. 

2. In order to earn a baccalaureate degree the last 30 semester 
credits of any curriculum must be taken in residence at the 
College Park Campus. Candidates for degrees in pre-profes- 
sional combined programs must complete at least 30 semes- 



ter hours; nothing stated below modifies in any way this 
basic requirement. Included in these 30 semester hours will 
be a minimum of 15 semester hours in courses numbered 
300 or above, including at least 12 semester hours required 
in the major field (in curricula requiring such concentration). 
All candidates for degrees should plan to take their senior 
year in residence since the advanced work of their major 
study normally occurs in the last year of the undergraduate 
course. At least 24 of the last 30 credits must be done in 
residence at the College Park Campus; i.e., a student who at 
the time of graduation will have completed 30 semester 
hours in residence may be permitted to do not more than 6 
semester hours of the final 30 credits of record in another 
institution, provided written permission is secured in ad- 
vance from the dean or provost. The student must be en- 
rolled in the program from which he or she plans to graduate 
when registering for the last 15 credits of the program. These 
requirements apply also to the third year of pre-professional 
combined-degree programs. 

3. While many University curricula require more semester 
hours than 120, no baccalaureate curriculum requires less 
than 120 credit hours. It is the student's responsibility to 
familiarize himself or herself with the requirements of the 
curriculum. The student is urged to take advantage of the ad- 
vice on these matters in the departments, colleges, divi- 
sions, or Office of Academic Affairs. 

4. A student who has completed requirements for and has re- 
ceived one baccalaureate degree must satisfactorily com- 
plete enough additional credits so that the total, including 
all applicable credits earned at College Park or elsewhere, is 
at least 150 credits. In no case, however, will a second bac- 
calaureate be awarded to a student who has not completed 
the last 30 credits at the University of t^aryland. College 
Park. 

5. A student who wishes to receive simultaneously two bac- 
calaureate degrees from the University of (Maryland, College 
Park, must satisfactorily complete a minimum of 150 credits 
(161 credits if one of the degrees is the B.Arch. degree in the 
School of Architecture). The regularly prescribed require- 
ments of both degree programs must be completed. As early 
as possible and in any case no later than the beginning of the 
second semester before the expected date of graduation the 
student must file with the departments or programs involved 
and also with the appropriate deans and provosts a formal 
program showing the courses to be offered to meet major, 
supporting area, college, division and General Univesity and 
elective requirements of both curricula. No course used in 
either curriculum to satisfy a major, supporting area, or col- 
lege or division requirement may be used to satisfy the 
General University Requirements. If two divisions are in- 
volved in the double degree program, the student must 
designate which division is responsible for the maintenance 
of records. 

6. A general C (2.00) average is required for graduation in all 
curricula. (See Minimum Requirements for Retention and 
Graduation.) 

7. Applications for diplomas must be filed with the Office of 
Records and Registrations during the registration period or 
not later than the end of the second week of classes of the 
regular semester or at the end of the second week of the 
summer session, at the end of which the candidate expects 
to receive a degree. 

Attendance 

1. The University expects each student to take full responsibili- 
ty for his or her academic work and academic progress. The 
student, to progress satisfactorily, must meet the quanti- 
tative requirements of each course for which he or she Is 
registered. Students are expected to attend classes regular- 
ly, for consistent attendance offers the most effective oppor- 
tunity open to all students to gain a developing command of 
the concepts and materials of their course of study. How- 
ever, attendance in class, in and of itself, is not a criterion 
for the evaluation of the student's degree of success or fail- 
urel. Furthermore, absences (whether excused or unex- 
cused) do not alter what is expected of the student qualita- 
tively and quantitatively. Except as provided below, ab- 
sences will not be used in the computation of grades, and 



General 

Information 



the recording of student absences will not be required of 
ttie faculty. 

2. In certain courses In-class participation is an integral part 
of the work of the course. A few examples would be courses 
in public speaking and group discussion, courses emphasiz- 
ing conversation in foreign languages, certain courses in 
physical education, and certain laboratory sessions. Each 
department shall determine which of its courses fall into 
this category. It shall be the responsibility of the instructor 
in such courses to inform each class at the beginning of the 
semester that in-class participation is an integral part of the 
work of the course and that absences will be taken into 
account in the evaluation of the student's work in the course. 

3. Laboratory meetings require special preparation of equip- 
ment and materials by the staff. A student who is not present 
for a laboratory exercise has missed that part of the course 
and cannot expect that he or she will be given an opportunity 
to make up this work later in the term. 

3ral 4. Special provision tor freshmen: the freshman year is a tran- 

ion sitional year. Absences of freshmen in the basic freshman 

courses will be reported to the student's dean or division 

22 officer when the student has accumulated more than three 

unexcused absences. 

5. Excuses for absences (in basic freshman courses and in 
courses where in-class participation is a significant part of 
the work of the course) will be handled by the instructor in 
the course in accordance with the general policy of his or her 
department and college. 

6. Examination and tests: All examinations and tests shall be 
given during class hour in accordance with the regularly 
scheduled (or officially "arranged") time and place of each 
course listed in the schedule of classes and/or the Under- 
graduate Catalog. Unpublished changes in the scheduling or 
location of classes/tests must be approved by the depart- 
ment chairman and reported to the Provost. It is the respon- 
sibility of the student to be informed concerning the dates 
of announced quizzes, tests and examinations. An instructor 
is not under obligation to give a student a make-up examina- 
tion unless the absence was caused by illness, religious ob- 
servance, or by participating in University activities at the 
request of University authorities. A make-up examination, 
when permitted, must be given on Campus, unless the pub- 
lished schedule and course description require other ar- 
rangements. The make-up examination must be at a time and 
place mutually agreeable to the instructor and student, cover 
only the material for which the student was originally re- 
sponsible, and be given within a time limit that retains cur- 
rency of the material. The make-up must not interfere with 
the student's regularly scheduled classes. In the event that 
a group of students require the same make-up examination 
one make-up time may be scheduled at the convenience of 
the instructor and the largest possible number of students 
involved. 

Deficiency Reports 

1. Reports of unsatisfactory work (less than 0) will be made 
only for freshmen in the basic freshman courses. It will be 
the obligation of all students to assume full responsibility 
tor their academic progress wjthout depending upon receiv- 
ing official warning of unsatisfactory work. 

2. Reports of unsatisfactory work for freshmen in the basic 
freshman courses will be submitted to the student's dean or 
provost ■at the end of the seventh week of the semester. 

Dismissal of Delinquent Students 

The University reserves the right to request at any time the with- 
drawal of a student who cannot or does not maintain the required 
standard of scholarship, or whose continuance in the University 
would be detrimental to his or her health, or to the health of 
others, or whose conduct is not satisfactory to the authorities of 
the University. Specific scholastic requirements are set forth in 
the lyiinimum Requirements for Retention and Graduation. 

Withdrawal From the University 

1. Should a student desire or be compelled to withdraw from 
the University at any time, he or she must secure a form for 
withdrawal from the Withdrawal/Re-enrollment Office, and 
submit the form along with the semester Identification/ 
Registration card. Any student listed under the Division of 



Behavioral and Social Sciences must obtain the withdrawal 
form from that Division and obtain the proper signature 
before submitting it to the Withdrawal/Re-enrollment Office. 
2. The effective date of withdrawal as far as refunds are con- 
cerned is the date that the withdrawal form is received by the 
Withdrawal/Re-enrollment Office. A notation of WITHDRAWN 
and the effective date of the withdrawal will be posted to the 
permanent record. The instructors and the Divisional Offices 
will be notified of all withdrawn students. The deadline date 
for submitting the withdrawal form for each semester is the 
last official day of final examinations. 

Readmission and Reinstatement 

See page 9 for information regarding deadlines. 

Readmission 

1. A student whose continuous attendance at the University 
has been interrupted, but who was in good academic stand- 
ing or on academic probation, at the end of the last regular 
semester for which he or she was registered, must apply to 
the Withdrawal/Re-enrollment Office for Readmission. 

2. Academic, Financial, Judicial and Health Clearances may be 
required in some cases. (Academic Clearance could include 
requiring transcripts from another school if it is judged to 
be necessary). 

3. Any student who was previously admitted to the University 
and did not register for that semester must apply for ADMIS- 
SION. Also, any student who was previously admitted to the 
University, registered, but cancelled the only registration, 
must apply for ADMISSION. 

Reinstatement 

1. A student who withdraws from the University must apply for 
reinstatement to the Withdrawal/Re-enrollment Office. The 
applications are subject to review by the Faculty Petition 
Board. 

2. A student who has been dismissed for academic reasons 
must file an application for reinstatment. Applications may 
be filed the semester immediately following the dismissal. 
All applications are reviewed by the Faculty Petition Board 
whose members are empowered to grant reinstatement to 
the University if the circumstances warrant such action, 

3. Academic, Financial, Judicial, and Health Clearances may 
be required in some cases. Transcripts will be required from 
any school attended during the period between their with- 
drawal or dismissal and their reinstatement. 

4. A student who has been dismissed from the University for 
academic reasons and whose petition for reinstatement is 
denied may apply for reinstatement any subsequent se- 
mester. It IS recommended that the student give serious 
consideration to the previous recommendations of the Fa- 
culty Petition Board. 

5. Application forms for readmission, reinstatement and with- 
drawals may be obtained from the Withdrawal/Re-enrollment 
Office in Room 1130, North Administration Building. 

(Minimum Requirements for 
Retention and Graduation 

1. A minimum of 120 credits of successfully completed (not I, 
F, or W) course credits is required for graduation in any de- 
gree curriculum. (See Degree Requirements arid Credit by 
Examination above.) Credits transferred, or earned during 
prior admissions terminating in academic dismissal or with- 
drawal and followed by readmission, will be applicable to- 
ward meeting credit requirements for a degree. (See Re- 
admission and Reinstatement above.) 

2. A full-time student will be placed on academic probation at 
the end of any semester in which he or she does not achieve 
a total of 24 quality points for that semester, except that he 
or she will not be placed on academic probation for this 
reason if he or she earns at least 18 quality points on a regis- 
tration (at the end of the schedule adjustment period) of 9 
credits, 20 quality points on a registration of 10 credits, or 
22 quality points on a registration of 11 credits. Exceptions 
are also allowed for all full-time students in their first semes- 
ter of registration on the College Park Campus, who must 
earn at least 18 quality points for that semester. This ex- 
ception does not apply to students who have earned more 
than 8 credits through previous registration in the University. 



3. Any student, full- or part-time, who fails to maintain a mini- 
mum cumulative average of 1.95 at ttie end of any semester 
following tfiat in which the total of credits completed at the 
College Park Campus (with grades A, B, C, D, P, S or F), plus 
any credits transferred, is 45 credits, will be placed on aca- 
demic probation. Credits completed with grades of A, B, C, 
D, and F, but not S, P, or I will be used in the computation of 
the cumulative average. The 1.95 requirement applies to 
first semester transfer students who transfer 45 or more 
credits. 

4. A student who does not meet the academic standards for 
any given semester will be placed on probation and must dis- 
play acceptable performance in quality points and cumula- 
tive average (if applicable) during the next semester in order 
to regain good academic standing. A student will be dis- 
missed at the end of the second consecutive, or fourth total, 
semester of unacceptable performance. Courses for which 
the mark W is recorded are excluded from all such computa- 
tions of cumulative average. 

5. A student who has been academically dismissed and who is 



reinstated will be academically dismissed again if he or she 
does not meet the academic standards for any two additional 
semesters after return. In the computation of the cumulative 
average after return, all credits earned at the University of 
t^aryland will be used. 

When a student is placed on academic probation or is aca- 
demically dismissed, the action shall be entered on the 
student's official and permanent record. 
Any course may be repeated, but if a student repeats a 
course in which he or she has already earned a mark of A, B, 
C, D, P or S, the subsequent attempt shall not increase the 
total hours earned toward the degree. Only the higher mark 
will be used in computation of the student's cumulative 
average. However, the student's quality points in a given 
semester shall be determined by that semester's grades. 
Any appeal from the regulations governing academic proba- 
tion or academic dismissal shall be directed to the Petition 
Board which shall be empowered to grant relief in unusual 
cases if the circumstances warrant such action. 



General 
Information 



Administrative Offices 
Office of the Chancellor 
Athletics 

The University of Iviaryland Department of Intercollegiate 
Athletics has men's teams in football, soccer, and cross country 
in the fall; basketball, fencing, swimming, wrestling, and indoor 
track during the winter; and baseball, golf, tennis, lacrosse, and 
outdoor track in the spring, tvlaryland is a member of the Atlantic 
Coast Conference and the National Collegiate Athletic Associa- 
tion (NCAA) in the men's programs. 

Women's intercollegiate athletic teams include cross country, 
field hockey, and volleyball in the fall; basketball, swimming, in- 
door track, and gymnastics during the winter; and lacrosse and 
track in the spring. Tennis competition is scheduled in both the 
fall and the spring seasons. IVIaryland is a member of the National 
Association of Intercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW) in the 
women's programs. 

Office of the Director of Human Relations Programs 

The Human Relations Office (HRO) is responsible for initiating 
action in compliance with campus, state, and federal affirmative 
action directives designed to provide equal education and 
employment opportunities for College Park students and 
employees. Acting directly for the Chancellor, the HRO performs 
a campus-wide monitoring function relative to Federal, State and 
locally mandated compliance activity. The office coordinates the 
equity activities of the Offices of Vice-Chancellors and Provosts, 
who are designated by the Chancellor to be responsible for the 



local implementation of equal opportunity programs for students 
and employees. Such programs include desegregation. Title IX 
and Reg. #504 efforts for the handicapped and are designed to 
benefit both undergraduate and graduate students. 

Equity officers, who assist the Vice Chancellor and Provosts, 
directly supervise local unit equity efforts as well as the grievance 
settlement activities of unit Equal Education and Employment Op- 
portunities (Triple EO) Officers. 

The HRO designs and conducts workshops, forums, discussion 
groups and training sessions. It undertakes organizational 
development activities and is responsible for documenting and 
analyzing equity trends and recommending appropriate action to 
the Chancellor and the Campus Senate. The office also negotiates 
informal complaints settlements according to procedures set 
forth in the Campus Human Relations Code. It also serves an ap- 
pellate function in formal grievance proceedings. 

The HRO maintains a liaison relationship with the Campus 
Senate through the Senate Committee on Human Relations. 

Office of University Relations 

The Office of University Relations has responsibility for the of- 
ficial campus public information program including publications 
and media relations as well as campus efforts in fund raising and 
alumni affairs. The office, which reports to the Chancellor, is also 
charged with responsibility for internal relations and major cam- 
pus events. 

Units in the Office of University Relations include the Speakers 
Bureau, Photography, Film Unit, Audio Visual Services, l^icro- 
filming, and Publication design and production as well as editorial 
services. 



Office of Administrative Affairs 

Dining Services 

The goal of the University Dining Services is to provide nutri- 
tionally balanced and tastefully prepared meals, served in a plea- 
sant and relaxing atmosphere. 

Dining Services offer varied meal plans both to Resident Hall 

students and apartment dwellers. In addition, there are several 

cash facilities conveniently located on the Campus. To apply for a 

meal plan come to the Business Office, Hill Area Dining Hall. 

, Telephone 454-2905. 

Campus Police Department 

The prime functions of the Police Department within its 
jurisdiction are the preservation of peace and order, the protec- 
tion of all persons and property, and the prevention and detection 
of crime. Vitally concerned with human life and property, the 
members of the Police Department enforce both the laws of the 
I State of IVIaryland and the regulations of the University. 

Environmental Safety Department 

The Safety Department concerns itself primarily with fire 
I prevention and life safety to insure the well being of members of 



the College Park Campus and the preservation of property. In- 
spection of University buildings and facilities for compliance with 
state and federal fire codes, maintenance of fire alarms and detec- 
tion devices, and supervision of fire drills and evacuation prac- 
tices are integral functions of the Environmental Safety Depart- 
ment. 

Campus Traffic and Parking Rules and Regulations. These regula- 
tions apply to all who drive motor vehicles on any part of the cam- 
pus at College Park. 
1. Purpose: 

a. To promote the safe and orderly conduct of University 
business by providing parking spaces as convenient as 
possible within the space available. 

b. To provide parking space for University visitors and 
guests. 

c. To protect pedestrian traffic. 

d. To assure access of ambulances, fire-fighting appau'atus, 
and other emergency apparatus at all times. 

e. To control vehicular traffic on the Campus. 

2. Registration of Vefiicles 

a. All motor vehicles, including motorcycles and scooters, 
operated on campus by persons associated with the 



University must be registered with the Vehicle Regis- 
tration Office regardless of ownership, except as noted 
in Regulation 2c. All student vehicles must be registered 
in the name of the student who is the legal operator of 
the vehicle. 

b. Student vehicles must be registered for the current 
academic year during the applicable registration period. 
A registration charge will be made for each vehicle. This 
fee cannot be refunded. 

(1) Fall Semester beginning in August 

for first vehicle $12.00 

each additional vehicle $3.00 

(2) Spring Semester beginning in January 

tor first vehicle $6.00 

each additional vehicle $3.00 

(3) Summer Semester $3.00 

each additional vehicle $3.00 

All registrations will expire on the next following August 
31. Proof of ownership or legal control will be required 
for multiple registrations. Students applying for regis- 
tration of additional vefiicles must present the State 
vehicle registration and the University of hAaryland 
registration number of their initially registered vehicle 
for the current academic year No charge will be made 
tor replacement of registration sticker required due to 
damaged bumper of a registered vehicle or because of a 
replacement for a registered vehicle. Remnants of stick- 
ers to be replaced must be turned in at the Motor Ve- 
hicle Registration Desk. 

c. Resident students who have earned less than 56 semes- 
ter credits shall be prohibited from operating a motor 
vehicle on the College Park Campus, and from register- 
ing a vehicle under provisions of these regulations, ex- 
cept with special permission. Details are available at the 
t\/lotor Vehicle Administration Office. 

d. Vehicle registration in no way guarantees a convenient 
parking space. The fact that all parking spaces con- 
venient to any specific location are filled is not an ac- 
ceptable excuse for parking violations. Parking Area 4 
is overflow space for all student parking areas. Any 
registered student vehicle operators who are unable to 
find spaces in their assigned area may park in Area 4 at 
any time without penalty. Supervisory personnel in the 
MVA Office are available to discuss parking problems 
with any student or faculty/staff member. 

e. Parking permits for faculty and staff are issued initially 
at the time of employment. All permits expire on August 
31 of each year. Vehicle registration for the following 
school year may be accomplished by the faculty or staff 
member's respective department at any time after July 1 
of each year. Proof of ownership or legal control will be 
required for multiple registrations. All vehicles must dis- 
play permits for the current school year after September 
30 of each year. Permit decals must be permanently ap- 
plied on windshield and rear window of vehicle. 

f. Vehicle registration is required for control purposes. 
Vehicle registration does not necessarily insure that 
parking space will be available. Only one set of parking 
permits for each vehicle is authorized. 

g. Student vehicles are not considered officially registered 
until permits aie affixed on driver's side of front and 
rear bumpers or on metal plates affixed to license plates, 
plainly visible. 

h. Temporary parking permits for visiting groups and for 
special reasons and conditions are available. Requests 
should be made to the Motor Vehicle Administration 
Office. Telephone 454-4242. 

i. Parking permits must not be transferred to any vehicle 
other than the one for which they were originally issued. 

j. Parking permits must not be defaced or altered in any 
manner. 

k. Temporary and permanent special permits for medical 
reasons are available. Details are available from the 
Motor Vehicle Administration Office. Telephone 454-4242. 

3. Traffic Regulations: 

a. All motor vehicles are subject to University traffic regu- 
lations while on the University Campus. The University 



assumes no responsibility for loss or damage to private 
property. 

b. All traffic and parking signs must be obeyed. Between 
the hours of 11 p.m. and 6 a.m., signs at unmanned se- 
curity gates and officials posted at security entrances 
must be obeyed. 

c. It is impossible to mark with signs all areas of University 
property where parking is prohibited. Parking or driving 
is definitely prohibted on grass plots, tree plots, con- 
struction areas, or any place which will mar the land- 
scaping of the campus, create a safety hazard, or inter- 
fere with the use of University facilities. 

d. All regulations must be observed during Registration 
and Examination periods, except as may be otherwise 
indicated by official signs. During Registration, periods 
between semesters, final examination periods and Sum- 
mer School sessions, registered vehicles may park in 
any numbered parking area. 

e. Operation of any motor vehicle in such a manner as to 
create excessive noise or smoke, or operation of any 
vehicle which is in an unsafe condition, will result in 
revocation of parking permit and issuance of a Maryland 
State Summons for violation of Article 66t Annotated 
Code of Maryland. 

f. Pedestrians shall have the right-of-way at all times. 

g. The maximum speed on campus roads is as posted. In 
areas of pedestrian traffic, drivers must yield the right- 
of-way to pedestrians. 

h. Vehicles operated by faculty/staff and students, includ- 
ing motorcycles and scooters, must be parked in as- 
signed areas only. Certain parking areas are restricted 
to Faculty and Academic Staff at all times. This restric- 
tion is indicated on the official sign at the entrance to 
the area. In all other parking areas, unrestricted parking 
is permitted from 4:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. Monday through 
Thursday, and from 4:00 p.m. Friday to 7:00 a.m. Monday. 

i. Any motor vehicle parked in violation of University traf- 
fic regulations or abandoned on Campus is subject to 
removal and impounding at the expense of the owner or 
operator. (See Regulation 4c.) 

j. Specific spaces in parking areas shall not be reserved or 
marked for any department or individual. 

k. If an unregistered vehicle is used as an emergency sub- 
stitute for a registered vehicle, it must be parked in the 
regularly assigned area and an immediate report made to 
the Motor Vehicle Administration Office, Ext. 4242. 

1. In parking areas which have marked spaces and lanes, a 
vehicle must be parked in one space only, leaving clear 
access to adjacent spaces, and without blocking driving 
lanes or creating a hazard for other drivers. 

m. Parking is not permitted at crosswalks. 

n. Parking or standing is prohibited on all campus roads 
and fire lanes at all times. 

o. In cases where individuals are permitted to register more 
than one vehicle for parking on the campus, only one of 
these vehicles may be parked in the assigned area at 
any time. 

p. Metered parking spaces must be used in accordance 
with requirements as stated on official signs. 

q. The fact that a vehicle is parked in violation of any regu- 
lation and does not receive a violation notice does not 
mean that the regulation is no longer in effect. 



4. Traffic Information: 

a. The Office of the University Police is located in the Ser- 
vice Building and may be reached on University campus 
telephone extension 3555. 

b. The Cashier's Office and the Motor Vehicle Administra- 
tion Office are in the Service Building, Campus Tele- 
phone Ext. 4242. 

c. The term abandonment, as it relates to automobiles 
parked on property owned or leased by the University of 
Maryland, shall mean any one or more of the following 
conditions: 

(1) Any vehicle which has not been moved for thirty (30) 
days and whose owner or other claimant the Univer- 
sity is unable to locate. 

(2) Any vehicle which has not been moved for thirty (30) 



days and whose identified owner or other claimant 
refuses to move it. 

(3) Any vehicle on which current license plates are not 
displayed and which has not been moved for ten (10) 
days. 

(4) Any vehicle which has not been moved in seven (7) 
days due to an inoperative condition caused by the 
removal of necessary parts or a wrecked condition. 

Preferred parking areas for car pools are available. For- 
mation of car pools is encouraged; three or more people 
constitute a valid car pool. Additional information may 
be obtained from the Commuter Student Office 

5. Penalties: 

a. Any person connected with the University who operates 
an unregistered vehicle on the Campus, or who registers 
such a vehicle in any way contrary to the provisions of 
these regulations, will be subject to payment of a fif- 
teen ($15.00) dollar penalty in addition to the penalty for 
any othor regulation violation connected therewith. 
Unregistered vehicles on which five or more outstanding 
violation notices have been issued are subject to being 
towed at owner's expense. 

b. Violation of any campus traffic regulation other than 
improper registration will result in penalty as listed 
below: 

(1) Penalty for parking a registered vehicle in a parking 
area other than properly assigned area $5.00 

(2) Parking a registered vehicle on a roadway, or posted 
no parking area $5.00 

(3) Parking any vehicle, including cycles, on walks, 
grass area, plazas, and any other places not desig- 
nated as areas for parking $5.00 

Violator will be additionally liable for amount of any 
specific damage caused by such action. 

(4) Penalty for parking an unauthorized vehicle in a 
marked Ivledical/Handicapped space $20.00 

(5) Penalty for parking an unauthorized vehicle in a 
marked fire lane $20.00 

(6) Overtime parking in metered space will result in a 
penalty of two dollars ($2.00) for each maximum 
time period on the meter. 

(7) The above listed penalty fees do not include any 
towing and/or impounding fees which may be in- 
curred. 

0. Violations are payable within ten (10) calendar days 
from date of issue at the office of the Cashie'' in the 
General Services Building, and an additional penalty of 
$2.00 will be imposed for failure to settle violations on 
time. 

d. Traffic violation notices issued to University visitors 
must be signed and returned either in person or by mail 
with explanation to the Vehicle Administration Office, 
University of Maryland, College Park, tvlaryland 20742, or 
to the University Official visited. Violation notices must 
be returned within 10 days after date of issue. The viola- 
tion may be voided at the discretion of the Vehicle Ad- 
ministration Office, if it is not voidable, it will be 
returned for payment. 

e. Violations involving an unregistered vehicle owned by a 
member of the immediate family of a student may be 
charged to the student's account unless settled by the 
individual receiving the ticket, in accordance with stated 
privileges granted to Visitors and Guests. 

f Persistent violators of traffic regulations will be referred 
to the Judiciary Office tor appropriate action. 

g. Vehicles parked in roadways, fire lanes and other re- 
lated areas as described in Section 3c are subject to 
being towed at owner's expense. 

6. Appeals 

a. STUDENTS: An Appeals Board composed of students 
who are members of the Student Traffic Board meets 
regulariy to consider appeals from students charged 
with parking violations. A student wishing to appeal a 
parking violation IVIUST register at the Traffic Appeals 
Table, 2nd floor, North Administration Building. Parking 
tickets must be appealed within ten (10) calendar days 
from the date of issue. OVERTIIvIE METER violations are 



not subject to review by this board, and malfunctioning 
meters should be reported to MVA. ALL ACTIONS OF 
TrIE TRAFFIC APPEALS BOARD WILL BE FINAL. 

b. FACULTY AND STAFF: Faculty and staff members who 
are charged with parking violations and wish to appeal 
MUST submit an appropriate explanation to their de- 
partment chairpersons or directors within ten (10) calen- 
dar days from the date of issue. OVERTIME METER viola- 
tions are not subject to review by the departments, and 
malfunctioning meters should be reported to MVA. 

c. VISITORS: Persons who are not students or employees 
of the University and who are charged with parking viola- 
tions which they wish to appeal MUST sign the violation 
notice and return it with an appropriate explanation to 
MVA within ten (10) calendar days from the date of issue. 
Malfunctioning meters should be reported to MVA. The 
violation may be voided at the discretion of the MVA Of- 
fice; if not voidable, it will be returned for payment. 

7. Bicycles and Mopeds 

Bicycles and mopeds should be parked in bicycle racks pro- 
vided on Campus. Maryland State Laws prohibit securing/ 
parking a bicycle or moped in any manner which would obi- 
struct or impede vehicular or pedestrian movement. Viola- 
tors will be subject to having their bicycles/mopeds im- 
pounded. 

8. Parking Areas for Students: 



1— West of Cole Activities Building, between Stadium 
Drive and Campus Drive 

2— North of Denton Hall Dorm Complex 

3— Southwest Corner of Campus 

4— North of Heavy Research Laboratory 

7— East of U.S. #1, at North Gate 
*9— Vicinity of Cambridge Dorm Complex 
11 — Northwest of Asphalt Institute Building 
12— South of Allegany Hall 
14 — Loop Roads Front and Rear of Houses on 

Fraternity Row 
15— Rear 7402 Princeton Avenue 



9. Parking Areas for Faculty and Staff: 



•A- 
AA- 

*B- 

BB- 

C- 

CC- 

•D- 

DD- 

•E- 

EE- 

*F- 

FF- 

GG- 

*H- 

HH- 

I- 

J- 

K- 

KK- 

L- 

•M- 

*N- 

NN- 

O- 

•00- 
00- 

P- 
•pp. 

Q- 
•R- 



RR- 
*S- 



-West End of BPA Buildmg 

-West of Fine Arts and Education Classroom 
Building 

-Adjacent to Computer Science Center 

-West of Chemistry Building 

-Adjacent to Turner Laboratory (Dairy) 

-Barn area 

-Rear of Journalism Building 

-East of Space Sciences Building 

-Adjacent to Engineering Buildings 

-North of Engineering Laboratory Building 

-Adjacent to Fire Service Extension Building 

-East of Animal Science Building 

-South Center of Adult Education 

-Adjacent to Symons Hall and Holzapfel Hall 

-Adjacent to H.J. Patterson Hall— Botany 

-Rear of Molecular Physics Building 

-West of Annapolis Hall 

-Adjacent to General Service Building 

-Rear Chemical Engineering Building 

-Administration-Armory Loop 

-Adjacent to Infirmary 

-North of Dining Hall #5 and East of Elkton Hall 

-Adjacent to Building #201 

-East and West of School of Architecture Under- 
graduate Library 

-West Portion Only) 

-Adjacent to Zoology-Psychology Building and 
Undergraduate Library 

-East of Wind Tunnel 

-Between Math Building and Cyclotron 

-Rearof Jull Hall 

-Circle in front of Byrd Stadium Field House. 
Stadium Garage and adjacent to Preinkert 
Field House 

-East of Asphalt Institute 

-Special Food Service 



General • 
Information 



25 



T — North of Engineering Laboratory Building 
TT— Service Area West of Pfiysics Building 

U — Rear of McKelding Library 
UU — East of J.M. Patterson 

V — Soutfi of Main Food Service Facility and West 
of Building CC 
'W— Betw/een Skinner Building and Taliaferro Hall 

X— Rear of Cfiemistry Building 
'XX— West — New Chemistry Wing 

Y— West of Chapel 



•YY— West of Cumberland Hall 
Z— Adjacent to Cole Field House, West Side 
*Z— Rear Cole Field House 
Z— Annex — West of New Physical Education 

Building 
19 — Lord Calvert Apartments 
19— University Hills Apartments 
17— Special Parking for use of Center for Adult 

Education 



•Restricted at all times 



Office of Student Affairs 

Office of Campus Activities 

The Office of Campus Activities provides advising, consulta- 
tion, and assistance to Campus organizations, in order to enhance 
the educational growth of leaders, members, and associates. Ef- 
forts focus on establishing various Campus programs for the 
benefit of the University community. The office maintains records 
pertaining to student activities and coordinates the resources of 
student groups and other Campus agencies to promote ongoing 
functions. 

Office location: 1191 Student Union Building. Telephone: 
454-5605. 

The Commuter Affairs Office 

The Commuter Affairs Office has been established to assist, ad- 
vocate, and assess commuter students' desires, needs, and prob- 
lems while attending the University of Maryland. 

The office has established services which provide assistance in 
helping the commuter become more a pari of the University com- 
munity. 

Off-Campus Housing aids the student, faculty or staff member 
who is seeking off-Campus housing, with listings, information, 
free phone service, and transportation information. 
Car Pools. A car pool program has been established as a low cost 
alternative to each student driving his own car. The students may 
sign up for the program at the beginning of each semester. If the 
car pool has three or more participants, the students are eligible 
for preferred parking spaces. The car pool can help to provide 
financial gains for the commuter and also provides the opportuni- 
ty for social contact with other commuters. 
University Commuters Association. The Commuter Affairs Office 
serves as the advisor to the University Commuters Association 
which occupies a unique position in the structure of the Univer- 
sity as the official undergraduate student organization which 
represents the commuters' interests. UCA has the responsibility 
of providing social, athletic, and experimental programs for the 
commuters. 

Shuttle Bus. The Campus Shuttle Bus system is operated by the 
Office of Commuter Affairs for the security and convenience of all 
students. Schedules are available at the Student Union Informa- 
tion Desk, the Office of Commuter Affairs, and the Shuttle Bus of- 
fice. The Office of Commuter Affairs is located in Room 1195 in 
the Student Union. Telephone: 454-5274. 

Counseling Center 

Psychologists provide professional counseling services for 
students with educational-vocational and emotional-social adjust- 
ment concerns. Educational specialists provide individual and 
group work for improving reading and study skills. Call or come in 
to arrange an initial conference. 

The Center also offers a large variety of special counseling 
workshop programs on such topics as assertion training, exam 
skills, reducing smoking, vocational planning, and anxiety reduc- 
tion. Other programs Include a series of self understanding and 
development groups. Brochures describing all of these are 
available in the Center. 

Available in the reception lobby are occupational and educa- 
tional information, and tape recorded conversations with 
academic department chairpersons about their disciplines. The 
Center provides consultation to a variety of groups and in- 
dividuals concerning organizational development and group pro- 
ductivity. 



The Disabled Student Service, providing a variety of services for 
disabled students, is also located within the Counseling Center. 

The Center produces a wide variety of research reports on 
characteristics of students and the campus environment. 

National testing programs (the CLEP, ORE, Miller Analogies, 
etc.) are administered by the Counseling Center as well as testing 
for counseling purposes. 

Office location: Shoemaker Building. Telephone: Counseling 
Services 454-2931: Reading & Study Skills Lab 454-2935. 

Greek Life Office 

This office serves as the liaison between Maryland's 54 fraterhi- 
ty and sorority chapters and the University administration. The Of- 
fice of Greek Life assists in the development of programs and 
operations for the Panhellenic and Interfraternity Councils. 
Through the utilization of total University resources, the staff 
assists the students with leadership and management training, 
the coordination of philanthropic projects, membership recruit- 
ment, public relations and the participation of the Greek system 
within the total educaiton of the University community. 

Office location: 1191 Student Union. Telephone: 454-2736. 

Health Services 

The University Health Center is located on Campus Drive direct- 
ly across from the Student Union. Both graduate and 
undergraduate students are eligible for health care at the Health 
Center. Services provide include both emergency and routine 
medical care, mental health evaluation and treatment, health 
education, laboratory, x-ray, and gynecological services, and 
(upon referral from a Health Center physician), dermatologlcal and 
orthopedic services. 

Students can best be seen by calling the Health Center for an 
appointment. Students who are injured or are too ill to wait for an 
appointment can be seen on a walk-in basis. Walk-in patients may 
encounter a longer wait than appointment patients; however, 
emergencies always receive highest priority. 

The Health Center is open Sam - 5pm weekdays for appoint- 
ments. While the University is in session, the Health Center Is 
open 24 hours a day, 7 days a week for first aid and urgent care. 
Serious injuries and illnesses are referred to local health care 
facilities at the student's expense. 

In paying the health fee at registration, a student becomes eligi- 
ble for routine medical care and professional services at the 
Health Center. Charges, however, are made for certain laboratory 
tests, all x-rays, casts and allergy injections. It should be noted 
that the mandatory health fee is not a form of health insurance. 

It is strongly recommended that each student maintain some 
type of health insurance coverage. Recognizing that many family 
medical plans do not provide coverage for college age students, 
the University has negotiated with a local insurance company to 
provide a voluntary comprehensive student insurance for ill- 
nesses and accident in the range of up to $1,000 with a major 
medical provision of $15,000 for serious cases. These coverages 
are based generally on 80% of the direct cost. This policy pro- 
vides benefits for hospital, surgery, emergency, laboratory, x-ray 
and limited coverage for mental and nervous disorders. Family 
and maternity options are also available at an increased premium. 

For information call 454-3444. Appointments: 454-4923. Mental 
Health: 454-4922. Women's Health: 454-4921. Health Education: 
454-4922. 

Judicial Programs Office 

The campus Judicial Programs Office effects discipline of 
undergraduate and graduate students on the College Park Cam- 
pus. The Board of Regents has established the framework of a 



judiciary program wfiicli emphasizes personal growth and 
development. The goals of judicial actions are largely educative 
and preventive. Office staff members review reports of alleged 
misconduct, contact those mdividuals involved, and, if necessary, 
schedule the case for an administrative hearing. In addition, the 
office lends assistance to different offices of the University in 
various policy and administrative matters, particularly those 
related to Student Affairs. The Office staff acts in a liaison capaci- 
ty with the State Court System and various law enforcement and 
medical authorities as required. Office location; Second Floor 
North Administration Building Telephone; 454-2927. 

General Policy: The University of tVlaryland is a large edcational in- 
stitution. It is also a community and as such has the inherent right 
to preserve order and maintain stability by setting standards of 
conduct and prescribing procedures of the enforcement of those 
standards. The University of Maryland embraces the tenet that the 
exercise of individual rights must be accompanied by correspond- 
ing individual responsibility. Thus, by accepting membership in 
the University community, the student acquired rights in, as well 
as responsibilities to, the entire University community. 

University students are at once citizens in the larger community 
and members of an academic community. In the role as citizen, 
the student is free to exercise fundamental constitutional rights. 
Rights and responsibilities under local, state and national laws 
are neither abridged nor extended by status as a student at the 
University of Maryland. However, as a member of an academic 
community, he or she is expected particularly to meet these 
behavioral requirements which attend his/her membership and 
which are required by the University's pursuit of its objectives. 
The fulfillment of the University's purpose can be carried on only 
in an atmosphere of personal and academic freedom, one in which 
the rights and responsibilities of all members of the academic 
community are fully protected. The maintenance and/or restora- 
tion of such an atmosphere is the basis for a disciplinary structure 
within the University. 

Official University sanctions will be imposed or other ap- 
propriate action taken only when a student's observable behavior 
distinctly and significantly interferes with the University's primary 
educational objectives and/or with the University's respon- 
sibilities for protecting the safety, welfare, rights, and property of 
all members of the University community, persons coming on the 
University property and of the University itself. 

Students charged with violating University regulations or 
policies are guaranteed fundamental fairness in the handling of 
the charges, the conduct of hearing, the imposition of sanctions, 
and the rights of appeal. 

The University Judiciary Program: Discipline is properly the con- 
cern of the entire University community - the student body, the 
faculty, the staff, and the administration. Particular provision is 
made in the Judiciary Program for students to adjudicate cases of 
student misconduct. 

The staff of the Judicial Programs Office trains, directs and ad- 
vises the efforts of students, faculty and staff in disciplinary con- 
cerns so as to meet the unique personal needs and legal rights of 
the student involved, as well as responding to the requirements of 
the community. In meeting that responsibility the Office's main 
functions are (1) interviewing and counseling students involved in 
disciplinary situations; (2) processing reports and cor- 
respondence which deal with disciplinary matters; (3) Boards; (4) 
reviewing and/or approving the recommendations of these 
boards; (5) maintaining a central file of student disciplinary 
records. 

Cases may be disposed of by Judicial Boards, or by Office staff. 
The Judicial Boards are comprised of selected outstanding 
students who are empowered by the University to hear cases and 
recommend sanctions. 

General Statement of Student Responsibility: Students are ex- 
pected to conduct themselves at all times in a manner consistent 
with the University responsibility of ensuring to all members of its 
community the opportunity to pursue their educational objec- 
tives, and of protecting the safety, welfare, rights, and property of 
all members of the community and of the University itself. 
Suspension of a Student from Class: Discipline in the classroom 
is the responsibility of the faculty member in charge of the class. 
Misbehavior which disrupts or interferes with the educational effi- 
ciency of a class is considered sufficient cause for suspending 
the student from a class for disciplinary reasons; he/she must 



report immediately to the department chairperson. The depart- 
ment chairperson will investigate the incident and report it to the 
academic dean or division provost, and to the Judical Programs 
Office in order to determine whether past disciplinary action has 
been taken against the student. The department head will then 
write a letter to the student indicating the disposition of the case. 
The student is required to present this letter to his/her instructor 
tor readmission to the class. A copy of this letter is sent to the 
Judicial Programs Office for maintenance in its central 
disciplinary files. Disruption of a class by a student not enrolled in 
that class can be referred to the Judicial Programs Office. Disrup- 
tion by a non-student can be referred to the Campus Police. 
Suspension of a Student from Activities or University Facilities: 
The individual or group of individuals in charge of any department, 
division, organization, building, facility or any other area of the 
University (e.g., dining hall, Student Union, etc.) shall be responsi- 
ble for student discipline within such units. The person responsi- 
ble for each such unit may suspend the student or student 
organization from the unit. The suspended student or represen- 
tative of the student organization will be referred immediately to 
the Judicial Programs Office. A file of such action shall be main- 
tained in the Judicial Programs Office. 

Transaction and Identification Cards: Official University of 
Maryland transaction card are issued to all registered 
undergraduate and graduate students. The card is for use only by 
the student to whom issued and may not be transferred or loaned 
to another for an^ reason. Violations will be referred to the 
Judicial Programs Office. Loss of the transaction card must be 
reported immediately to the I.D. card section. Office of Records 
and Registrations. Please refer to page 18 for more information 
concerning identification cards. 

Orientation— Maryland Preview 

Upon admission to the University, the student will receive 
materials about Maryland Preview, the registration offered 
by the Office of Orientation. The primary goals of the program are 
to inform the student about the University and provide advisement 
and registration for the first semester Maryland Preview is con- 
ducted on the College Park Campus during the summer months 
and at other times during the year. Each freshman will attend with 
a group of future classmates. 

The new student will engage in: 

1 . Formal and informal discussions about University life, and the 
standards of performance that the University expects. 

2. A conference with an academic advisor who will assist him or 
her in selecting and registering for courses. 

Through this program, the entering student receives a per- 
sonalized and individual introduction to the University. Many of 
the sessions offered will be presented by undergraduate student 
advisors who have been carefully selected and trained to assist 
new students. 

All entering freshmen are urged to attend. 
Transfer Preview. A special program is offered, for transfer 
students. This Program includes a conference with advisors to ex- 
plain academic requirements, registration for classes, and a 
general orientation to Campus itself. The program is particularly 
geared to the needs of upperclassmen and their special concerns. 
Parent Preview. Running concurrently with the summer programs 
for freshmen and transfer students is an orientation program for 
the parents of new students. Here, parents have an opportunity to 
learn about the academic, cultural, and social aspects of Univer- 
sity life from administrators and staff, as well as from the student 
advisors who lead the student group. 

Religious Programs 

A broad range of religious traditions is represented by the 
several chaplains and religious advisors at the University. In- 
dividually and cooperatively, they offer many services including 
counseling, worship, student opportunities here and abroad, per- 
sonal growth groups, and opportunities for service and involve- 
ment. Office locations; University Memorial Chapel and 2108J 
North Administration Building. Telephone: 454-5783. 

Resident Life 

This Department has responsibility for administering manage- 
ment operations and cultural, educational, recreational, rights and 
responsibilities and social programming in the Campus' 36 
residence halls. 



General 
Information 



The halls are in semi-autonomous residential communities 
which enjoy considerable freedom to develop in a manner which 
reflects the personalities, needs and interests of residents. 
Facilities vary with respect to hall architecture. A staff of full-time 
professional, graduate student and undergraduate staff help to in- 
sure that community programming, physical environment and ad- 
ministrative needs are met. Staff work closely with supporting 
Campus agencies to provide services in accord with State and 
University expectations. 

Residence halls are reserved for single, full-time 
undergraduates. An application for housing is required. Ap- 
plicants should be advised that on-campus housing accommoda- 
tions are limited. IVIost of the 8,100 available spaces are taken by 
returning upperclass-persons. The number of entering students 
who apply for housing space far exceeds the approximately 3,000 
spaces which remain. The likelihood of securing accommodations 
for the start of classes and the advisability of pursuing other 
housing alternatives is provided each student shortly after ap- 
plication for housing services is made. 

Inquiries should be directed to Information Services, Depart- 
ment of Resident Life. 31 17 North Administration Building, Univer- 
sity of IVIaryland, College Park. MD 20742. (301) 454-2711. 

The Maryland Student Union 

The Maryland Student Union is the community center of the 
College Park Campus for all members of the University: students, 
faculty, staff, alumni, and their guests. The Union is not just a 
building: it is also an organization and a program. The Union pro- 
vides for the services, conveniences, and amenities of the Univer- 
sity. 

The Union was built and furnished without the help of state or 
federal funds. The building and furnishings with each stage of 
construction came from student fees. Funds for operating ex- 
penses and additional furnishings came from student fees and 
various Union revenue producing avenues. The Union pays for its 
own utilities and maintenance expenses. It is, therefore, a self- 
supporting enterprise. 

Building Hours: 

Monday - Thursday 7am • 12 midnight 

Friday 7am - 1am 

Saturday Sam - lam 

Sunday 12 noon - 12 midnight 



Student Union Services and Facilities: 

Sen/ices include: 
Bank 

Bookstore 
Bulletin Boards 
Campus Reservations 
Copy Machines 
Display Showcases 
Food Service 

Cafeteria 

Tortuga Room 

Vending Room 

Banquets and Catering 
Information Center 

Lounges 

Meeting Rooms (Size from 8 - 1000 people) 

Notary Public(s) 
Recreation Center 

Bowling Lanes 

Billards Room 

Table Games Rooms 

Pin Ball Machines 
Record Co-op 
Student Offices 
TV Room 
Ticket Office 

Campus Concerts 

Selected Off-campus events 
Tobacco Shop 

U.S. Postal Service Automated Facility 
William L. Hoff Movie Theater 

Directory: 

Information Center 454-2801 

Administrative 454-2807 

Bowling Billiards 454-2804 

Program Office 454-4987 

Reservations-Union 454-2809 

Reservations-Campus/Chapel 454-4409 

Ticket Office 454-2803 

Student Entertainmet Enterprises 454-4546 

Union Movie Schedule 454-2594 



Office of Academic Affairs 
Office of Academic Services 

Academic Services in a clustering of several offices, within the 
Office of the Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs, consisting of 
Undergraduate Admissions, Student Aid, Academic Data 
Systems, Equal Opportunity Recruitment, International Education 
Services, and Records and Registrations. 

Undergraduate Admissions 

The services offered by the Office of Undergraduate Admis- 
sions are designed to meet the individual needs of both prospec- 
tive and enrolled students. For prospective students, we provide 
general information about the College Park campus in the form of 
letters, personal interviews, and campus tours. We also evaluate 
the applications of both freshman and transfer students to select 
qualified students. Services for enrolled students include deter- 
mining students' eligibility for in-state status; acting as a liaison 
with the academic departments for the evaluation of transfer 
credits, advanced placement, and CLEP scores: and providing any 
additional general information requested by enrolled students. 
Please refer to page for more information concerning 

undergraduate admission. 

Office location: Lower level, North Administration Building. 
Telephone: 454-5550. 

Student Aid 

The Office of Student Aid administers a variety of financial 
assistance and student employment opportunities, primarily 
based on the need of the applicant. The staff of the office is 
available for individual counseling on matters pertinent to the 
financial planning of the student body. 

See page 00 more detailed information on opportunities for 



financial assistance. Office location: Room 2130, North Ad- 
ministration Building. 

Equal Opportunity Recruitment 

The Office of Equal Opportunity Recruitment (OEOR) is primari- 
ly responsible for interfacing with minority students from 
Maryland high schools and community colleges in order to attract 
these students to the University. OEOR works very closely with 
the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. Other services provided 
to the prospective student include academic, personal, career and 
financial aid advising. OEOR also acts as a referral source and 
aids new students in orienting themselves to campus life. 

An allocation of residence hall spaces is provided for minority 
students through OEOR to get a more racially balanced resident 
pouplation. For more information please contact OEOR, Room 
0107. North Administration Building. Telephone: (301) 454-4844. 

International Education Services 

The Office of International Education Services provides a wide 
variety of services designed to assist foreign students to make 
the necessary adjustment to American university and community 
life and to help them derive the maximum benefit from their ex- 
perience in the United States. Services include advising on admis- 
sion to the University, issuance of immigration documents, 
special orientation programs, emergency loans, assistance with 
securing housing, information about educational, cultural, and 
social opportunities, and personal advising. Some of these ser- 
vices are available also for visiting foreign faculty. 

Information, forms and assistance in making necessary ar- 
rangements for complying with immigration regulations are 
available at the Office of International Education Services. Infor- 
mation regarding the filing of income tax returns may also be 
secured from the same office. 



Foreign students are subject to the sanne regulations that 
govern the academic life and personal conduct of American 
students enrolled in the University. 

For United States students and faculty, the office provides in- 
formation about opportunities for travel and study abroad. 

Office location: 2nd floor, North Administration Building. 
Telephone; 454-3043/4. 

Records and Registrations 

This office provides services to students and academic depart- 
ments related to the processes of registration, scheduling, 
withdravifal, reenrollment, and graduation. The office also main- 
tains the student's academic records. Staff members are available 
to students for consultation. Location: Public Inquiry counter. 1st 
floor, North Administration Building. Telephone: 454-5559. 

Office of thie Administrative Dean 
for Undergraduate Studies 

General. The Office of the Dean tor Undergraduate Studies has 
overall responsibility for undergraduate advisement on the depart- 
mental, college and divisional levels. The office maintains the 
Undergraduate Advisement Center with a staff of advisors for 
students who have not yet decided upon a major. Advisors are 
likewise available for students interested in pre-professional 
preparation for medicine, dentistry and law. Transfer or handi- 
capped students with special academic problems may also be ad- 
vised through the office. 

This office supervises a number of special academic programs, 
including the Bachelor of General Studies Degree Program, the 
General Honors Program and the Individual Studies Program. The 
office interprets and enforces academic requirements and regula- 
tions for undergraduates and administers the program of Credit 
by Examination. 

Academic service components of this office include the Office 
of Minority Student Education, the Career Development Center, 
and the Office of Experimental Learning Programs (Cooperative 
Education, internships, volunteer programs (PACE). 

The Office of the Dean for Undergraduate Studies is located in 
Room 1115 of the Undergraduate Library. 

UMCP Career Development Center 

General. The Career Development Center (CDC) encourages, sup- 
ports and assists students from all departments in considering 
early and systematically the questions which are central to career 
concerns: What is important to me' What career areas are possi- 
ble lor me' What career areas are probable lor me? 

Career Development Center programs and services are de- 
signed to be used most effectively by students beginning in the 
freshman year, and continuing throughout the college years. The 
student who begins early to put his or her career education op- 
tions together will be in the best position to place himself/herself 
in a meaningful and rewarding position upon leaving the Univer- 
sity of Maryland, College Park. 

The Career Development Center is located in Terrapin Hall. 
Telephone: 454-2813. 

CAREER DEVELOPMENT CENTER PROGRAMS AND SERVICES 

Educational— A course in Career Development and Decision 
Making (EDCP 108-D, 1 credit), designed primarily for freshmen 
and sophomores, has the following objective: to enable students 
to build a basis for effective career and life planning by increasing 
self-understanding, learning decision-making skills, identifying 
and utilizing career-related informational resources. 

Career Intormation—k basic resource for career exploration 
and decision making is the Career Library (Phone 454-4840). It con- 
tains comprehensive reference materials on varied aspects of 
work, education, lifestyles, career planning, career exploration 
and placement. Utilized by approximately 19,000 persons annually 
in recent years, the Career Library draws on the realism of the 
larger off-campus community. The Career Development Center 
also generates numerous printed and video-taped career materials 
available at the CDC, in academic division offices, and in the Non- 
Print Media Center on the fourth floor of the Undergraduate 
Library. 

The Career Development Center sponsors programs bringing 
employers (full-time and summer) and graduate school represen- 
tatives to the Campus for informal discussions of opportunities. 

Career /idv/s/ng— Experienced professionals assist students in 
identifying career questions, strengths, interests: in developing 



career strategies and in utilizing resources advantageously. 
Phone the Career Development Center at 454-2813 to learn of in- 
take advising hours or to arrange an appointment. CDC Career Ad- 
visors also may be reached through the five academic division of- 
fices. 

Placement— JUe placement aspect of CDC services is designed 
to optimize the individual's effective transition from the University 
to another sector of society, whether It be work, specialized train- 
ing, graduate/professional school, etc. Placement services in- 
clude the following: 

1. Workshops and/or information in joti-seeking skills, resume' 
preparation, interviewing skills. 

2. On-campus interviews by employers, graduate schools, and 
employing school systems (Phone 454-4582 for information). 

3. Jot) listings in the Career Library. 

4. Credentials Service for both graduate and undergaduate stu- 
dents seeking employment or graduate or professional school 
admission. 

5. Comprehensive job strategy information in the Career Library. 

Office of Experiential Learning Programs 

The Office of Experiential Learning Programs (ELP) supervises 
three types of learning opportunities involving participation in the 
work of the community and the Campus. These programs en- 
courage students to test classroom learning in work situations, 
explore career possibilities by direct participation, or enhance 
their personal development through work and volunteer ex- 
periences. The programs include following: 

1. COOP£fl/4r/\/£ EDUCATION PROGRAM IN LIBERAL ARTS 
AND BUSINESS. This program allows students to alternate 
on-campus study with between sixteen and twenty weeks of 
paid work experience in business, industry, and government 
agencies. To be eligible, students must have completed 36 
hours of undergraduate work with a 2 grade point average. It 
should be noted, however, that most employees select stu- 
dents on a competitive basis. 

2. INTERNSHIPS AND FIELD EXPERIENCE COURSES. Many 
academic departments offer opportunities for students to 
earn academic credit (usually 3-6 hours) through participation 
in activities in the community, accompanied by an appropriate 
academic product stemming from the experience. Informa- 
tion on the campus-wide field experience courses. 386/387, is 
provided by ELP staff. The student should be aware that this 
particular set of courses (386/387) can only be taken in one 
department once and in one department at a time for a total 
of no more than 24 semester credits during the student's 
academic career. ELP will help students to match their in- 
terests with existing courses and community placements and 
find departments willing to sponsor activities proposed by 
students. The Office also assists departments in finding 
suitable placements for students. 

3. PACE (PEOPLE ACTIVE IN COMMUNITY EFFORT). PACE is a 
student-organized program which provides educationally 
valuable volunteer community service projects. With funding 
from the Student Government Association, PACE arranges for 
transportation to the volunteer site, develops student leader- 
ship, and acts as a liaison with the community. PACE'S focus 
is upon fulfilling students' needs through service/learning 
projects. 

Information about all three of these programs may be obtained 
through the Office of Experiential Learning Programs. 
Undergraduate Library 454-4767. 

Bachelor of General Studies Degree Program 

WHAT IS THE BGS PROGRAM'^ The Bachelor of General 
Studies (BGS) program permits a student to obtain an education in 
a broad range of disciplines without adhering to a previously 
defined curriculum with specialization in one department or divi- 
sion. While it allows the student to design concentrations of up to 
30 credits in a single department, its purpose is to encourage 
breadth of education. 

WHAT KIND OF STUDENTS ARE IN THE BGS PROGRAM? Many 
of the over 600 BGS students wish the broadest possible educa- 
tion and wish to pick and choose their courses from a wide range 
of disciplines. Others are interested in a particular set of courses 
which are not available within a given major, and are essentially 
■'designing their own major" within the broad framework of the 



BGS. Most of the BGS students are interested in the flexibility 
which the BGS program allows them. 

WHAT HAPPENS TO BGS STUDENTS WHEN THEY GRADUATE? 
while early BGS graduates have not experienced unusual pro- 
blems with further education and employment, the individual 
student's postbaccalaureate experience may well depend on the 
quality of program which he/she designs within the parameters of 
the BGS requirements. The reception of an individual student by 
graduate schools and employers depends on this student, what 
kind of BGS program he or she has put together, and what type of 
school or employment he or she is applying for. A recent study of 
the firts BGS graduates indicated that a large percentage went in- 
to business or government, that many continued their education, 
and that the reminder were in a variety of occupations. 
HOW DO I APPLY? See Dr. Judith Sorum, Assistant Dean for 
Undergraduate Studies, in 1115 Undergraduate Library, 
454-2530/31. 

Individual Studies Program 

WHAT IS INDIVIDUAL STUDIES? Individual Studies is often called 
the "design your own major" program. It is open to students at 
UMCP who can, with faculty assistance, design a sequence of for- 
mal and/or informal learning experiences, satisfactory completion 
of which is appropriate for the awarding of a BA or BS degree, and 
whose educational goals cannot be reasonably achieved within an 
existing UMCP curriculum. A student who graduates in the pro- 
gram is awarded a degree in Individual Studies, with the name of 
the individualized major printed on the transcript. 
HOW DO I APPLY'' You apply by submitting a written prospectus 
which has the support and approval of a faculty tutor, to the In- 
dividual Studies Review Committee. Once the prospectus is ap- 
proved by the committee, it becomes your "contract" for a degree. 
It is to the Individual Studies student what the catalog is to other 
majors. 

WHAT ABOUT CHANGES? The student is free to change into or 
out of the Individual Studies Program at any time within the limits 
of the regulations for admission which are listed above. To assure 
assignment of proper credit for students transferring out of the In- 
dividual Studies Program, all work will be graded on a semester- 
by-semester basis. 

Change of tutor may become necessary because of changing 
staff at the University. Any change in program must be submitted 
in writing to the Assistant Dean for Undergraduate Studies and ap- 
proved in order to become part of the student's program. 
IS INDIVIDUAL STUDIES AN HONORS PROGRAM'^ No. IVSP is 
open to any student who wishes to design his or her own major. 
There is no grade point requirement for admission. The students 
who are in the program tend to be rather clear about their 
academic goals, self-motivated, able to work without a lot of 
direct supervision, and particularly interested in out-of-classroom 
learning experiences (research, directed studies, internships, etc.) 
WHERE DO I START? Students interested in applying to the pro- 
gram should discuss their ideas for a program with Dr. Judith 
Sorum, Assistant Dean for Undergraduate Studies, Room 1115 
Undergraduate Library, 454-2530/31. 

Minority Student Education. 

The Office of Minority Student Education was officially created 
on July 1, 1972, as a result of proposals and recommendations 
submitted to the chancellor from the Campus Black Community 
and the Study Commission on Student Life. It is responsible for 
addressing the needs of minority students during their experience 
at the University of Maryland. This responsibility takes the Office 
of Minority Student Education through a broad range of concerns, 
from the introduction of minority students to the University to 
special supportive programs, with special emphasis on the areas 
of recruitment, retention and graduation. 

OMSE seeks to develop a comprehensive academic articulation 
program that will facilitate better utilization of, and linkages 
with, existing University resources. This includes providing minori- 
ty students with meaningful career advisement in areas that offer 
both good job opportunities and good salaries. For general pro- 
gram information, contact Director, Office of Minority Student 
Education, Room 3151 Undergraduate Library. Phone: 454-4901. 

The office is directly responsible for the administration of the 
Nyumburu Community and the Minority Advisement Program 
(MAP). 



The following is a brief description of the programs ad- 
ministered by the Office of Minority Student Education. 
NYUMBURU COMMUNITY CENTER. Nyumburu (Swahili word 
meaning "freedom house") Center functions throughout the year 
to present a wide range of cultural events through a variety of art 
forms and the humanities. Programs and activities presented by 
Nyumburu focus on the black experience as it exists in the United 
States, Caribbean and Africa. 

Cultural offerings at Nyumburu include symposia and 
workshops conducted by visiting artists and scholars in the areas 
of creative writing and literature, art, music, drama and dance. A 
Festival of Black Arts and a Writer's Conference held annually 
highlight specific areas of cultural achievement and contribution 
by minority peoples. 

In cooperation with the Afro-American Studies Program, Nyum- 
buru is engaged in research projects, such as examining the 
sources of black creativity and historical contributions, and the ar- 
tist's conception of his or her role in the life of the community. 

In addition to these activities, Nyumburu Center serves as the 
host/sponsor of several student clubs and activities. 

For information concerning scheduled activities and events. 
Community Center, Main Dining Hall, University of Maryland, Col- 
lege Park, Maryland 20742. Phone: 454-5774. 
THE MINORITY ADVISEMENT PROGRAM (MAP) is an advisement 
program that features minority peer advisors who are trained to 
assist students in choosing a major, planning a career, applying to 
graduate or professional school, or just plowing through red tape. 
Referral to specific offices and agencies both on and off campus 
is a major responsibility of MAP staff. MAP staff are 
trained in a specially designed course developed and taught by 
OMSE personnel. For information concerning MAP, contact the 
OMSE office at 454-4901. 

Undergraduate Advisement Center 

Many University students choose to be "undecided" about 
choice of major. Some want more information about job oppor- 
tunities before choosing; some may be considering several possi- 
ble majors; some are trying out a variety of courses; some really 
don't know what to choose. 

Whatever their reason for wanting to be "undecided", these 
students have an administrative home in the Undergraduate Ad- 
visement Center, From the center's staff of advisors they can ob- 
tain much of the assistance they'll need for career decision- 
making, academic planning, scheduling, course selection, and a 
variety of other services. 
OTHER SERVICES 

Pre-Professional Advising: offering pre-professional advising 
programs in the Pre-Medical, Pre-Dental, PreLaw, and Pre-Allied- 
Health areas. 

Trouble Shooting: trouble shooting for individual students who 
are having difficulty with administrative procedural problems, 
such as transfer-credit evaluation, schedule revisions, changing 
Divisions/Colleges/ Departments, errors in official records, etc. 

Policy Interpretation: keeping advisors informed about new 
academic policies and helping to interpret existing policies and 
practices. This service is available to individual students when 
they come to see us. 

Information: maintaining a central file of information about 
academic programs and requirements on the College Park Cam- 
pus. 

Coordinated Problem-Solving: coordinating the campus-wide 
system of advising, including helping individual students with 
specific advising problems. 

Credit-By-Exam: administering the campus-wide program of 
credit-by-examination. 

General Assistance: giving assistance to a lot of students with 
different kinds of problems and concerns. 

Undergraduate Advisement Center, Room 3151, Undergraduate 
Library, Phone 454-2733 or 454-3040; Pre-Professional Programs 
(Pre-Dent/Pre-Med, Allied Health Programs 454-5425; Credit By- 
Exam/CLEP/Advanced Placement, 454-2731. 

Undergraduate Degree Programs. One major advantage of attend- 
ing a university campus is the broad range of programs available. 
This diversity allows the student to change from one major to 
another without leaving the institution, to choose from a wide 



spectrum of elective courses, and to benefit from daily contact 

witti students of diverse academic interests and backgrounds. 

Tfie undergraduate majors available at the College Park are as 

follows: 

Accounting 

Aerospace Engineering 

Afro-American Studies 

Agricultural Ctiemistry 

Agricultural and Resource Economics 

Agricultural Engmeering 

Agricultural and Extension Education 

Agriculture, General 

Agronomy 

American Studies 

Animal Sciences 

Anttiropology 

Arctiitecture 

Art History 

Art Studio 

Astronomy 

Biocfiemistry 

Biological Sciences 

Botany 

Business, General 

Cfiemical Engineering 

Ctiemistry 

Civil Engineering 

Comparatiave Literature 

Computer Science 

Conservation and Resource Development 

Cooperative Engineering Program 

Dance 

Early Ctiildfiood and Elementary Education 

Economics 

Education 

Electrical Engineermg 

Engineering, Undesigned 

Englisfi 

Entomology 

Family and Community Development 

Finance 

Fire Protection 

Food, Nutrition and Institutional Administration 

Food Science 

Frencfi 

General Studies 

Geography 

Geology 

German 

Government and Politics 

Health Education 

Hearing and Speech Sciences 

History 

Home Economics Education 

Horticulture 

Housing and Applied Design 

Individual Studies 

Industrial Education 

Industrial Technology 

Information Systems Management 

Journalism 

Kinesiological Sciences 

Latin 

Library Science Education 

Law Enforcement and Criminology 

Management Science-Statistics 

Marketing 

Mathematics 

Mechanical Engineering 

Microbiology 

Music 

Personnel and Labor Relations 

Philosophy 

Production Management 

Psychology 

Physical Education 

Physical Sciences 

Physics 

Recreation 



Russian 

Russian Area Studies 

Secondary Education 

Sociology 

Spanish 

Special Education 

Speech and Dramatic Art 

Textiles and Consumer Economics 

Transportation 

Urban Studies 

Zoology 

Special Opportunities 

Advanced Placement. Students entering the University from 
secondary school may obtain advanced placement and college 
credit on the basis of performance on the College Board Ad- 
vanced Placement examinations. These examinations are normal- 
ly given to eligible high school seniors during the May preceding 
matriculation in college. 

For achievement of a score of five or four on a given examina- 
tion, the student will be granted Advanced Placement and the 
credit equivalent of two semester courses in that field; for 
achievement of a score of three. Advanced Placement and the 
credit equivalent of either one or two semester courses, depend- 
ing upon the field of the examination, will be granted. 

Credit earned by Advanced Placement may be used to meet ma- 
jor, minor, elective or General University Requirements. The 
University accepts the Advanced Placement Examinations in the 
following areas: biology, chemistry, English, French, German, 
history, Latin, mathematics, physics and Spanish. 

Questions about the program may be addressed to the Director 
of Admissions and Registrations, or the Dean for Undergraduate 
Studies. For detailed information about examinations and pro- 
cedures in taking them, write to Director of Advanced Placement 
Program, College Entrance Examination Board, 475 Riverside 
Drive, New York, New York 10027, 

Concurrent Undergraduate-Graduate. A senior at the University of 
Maryland who is within seven hours of completing the re- 
quirements for the undergraduate degree may, with the approval 
of his or her provost or dean, the chairman of the department con- 
cerned, and the Graduate School, register in the undergraduate 
division for graduate courses, which may later be counted for 
graduate credit toward an advanced degree at this University. The 
total of undergraduate and graduate courses must not exceed fif- 
teen credits for the semester. Excess credits in the senior year 
cannot be used for graduate credit unless proper pre-arrangement 
IS made. Seniors who wish to take advantage of this opportunity 
must formally apply for admission to the Graduate School. 

Honors Programs 

A number of unusual opportunities are available to the superior 
student through the establishment of Honors Programs. Under 
the Office of the Dean for Undergraduate Studies, a General 
Honors Program is available to qualified students throughout the 
Campus. In addition, departmental honors programs are offered 
to qualified majors in 27 academic departments. 

General Honors, as its name suggests, enlarges the breadth of 
the students generalized knowledge; Departmental Honors in- 
creases the depth of the student's knowledge in his or her major 
discipline. Both offer the student challenging academic ex- 
periences characterized by small sections, active student par- 
ticipation, and an Honors faculty that encourages dialogue. In- 
dividually guided research, field experience and independent 
study are important aspects of Honors work. 

Each year a selected group of entering freshmen is invited into 
the General Honors Program on the basis of high school records, 
standardized test scores, and personal achievements. Students 
majoring within any department, college, or division are eligible to 
apply to General Honors. 

Departmental Honors Programs ordinarily begin in the junior 
year although a few programs begin as early as the freshman year. 

The student who has completed his Honors curriculum suc- 
cessfully is graduated with a citation in General or Departmental 
Honors, or with both. 

Interested high school students should write to Dr. John Portz, 
Director, Honors Office, University of Maryland, College Park, 
Maryland 20742. 

Honor Societies. Students who excel in scholarship and leader- 



General 
Information 



ship may be invited to join the appropriate honor society. These 
include the following; 
"Alpha Kappa Delta (Sociology) 
'Alpha Lambda Delta (Scholarship— Freshman Women) 

Alpha Sigma Lambda (Adult Education) 

Alpha Zeta (Agriculture) 

Beta Alpha Psi (Accounting Major in Business and Management) 

Beta Gamma Sigma (Business and Management) 
•Chi Epsilon (Civil Engineering) 

Eta Beta Rho (Hebrew) 
■Eta Kappa Nu (Electrical Engineering) 

Gamma Theta Upsilon (Geography) 

lota Lambda Sigma (Industrial Education) 

Kappa Delta Pi (Education) 
'Mortar Board (Women's Scholarship and Leadership) 

Omicron Delta Epsilon (Economics) 
'Omicron Delta Kappa (Men's Scholarship and Leadership) 

Omicron Nu (Home Economics) 

Phi Alpha Epsilon (Physical Education, Recreation and Health) 
'Phi Alpha Theta (History) 

Phi Beta Kappa (Liberal Arts) 

Phi Delta Kappa (Educational) 
•Phi Eta Sigma (Scholarship— Freshman Men) 
'Phi Kappa Phi (Senior and Graduate Scholarship) 
'Phi Sigma (Biology) 
'Phi Sigma Alpha (Political Science) 

Pi Sigma Phi (Business and Management) 



Pi Alpha Xi (Floriculture) 

Pi Mu Epsilon (Mathematics) 

Pi Sigma Alpha (Political Science) 
'Pi Tau Sigma (Mechanical Engineering) 
'Psi Chi (Psychology) 

Salamander (Fire Protection Engineering) 

Sigma Alpha lota (Women's Music) 

Sigma Alpha Omicron (Microbiology) 

Sigma Delta Chi (Society of Professional Journalists) 

Sigma Phi Alpha (Dental Hygiene) 
'Sigma Pi Sigma (Physics) 
"Tau Beta Pi (Engineering) 
'Members of Association of College Honor Societies. 

Commencement Honors. Honors for excellence in scholarship, 
determined from the cumulative grade point average, are awarded 
to not more than ten percent (10%) of the graduating class in each 
degree granting unit. Summa Cum Laude is offered to the highest 
two percent (2%). Magna Cum Laude to the next three percent 
(3%) and Cum Laude to the next five percent (5%). To be eligible 
for this recognition, a total of at least two years of residence (60 
semester hours of credit) is required. The computation of the 
cumulative grade point average does not include grades for 
courses taken during the last semester of registration before 
graduation; these credits are included among the 60 hours of 
credit requirement, however. No student with a grade point 
average less than 3.000 will be considered. 



Awards and Prizes 

Academic Awards 

Milton Abramowitz Memorial Prize in Mathematics. A prize is 
awarded annually to a junior or senior student majoring in 
mathematics who has demonstrated superior competence and 
promise for future development in the field of mathematics and its 
applications. 

Agricultural Alumni Award. Presented to a senior who during 
his or her college career contributed most toward the advance- 
ment of the College of Agriculture. 

Agricultural Engineering Department's Outstanding Senior 
Award is presented to a student in Agricultural Engineering on the 
basis of scholastic performance, participation in ASAE National 
Student Branch, and other extra-curricular activities. 

AIA Medal. Awarded annually by the American Institute of Ar- 
chitects to a graduating student of architecture for outstanding 
overall academic achievement. 

AIA Certificate. Awarded annually by the American Institute of 
Architects to a graduating student of architecture for academic 
achievement. 

Allied Chemical Scholarship Award is presented to a student in 
Chemical Engineering on the basis of intellectual capacity, scien- 
tific ability, breadth of interest and leadership qualities. 

Alpha Chi Sigma Award. The Alpha Rho Chapter of the Alpha 
Chi Sigma Honorary Fraternity offers annually a year's member- 
ship in the American Chemical Society to a senior majoring in 
Chemistry or Chemical Engineering whose average has been 
above 3.0 for three and one-half years. 

Alpha Lambda Delta Award. Presented to the senior member of 
the group who has maintained the highest average for three and a 
half years. She must have been in attendance in the institution for 
the entire time. 

Alpha Lambda Delta Senior Certificate Award. Senior members 
of Alpha Lambda Delta, honorary scholastic society for women, 
who have maintained an average of 3.5 receive this certificate. 

Alpha Rho Chi Medal. Awarded annually by the Alpha Rho Chi 
fraternity for architecture and the allied professions to a 
graduating student of architecture who has made a distinctive 
contribution to school life, embodying the ideals of professional 
service and leadership. 

Alpha Zeta Medal. The Professional Agricultural Fraternity of 
Alpha Zeta awards annually a medal to the agricultural student in 
the freshman class who maintains the highest average in 
academic work. 



Alumni Hamilton Award. This award is offered by the Engineer- 
ing Alumni Chapter to the graduating senior in the College of 
Engineering who has most successfully combined proficiency in 
his or her major field of study with achievements— either 
academic, extra-curricular, or both — in the social sciences and 
humanities. 

American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics Award. 

Free memberships in the Institute for one year and cash prizes for 
the best paper presented at a Student Branch meeting and for the 
graduating aeronautical senior with the highest academic stand- 
ing. 

American Institute of Chemical Engineers Award. A certificate, 
pin and magazine subscription are awarded to the junior member 
of the Student Chapter who attained the highest overall 
scholastic average during his or her freshman and sophomore 
years. 

American Institute of Chemical Engineers Award is presented 
by the National Capital Section to an outstanding sophomore 
chemical engineering student, 

American Institute of Chemical Engineers Professional Achie- 
vement Award is presented by the National Capital Section to an 
outstanding senior chemical engineering student. 
American Institute of Chemists Award. Presented for outstanding 
scholarship in chemistry and for high character. 

American Society of Civil Engineers Award. The Maryland Sec- 
tion of the American Society of Civil Engineers awards annually 
the first year's dues of an associate membership in the Society to 
a senior member of the Student Chapter on recommendation of 
the faculty of the Department of Civil Engineering. 

American Society of Mechanical Engineers Senior Award. Pre- 
sented to the senior member who has contributed most to the 
local chapter. 

American Society for Testing Materials. Two student awards 
are given annually to engineering seniors in recognition of 
superior scholastic ability and demonstrated interest in engineer- 
ing materials and their evaluation. 

Appleman-Norton Award in Botany to a senior major in Botany 
who is considered worthy on the basis of demonstrated ability 
and excellence in scholarship. 

Awards for Excellence in Teaching Spanish. Presented by the 
Department of Spanish and Portuguese to the three graduate 
assistants who have most distinguished themselves by the ex- 
cellence of their teaching. 

Awards for Excellence in the Study of Spanish. Presented by 



the Department of Spanish and Portuguese to the three members 
of the graduating class who have most distinguished themselves 
as students ol Spanish, language and literature. 

David Arthur Berman Memorial Award is presented to two 
students maionng in Chemical Engineering with the highest 
cumulative scholastic averages at the end of the first semester of 
their junior year and who have been elected to Tau Beta Pi. 

Dinah Berman Memorial Medal. The Dinah Berman Memorial 
Medal is awarded annually to the sophomore who has attained the 
highest scholastic average of his or her class in the College of 
Engineering. This medal is given by Mr. Benjamin Berman. 

B'nai B'rith Awardj The B'nai B'rith Women of Prince George's 
County present a Book award for Excellence in Hebrew Studies. 

The Donald T. Booney Honors Award is presented to the 
Chemical Engineering student who has made the most outstand- 
ing contribution to the profession as a member of the Honors 
Society, Omega Chi Epsilon. 

Business Education Award of Merit to a student in Business 
Education in recognition of outstanding achievement as a stu- 
dent. 

Citizenship Prize For Men. An award presented annually as a 
memorial to the late President Emeritus H. C. Byrd to that male 
member of the senior class who during his collegiate career has 
most nearly typified the model citizen and has contributed 
significantly to the general advancement of the interests of the 
University. 

Citizenship Prize for Women. An award presented annually as a 
memorial to Sally Sterling Byrd to that female member of the 
senior class who during her collegiate career has most nearly 
typified the model citizen and has contributed significantly to the 
general advancement of the interests of the University. 

CRC Engineering Science Achievement Award is presented to a 
junior in the College of Engineering for outstanding scholarship, 
leadership, and service. 

Bernard L. Crozier Award. The Maryland Association of 
Engineers awards a cash prize of twenty-five dollars to the senior 
in the College of Engineering who. in the opinion of the facutly, 
has made the greatest improvement in scholarship during his or 
her stay at the University. 

Delta Delta Delta Medal. This sorority awards a medal annually 
to the woman who attains the highest average in academic work 
during the sophomore year. 

Delta Gamma Scholarship Award. This award is offered to the 
woman member of the graduating class who has maintained the 
highest average during three and one-half years at the University. 

Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key. Awarded to the senior with the 
highest overall scholastic average in the College of Business and 
Management. 

Distinguished Accounting Student Awards. Awarded by the 
University of Maryland chapter of Beta Alpha Psi and the account- 
ing faculty to the ten senior accounting students with the highest 
scholastic average in Accounting in the College of Business and 
Management. 

Nathan L. Drake Award. Presented by the Alpha Rho Chapter of 
Alpha Chi Sigma to the most promising student who is majoring in 
chemistry and has completed the sophomore year. 

Education Alumni Award. Presented to the outstanding senior 
man and senior woman in the College of Education. 
Electrical Engineering Undergraduate Association Award Is 

presented to an undergraduate in Electrical Engineering in 
recognition of outstanding service and leadership. 

Engineering Alumni Chapter Award is presented to a senior in 
the College of Engineering for outstanding scholarship and ser- 
vice to the College of Engineering. 

Eta Kappa Nu Outstanding Senior Award is presented to a 
senior in Electrical Engineering for outstanding scholastic 
achievement and service to the society and department. 

Wesley Gewehr Award. Phi Alpha Theta. History honorary, of- 
fers a cash award each year for the best undergraduate paper and 
the best graduate paper written on an historical,i4opic. The en- 
trance paper must be recommended by the history faculty of the 
University of Maryland. 

1 



Forbes Chocolate Leadership Award of Cleveland, Ohio, 
presents a $100 leadership award to a major in Food Science. 

Godard Medal. The James Douglas Goddard Memorial Medal is 
awarded annually to the male resident of Prince George's County 
born therein, who makes the highest average in his studies and 
who at the same time embodies the most manly attributes. The 
medal is given by Mrs. Anne G. Goddard James of Washington, 
DC 

Charles 8. Hale Dramatic Awards. The University Theatre 
recognizes annually the man and woman members of the senior 
class who have done most for the advancement of dramatics at 
the University. ..: 

P. Arne Hansen Memorial Award. Presented to the Outstanding 
Departmental Honors Student in Microbiology. 

William Randolph Hearst Foundation Awards. Categories: 
general news, features, editorials, investigative reporting, spot 
news. 

Robert M. Higginbotham Memorial Award. Award to an 
outstanding lunior student majoring in Mathematics. 

Home Economics Alumni Award. Presented to the female stu- 
dent outstanding in application of home economics in her present 
living and who shows promise of carrying these into her future 
home and community. 

Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineering Award. The 
Washmgton Section of the Institute of Electrical and Electronics 
Engineers defrays the expenses of a year's membership as an 
associate in the institute for the senior doing the most to promote 
student branch activities. 

Joe Elbert James Memorial Award. Gold watch annually awarded 
to the graduating senior in horticulture on basis of scholarship 
and promise of future achievement. 

Charles Manning Prize in Creative Arts. Awarded annually to a 
University of Maryland student for achievement in the creative of 
performing arts. 

Maryland-Delaware Press Association Annual Citation. Pre- 
sented to the outstanding senior in lournalism, 

Maryland Recreation and Parks Society Award to outstanding 
senior majoring in recreation. 

The Men's League Award to the male senior who gave the most 
to sports. 

Men's League Certificates. Offered for outstanding achieve- 
ment, character and service to the University. 

Men's League Cup. This award is offered by the Men's League 
to the graduating male senior who has done the most for the male 
student body. 

Motor Fleet Supervisors Award to a student majoring in 
transportation in the College of Business and Mangement. 

National Society of Fire Protection Engineers Awards. 

Presented to the most outstanding senior and sophomore in the 
fire protection curriculum. 

Omicron Nu Sorority Medal. This honorary society awards a 
medal annually to the freshman woman In the College of Human 
Ecology who attains the highest scholastic average during the 
first semester. 

L. W. Parker Memorial Award. Presented annually to a 
graduating student of Architecture for outstanding architectural 
craftsmanship. 

Phi Beta Kappa Junior Award. An award to be presented to the 
junior initiate into Phi Beta Kappa who has attained the highest 
academic average. 

Phi Beta Kappa— Leon P. Smith Award. The award of the Gam- 
ma of Maryland Chapter of Phi Beta Kappa is presented to the in- 
itiate senior with the highest cumulative scholastic average 
whose basic course program has been in the liberal studies. 

Phi Chi Theta Key. The Phi Chi Theta Key is awarded to the 
outstanding graduating senior woman m the College of Business 
and Management on the basis of scholarship, activities and 
leadership. 

Phi Sigma Awards for outstanding achievement in biological 
sciences to an undergraduate student and a graduate student. 



General 
Information 



33 



Pi Tau Sigma Outstanding Sophomore Award. Presented to the 
most outstanding soptiomore in Mectianical Engineering on ttie 
basis of scliolasfic average and instructors' ratings. 

Pi Tau Sigma Memorial Award. Presented to the senior in 
Mechanical Engineering who has made the most outstanding con- 
tribution to the University, 

Public Relations Society of America. The Baltimore Chapter of 
PRSA presents an annual citation to the outstanding senior major- 
ing in public relations. 

The Shipleys of Maryland Award. Cash award given to the 
graduating History major with the best academic record. 

Sigma Alpha Omicron Award. This award is presented to a 
senior student majoring in microbiology for high scholarship, 
character and leadership. 

Sigma Delta Chi Citation. For Achievement at the University of 
Maryland. 

Sigma Delta Pi Award. Presented by the Department of Spanish 
and Portuguese to the graduating member of Sigma Delta Pi (Na- 
tional Spanish Honor Society) who has rendered the greatest ser- 
vice to the Delta (University of Maryland) Chapter. 

Dr. Leo and Rita Sklar General Honors Awards. Dr Leo Sklar, 
A&S '37, and his wife, Rita Sklar, annually fund awards for ex- 
cellence in the General Honors Program. These awards are given 
to outstanding students in the General Honors Program. 

Algernon Sydney Sullivan Award. The New York Southern 
Society, in memory of its first president, awards annually 
medallions and certificates to one man and one woman in the 
graduating class and one non-student who evince in theirdaily life 
a spirit of love for and helpfulness to other men and women. 

Tau Beta Pi Sophomore Improvement Award is presented to the 
junior in the College of Engineering who during the sophomore 
year has made the greatest percentage of possible improvement 
in scholarship over that of his or her freshman year. 

Tau Beta PI Award. The Maryland Beta Chapter of Tau Beta Pi 
Association, national engineering honor society, awards an 
engineer's handbook to the junior in the College of Engineering 
who during his or her sophomore year has made the greatest im- 
provement in scholarship over that of his or her freshman year. 

The Homer Ulrich Award. The Homer Ulrich Honors Awards in 
Performance are presented each spring in honor of Homer Ulrich, 
Professor Emeritus and former Chairman of the Music Depart- 
ment. Three undergraduate and three graduate performers are 
selected in a departmental competition to appear in a specially 
designated honors recital and to receive an honorarium. 

Wall Street Journal Achievement Award, An award to the 
outstanding student in investments and security analysis in the 
College of Business and Management. 

James P. Wharton Art Award Fund. This fund was endowed by 
the former head of the Art Department, Colonel James P. Whar- 
ton. An annual award of $200.00 is given to a senior for special 
achievement in Studio Art. 

Athletic Awards 

Atlantic Coast Conference Award. A plaque is awarded each 
year to a senior in each conference school for excellence in 
scholarship and athletics. 

The Alvin L. Aubinoe Basketball Trophy. This trophy is given in 
memory of Wvin L. Aubinoe for the senior who has contributed 
most to the squad. 

The Alvin L. Aubinoe Football Trophy. This trophy is given in 
memory of Alvin L. Aubinoe for the unsung hero of the current 
season. 

The Alvin L. Aubinoe Track Trophy. This trophy is given in 
memory of Alvin L. Aubinoe for the senior who has contributed 
most to the squad during the time the student was on the squad. 

Bob Beall-Tommy Marcos Trophy. This trophy is awarded to the 
best football lineman of the year. 

John T. Bell Swimming Award. To the year's outstanding swim- 
mer or diver. 

Louis W. Berger Trophy. Presented to the outstanding senior 
baseball player. 

Andrew M. Cohen Tennis Trophy. This trophy is awarded to the 



member of the tennis team who, judged by members of the team, 
contributed the most to tennis. 

William P. Cole, III, Memorial Lacrosse Award. This award, of- 
fered by the teammates of William P. Cole, III, and the coaches of 
the 1940 National Champion team, is presented to the outstand- 
ing midfielder. 

The George C. Cook Memorial Scholarship Trophy. Awarded an- 
nually to a member of the football team with the highest 
scholastic average. 

Joe Deckman-Sam Silver Trophy. This trophy is offered by 
Joseph H. Deckerman and Samuel L. Silver to the most improved 
defense lacrosse player. 

Geary F. Eppley Award. Offered by Benny and Hotsy Alperstein 
to the graduating male senior athlete who during his three years 
of varsity competition, lettered at least once and attained the 
highest over-all scholastic average. 

Halbert K. Evans Memorial Track Award. This award, given in 
memory of "Hermie" Evans of the Class of 1940, by his friends, is 
presented to a graduating member of the track team. 

Jack Faber-AI Heagy Unsung Hero Award. Presented to the 
player who best exemplifies determination, will to win, and pride 
in accomplishment. 

Tom Fields Award. This award is given to the most important 
member of the Cross Country team based on the qualities of 
leadership, dedication to excellence, attitude, and personal 
achievement. 

Herbert H. Goodman Memorial Trophy. This trophy is awarded 
to the most outstanding wrestler of the year. 

Jim Kehoe Ring Award. A Maryland Ring is awarded to the 
member of the track team whose dedication to excellence most 
closely exemplifies that of Jim Kehoe. one of Maryland's greatest 
trackmen. 

Charles Leroy Mackert Trophy. This trophy is offered by William 
K. Krouse to the Maryland student who has contributed most to 
wrestling while at the University. 

Maryland Ring. The Maryland Ring is offered as a memorial to 
Charles L. Linhardt, of the Class of 1912, to the Maryland man who 
is judged the best athlete of the year. 

Charles P. McCormick Trophy. This trophy is given in memory 
of Charles P. McCormick to the senior member of the swimming 
team who has contributed most to swimming during the swim- 
mer's collegiate career, 

Edwin Powell Trophy. This trophy is offered by the Class of 
1913 to the player wtio has rendered the greatest service to 
lacrosse during the year, 

Silvester Watch for Excellence in Athletics. A gold watch, given 
in honor of former President of the University, R.W. Silvester, is of- 
fered annually to "the man who typifies the best in college 
athletics ' 

TEKE Trophy. This trophy is offered by the Maryland Chapter of 
Tau Kappa Epsilon Fraternity to the student who during four years 
at the University has rendered the greatest service to football. 

Robert E. Theofeld Memorial. This trophy is presented by Dr. 
and Mrs. Harry S. Hoffman and is awarded to the golfer who most 
nearly exemplifies the competitive spirit and strong character of 
Robert E. Theofeld, a former member of the boxing team. 

The Dr. Reginald Van Trump Truift Award. This award is given to 
a senior attackman in lacrosse (midfield or attack) for scholastic 
attainments and team performance. 

University of Maryland Swimming Association Scholar Athlete 
Award. This award is given to the swimmer who has compiled the 
best combination academic and aquatic record. 

Air Force ROTC Awards 

Aerospace Education Foundation W. Randolph Lovelace 
Memorial Award: Recognizes the most outstanding Air Force 
Association Award winner from each of the seven geographical 
areas. 

Air Force Association Award to the outstanding senior cadet 
who has excelled in field training, possesses individual leadership 
characteristics, ranks in the upper 10% of his or her class in the 



university and the upper 5% of his or her ROTC class, and has 
outstanding promotion potential. 

Air Force Historical Foundation Award to an AFROTC cadet/ 
commissionee in recognition of leadership, citizenship, academic 
achievement, and military performance. Award is a $1000 scholar- 
ship for graduate study in a field beneficial to Air Force and 
American Aviation Technology. 

Air Force ROTC Field Training Awards: Awarded at field training 
for outstanding performance in specific areas of field training. 
Awards include AFROTC Commandant's Award; AFROTC Vice 
Commandant's Award; AFROTC Athletic Award; AFROTC Marks- 
manship Award; AFROTC Academic Achievement Award. 

Air Force ROTC Sponsored Awards to cadets who have excelled 
in specific areas. Included are AFROTC Superior Performance 
Ribbon; AFROTC Leadership Ribbon; AFROTC Distinctive GMC 
Cadet Ribbon; AFROTC Honors Ribbon; College Scholarship 
Recipient Ribbon; and Category IP, IN, and \M Ribbons. 

Air Force ROTC Valor Awards to cadets for voluntary act of 
valor (Gold valor award) involving physical risk without regard to 
personal safety or to a cadet for voluntary act of valor (Silver valor 
award) requiring strength of mind or spirit to react promptly and 
correctly in a critical situation. 

Alumni Cup presented to the second semester Air Science 
senior cadet who has achieved the highest cumulative grade point 
average within the Corps of Cadets. 

American Defense Preparedness Assocalion Award: Presented 
to the outstanding senior cadet who has an academic average 
which places him or her in the upper half of his or her entire class 
at the University, has received no grade in the advanced ROTC 
courses less than B, is in upper 20% of total senior enrollment at 
the University of Maryland, has participated actively in athletics 
and/or campus activities, and has demonstrated outstanding 
leadership qualities. 

American Fighter Aces Award recognizes the outstanding 
graduating cadet pilot in each geographical area based on his or 
her performance and achievements as an AFROTC cadet and his 
or her performance in the flight instruction program. 

American Legion Outstanding Senior Cadet: This award is 
sponsored by the American Legion, Department of Maryland, and 
is presented to the cadet best described as the "Outstanding 
ROTC Senior." 

American Legion ROTC General Military Excellence Awards to a 

senior (Gold award) and a junior (Silver award) in the upper 25% of 
his or her AFROTC class demonstrating outstanding qualities in 
military leadership, discipline, and character. 

American Legion ROTC Scholastic Award to an outstanding 
senior (Gold award) and junior (Silver award) who are In the upper 
10% of their class in the University and have demonstrated high 
qualities in military leadership. 

Angel Flight Freshman Award to the distinctive freshman cadet 
in the General Military Course. 

Armed Forces Communications and Electronics Association 
Award to the outstanding senior cadet who is preparing for a 
career in this technical area and has demonstrated outstanding 
qualities of military leadership, high moral character, and definite 
aptitude for military service. 

Armed Forces Communications and Electronic Association 
Scholarship Award of one $500 scholarship annually to a 
sophomore AFROTC cadet for undergraduate or University study 
in electrical engineering, communications engineering and/or 
technical photography. 

Arnold Air Society GMC Cadet Award to the freshman or 
sophomore cadet who has demonstrated outstanding quality in 
areas of attitude, personal appearance, and military knowledge. 

Captain Fred H, Jones Award. Presented to the most outstand- 
ing member of the Maryland Honor Guard 

Civil Air Patrol Awards: Presented by the Prince George's Com- 
posite Squadron to the Corps of Cadets, Maryland Honor Guard 
and the Arnold Air Society in appreciation for instructional aid 
donated. 

Coblentz Memorial Cup to the commander of the best drilled 
flight within the Corps of Cadets. 



Commandant of Cadets Award to the senior cadet whose in- 
creased officership potential has been significantly reflected in a 
Cadet Corps activity under his or her management. 

Daughters of Founders and Patriots of America Award to a 
qualified sophomore cadet who has demonstrated qualities of 
dependability, good character, adherence to military discipline, 
leadership potential, patriotism, and understanding of the impor- 
tance of the American heritage and is also in the upper 10% of the 
sophomore cadets. 

Daughters of the American Revolution Award to the senior 
cadet who has demonstrated high qualities of dependability, good 
character, adherence to military discipline, and leadership ability 

Disabled American Veterans Cup to the senior cadet who has 
displayed outstanding leadership, scholarship, and citizenship. 

George M. Reiley Award to the member of the flight instruction 
program showing the highest aptitude for flying as demonstrated 
by his or her performance in the program. 

Governor's Cup to the one cadet chosen as Cadet of the Year in 
competition with all other cadets in the corps within the Corps of 
Cadets. 

Kitty Hawk Youth Award to individual or team of individuals 
who has performed, demonstrated, or contributed a notable 
achievement in the field of aviation, aerospace, or related allied 
areas of endeavor. 

Legion of Valor Bronze Cross for Achievement Award 

recognizes one cadet from each geographical area for his perfor- 
mance and achievements as an AFROTC cadet. 

Lt. Col. Virgil I. Grisson Memorial Award to junior cadets who 
have demonstrated outstanding academic ability and military 
achievements. Award consists of a $2000 scholarship, with $1000 
granted annually. 

Military Order of World Wars Award to the Aerospace Studies 
cadets recognized as the most improved within his year category. 

National Defense Transportation Association Award to the 
outstanding senior cadet majoring in transportation. 

National Sojourners Award to an outstanding sophomore or 
junior cadet who has contributed the most to encourage and 
demonstrate Americanism within the Corps of Cadets and on the 
campus. 

Professor of Aerospace Studies Award to the senior cadet who 
has distinguished himself through excellence of leadership in the 
Corps of Cadets. 

Reserve Officer Association Awards to the senior cadet (Gold 
award), junior cadet (Silver award), and sophomore cadet (Bronze 
award) demonstrating outstanding academic achievement in 
AFROTC subject matter and highest officer potential. Ribbons of 
merit are presented to members of the freshman and the 
sophomore classes. 

Retired Officers Association of Maryland, Prince George's 
County, Award. Presented to the sophomore cadet who, by living 
example, best typifies the term "Outstanding Officer Potential." 

Society of American Military Engineers Award to recognize 20 
junior or senior cadets nationally displaying outstanding 
scholastic achievement and leadership and majoring in the field 
of engineering. 

Sons of the American Revolution Award to a junior cadet in the 
Two- Year Program or a freshman cadet in the Four-Year Program 
who has shown a high degree of merit in his or her leadership 
qualities, soldierly bearing and all around excellence in the 
AFROTC program studies and activities. 

Sun Newspaper Award to the best drilled sophomore cadet In 
the Corps of Cadets. 

Tuskegee Airman, East Coast Chapter, Award. Presented for 
leadership in the field of academics 

Music Awards 

Director's Award to the outstanding member of the Marching 
Band. 

Composition Prize to the outstanding student composition of 
the year. 

Homer Ulrich Performance Awards. Undergraduate: Piano. 
Voice, Instruments. Graduate; Piano, Voice, Instruments. 



Kappa Kappa Psi Award to the most outstanding band member 
of the year, 

Sigma Alpha lota Alumnae Award for outstanding musical per- 
formance. 

Sigma Alpha lota Dean's Honor Award for service and dedica- 
tion. 

Sigma Alpha lota Honor Certificate to the senior with the 
highest scholastic average. 



Sigma Alpha lota Leadership Award based on personality stu- 
dent activities, fraternity service, and scholarship. 
Tau Beta Sigma Award to the outstanding band-sorority member 
of the year. 

Student Government Awards 

Certificates of Appreciation are avi/arded to the members of the 
S.G.A. legislature and Keys to the members of the Cabinet. 



University Policy on Disclosure of 
Student Records 
(Buckley Amendment) 

The University of Maryland adheres to a policy of compliance 
with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (Buckley 
Amendment). As such, it is the policy of the University (1) to per- 
mit students to inspect their education records, (2) to limit 
disclosure to others of personally identifiable information from 
education records without students' prior written consent, and (3) 
to provide students the opportunity to seek correction of their 
education records where appropriate. 

I. Definitions 

A. "Student" means an individual who is or who has been in 
attendance at the University of Maryland. It does not in- 
clude any applicant for admission to the University who 
does not matriculate, even if he or she previously attended 
the University. (Please note, however, that such an appli- 
cant would be considered a "student" with respect to his 
or her records relating to that previous attendance.) 

B. "Education records" include those records which contain 
information directly related to a student and which are 
maintained as official working files by the University. The 
following are not education records: 

(1) records about students made by professors and ad- 
ministrators for their own use and not shown to others; 

(2) campus police records maintained solely for law en- 
forcement purposes and kept separate from the 
education records described above; 

(3) employment records, except where a currently en- 
rolled student is employed as a result of his or her 
status as a student; 

(4) records of a physician, psychologist, or other recog- 
nized professional or paraprofessional made or used 
only for treatment purposes and available only to per- 
sons providing treatment. However, these records may 
be reviewed by an appropriate professional of the stu- 
dent's choice; 

(5) records which contain only information relating to a 
person's activities after that person is no longer a stu- 
dent at the University. 

II. It is the policy of the University of Maryland to 
permit students to inspect their education 
records. 

A. Right of Access 

Each student has a right of access to his or her education 
records, except confidential letters of recommendation re- 
ceived prior to January 1, 1975, and financial records of the 
student's parents. 

B. Waiver 

A student may, by a signed writing, waive his or her right of 
access to confidential recommendations in three areas: ad- 
mission to any educational institution, job placement, and 
receipt of honors and awards. The University will not re- 
quire such waivers as a condition for admission or receipt 
of any service or benefit normally provided to students. If 
the student chooses to waive his or her right of access, he 
or she will be notified, upon written request, of the names 
of all persons making confidential recommendations. Such 
recommendations will be used only for the purpose for 
which they were specifically intended. A waiver may be re- 
voked in writing at any time, and the revocation will apply to 
all subsequent recommendations, but not to recommenda- 
tions received while the waiver was in effect. 



C. Types and Locations of Education Records, Titles of 
Records Custodians 

Please note that all requests for access to records should 
be routed through the Registrations Office (see II. D. below). 

(1) Admissions 

Applications and transcripts from institutions pre- 
viously attended. 

A. Undergraduate ■ Director of Undergraduate Admis- 

sions, North Administration 

B. Graduate - Director of Graduate Records, South 

Administration 

(2) Registrations 

All on-going academic and biographical records. 
Graduate and Undergraduate - Director of Registra- 
tions, North Administration. 

(3) Departments 

Departmental offices; Chairmen (Check first with the 
Director of Registrations) (Miscellaneous records kept 
vary with the department.) 

(4) Deans and Provosts 

Deans and Provosts offices of each school. 
Miscellaneous records. 

(5) Resident Life 

North Administration, Director of Resident Life 
Student's housing records. 

(6) Advisors 

Pre-law Advisor: Undergraduate Library 

Pre-Dental Advisor: Turner Laboratory 
Pre-Medical Advisor: Turner Laboratory 

Letters of evaluation, personal information sheet, 
transcript, test scores (if student permits) 

(7) Judicial Affairs 

North Administration Building, Director of Judicial 
Affairs, 
students' judicial and disciplinary records. 

(8) Counseling Center 

Shoemaker Hall, Director. 
Biographical data, summaries of conversations with 
student, test results. (Where records are made and used 
only for treatment purposes, they are not education 
records and are not subject to this policy.) 

(9) Financial Aid 

Undergraduate - North Administration, Director 

of Financial Aid. 
Graduate and Professional Schools - Located 
in Dean's Offices. 
Financial aid applications, need analysis statements, 
awards made (no student access to parents' confiden- 
tial statements). 

(10) Career Development Center 
Terrapin Hall, Director 

Recommendations, copies of academic records, (unof- 
ficial) (note WAIVER section). 

(11) Business Services 

South Administration Building, Director. 
All student accounts receivable, records of students' 
financial charges, and credits with the University. 

D. Procedure to be Followed 

Requests for access should be made in writing to the Office 
of Registrations. The University will comply with a request 
for access within a reasonable time, at least within 45 days. 
In the usual case, arrangements will be made for the stu- 



dent to read his or tier records in ttie presence of a staff 
member. If facilities permit, a student may ordinarily obtain 
copies of Ills or tier records by paying reproduction costs. 
Thie fee for copies is $.25 per page. No campus will provide 
copies of any transcripts in th.e student's records ottier 
ttian thie student's current University transcript from Itiat 
campus. Official University transcripts {vjnh University 
seal) will be provided at a tiigtier ctiarge. 

I. It is the policy of the University of Maryland to 
limit disclosure of personally identifiable 
information from education records unless it has 
the student's prior written consent, subject to 
the following limitations and exclusions. 

A. Directory Information 

(1) The following categories of Information have been 
designated directory information: 

Name 

Address 

Telephone listing 

Date and place of birth 

Photograph 

Major field of study 

Participation in officially recognized activites and sports 

Weight and height of members of athletic teams 

Dates of attendance 

Degrees and awards received 

Most recent previous educational institution attended 

(2) This information will be disclosed even in the absence 
of consent unless the student files written notice in- 
forming the University not to disclose any or all of the 
categories withm three weeks of the first day of the 
semester in which the student begins each school year. 
This notice must be filed annually within the above al- 
loted time to avoid automatic disclosure of directory in- 
formation. The notice should be filed with the campus 
registrations office. See II. C. 

(3) The University will give annual public notice to students 
of the categories of information designated as directory 
information. 

(4) Directory information may appear in public documents 
and otherwise be disclosed without student consent 
unless the student objects as provided above. 

B. Prior Consent not Required 

Prior consent will not be required for disclosure of educa- 
tion records to the following parties: 
(1) School officials of the University of Maryland who have 
been determined to have legitimate educational in- 
terests; 

(a) "School officials " include instructional or adminis- 
trative personnel who are or may be in a position to 
use the information in furtherance of a legitimate 
objective; 

(b) "legitimate educational interests" include those in- 
terests directly related to the academic environ- 
ment; 

(2) Officials of other schools in which a student seeks or 
intends to enroll or is enrolled. Upon request, and at 
his or her expense, the student will be provided with a 
copy of the records which have been transferred; 

(3) Authorized representatives of the Comptroller General 
of the U.S., the Secretary of HEW, the Commissioner 
of the Office of Education, the Director of the National 
Institute of Education, the Administrator of the 
Veterans' Administration, the Assistant Secretary of 
HEW for Education, and State educational authorities, 
but only in connection with the audit or evaluation of 
federally supported education programs, or in connec- 
tion with the enforcement of or compliance with federal 
legal requirements relating to these programs. Subject 
to controlling Federal law or prior consent, these of- 
ficials will protect information received so as not to 
permit personal identification of students to outsiders; 

(4) Authorized persons and organizations which are given 
work in connection with a student's application for, or 
receipt of, financial aid, but only to the extent neces- 



sary for such purposes as determining eligibility, 
amount, conditions and enforcement of terms and con- 
ditions; 

(5) state and local officials to which such information is 
specifically required to be reported by effective state 
law adopted prior to November 19, 1974; 

(6) Organizations conducting educational studies for the 
purpose of developing, validating, or administering 
predictive tests, administering student aid programs, 
and improving instruction The studies shall be con- 
ducted so as not to permit personal identification of 
students to outsiders, and the information will be des- 
troyed when no longer needed for these purposes; 

(7) Accrediting organizations for purposes necessary to 
carry out their functions; 

(8) Parents of a student who is a dependent for income 
tax purposes. (Note: The University may require docu- 
mentation of dependent status such as copies of in- 
come tax forms.) 

(9) Appropriate parties in connection with an emergency, 
where knowledge of the information is necessary to 
protect the health or safely of the student or other 
individuals; 

(10) In response to a court order or subpoena. The Univer- 
sity will make reasonable efforts to notify the student 
before complying with the court order. 

C. Prior Consent Required 

In all other cases, the University will not release personally 
identifiable information in education records or allow ac- 
cess to those records without prior consent of the student. 
Unless disclosure is to the student himself or herself, the 
consent must be written, signed, and dated, and must 
specify the records to be disclosed, the identity of the 
recipient, and the purpose of disclosure. A copy of the 
record disclosed will be provided to the student upon 
request and at his or her expense. 

D. Record of Disclosures 

The University will maintain with the student's education 
records a record for each request and each disclosure, 
except for the following: 

(1) disclosures to the student himself or herself; 

(2) disclosures pursuant to the written consent of the 
student (the written consent itself will suffice as a 
record); 

(3) disclosures to instructional or administrative officials 
of the University; 

(4) disclosures of directory information 

This record of disclosures may be inspected by the stu- 
dent, the official custodian of the records, and other Uni- 
versity and governmental officials. 

IV. It is the policy of the University of Maryland to 
provide students the opportunity to seek cor- 
rection of their education records. 

A. Request to Correct Records 

A student who believes that information contained in his or 
her education records is inaccurate, misleading, or viola- 
tive of privacy or other rights may submit a written request 
to the Office of Registrations specifying the document(s) 
being challenged and the basis for the complaint. The re- 
quest will be sent to the person responsible for any amend- 
ments to the record in question. Within a reasonable period 
of time of receipt of the request, the University will decide 
whether to amend the records in accordance with the re- 
quest. If the decision Is to refuse to amend, the student 
will be so notified and will be advised of the right to a 
hearing. He or she may then exercise that right by written 
request to the Office of the Chancellor 

B. Right to a IHearing 

Upon request by a student, the University will provide an 
opportunity for a hearing to challenge the content of the 
student's records. A request for a hearing should be in 
writing and submitted to the Office of Registrations Within 
a reasonable lime of receipt of the request, the student will 
be notified in writing of the date, place, and time reason- 
ably in advance of the hearing. 



General 
Information 



(1) Conduct of the hearing 

The hearing will be conducted by a University official 
who does not have a direct interest in the outcome. The 
student will have a full and fair opportunity to present 
evidence relevant to the issues raised and may be assis- 
ted or represented by individuals of his or her choice at 
his or her own expense, including an attorney. 

(2) Decision 

Within a reasonable period of time after the conclusion 
of the hearing, the University will notify the student in 
writing of its decision. The decision will be based solely 
upon evidence presented at the hearing and will include 
a summary of the evidence and the reasons for the 
decision. If the University decides that the information 
is inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of 
the privacy or other rights of students, the University 
will amend the records accordingly. 
C. Right to Place an Explanation In the Records 

if, as a result of the hearing, the University decides that the 
information is not inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in 
violation of the student's rights, the University will inform 
the student of the right to place in his or her record a state- 
ment commenting on the information and/or explaining any 
reasons for disagreeing with the University's decision. Any 
such explanation will be kept as part of the student's 
record as long as the contested portion of the record is 
kept and will be disclosed whenever the contested portion 
of the record is disclosed. 
V. Right to File Complaint 

A student alleging University noncompliance with the Family 
Educational Rights and Privacy Act may file a written com- 
plaint with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Of- 
fice (FERPA), Department of HEW, 330 Independence Avenue, 
S.W., Washington, D.C. 20201. 



Additional Campus Programs 

Air Force Aerospace Studies Progranfi (ROTC) 

The Air Force Reserve Officers Training Corps (ROTC) provides 
a program for college men and women to earn a commission as a 
Second Lieutenant in the United States Air Force while com- 
pleting their University degree requirements. 

Two Programs Offered 

Four Year Program. This program is composed of a General 
IVIilitary Course and a Professional Officer Course. The first two 
years (General fvlilitary Course) normally for freshmen and 
sophomores, give a general introduction to the Air Force and the 
various career fields. Students enrolled in the GfvIC program incur 
NO OBLIGATION and may elect to discontinue the program at any 
time. The final two years (the Professional Officer Course) are con- 
centrated on the development of management skills and study of 
American Defense Policy. Students must compete for acceptance 
into the POC and are guaranteed a commission upon successful 
completion of the program. ALL STUDENTS ENROLLED IN THE 
LAST TWO YEARS OF THE PROGRAIVI RECEIVE APPROXI- 
IVIATELY $1,000 ANNUALLY TAX FREE. 

Students in the four year program who successfully complete 
the first two years of the program and are accepted into the POC 
program should attend four weeks of field training at a designated 
Air Force base during the summer after completing the 
sophomore year of colege. To enter the AFROTC program, one 
should inform his or her advisor and register for classes in the 
same manner as for other courses. 

Two Year Program. This program is normally offered to prospec- 
tive juniors but may be taken by seniors and graduate students. 
The academic requirements for this program are identical to the 
final two years of the four-year program. During the summer 
preceding entry into the program, all candidates must complete a 
six-week field training at a designated Air Force base. 

The Curriculum 

General Military Course - Freshman year ARSC, 100/101, Com- 
bined, these two courses are designed to introduce the student to 
the role in our society of the Department of Defense and the U.S. 



Air Force. Sophomore year, ARSC 200/201. These two courses pro- 
vide a very complete history of the role of aerospace systems in 
our military and in our society. (1 hr cr per semester) PROFES- 
SIONAL OFFICER COURSE - Junior year, ARSC 310/311. This full 
year course consists of three hours of academic study each 
semester and a one hour leadership management lab weekly. Here 
the student is introduced to management and leadership con- 
cepts. The course is designed to provide a solid foundation for the 
continued development of junior level managers, with emphasis 
on the junior military officer's professional skills. Senior year, 
ARSC 320/321 is composed of three hours of academic study and 
one hour of laboratory each week. This full year course concep- 
tually focuses on the Armed Forces as an integral element of 
society with an emphasis on the broad range of American civil- 
military relations and the environmental context in which U.S. 
defense policy is formulated and implemented. 
Scholarships Availables. The AFROTC College Scholarship Pro- 
gram provide 8, 7, 6, 5, 4 and 3 semester scholarships to students 
on a competitive basis. Scholarships are currently available in 
numerous technical fields and are based on merit and not need. 
Those selected receive money for tuition, lab expenses, incidental 
fees and books plus a non-taxable allowance of $100 monthly. 
(See AFROTC College Scholarship Program below). 
Flight Instruction Program. Students who qualify to become Air 
Force pilots receive a free 25 hours flight instruction program. 
Cadets are instructed by both military and civilian instructors on 
all phases of flight, ground operations and FAA control regula- 
tions. This program gives the student pilot a good start towards 
obtaming a private license. 

Air Force ROTC Nurse Program. Air Force ROTC makes it possible 
for qualified applicants of nursing schools to enroll in its pro- 
grams and, upon completion of all academic and licensing re- 
quirements, receive a commission as a Second Lieutenant in the 
United States Air Force IVIedical Corps. 

General Requirements for Acceptance into the POC. The student 
must complete the General fvlilitary Course and a four-week field 
training session, or the six-week field training session, pass the 
Air Force Officer Oualification Test, be physically qualified, enlist 
in the Air Force Reserve, be in good academic standing and meet 
age requirements. Successful completion of the Professional Of- 
ficer Course and a bachelor's degree (or higher) are prerequisites 
for a commission as a Second Lieutenant in the United States Air 
Force. Additional information may be obtained from IVIajor C.V. 
Coleman in the office of Aerospace Studies (2nd floor of the Ar- 
mory). Telephone 454-3242/43. 

Endowed and Annual Scholarships 
and Grants 

AFROTC College Scholarship Program 

Air Force ROTC College Scholarships are available on a com- 
petitive basis to qualified applicants enrolled in the Four and Two 
Year AFROTC programs. (For a full explanation of Air Force 
ROTC, see AFROTC under "Additional Campus Programs." Three 
through eight semester scholarships are available and are based 
on merit and not need. These scholarships provide full tuition, 
laboratory fees, incidental fees and full reimbursement for text- 
books. In addition, scholarship cadets in the last two years of the 
program receive a non-taxable allowance of $100 monthly. Any 
student accepted by the University of Ivlaryland may apply for 
these scholarships. AFROTC membership is required if one 
receives an AFROTC scholarship. 



Women's Studies Program 

Women's Studies is an interdisciplinary academic program in 
the Divisions of Arts and Humanities and Behavioral and Social 
Sciences. Its goal is to promote research on women and sex roles 
and to facilitate the introduction of research findings on women into 
all relevant university courses. To this end, the program encour- 
ages and assists departments in developing courses about women. 
It also provides integrative courses taught by program faculty, de- 
signed to tie together the diverse materials available in the approx- 
imately thirty courses offered in such fields as psychology, eco- 
nomics, Afro-American studies, health, history, English, and the 
foreign languages. 



These courses include the following: 
WMST 200: Women and Contemporary Society 
WMST 400 

WMST 386 & 387 offer students the opportunity to mesh theoretical 
knowledge with practical expenence of interning in government agen- 
cies, women's centers, labor unions, legislative offices and other organi- 
zations of relevance to women's experience. 

The Women's Studies Certificate Program 

The Women's Studies Certificate Program consists of an inte- 
grated, interdisciplinary package of courses on women and sex 
roles which is designed to compliment a student's major. Any stu- 
dent in good standing in a division of the university may enroll by 
declaring his or her intention to the Director of Women's Studies. 
To qualify, students will be required to earn twenty-one credits in 
Women's Studies courses and to obtain a grade of C or better in 
each course. 

Each student must take four courses out of the following five cate- 
gories: 

1 Econ 474: Economic Problems of Women 

2. Engl 250: Women in Literature 

3. Govt 429: Women and the Political System or 
Govt 436: Legal Status of Women 

4 Hist 210: Women in Europe and Amenca, 1600-1865 or 

Hist 21 1: Women in Europe and America. 1865 to Pres- 

ent 
5. Socy 325: Sex Roles (Primanly for non-Sociology majors) 

or 
Socy 425: Sex Roles and Social Institutions (Primanly for 

Sociology majors) 

The remaining three courses may be chosen from the above list 
or from the other courses listed in the Women's Studies Course 
Brochure. At least one of the courses must be an upper division 
course, and no more than nine credits from any one department 
may be applied toward the certificate, and no more than twelve 
credits may be transfered from other universities and then only 
with the consent of the Director. 

NOTE: Because the program now offers interdisciplinary courses 
under the WI^ST prefix the core requirements are under 
review Please contact the Director for possible changes 
Course prefix code: WMST 



Undergraduate Studies 

Bachelor of General Studies Degree Program 

The Bachelor of General Studies (BGS) program permits a student to 
obtain an education in a broad range of disciplines without adhering to a 
previously defined curriculum with specialization in one department or 
division While it allows the student to design concentrations of up to 30 
credits in a single department, its purpose is to encourage breadth of 
education 

General Studies students must fulfill the campus English com- 
position requirements. 

While early BGS graduates have not experienced unusual problems 
with further education and employment, the individual student's experi- 
ence may well depend on the quality of program which he/she designs 
within the parameters of the BGS requirements 

Requirements 

To receive a Bachelor of General Studies degree, a student must 
satisfy the following requirements: 

1. A minimum of 120 credits must be accumulated with a cumulative 
grade point average of at least 2 

2. No more than 30 credits in any one department may be applied to- 
ward the required 120 credits. 

3. The courses taken must be distnbuted over at least three divisions 
with a maximum of 60 credits in any one division counted toward the 
required 120 credits 

4. At least 45 credits must be taken at the upper level (courses num- 
bered 300 or higher); a 2 cumulative grade point average must be 
obtained in all upper level courses. 

5. The student must be registered as only a Bachelor of General Stud- 



ies major for at least the last 30 credits immediately preceding the 
awarding of the degree A student who wishes to earn a second 
baccalaureate must satisfy all University requirements for the earn- 
ing of two degrees 

6. The student pursuing the BGS program shall be advised by a faculty 
member either appointed by or acceptable to the Dean of Under- 
graduate Studies 
Additional information may be obtained from Dr Judith Sorum in the 

Office of the Dean for Undergraduate Studies. (Telephone: 454-2350/ 

31 ) 

Individual Studies Program 

The Individual Studies Program offers an individualized major for 
UI^CP students who 

1 have the ability to design, with faculty assistance, a sequence of 
formal and/or informal learning experiences, satisfactory comple- 
tion of which IS deemed adequate for the awarding of a bachelors 
degree; and who 

2 have a clearly defined academic goal which cannot reasonably be 
satisfied in an existing curnculum at College Park 

Students may be admitted to the Individual Studies Program after 
completion of one semester of residence at College Park and must be 
officially approved by the Individual Studies Faculty Committee pnor to 
the final thirty semester hours of the proposed curnculum 

Requirements 

Students in the Individual Studies Program must 

1 Complete at least 120 academic credits with a grade point average 
of "C" or better 

2 Meet the General University Requirements 

3 Include in their program at least 12 hours of formal course work 
numbered 300 or above, not including the General University Re- 
quirements nor IVSP 319 (tutonal report) 

4 Include in their program one credit of IVSP 319 (tutonal report) for 
each semester in which they are full-time students in the program. 

5 If the program is 40% or more infomial learning experiences (di- 
rected studies, internship, research, etc ) the student must complete 
a three credit Bachelor's paper (IVSP 320) The Bachelor's paper is 
strongly recommended for all IVSP students 

Admission to the program must be officially approved by the Individual 
Studies Review Committee, made up of three faculty memt>ers, pnor to 
the final thirty semester hours of the proposed curnculum. 

General Honors Program 

Director: Portz 

The General Honors Program consists of about 875 students. 
Members of the Program are permitted to enroll in small, honors 
sections of basic courses in many departments and are given the 
opportunity of participating in special introductory colloquia. upper- 
level General Honors seminars, independent study, and field ex- 
perience. Successful General Honors students are graduated with 
a citation in General Honors, and notation of this accomplishment 
is made upon their diplomas and transcripts. General Honors also 
involves an elaborate extra-curricular program. Student participa- 
tion In decision making in all aspects of General Honors is en- 
couraged 

Students from any Division or College on the College Park Cam- 
pus are eligible to apply for admission to the program Admission 
to the General Honors Program is ordinarily made at the same time 
as admission to the University although a special and separate 
application form is required for General Honors 

Admission requirements are not fixed, but relative to the back- 
ground, accomplishments, and motivation of the applicant Very 
generally it may be said that students are selected on the basis of 
grades, rank in class, national test scores, and recommendations 
from high school teachers and counselors In addition, however, 
subjective factors are taken into very serious consideration 

Students customarily apply during their senior year in high school, 
but in-University students are also admitted during their careers at 
the University, and students transferring from other institutions are 
accepted into General Honors upon presentation of a distinguished 
record, especially If they come to N^aryland from another honors 
program. 

The College Park Campus also operates 27 Departmental Hon- 
ors Programs designed primarily for the majoring student and ad- 
ministered by committees at the departmental level Most of these 
programs begin in the junior year although there a few exceptions 
(botany, English, history, mathematics, and psychology) For in- 
formation, see the descriptions under the various departmental en- 



tries In this catalog, or contact the Honors Office as below. 

The General Honors Program is a member of the National Colle- 
giate Honors Council and of the Northeast Regional Honors Coun- 
cil. It participates regularly in student exchanges and other inter- 
institutional programs. 

The General Honors Program is administered by the Director 
and the Advisory Committee on General Honors acts as an advi- 
sory and regulatory body For application forms, brochure, and 
information, write to Dr John Portz, Director, Honors Office, Uni- 
versity of Maryland, College Park. Maryland 20742. 

Course Code Prefix— HONR 



Pre-Professional Programs 

There are a number of programs developed to prepare the pre- 
professional student. These curricula, some rather general and 
others quite specific, are designed to give the student the best 
background to succeed in his advanced training, to fulfill the under- 
graduate requirements of professional schools, and to fit in with 
the requirements established by the organizations associated with 
the respective professions. 

Pre-professional programs require that the student maintain a 
grade point average considerably higher than the minimum for 
graduation. The student may fulfill requirements by majoring in al- 
most any discipline in some programs, provided the specific re- 
quirements of the pre-professlonal program are met. 

The successful completion of the pre-professional program does 
not guarantee admission to a professional school. Each school has 
its own admissions requirements and criteria, generally based upon 
the grade point average in the undergraduate courses, the scores 
in aptitude tests (Medical College Admission Test. Law School Ad- 
mission Test, Dental Aptitude Test, etc.). a personal interview, and 
letters sent by the Evaluation Committee of the college. For spe- 
cific admissions requirements, the student is urged to study the 
catalog of the professional school of his choice 

Although completion of the bachelor's degree is a normal pre- 
requisite for admission for dental, law, and medical schools, three 
professional schools of the University of Maryland in Baltimore — 
Dentistry, Law, and Medicine — have arrangements whereby a stu- 
dent who meets requirements detailed below may be accepted for 
professional school after three years (90 academic hours). For the 
students to be eligible for the "combined degree," the final 30 
hours prior to entry into the Schools of Dentistry, Law, and Medi- 
cine must be taken in residence. After the successful completion of 
thirty hours of work in professional school, the student may be 
eligible for a bachelor's degree. 



Pre-Dental Hygiene 

The Dental School at the University of Maryland offers a bacca- 
laureate degree program in dental hygiene, as well as a postcertifi- 
cate program for registered dental hygienists who have completed 
a two-year accredited dental hygiene program and are interested 
in completing the requirements for a baccalaureate degree. A total 
of 124 credits are required for the Bachelor of Science degree in 
dental hygiene. 

Completion of a two-year preprofessional curriculum at one of 
the three University of Maryland campuses (College Park, Balti- 
more County or Eastern Shore) or at another institution, is required 
for eligibility to apply for enrollment as a junior standing student in 
the Dental School on the Baltimore campus. 

For registered dental hygienists, completion of a two-year accred- 
ited dental hygiene program, completion of all required preprofes- 
sional courses, and a minimum of one year of clinical experience 
as a dental hygienist are required for eligibility to apply for enroll- 
ment in the Dental School on the Baltimore campus. 

Enrollment as a predental hygiene student or a registered den- 
tal hygienist to complete preprofessional curriculum requirements 
at any University of Maryland campus does not guarantee admis- 
sion to the dental hygiene program on the Baltimore campus. En- 
rollment in both programs is limited. 

The first two years, constituting the preprofessional curriculum, 
include general educational requirements of the University of Mary- 
land, dental hygiene education accreditation requirements and 
elective lower division courses. A suggested sequence for required 
courses in the preprofessional segment of the curriculum follows: 



Pre-Professional Dental Hygiene Curriculum 



Freshman Year Credits 

1st 2no 

Sem. Sem. 

English Composition 3 

Inorganic Chemistry 4 

Organic Chemistry 4 

General Zoology 4 

Psychology. Intro to 3 

Sociology, Intro to 3 

Public Speaking 3 

'Humanities 6 

Total 14 16 



Sophomore Year Credits 

1st 2nd 

Sem. Sem. 

"Human Anatomy & Physiology 4 4 

"Microbiology 4 

Principles of Nutrition 3 

'Social Science 3 3 

'Humanities 3 

Electives 3 3 

Total 14 16 

'HUMANITIES: Courses must be selected from at least three of the 
following areas: literature, philosophy, history, fine arts, speech, 
math or language. 

'SOCIAL SCIENCES: Introduction to psychology and sociology are 
required; the remaining six credits should be selected from courses 
in psychology, sociology government and politics, anthropology, 
economics, or business and management. 

'These courses must include a laboratory and meet the requirements 
tor science majors. Survey or terminal courses for nonscience ma- 
jors are not acceptable for transfer 



Specific courses taken by students at College Park are: 

Freshman Year Credits 

ENGL 101 3 

ZOOL 101 4 

CHEM 103 & 104 8 

PSYC 100 3 

SOCY too 3 

SPCH 100 or 107 3 

Humanities : 6 

Sophomore Year Credits 

ZOOL 201 & 202 8 

Mice 200 4 

NUTR 200 3 

Social Sciences 6 

Humanities 3 

Electives 6 

Although courses may be interchanged during the first two years, 
it is required that chemistry precede microbiology and nutrition to 
enable its application to these two subjects It should be noted that 
Zoology 101 is a prerequisite for Zoology 201 , 202 (Human Anat- 
omy and Physiology) at the College Park Campus 

Applications & Admission Procedures 

Students are considered for admission to the University of Mary- 
land Dental School without regard for rece, color, creed or sex. It 
is the objective of the school to enroll highly qualified students with 



diversified backgrounds In order to make the educational experi- 
ence more meaningful for each individual as well as to provide 
dental health practitioners to all segments of the community 

Qualified men as well as women, and members of ethnic minor- 
ity groups are encouraged to apply for admission to the dental hy- 
giene program 

High school students who wish to enroll in the predental hy- 
giene curriculum at the College Park Campus should request appli- 
cations directly from the Admissions Office of the University of 
H^aryland. College Park, Md 20742 

It is recommended that those preparing for a baccalaureate de- 
gree program in dental hygiene pursue an academic program in 
high school which includes biology, chemistry, math and physics 

Predental hygiene students who will have completed three 
semesters of the preprofessional curriculum should request an ap- 
plication during the third semester from the Director of Admissions 
and Registrations, Room 132, Howard Hall. University of Maryland 
at Baltimore. 660 W Redwood St., Baltimore, Md 21201. or from 
the dental hygiene advisor on the College Park campus. Applica- 
tions for the Baltimore campus must be received no later than Feb- 
ruary 1 prior to the fall semester for which the student wishes to 
enroll. 

All applicants will be required to submit Allied Health Profes- 
sions Admission Test (AHPAT) scores Information concerning the 
AHPAT IS available from the dental hygiene advisor on the Col- 
lege Park campus or the Dental Schools Dental Hygiene Depart- 
ment. At the discretion of the Dental Hygiene Admissions Commit- 
tee, applicants may also be required to appear for a personal inter- 
view All potential applicants should meet regularly with the dental 
hygiene advisor on the College Park campus. 2109 Turner Labo- 
ratory. 

Registered dental hyglenlsts who have completed a two-year 
accredited dental hygiene program, as well as one year of clinical 
experience as a dental hygienist, should contact the dental hy- 
giene advisor on the College Park campus. Room 2109 Turner 
Lab, College Park, Md 20742, in order to determine the number of 
transferable credits and the number of additional preprofessional 
and lower division elective courses necessary for eligibility to apply 
for the post certificate program. If all preprofessional curriculum re- 
quirements have not been fulfilled, the student should apply for en- 
rollment at one of the University of Maryland undergraduate cam- 
puses If the preprofessional curriculum has been completed, the 
student should apply to the dental hygiene program no later than 
February 1 prior to the tall semester for which the student wishes 
to enroll. Prospective applicants should keep in mind that the last 
30 credit hours toward a baccalaureate degree must be taken at 
the University of Maryland 

Further Information. Information about the professional curricu- 
lum or the transfer program may be obtained from the Dental Hy- 
giene Advisor, 2109 Turner Laboratory, College Park. Maryland 
20742 

Pre-Dentistry 

The pre-dental program is based upon the requirements and 
recommendations of the various dental schools, and the require- 
ments for a baccalaureate degree from the College Park Campus, 
following either the four-year program or the combined Arts-Dentistry 
Program. The curriculum is designed to prepare the student for the 
Dental Aptitude Test, which is normally taken in the Spring of the 
junior year 

Three-Year Arts-Dentistry Program. Students whose perform- 
ance during the first two years is exceptional may seek admission 
to the University of Maryland School of Dentistry at the end of their 
third year. By the end of the third year the student must have earned 
90 academic credits, the last 30 of which must have been earned 
at the University of Maryland at College Park No undergraduate 
major is required for this program; the work of the first year in the 
School of Dentistry is considered as the major Within the 90 cred- 
its the student must have completed all the requirements listed 
below. 

Hours 

A General University Requirements 30 

B Chemistry (general, inorganic and organic) 18 

CHEM 103, 104.201.202, 203. 204 or 
CHEM 105,106,211,212.213.214 

C Zoology 16 

ZOOL 101 —(General Zooksgy) or ZOOL 293 
(Animal Diversity 



ZOOL 246— (Genetics) 
ZOOL 290— (Comparative Vertetxate 
Morphology) 
One of the following 
ZOOL 422— (Vertebrate Physiology). 
ZOOL 426— (General Endochnology), 
ZOOL 430— (Vertebrate Embryotogy). or 
ZOOL 495— (Mammalian Histology) 
D Mathematics 6-8 

(Mathematics through calculus (MATH 1 4 1 or 
221 ) IS strongly recommended) 
E Physics 121, 122, or 141. 142 8 

F Supporting courses from any one of the following 6-10 

combinations: 

1 Zoology— six hours on the 300-400 level 

2 Microbiology— eight hours on the 300-400 level 

3 CHEM 32 1 -(Quantitative Analysis) plus any 
three-credit course at the 300-400 level in the 
physical or blotogical sciences that is approved 
by the Assistant Dean for Pre-Dental 
Advisement 

4 CHEM 461 462 463. and 464 

5 Nine hours on the 300-400 level in any one 
department of the Division of Arts and 
Humanities or the Division of Behavioral and 
Social Sciences 

G Electives as needed to make at least 90 credits 0-6 

90 



Students accepted in the combined Arts-Dentistry program may 
receive the B S degree (Arts-Dentistry) after satisfactory comple- 
tion of the first year at the University of Maryland Dental School 
upon recommendation by the Dean of the Dental School and ap- 
proval by the College Park Campus, the degree to be awarded in 
August following the first year of Dental School. The courses of the 
first year of Dental School constitute the major; the College Park 
courses listed above constitute the supporting area 

Four-Year Program. No specific major is required for favorable 
consideration by a dental school admission committee By intelli- 
gent planning starting in the freshman or sophomore year, the stu- 
dent can meet the requirements for the B S or B A degree in most 
major programs and can include in his or her course work courses 
specifically prescribed by dental schools of choice. The courses 
listed in A through E above for the three-year Arts-Dentistry pro- 
gram will satisfy the minimum requirements of most dental schools 
and are strongly recommended. The four-year student s program 
must also include courses required to satisfy major, supporting 
area, college and division requirements. The student is urged to 
work closely with pre-dental and major advisors in this planning. 

Pre-Forestry 

Pre-Forestry students are advised in the Department of Horticul- 
ture section See page 56 for information about this program. 

Pre-Law 

Although some law schools will consider only applicants with a 
B.A. or B.S. degree, others will accept applicants who have suc- 
cessfully completed a three-year program of academic work. Most 
law schools do not prescribe specific courses which a student must 
present for admission, but do require that the student follow one of 
the standard programs offered by the undergraduate college Many 
law schools require that the applicant take the Law School Admis- 
sion Test, preferably in July or October of the academic year pre- 
ceding his entry into professional school 

Four-Year Program. The student who plans to complete the re- 
quirements for the B.A or B S. degree before entering law school 
should select a major field of concentration. The pre-law student 
often follows a bachelor of arts program with a major in American 
studies, English, history, economics, political science (government 
and politics), psychology, sociology, or speech; a few pre-law stu- 
dents follow a bachelor of science program 

Three-Year Arts-Law Program. The student who plans to enter 
law school at the end of his third year should complete the General 
University Requirements By the end of his junior year he will com- 
plete the requirements for a "minor" (18 semester hours in one 
department. 6 hours being at the 300-400 level). His program during 



General 
Information 



the first three years should include all of the basic courses required 
for a degree (including the 18-hour ■minor" course program) and 
all divisional and University requirements. The academic courses 
must total .90 hours, and must be passed with a minimum average 
of 2.0. To be acceptable to law schools, however, students in ver- 
tually all cases must have a considerably higher average. 

Students with exceptional records who are accepted to the School 
of Law of the University of Maryland under the Arts-Law program 
may receive a B.A. degree (Arts-Law) after satisfactory comple- 
tion of the first year of law school, upon recommendation by the 
Dean of the University of Maryland Law School and approval by the 
College Park Campus. The degree is awarded in August following 
the first year of law school (or after 30 credit hours are completed). 

Pre-Medical Technology 

University of Maryland offers a baccalaureate degree program in 
Medical Technology to be completed in four academic years. Stu- 
;ral dents who have been admitted into the Medical Technology Program 
ion study during the senior year at the School of Medicine and the 
University of Maryland Hospital in Baltimore. The program fulfills 
42 requirements set forth by the National Accrediting Agency for Clini- 
cal Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS) and the Council on Medical 
Education of the American Medical Association (AMA). Upon suc- 
cessful completion of the program, graduates are eligible to take 
the Medical Technology national certification examination given by 
the Board of Registry of the American Society for Clinical Pathol- 
ogy (ASCP). Students will not receive a degree in Medical Tech- 
nology from the University of Maryland unless they attend the 
senior year at the Baltimore Campus. 

Pre-professional curriculum. Students must complete at least 
90 semester hours of academic preparation, exclusive of Health 
and Physical Education, before beginning the professional seg- 
ment of the Medical Technology Program. A curriculum guide is 
included which will assist the student in planning the first three 
years of study which fulfills University of Maryland and National 
Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Science requirements. 
Professional Curriculum. Students are accepted into the Medical 
Technology Program on a competitive basis. Successful comple- 
tion of 90 semester hours does not guarantee admission to the pro- 
fessional segment of the program. 

The professional segment, of 12 months duration, is administered 
by the University of Maryland School of Medicine at the Baltimore 
Campus. Two classes are admitted each year (January and July). 
Full-time attendance is required during the senior year. The first 
six months of this year consist of lectures, didactic laboratories 
and simulated clinical laboratory instruction. The second half of the 
year involves rotation in each discipline of the clinical laboratories 
at the University of Maryland Hospital. 

Application and Admission. Applicants must meet all admission 
requirements of the University of Maryland. At least three years of 
college preparatory mathematics and science, including chemistry 
and physics, are strongly recommended. 

Applications to the professional school will not be considered 
until the first semester of the junior year. At that time, the applicant 
submits an undergraduate Professional Application for Admission. 
All applications for admissions will be sent to the Director of Admis- 
sions, Howard Hall, Room 132. 660 W. Redwood Street, Baltimore, 
Maryland 21201. Advancement to the professional segment is de- 
termined by criteria set by the "Committee on Admissions." 

Applicants are required to lake the ALLIED HEALTH PRO- 
FESSIONS ADMISSION TEST. For further information, see your 
counselor or write to P.O. Box 3540, Grand Central Station, New 
York, New York 10017. 

Pre-Medical Technology Program Requirements 



CHEMISTRY (16-credit minimum) 
CHEM 103, 104 — College Chemistry I, II . . 
CHEM 201 — College Chemistry III . . . 
CHEM 202 — College Chemistry Lab III . . 

CHEM 203— College Chemistry IV 

CHEM 204 — College Chemistry Lab IV ,. 
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE (16-credit minimum) 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 

MICB 200 — General Microbiology 

Additional 8 credits from the following courses 



4.4 
3 
2 
3 
2 



ZOOL 201, 202— Human Anatomy and 

Physiology 4,4 

ZOOL 246— Genetics 4 

ZOOL 290 — Comparative Vertebrate 

Morphology 4 

ZOOL 411— Cellular Biology 4 

MICB 440— Pathogenic Microbiology 4 

MATHEMATICS (6 credits) 

MATH 110 or 115 3 

MATH 111 3 

RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES 

CHEM 261, 302, and 462: ZOOL 475 and 495: MICB 450 and 460: 

PHYS 121 and 122: PSYC 200, CHEM 321, 461. 463. 

Acceptable electives must be approved by the Medical Technology 
advisor 

GENERAL UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS 

AREA A — not required for medical technology students 

AREA B — 6 credits required 
Any 6 credits from courses listed under either of the two divisions: 
Human and Community Resources: Behavioral and Social Sciences. 

AREA C — 15 credits required 

SPCH 100 3 

A minimum of 6 credits in English is required. An additional 6 
credits from any of the courses listed in the Division of 
Arts and Humanities. (Students will be required either to 
show proficiency in English composition or to take ENGL 
101, Introduction to Writing). 

Pre-Medicine 

The pre-medical program is based upon the requirements and 
recommendations of the American Medical schools, and the re- 
quirements for a baccalaureate degree from the College Park 
Campus, following either the four-year program or the combined 
Arts-Medicine Program. The curriculum is designed to prepare the 
student for the Medicine College Admission Test, which is normally 
taken in the Spring of the junior year. 

Three-Year Arts-Medicine Program. Students whose perform- 
ance during the first two years is exceptional may seek admission 
to the University of Maryland School of Medicine at the end of their 
third year. By the end of the third year the student must have earned 
90 academic credits, the last 30 of which must have been earned 
at the University of Maryland at College Park. No undergraduate 
major is required for this program; the work of the first year in the 
School of Medicine is considered as the major. Within the 90 cred- 
its the student must have completed all the requirements listed 
below It Is strongly recommended that the General University Re- 
quirements include at least 3 credits in English composition and 
one other English Course. 



A General University Requirements 

B Chemistry (general, inorganic and organic) 

CHEM 103,104,201,202,203,204 
or 

CHEM 105.106,211,212,213,214 
C, Zoology 

ZOOL 101 (General Zoology) or ZOOL 293 
(Animal Diversity) 

ZOOL 246 (Genetics) 

ZOOL 290 (Comparative Vertebrate Morphology) 
One of the following 

ZOOL 422 (Vertebrate Physiology), 

ZOOL 426 (General Endocrinobgy). 

ZOOL 430 (Vertebrate Embryobgy), 

ZOOL 495 (Mammalian Histology) 

D Mathematics 

(Mathematics through calculus (MATH 141 or 221] is 
strongly recommended) 
E Physics 121. 122, or 141, 142 
F Supporting courses from any one of the following 

combinations 



Credits 
30 



16 



1 Zoology— Six hours on the 300-400 level 

2 Microbiology— Eight hours on the 300-400 level 

3 CHEM 321 (Quantitative Analysis) plus any three- 

credit course at the 300-400 level in 
the physical or biological sciences 
that IS approved by the Assistant 
Dean for Pre-Medica) Advisement 

4 CHEM 461,462,463, and 464 

5 Nine hours on the 300-400 level in any one 
department of the Division of Arts and Humanities or 
the Division of Behavioral and Social Sciences 

Electives as needed to make at least 90 credits 

Total 



0-6 
90 



Students accepted in the combined Arls-Medicme program may 
receive the B.S. degree (Arts-Medicine) after satisfactory comple- 
tion of the first year at the University of Maryland Medical School 
upon recommendation by the Dean, School of Medicine and ap- 
proval by the College Park Campus, the degree to be awarded in 
August following the first year of Medical School The courses of 
the first year of Medical School constitute the major; the College 
Park courses listed above constitute the supporting area 
Four-Year Program. No specific major is reguired for favorable 
consideration by a medical school admission committee By intelli- 
gent planning starting in the freshman or sophomore year, the stu- 
dent can meet the requirements for the B.S. or B.A. degree in most 
major programs and can include in his or her course work courses 
specifically prescribed by medical schools of choice. The courses 
listed in A through E above for the three-year Arts-Medicine program 
will satisfy the minimum requirements of most medical schools 
and are strongly recommended. The four-year student's program 
must also include courses required to satisfy major, supporting 
area, college and division requirements. The student is urged to 
work closely with pre-medical and major advisors in this planning. 



Pre-Nursing 

The preprofessional area of concentration usually involves two 
academic years of study at University of Maryland College Park 
(UMCP). Students then complete professional studies for a Bacca- 
laureate Degree in Nursing at institutions of their choice 

The program of study outlined below meets the requirements of 
the University of Maryland School of Nursing at Baltimore (UMAB). 
Students who plan to apply to other schools should become famil- 
iar with their requirements in order to fake the most appropriate 
courses. 

The professional program at the School of Nursing at Baltimore 
(UMAB) leads to tfie Baccalaureate Degree in Nursing. Before 
being eligible to start classes on the Baltimore Campus, students 
matriculate at UMCP and complete the requirements listed below 
Both the pre-nursing students and the registered nurses are re- 
quired to meet the same preprofessional requirements Any devia- 
tions from these requirements must have prior approval from the 
advisor for the nursing program who is located in Room 2109 Turner 
Laboratory, UMCP. 

Specific Lower Division Courses Taken by Students at College 
Park Campus 



Hours 

Chemistry 103. 104 4,4 

English 101 3 

Zoology 101 4 

Humanities (literature, history, philosophy, fine arts, 

language. Speech 100 or 107)' 15 

Psychology 1 00 3 

Sociology 100 or 105 3 

Other social sciences (sociology, psychology, 
anthropology, government and politics, 

economics, geography) 6 

Zoology 201 . 202 4,4 

Microbiology 200 4 

Nutntion 200 3 

Elective 2 



Admission to UMCP — Preprofessional Program: 

It is recommended that students enroll in the college preparatory 
program in high school. In addition to other academic subjects 
required for graduation, the following subjects are strongly recom- 
mended: (mathematics (college preparatory) (3 credits); biology 
(1 unit); and chemistry (1 unit). Study in the subjects listed above 
provides a foundation for college preprofessional course require- 
ments. 

Additional information about lower division requirements may 
be obtained from Room 2109 Turner Laboratory, on the College 
Park Campus, 
Admission to UMAB — Professional Program 

Students enrolled at the UMCP Campus, can secure information 
about the upper divisions admission requirements and policies 
from the School of Nursing Bulletin (available from the nursing 
advisor whose office is located in Room 2109 Turner Laboratory, 
CP). Students not enrolled at CP can write for the School of Nursing 
Bulletin from the Office of Admissions and Progressions, School of 
Nursing, 655 West Lombard Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21201. 
Application for admission to UMAB can be obtained from The Of- 
fice of Admissions, Room 1 32 Howard Hall, 660 W. Redwood Street, 
Baltimore, Maryland 21201 

Please be advised that admission to the upper division program 
in the School of Nursing on the Baltimore Campus is limited to the 
number of students that can be accommodated, and selection must 
be made from applicants who are judged to have the most potential 
for completing the professional program 

Academic performance in preprofessional courses ia an impor- 
tant factor Also, the results of the Allied Health Professions Ad- 
mission Test, given in the fall of the sophomore year, are impor- 
tant for admission It is important that students who enroll in the 
freshman and sophomore years in preparing for nursing recognize 
that although every effort is made to continue to expand the en- 
rollment of the professional program on the Baltimore Campus, 
there is no way in which the student can be guaranteed admis- 
sion to the professional program 

Pre-Optometry 

Requirements for admission to schools and colleges of optome- 
try vary, but in all schools emphasis is placed on mathematics 
(MATH 140. 141: or MATH 110. 111 with MATH 220. 221 also 
strongly recommended), chemistry (CHEM 103. 140. with CHEM 
201, 202, 203, 204 also strongly recommended), physics (PHYS 
121, 122 or 141, 142), and biology (ZOOL 101. 293) Most schools 
also require additional courses in such areas as English, psychol- 
ogy, social sciences, philosophy, foreign languages, and literature. 
A minimum of two years of pre-optometry studies is required for 
admission to accredited schools, but at present better than 50% 
of successful applicants hold a bachelor's or higher degree Stu- 
dents who contemplate admission to optometry schools may major 
in any program that the University offers, but would be well-ad- 
vised to write to the optometry schools of their choice for specific 
course requirements for admission Students who seek further in- 
formation should consult the pre-professional advisor in the Office 
of Undergraduate Studies 

Pre-Pharmacy 

The purposes of the School of Pharmacy are to train students for 
the efficient, ethical practice of all branches of pharmacy; to in- 
struct students in general scientific and cultural subjects so they 
can read critically, express themselves clearly and think logically 
as members of a profession and citizens of a democracy; and to 
guide students into productive scholarship and research for the in- 
crease of knowledge and techniques in the healing arts of phar- 
macy. 

The School of Pharmacy is accredited by the American Council 
on Pharmaceutical Education, The School holds membership in 
the American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy, 

Correspondence All correspondence prior to entrance in the 
Pre-professional Program College Park should be addressed to 
the Director of Admissions. University of Maryland, College Park, 
Maryland 20742. 

All correspondence relative to entrance in the Professional Pro- 
gram should be addressed to the School of Pharmacy, University 
of Maryland, 636 W Lombard Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21201. 

On the College Park Campus the pharmacy student advisor's of- 
fice is in the Turner Laboratory, Room 2109, telephone number 
454-2540 



Five-Year Program. A minimum of five academic years of satis- 
factory college work is required for the completion of the present 
pharmacy curriculum of the University of f^aryland. This five-year 
curriculum meets the minimum requirements established by the 
American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy and the American 
Council on Pharmaceutical Education. 

At the University of Maryland the five-year program consists of 
two years of pre-professional and a three-year pharmacy program. 
The pre-professional program is not available in Baltimore, but 
may be obtained at the College Park, Baltimore County (Uf^^BC), 
or Eastern Shore (UMES) Campuses of the University of Maryland 
or at any other accredited university or junior or senior college 
where appropriate courses are offered. 

Six-Year Program. A Doctor of Pharmacy degree program is 
offered. Applicants would be considered after the two-year pre- 
pharmacy program and two years of the professional program in 
Baltimore 

Interested secondary school students are invited to write to the 
Dean of the School of Pharmacy in Baltimore for a catalog con- 
cerning the School and for literature about the opportunities in the 
pharmacy profession. 

Recommended High Sctiool Preparation. The completion of an 
academic program containing the following courses is required for 
enrollment in the School of Pharmacy: 



Recommended 

Units 

4 



Required 

Units 

4 



2 


1 


2 


1 


1 





2 






Subjects 

English 

College Preparatory fylathematics — 
including algebra ( 1 ), plane geometry 
( 1 ). and additional units in advanced 
algebra, solid geometry, trigonometry, 
or advanced mathematics 

Physical Sciences (Chemistry and 

Physics) 

History and Social Sciences 

Biobgical Sciences 

Foreign Language — German or French . . 

Unspecified academic subjects 

Total 



Admission to the Professional Program at Baltimore. Only the 
three-year professional program is offered in Baltimore 

Students of all races, colors and creeds are equally admissible. 
It is the objective of the University of Maryland Baltimore City Cam- 
pus to enroll students with diversified backgrounds in order to 
make the educational experience more meaningful for each student. 

From College Park Campus. Students who have completed the 
prescribed pre-professional program at College Park with a scho- 
lastic average of not less than 2.25, and who are m good standing 
will be considered for advancement to the pharmacy program in 
Baltimore, subject to the decision of the Admissions Committee of 
the School of Pharmacy. Applicants should be aware that the 2.25 
is a minimum average fc consideration and that the average for 
all successful applicants has been 3.0. 

In the semester preceding enrollment in tha Baltimore division 
of the School of Pharmacy, each student will be required to file an 
application with the Baltimore Office of Admissions and Registra- 
tions. 

The Pharmacy College Admission Test (PCAT) is required of all 
applicants to the professional program in Baltimore. 

Pre-Pharmacy Curriculum. The pre-professional curriculum is 
designed to provide the student with those courses that satisfy the 
needs for a more liberal education as well as the scientific pre- 
requisite courses for entrance into the professional program. 



First Year 

Chemistry 103. 104 8 

Mathematics 1 1 5, 220 (Introductory Analysis and 

Elementary Calculus) 6 

Zoology 101 (or Biology) ^ 

English 101 (Composition) 3 

Elective (Social Sciences) 3 

Elective (non-specific) 3 

28 



Second Year 

Chemistry 201.202. 203. 204 '10 

Physics 121, 122 (Fundamentals) 8 

Elective (Humanities) 6 

English (Literature) 3 

Elective (non-specific) 3 

Elective (Social Science) 3 



' Minimum requirement for organic chemistry is 8 credits, 

Pre-Physical Therapy '"^ 

The Department of Physical Therapy offers a four-year program 
divided into a pre-professional division and a professional division. 
The pre-professional requirements may be completed on any of 
the University of Maryland campuses or any regionally accredited 
university or college. The professional division courses are offered 
only on the Baltimore City Campus. The physical therapy curricu- 
lum is approved by the Council of Medical Education of the Amer- 
ican Medical Association in collaboration with the American Physi- 
cal Therapy Association. 

The professional services of the physical therapist are offered 
to people who are disabled by illness or accident or were born with 
a handicap. Clinical practitioners are responsible for the evaluation 
of each patient's ability, disability and potential for recovc"' "^he 
most common areas of disorder include neuromuscular, musculo- 
skeletal, sensory motor, and related cardio-vascular and respira- 
tory functions 

On the basis of test findings a treatment program is planned and 
implemented within the referral of the licensed physician or dentist 
with whom the contact is maintained regarding patient care and 
progress. Treatment techniques include the therapeutic use of 
heat, cold, water, electricity, light, ultra-sound, massage exercise 
and functional training. Instruction is given to the patient, the family 
and others who might help during the treatment and convalescent 
period. 

Most physical therapists are employed in hospital clinics, reha- 
bilitation centers private practice, schools for handicapped chil- 
dren and nursing homes. 

Masters degree programs are available in a number of univer- 
sities and colleges across the country. The degree enables phys- 
ical therapists to hold positions in education, research, administra- 
tion and as consultants. Ph.D. degrees may be earned in allied 
academic areas. 

Admission Information. High school students who are interested 
in physical therapy should enroll in the college preparatory pro- 
gram. The subjects specifically recommended for adequate back- 
ground are biology, chemistry, physics and three units of mathe- 
matics. Completion of a year of high school public speaking will 
provide exemption from the college speech requirement. 

For an application for admission to the University of Maryland's 
College Park Campus, write to Admissions Office, University of 
Maryland, College Park. Maryland 20742. 

Pre-professional. Admission to the lower division is open to all 
students meeting the University admission requirements. Advise- 
ment is available in preparation for transfer to the professional pro- 
gram on the University of Maryland at Baltimore Campus. Admis- 
sion to the pre-professional division at College Park does not guar- 
antee admission to the professional division at Baltimore. 

Professional. An admission committee is charged with selecting 
students annually for the fall semester. Minimum qualification at 
the junior level is the completion of 60 designated credits with a 
grade of C or better in each of the required pre-professional courses. 
The minimum grade point average for admission is 2.0 on a 4.0 
scale. However, it is only realistic to assume that a higher average 
Is needed for selection. It is unlikely that non-resident candidates 
with less than a 3.0 average will be considered. There is no ex- 
clusion based on sex, age, ethnic background or prior completion 
of another academic degree. 

Application. Application for admission to the professional division 
is necessary. To obtain an application, address your request to 
University of Maryland, Office of Admissions and Registrations, 
660 W. Redwood Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21201. 

A student who can realistically meet the academic requirements 
and who wishes to be considered a candidate for the junior class 
shoul<< submit a request for an application after October 1 pre- 
ceding the year of admission. Application receipt deadline is De- 



cember 1 , and supporting documents must be received by Febru- 
ary 1 of the year of admission Selection of applicants is based on 
academic achievement, an admission test and a personal inter- 
view 

Further Information. Information may be obtained on the College 
Park Campus in the Turner Laboratory, Room 2109 

Information concerning the upper division may be obtained by 
contacting the Department of Physical Therapy, Allied Health Pro- 
fessions Building, 32 S Greene Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21201 

PHYSICAL THERAPY experience (as a volunteer, aide, etc.) is 
strongly recommended, 

Pre-Physical Therapy Requirements. The minimum require- 
ments for entry into the |unior year of the professional program 
total 60 credits 

•MATH 110, 111 6 

or MATH 220 or MATH 140 (3 credits 

plus 3 electives) 

CHEM 121.104 8 

PHYS121,122 8 

ZOOL101 4 

ZOOL 201 (Fall only) 4 

SOCIAL SCIENCE 3 

(Afro-American Studies anthropology, 

economics, government and politics, urban 

studies, sociology, geography) 

PSYC100 3 

PSYC (one course above the Intro. level- 
Abnormal Developmental or Educational) .... 3 
ENGL101 3 

(Students with advanced credit or exemption 

may substitute a 3 credit elective) 
SPCH 100 or a Communications Course 3 

(Students with one year of high school 

speech may substitute a 3 credit elective) 
ARTS AND HUMANITIES 6 

(Courses chosen from: history, literature, 

foreign language, philosophy, appreciation 

of art, music, drama, dance) 
Electives* 6 

"Selections may be made in any area witti no more than 2 credits ol skills 
or activities courses accepted Introductory or review courses below the 
level requried m biology, ctiemistry, physics, and Mathematics, MAY 
NOT be used as electives 

Pre-Physical Theory Curriculum 



FRESHMAN YEAR 

FALL 

MATH 3 

CHEM 103 4 

ENGL 101 3 

PSYC 1 00 or SPCH 1 00 3 

Elective 1-3 

Total Semester Credit Load 14-16 

SPRING 

MATH 3 

CHEM 104 4 

PSYC 100 or SPCH 100 3 

ZOOL 101 4 

Elective 1-4 

Total Semester Credit Load 15-18 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

FALL 

PHYS 121 4 

ARTS & HUMANITIES 3 

PSYC 3 

ZOOL 4 

Elective 1-4 

Total Semester Credit Load 15-18 



SPRING 

PHYS 122 4 

ARTS & HUMANITIES 3 

SOCIAL SCIENCE 3 

STATISTICS 3 

Elective 1-4 

Total Semester Credit Load 14-17 

Pre-Radiologic Technology 

The Radiologic Technology program of the University of Mary- 
land IS a four-year program leading to a bachelor of science de- 
gree and qualifying the individual to take the certifying examination 
of the American Registry of Radiologic Technologists The Radio- 
logic Technology curriculum of the University of Maryland is ap- 
proved by the Joint Review Committee of the American Medical 
Association and the American Society of Radiologic Technologists 

The first two years of the program are devoted to fulfilling the 
pre-professional requirements, which enable the student to apply 
to tfie professional division at the Baltimore City Campus of the 
University of Maryland The pre-professional requirements (listed 
below) may be completed on any undergraduate campus of the 
University of Maryland or at any regionally accredited college or 
university. 

The student who can realistically meet the academic require- 
ments and who wishes to be considered a candidate for the junior 
class should submit a request for an application to the Baltimore 
City Campus after October 1 of the preceding year Application 
deadline is April 1 preceding the expected date of entry. Students 
are selected on the basis of grade point average, interests and 
academic background. A grade point average of 2.5 is the mini- 
mum for consideration for admission. 

The Radiologic Technologist is principally concerned with the 
utilization of sophisticated diagnostic imaging systems which are 
used in a wide variety of clinical procedures to provide the physi- 
cian with images of the internal anatomy of the patient as an aid to 
diagnosis. The curriculum includes courses in Radiologic Physics. 
Radiation Protection and Radiobiology. and Anatomy, Physiology 
and Pathology as depicted on the x-ray film. Introductory courses 
in teaching and administration in Radiologic Technology, as well 
as peripheral areas such as Nuclear Medicine, Radiation Therapy 
and others are included in the curriculum. The Radiologic Technol- 
ogy Program of the University of Maryland is designed to produce 
an individual who is both clinically competent and academically 
qualified to function in a wide variety of positions in radiology and 
related fields. Additionally, the program is intended to provide an 
academic background sufficient to enable the qualified student to 
pursue a graduate degree in Radiology Administration, Education, 
or the Radiological Sciences. 

Students desiring further information may contact an advisor 
through the Office of Allied Health Professions in Room 21 09 of the 
Turner Laboratory on the College Park Campus, or may contact the 
advisor. Mr Skip Zile, at 301-528-6272, Division of Radiologic 
Technology, Allied Health Professions Building, 32 S. Greene 
Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21201 

Pre-Radjologjcai Technology Requirements. Students desiring 
to enter the program should contact the advisor as soon as possi- 
ble. Students must complete 60 semester hours of academic work 
prior to being officially admitted to the junior year at the Baltimore 
City Campus Students should file an application after completion 
of 45 semester hours 

The following list of courses should be closely adhered to for 
consideration for admission; 



English Composition 
Biology Zoology 

(Human Anatomy and Physiology are 

highly recommended) 
Chemistry 

(Should include Inorganic with lab and Organic 

with lab) 

Physics 

Math 

(Statistics IS recommended) 



Semester 
Hours 
3 
8 



General 
Information 



Behavioral and Social Sciences 12 

One psychology and one sociology course are 

required Other courses can be selected from: 

economics, philosophy. Afro- American 

studies, anthropology, urban studies or 

additional psychology 

Speech 3 

Additional electives* 12 

•It IS suggested that the student meet with the advisor as early as possible 
to select electives 

Pre-Theology 

The Pre-Theology program is located within the College of Agri- 
culture See page 56 for information about this program 

General Prc-Veterinary Medicine 

Information The Pre-Veterinary Medicine program is located within the College 

of Agriculture. See page 56 for information about this program. 



\ 



r^^^ 



'^^ 



*^: 



r^i 




Iv- i>.*«>-iii 


Ij^ 








..i**" V^E'« 


■?^- 


fflX 




%^ 



ii"^*" 



*^" 



,*??** 




3 Academic Divisions, 
Schools, Collges, 
and Departments 



Division of Agricultural 
and Life Sciences 

The Division of Agricultural and Life Sciences offers educa- 
tional opportunities for students in subject matter relating to liv- 
ing organisms and their interaction with one another and with the 
environment. Education in all aspects of agriculture is included. 
Programs of study include those involving the most fundamental 
concepts of biological science and chemistry and the use of 
knowledge in daily life as weM as the application of economic and 
engineering principles in planning the improvement of life. In ad- 
dition to pursuing the baccalaureate degree, a number of students 
in this Division engage in pre-professional education in such 
fields as Pre-Medicine, Pre-Dentistry, and Pre-Veterinary 
Medicine. 

The student may obtain a Bachelor of Science Degree with a 
major in any of the departments and curricula listed. Students m 
pre-professional programs may, under certain circumstances, ob- 
tain a B.S. degree following three years on Campus and one suc- 
cessful year in a professional school. 

Structure of the Division. The Division of Agricultural and Life 
Sciences includes the following departments and programs: 

1. Within the College of Agriculture. 

a. Departments: Agricultural Engineering, Agricultural and Ex- 
tension Education, Agricultural and Resource Economics, 
Agronomy, Animal Science, Dairy Science, Horticulture, 
Poultry Science, and Veterinary Science. 

b. Programs or Curricula: Agricultural Chemistry, Animal Sci- 
ences, Conservation and Resource Development, Food 
Science. General Agriculture, Pre-Forestry, Pre-Theology, 
and Pre-Veterinary Medicine. 

c. Institute of Applied Agriculture. 

2. Divisional Units. 

a. Departments: Botany, Chemistry, Entomology, Geology, Mi- 
crobiology, Zoology. 

b. Programs or Curricula: General Biological Sciences, Pre- 
Dentistry, Pre-Optometry, and Pre-Medicine. 

Admission. Requirements for admission to the Division are the 
same as those for admission to the other units of the University. 
Application must be made to the Director of Admissions, Univer- 
sity of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. 

Students desiring a program of study in the Division of 
Agricultural and Life Sciences should include the following sub- 
jects in their high school program: English, four units; college 
preparatory mathematics (algebra, plane geometry), three or four 
units; biology, chemistry, or physics, two units: history and social 
sciences, one or more units. 

Students wishing to major in chemistry, botany, microbiology, 
or zoology, or to follow a pre-medical or pre-dental program, 
should include four units of college preparatory mathematics 
(algebra, plane geometry, trigonometry, and more advanced 
mathematics, if available). They should also include chemistry 
and physics. 

Each entering student in this Division will be assigned a faculty 
advisor who will help select a course program designed to meet 
his/her goals and objectives. As soon as a student selects a major 
field of study, an advisor representing that department or program 
will be assigned. 

Students following pre-professional programs will be advised 
by knowledgeable individuals. 

In addition to the educational resources on the Campus, 



students with specific interests have an opportunity to utilize 
libraries and other resources of the several government agencies 
located close to the Campus. Research laboratories related to 
agriculture or marine biology are available to students with 
special interests. 

Degree Requirements. Students graduating from the Division 
must complete at least 120 credits with an average of 2.0 in all 
courses applicable towards the degree. Included in the 1 20 credits 
must be the following: 

1. General University Requirements (30 credits). 

2. Division Requirements: 

a. Chemistry: Any one course of three or more credits in chem- 
istry numbered 102 or higher; 

b. Mathematics: Any one course of three or more credits in 
mathematics numbered 100 or higher; 

c. Biological Sciences: Any one course carrying three or more 
credits selected from offerings of the Departments of Bota- 
ny, Entomology, Microbiology or Zoology, or any interde- 
partmental course approved for this purpose by the Division 
(e.g., BIOL 101). 

3. Requirements of the major and supporting areas, which are 
listed under individual program headings. 

IHonors Programs. Students may apply for admission to the 
honors programs of Agricultural and Resource Economics, 
Botany, Chemistry, Microbiology, and Zoology. 

On the basis of the student's performance during participation 
in the Honors Program, the department may recommend the can- 
didates for the appropriate degree with (departmental) honors, or 
for the appropriate degree with (departmental) high honors. Suc- 
cessful completion of the Honors Program will be recognized by a 
citation in the Commencement Program and by an appropriate en- 
try on the student's record and diploma. 

College of 
Agriculture 

The College of Agriculture offers educational programs with a 
broad cultural and scientific base. Students are prepared for 
careers in agriculturally related sciences, technology and 
business. 

The application of knowledge to the solution of some of man's 
most critical problems concerning adequate amounts and quality 
of food and the quality of the environment in which he lives are 
important missions of the College. 

This original College of the University of Maryland at College 
Park was chartered in 1856. The College of Agriculture has a con- 
tinuous record of leadership in education since that date. It 
became the beneficiary of the Land-Grant Act of 1862. 

The College of Agriculture continues to grow and develop as 
part of the greater University, providing education and research 
activities enabling man to use his environment and natural 
resources to best advantage while conserving basic resources for 
future generations. 

Advantage of Location and Facilities. Educational opportunities 
in the College of Agriculture are enhanced by the nearby location 
of several research units of the federal government. Of particular 
interest are the Agricultural Research Center at Beltsville and the 
U.S. Department of Agriculture Headquarters in Washington, D.C. 
The National Agricultural Library at Beltsville is an important 
resource. 



Academic 
Divisions. 
Colleges, 
Schools. & 
Departments 

49 



Related research laboratories of the National Institutes of 
Health, military hospitals, National Aeronautics and Space Agen- 
cy, and the National Bureau of Standards are in the vicinity. In- 
teraction of faculty and students with personnel from these agen- 
cies is encouraged. Teaching and research activities are con- 
ducted w/ith the cooperation of scientists and professional people 
In government positions. 

Instruction in the basic biological and physical sciences, social 
sciences and engineering principles is conducted in well- 
designed classrooms and laboratories. The application of basic 
principles to practical situations is demonstrated for the student 
in numerous ways. 

(viodern greenhouses are available for breeding and propaga- 
tion of a wide variety of plants, work on the control of weeds and 
improved cultural practices. 

Herds of dairy and beef cattle and flocks of poultry are kept on 
the Campus for teaching and research purposes. 

Several operating research farms, located in central f^aryland, 
Southern (\^aryland and on the Eastern Shore, support the educa- 
tional programs in Agriculture by providing locations where im- 
portant crops, animals and poultry can be grown and maintained 
under practical and research conditions. These farms add an im- 
portant dimension to the courses offered in Agriculture. Data 
from these operations and from cooperating producers and pro- 
cessors ot agricultural products are utilized by students in- 
terested in economics, teaching, engineering, and conservation, 
as they relate to agriculture, as well as by those concerned with 
biology or management of agricultural crops and animals. 
General Information. The College of Agriculture offers a variety of 
tour year programs leading to the Bachelor of Science degree. 

Today's agriculture is a highly complex and extremely efficient 
industry which includes supplies and services used in agricultural 
production, the production process, and the marketing, process- 
ing and distribution of products to meet the consumers' needs 
and wants. 

Instruction in the College of Agriculture includes the fun- 
damental sciences and emphasizes the precise knowledge that its 
graduates must employ in the industrialized agriculture of today, 
and helps develop the foundation for their role in the future. 
Course programs in specialized areas may be tailored to fit the 
particular needs of the individual student. 

Previous training in agriculture is not a prerequisite for study in 
the College of Agriculture. Careers for men and women with rural, 
suburban or urban backgrounds are available in agriculture and its 
allied Industries. 

Graduates of the College of Agriculture have an adequate 
educational background for careers and continued learning after 
college in business, production, teaching, research, extension, 
and many other professional fields. 

Requirements for Admission. Admission requirements to the Col- 
lege of Agriculture are the same as those of the University. 

For students entering the College of Agriculture it is recom- 
mended that their high school preparatory course include English, 
4 units; mathematics, 3 units; biological and physical sciences, 3 
units; and history or social sciences, 2 units. Four units of 
mathematics should be elected by students who plan to major in 
agricultural engineering or agricultural chemistry. 
Requirements for Graduation. Each student must complete at 
least 120 credit hours in academic subjects with a minimum grade 
point average of 2.0(C). 

Honors Program. An Honors Program is approved for majors in 
Agricultural and Resource Economics. The objective of the 
Honors Program is to recognize superior scholarship and to pro- 
vide opportunity for the excellent student to broaden his or her 
perspective and to increase the depth of his or her studies. 

The programs in Honors are administered by Departmental 
Honors. Students in the College of Agriculture who are in the top 
20 percent of their class at the end of their first year may be con- 
sidered for admission into the Honors Program. Of this group up 
to 50 percent may be admitted. 

Sophomores or first semester Juniors will be considered upon 
application from those students in the upper 20 percent of their 
class. While application may not be made until the student enters 
the sixth semester, early entrance into the program is recom- 
mended. Students admitted to the program enjoy certain 
academic privileges. 

Faculty Advisement. Each student in the College of Agriculture is 
assigned to a faculty advisor. Advisors normally work with a 



limited number of students and are able to give individual 
guidance. 

Students entering the freshman year with a definite choice of 
curriculum are assigned to departmental advisors for counsel and 
planning of all academic programs. Students who have not 
selected a definite curriculum are assigned to a general advisor 
who assists with the choice of electives and acquaints students 
with opportunities in the curriculums in the College of Agriculture 
and in other divisions of the University. 

Scholarships. A number of scholarships are available for students 
enrolled in the College of Agriculture. These include awards by 
the Agricultural Development Fund, Capitol Milk Producers 
Cooperative, Inc., Dairy Technology Society of Ivlaryland and the 
District of Columbia, Delaware-Maryland Plant Food Association, 
Inc., Dr Ernest N. Cory Trust Fund, Frederick County Holstein 
Association, The Staley and Eugene Hahn Memorial Scholarship 
Fund, Hyattsville Horticultural Society, Inter-State Milk Pro- 
ducers, The Kinghorne Fund, Lindback Foundation, Maryland 
Cooperative Milk Producers, Inc., Maryland Electrification Coun- 
cil, Maryland Holstein Association, Maryland Turfgrass Associa- 
tion, Maryland State Golf Association, Maryland and Virginia Milk- 
Producers, Inc., Maryland Vetermarians, Dr, Ray A. Murray 
Scholarship Fund, Ralston Purina Company, The Schluderberg 
Foundation, Southern States Cooperative, Inc., the Joseph M. Vial 
Memorial Scholarship Program in Agriculture and the Nicholas 
Brice Worthington Scholarship Fund. 

Student Organizations. Students find opportunity for varied ex- 
pression and growth in the several voluntary organizations spon- 
sored by the College of Agriculture. These organizations are 
Agriculture Economics Club, Block and Bridle, Conservation & 
Resource Development Club, Dairy Science Club, Collegiate 4-H 
Club, the Equestrian Club, Future Farmers of America, Agronomy 
Club, Horticultural Club, and the Veterinary Science Club. 

Alpha Zeta is a national agricultural honor fraternity. Members 
are chosen from students in the College of Agriculture who have 
attained the scholastic requirements and displayed leadership in 
agriculture. 

The Agricultural Student Council is made up of representatives 
from the various student organizations in the College of 
Agriculture. Its purpose is to coordinate activities of these 
organizations and to promote work which is beneficial to the col- 
lege. 

Required Courses. Courses required for students in the College of 
Agriculture are listed in each curriculum. The program of the 
freshman year is similar for all curricula. Variations in programs 
will be suggested based on students' interests and test scores. 

Typical Freshmen Program— College of Agriculture 



ENGL 101 

BOTN 101 

MATH 

ANSC 101 

ZOOL 101 

AGRO 1 00 

AGRO 1 02 

AGRI 101 

SPCH 107 

General University Requirement. 

Total Credits . 



College of Agriculture 
Departments, 
Programs and Curricula 

Agriculture— General Curriculum 

The General Agriculture curriculum provides for the develop- 
ment of a broad understanding in agriculture. 

The flexibility of this curriculum permits selection of electives 
that will meet individual vocational plans in agriculture and 
agriculturally related business and industry. 



General Agriculture Requirements 

Semester 
Credit 
Hours 

General University Requirements 30 

BOTN 101— General Botany' 4 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4 

CHEM 103— College Chemistry I* 4 

CHEM 1 04— College Ctiemistry II 4 

MATH 100 level or tiigher" 3 
AGEN 1 00 — Basic Agricultural Engineering 

Technology 3 

AGEN 200— Intro to Farm Mechanics 2 

AGRO 100— Crop Production Laboratory 2 

AGRO 202— General Soils 4 

ANSC 101— Principles of Animal Science 3 

ANSC 203— Feeds and Feeding 3 

ANSC - • • 3 

AREC 250— Elements of Agricultural & 

Resource Economics 3 

AREC — •• 3 

BOTN 221 —Diseases ^t Plants 4 

ENTM 252— Agricultural Insect Pests 3 

HORT — •• 3 

RLED 464— Rural Lite in Modern Society 3 
Community Development related. Life Science 

related, non-agriculture or Accounting 6 

Electives ( 1 5 credit hours 300 or above) 26 
*Salis(y Divisional Requirements 
"Student may select any course(s) having required hours In the department indicated 

Students will be encouraged to obtain summer positions which 
will give them technical laboratory or field experience in their 
chosen interest area. 

Agricultural and Extension Education 

Professor and Chairman: Poftenberger 

Professors: Longest, Nelson, Ryden (Emeritus) 

Associate Professor: Seibel 

Assistartt Professors: Ewert, Glee, Klavon Whaples. Wheatley, 

Wright 

Programs are offered in education and other applied behavioral 
sciences needed by persons preparing to teach agriculture or to 
enter extension work, community development, and other con- 
tinuing education careers. 

Two undergraduate curriculum options are available. The 
agricultural education curriculum is designed primarily for per- 
sons who wish to prepare for teaching agriculture in the second- 
ary schools. The extension education option is designed for those 
preparing to enter the Cooperative Extension Service or other 
agencies engaged in educational and developmental programs. 
Any option may lead to a variety of other career opportunities in 
public service, business and industry, communications, research, 
and college teaching. 

Students preparing to become teachers of agriculture— Includ- 
ing horticulture, agribusiness or other agriculturally related sub- 
jects—should have had appropriate experience with the kind of 
agriculture they plan to teach or should arrange to secure that ex- 
perience during summers while in college. 

In order to be able to serve as advisors of high school chapters 
of the FFA upon graduation, students in the agricultural educa- 
tion curriculum are expected to participate in the Collegiate 
Chapter of the Future Farmers of America. 

Departmental Requirements: All Options 

General University Requirements 30 



BOTN 


101- 


CHEM 


103, 


MATH 


105- 


ZOOL 


101- 


EDHD 


300- 


RLED 


464- 


RLED 


303- 



—General Botany 
, 1 04— College Chemistry I. II 
—Mathematical Ideas 
—General Zoology 
—Human Development and 

Learning' , 

— Rural Ufe in Modern Society 
—Teaching Materials and 

Demonstrations 



AGRO 1 00— Crops Laboratory 
AGRO 102— Crop Production . 



4 

4.4 
3 



AGRO 


406 


AGRO 


202 


ANSC 


101- 


ANSC 


203- 


AREC 


406- 



AREC 407— 

BOTN 221- 

ENTM 252- 

HORT 222- 



Forage Crop Production ... 

General Soils 

Principles of Animal Science 

Feeds and Feeding 

Farm Management 

Fiancial Analysis of 

Farm Business 

•Diseases of Plants . . 

Agricultural Insect Pests 
Vegetable Production 



HORT 23 1 —Greenhouse Management 

or 
HORT 271— Plant Propagation 3 

•PSYC too— introduction to Psychology 13 credits) ana EDHD 460— Educational 
Psychology (3 credits! may be substituted by Entension Education students 

Agricultural Education Option 

EDSF 301 — Foundations of Education 3 

RLED 302— Introduction to Agricultural 

Education 2 

RLED 305— Teaching Young and Adult 

Farmer Groups 1 

RLED 311 — Teaching Secondary Vocational 

Agriculture 3 

RLED 313— Student Teaching . . 5 

RLED 31 5— Student Teaching 3 

RLED 398— Seminar in Agricultural 

Education 1 

AGEN 100— Basic Agricultural Engineering 

Technology 3 

AGEN 200— Introduction to Farm Mechanics 2 

AGEN 305— Farm Mechanics 2 

Extension Education: Option 

PSYC 221 —Social Psychology 3 

RLED 323— Developing Youth Programs 3 

RLED 325— Directed Experience in 

Extension Education 1-5 

RLED 327— Program Planning in 

Extension Education 3 

RLED 422— Extension Education 3 

RLED 423 — Extension Communical.ons 3 

AREC 452— Economics of Resource 

Development 3 

Agricultural and Resource Economics 

Professor and Acting Chairman: Norton 

Professors: F. Bender, Cain, Curtis, Foster, Ishee, Lessley, Moore, 

Murray, Poftenberger, Smith, Stevens, Tuthill, and Wysong. 

Associate Professors: Hamilton (Emeritus). Hardie, 

Lawrence, Via. 

Assistant Professors: Bellows, Prindle, Strand 

Principal Specialists: Belter, Hoecker 

Senior Specialist: Crothers 

Instructor: N Bender 

This curriculum combines training in the business, economics 
and international aspects of agricultural production and 
marketing with the biological and physical sciences basic to 
agriculture. Programs are available for students in agricultural 
economics, agricultural business, international agriculture, and 
resource economics. Students desiring to enter agricultural 
marketing or business affiliated with agriculture may elect the 
agricultural business option, and those interested in foreign ser- 
vice may elect the international agriculture option. Students 
primarily interested in the broad aspects of production and 
management as it is related to the operation of a farm business 
may elect the agricultural economics option. Those interested in 
training in the broad area of resource management and evaluation 
may elect the resource economics option. 

In these programs, students are trained for employment in 
agricultural business firms; for positions in sales or management: 
for local, state, or federal agencies: for extension work: for re- 
search, and for farm operation or management. 

Courses for the freshman and sophomore years are essentially 



Academic 
Divisions. 
Colleges, 
Schools, & 
Departments 

51 



the same for all students. In the junior year ttie student selects the 
option of his or her choice. Courses in this department are de- 
signed to provide training in the application of economic prin- 
ciples to the production, processing, distribution, and merchan- 
dising of agricultural products and the effective management of 
our natural and human resources, as vi/ell as the inter-relationship 
of business and industry associated with agricultural products. 
The curriculum includes courses in general agricultural 
economics, marketing, farm management, prices, resource 
economics, agricultural policy, and international agricultural 
economics. 

Credit 
Hours 

General University Requirements 30 

Biological Sciences* * 3 

Chemistry* * 3 

AREC 404— Prices of Agricultural Products 3 

BMGT 220— Principles of Accounting 3 

BMGT 230— Business Statistics I 

or 
AGRI 301— Introduction to 

Agncultural Biometrics 3 

ECON 201 —Principles of Economics I 3 

ECON 203 — Principles of Economics II 3 

ECON 401 —National Income Analysis 3 

ECON 403— Intermediate Price Theory 3 

IVIATH 1 10— Introduction to f^athematics I** 3 

f^^ATH 1 1 1— Introduction to tVlathematics II 3 

MATH 220— Elementary Calculus 3 

Technical Agriculture* * ' 9 

"The student's total program must contain a minimum ol 15 credit hours in 
Agncultural and Resources Economics 
' * Satisfies a Divison requirement 
•••A minimum of nine tiours ot tectinical agriculture must be selected 
in consultation witti ttie student's advisor 

Agribusiness Option 

Each student must take the following or the equivalent: 

AREC 406— Farm Management 3 

AREC 427— The Economics of 

fvlarketing Systems for 

Agricultural Commodities 3 

Other courses in Agricultural and 

Resource Economics . 6 

Electives 33 

Agricultural Economics Optiv^n 

Each student must take the following or the equivalent: 



Other courses in Agricultural and 

Resource Economics 

Electives 



6 

30 



AREC 
ECON 



406 — Farm Management 

425 — Mathematical Economics 



or 



ENGL 291— Expository Writing 

MATH 221 —Elementary Calculus 

Statistics 

Other courses in Agricultural and 

Resource Economics 

Electives 

International Agriculture Option 

Each student must take the following or the equivalent: 
AREC 445— World Agricultural Development 

and the Quality of Life 
ECON 4 1 5— Introduction to Economic 

Development of 

Underdeveloped Areas 

ECON 440 — International Economics 

Other courses in Agricultural and 

Resource Economics 

Electives 



3 
3 
3 

9 
24 



Resource Economics Option 

Each student must take the following or the equivalent: 
AREC 240— Environment and Human Ecology . . 3 

AREC 452— Economics of Resource 

Development 3 

ECON 450— Introduction to Public Finance 3 



Course Code Prefix— AREC 



Agricultural Chemistry 

This curriculum insures adequate instruction in the fundamen- 
tals of both the physical and biological sciences. It may be ad- 
justed through the selection of electives to fit the student for 
work in agricultural experiment stations, soil bureaus, geological 
surveys, food laboratories, fertilizer industries, and those han- 
dling food products. 



General University Requirements 



Credit 

Hours 

30 



4 
6 

10 
33 



Required of All Students: 

CHEM 1 03— College Chemistry I or CHEM 1 05 * 
CHEM 1 04— College Chemistry II or CHEM 1 06 
CHEM 20 1 —College Chemistry III or CHEM 2 1 1 
CHEM 202— College Chemistry III 

Laboratory or CHEM 2 1 2 
CHEM 203— College Chemistry IV or CHEM 2 1 3 
CHEM 204— College Chemistry IV 

Laboratory or CHEM 2 1 4 

CHEM 321 —Quantitative Analysis 

AGRO 202— General Soils 

GEOL 100— Introductory Physical Geology 
MATH 141— Analysis II* 

PHYS 141— Principles of Physics 

PHYS 142— Principles of Physics 

Electives in Biology* 

Electives in Agricultural Chemistry 

Electives 

• Satisfies Divisional Requirements 
Course Code Prefix— CHEM 



Agricultural Engineering 

Associate Professor and Chairman: Stewart 

Professors: Green, Harris, Krewatch (Emeritus) 

Associate Professors: Felton, Merkel, Merrick (Emeritus), 

Wheaton 

Assistant Professors: Ayars, Prey, Grant, Johnson, Ross 

Senior Specialist: Brodie 

Lecturer: Holton (p. I.) 

Instructors: Carr, Smith 

Adjunct Professor: Cowan 

Adjunct Assistant Professor: Rebuck 

Agricultural engineering utilizes both the physical and 
biological sciences to help meet the needs of our increasing 
world population for food, natural fiber and improvement or 
maintenance of the environment. Scientific and engineering prin- 
ciples are applied to the conservation and utilization of soil and 
water resources tor food production and recreation; to the utiliza- 
tion of energy to improve labor efficiency and to reduce laborious 
and menial tasks; to the design ot structures and equipment for 
housing or handling of plants and animals to optimize growth 
potential; to the design of residences to improve the standard of 
living for the rural population; to the development of methods and 
equipment to maintain or increase the quality of food and natural 
fiber; to the flow of supplies and equipment to the agricultural and 
aquacultural production units; and to the flow of products from 
the production units and the processing plants to the consumer. 
Agricultural engineers place emphasis on maintaining a high 
quality environment as they work toward developing efficient and 
economical engineering solutions. 

The undergraduate curriculum provides opportunity to prepare 
for many interesting and challenging careers in design, manage- 
ment, research, education, sales, consulting, or international ser- 
vice. The program of study includes a broad base of mathematical, 
physical and engineering sciences combined with basic 
biological sciences. Twenty hours of electives give flexibility so 
that a student may plan a program according to his major interest. 



CourseCode Prefix— AGEN 

Departmental Requirements 

Semester 
Credit 
Hours 
AGEN 324— Engineering Dynamics 

of Biological Materials 3 

AGEN 424— Functional and Environmental 

Design of Agncultural Structures 3 

AGEN 343— Functional Design of 

Machinery and Equipment 

AGEN 421— Power Systems 

AGEN 422— Soil and Water Engineering 

ENCE 350— Structural Analysis and Design I 

ENES 101— Intro Engineering Science 

ENES 110— Statics 

ENES 220— Mectianics of Materials 

ENES 221 —Dynamics 

ENME 300— Materials Science and Engineering 

or 

ENCE 300— Fund of Engineering Materials 3 

ENME 216— Thermodynamics I 3 

ENME 342— Fluid Mechanics I 

or 
ENCE 330— Basic Fluid Mechanics 3 

ENEE 300 — Principles of Electrical Engineering 3 

MATH 140,141— Analysisl.il 4.4 

MATH 241— Analysis III 4 

MATH 246— Differential Equations for Scientists 
and Engineers 

or 

ENME 380— Applied Math in Engineering 3 

ZOOL 101 —Gen eral Zoology 

or 

BOTN 101— General Botany 4 

CHEM 103.104— CollegeChemistryl.il 4.4 

PHYS 161. 262.263— General Physics 3.4.4 

Technical Electives' 14 

General University Requirements' * 30 

Electives 6 

•Technical electives related to field of concentration must be selected from a 
departmentally approved list Eight credits must be 300 level and above 
"Students must consult with department advisors to ensure the selection ol 
appropnate courses for their particular program of study 



Agronomy 

Chairman and Professor: J. Miller 

Professors: Axley, Aycock, Bandel, Clark, Decker, Fanning, 

Foss, Hoyert, McKee, F. Miller Rothgeb (Emeritus), Street 

(Emeritus), Strickling 

Associate Professors: Burt, Mulchi, Parochetti, Wolf 

Assistant Professors: Darrah, Kenworthy, Wehner, Wiebold, Wolf 

Instructor: Rivard 

Visiting Lecturer: Patterson 

Instruction is offered in crop science and soil science. A turf 
and urban agronomy option is offered under crop science and a 
conservation of soil, water and environment option is offered 
under soil science. These options appeal to students who are in- 
terested in urban problems or environmental science. The 
agronomy curricula are flexible and allow the student either to 
concentrate on basic science courses that are needed for 
graduate work or to select courses that prepare for employment at 
the bachelor's degree level as a specialist with park and planning 
commissions, road commissions, extension service, soil conser- 
vation service, and other governmental agencies. Many graduates 
with the bachelor's degree are also employed by private corpora- 
tions such as golf courses and seed, fertilizer, chemical, and farm 
equipment companies. 

Agronomy students who follow the Journalism-Science Com- 
munication option are prepared to enter the field of science com- 
munication. Opportunities in this area are challenging and 
diverse. Students who are interested in public relations may find 
employment with industry or governmental agencies. Others may 
become writers and. in some cases, science editors for 
newspapers, publishing houses, radio, and television. Technical 



and professional journals hire students trained in this field as 
editors and writers. Also, this training is valuable to students who 
find employment in University extension programs, as a large part 
of their work involves written communication with the public. 

Students completing graduate programs are prepared for col- 
lege teaching and research, or research and management posi- 
tions with industry and governmental agencies. 

Additional information on opportunities in agronomy may be 
obtained by writing to the Department of Agronomy. 

Departmental Requirements (22-23 semester hours) 

Semester 
Credit 
Hours 

CHEM 103— College Chemistry I • 4 

CHEM 1 04— College Chemistry II 4 

MATH _• 3-4 

BOTN 101— General Botany* 4 

AGRO 100— Crops Latwratory 2 

AGRO 202— General Soils 4 

AGRO 398— Senior Seminar 1 

'Satisfies Division of Agricultural and Life Sciences requirements. 

Crop Science Curriculum (68 semester hours) 

Semester 
Credit 
Hours 

AGRO —Advanced Crops Courses 6 

AGRO —Advanced Soils Courses 6 

BOTN 212— Plant Taxonomy 4 

BOTN 221— Diseases of Plants 4 

BOTN 441— Plant Physiology 4 

Electives 44 

CropScience options are listed under Crop and Soil Science Options- 

Soil Science Curriculum (68 semester hours) 

Semester 
Credit 
Hours 

AGRO —Advanced Crops Courses 4 

AGRO 414— Soil Classification and 

Geography 4 

AGRO 417— Soil Physics 3 

AGRO 421— Soil Chemistry 3 

Electives 54 

Soil Science options are listed under Crop i^d Soil Science Options 

Crop and Soil Science Options 
Turf and Urban Agronomy Option 

Students following this option in the Crop Science curriculum 
must include the following courses among their electives: 

Semester 









Credit 








Hours 


AGRO 


405- 


-Turf Management 


3 


AGRO 


415- 


-Soil Survey and Land Use . 


3 


HORT 


160- 


-Introduction to the Art 








of Landscaping 


3 


HORT 


453- 


-Woody Plant Materials 


3 


RECR 


495- 


-Planning. Design, and 
Maintenance of Park and 
Recreational Areas and 








Facilities 


3 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges 
Schools, & 
Departments 

53 



Conservation of Soil, Water 
and Environmental Option. 

Students following this option in the Soil Science curriculum 
must include the following courses among their electives: 

Semester 
Credit 
Hours 
AGRO 413— Soil and Water Conservation 3 

AGRO 423— Soil-Water Pollution 3 

AGRO 415— Soil Survey and Land Use 3 



BOTN 2 1 1 —Principles of Conservation 
GEOG 445— Climatology 



Journalism-Science Communication Option 

A student following tfiis option in the Crop Science or Soil 
Science curriculum must elect journalism and basic science and 
matti courses in addition to the required curriculum courses. 
Many combinations will be acceptable. The advisor can aid in 
helping the student plan an appropriate program. 

Course Code Prefix— AGRO 

Animal Sciences 

Department of Animal Science 

Professor and Chairman: Young 

Professors: Foster (Emeritus), Green (Emeritus), Leffel 

Associate Professors: Buric, DeBarthe, Goodwin (Extension) 

Assistant Professors: Kunkle (Extension), McCall 

Associate Specialist: Curry 

Department of Dairy Science 

Professor and Chairman: Davis 

Professors: Arbuckle (Emeritus), Cairns, Keeney, King, 

Mattick. Vandersall, Williams 

Associate Professors: Chance, Douglass, Westhoff 

Assistant Professors: Holdaway, Majeskie, Mather, Rickard, Vijay 

Principal Specialist Emeritus: Morris 

Department of Poultry Science 

Associate Professor and Chairman: Thomas 

Professors: Shaffner (Emeritus), Shorb (Emerlta) 

Associate Professors: Heath, Johnson, Quigley (Emeritus), 

Wabeck 

Assistant Professors: Kuenzel, Merka, Ottinger 

Senior Specialist: Nicholson 

Department of Veterinary Science 

Professor and Chairman: Hammond 

Professor: Mohanty 

Associate Professors: Albert, Dutta, Johnson, Marquardt, Ward 

Assistant Professors: Campbell, Davidson, Ingling, Craft 

The curriculum in animal sciences offers a broad background in 
general education, basic sciences, and agricultural sciences, and 
the opportunity for students to emphasize that phase of animal 
agriculture in which they are specifically interested. Each student 
will be assigned to an advisor according to the program he or she 
plans to pursue. 

Curriculum requirement in Animal Sciences can be completed 
through the Departments of Animal Science, Dairy Science or 
Poultry Science. Programs of elective courses can be developed 
which provide major emphasis on beef, cattle, sheep, swine or 
horses, dairy or poultry. Each student is expected to develop a 
program of electives in consultaiton with an advisor by the begin- 
ning of the junior year. 

Objectives. The following specific objectives have been estab- 
lished for the program in animal sciences. 

1. To acquaint students with the role of animal agriculture in our 
cultural heritage. 

2. To prepare students for careers in the field of animal 
agriculture. These include positions of management and 
technology associated with animal, dairy, or poultry production 
enterprises: positions with marketing and processing organiza- 
tions; and positions in other allied fields, such as feed, 
agricultural chemicals and equipment firms. 

3. To prepare students for entrance to veterinary schools. 

4. To prepare students for graduate study and subsequent 
careers in teaching, research and extension, both public and 
private. 

5. To provide essential courses for the support of other 
academic programs of the University. 



Required of All Students: 



General University Requirements 

ANSC 1 1 — Principles of Animal Science 

FDSC 1 1 1 —Contemporary Food Industry 

and Consumerism 



Semester 

Credit 

Hours 

30 



ANSC 201 — Basic Principles of Animal 

Genetics 3 

ANSC 211 — Anatomy of Domestic Animals 4 

ANSC 212— Applied Animal Physiology 4 

ANSC 401 —Fundamentals of Nutrition 3 

ANSC 4 1 2 —Introduction to Diseases of 

Animals . 3 

CHEM 103— College Chemistry I* 4 

CHEM 104— College Chemistry II 4 

Mice 200— General Microbiology 4 

ZOOL 1 1 —General Zoology * 4 

SPCH 107— Public Speaking 3 

MATH — • 3 

Two of the Following 

ANSC 221— Fundamentals of Animal 

Production 3 

ANSC 242— Dairy Production 3 

ANSC 262— Commercial Poultry 

Management 3 

One of the Following: 

AGEN 1 00 — Basic Agricultural Engineering 

Technology 3 

CHEM 201 —College Chemistry III 3 

MATH 3 

PHYS 121— Fundamentals of Physics I 4 

54-55 

* * Electives 35-36 

' Satisfies Divisional Requirements 

''It is suggested ttiat ttie electives include at least twelve credits in upper- 
djvision courses in animal science 



Conservation and Resource 
Development Programs 

The development and use of natural resources (including water, 
soil, minerals, fresh water and marine organisms, wildlife, air and 
human resources) are essential to the full growth of an economy. 

The curriculum in Conservation and Resources Development is 
designed to instill concepts of the efficient development and 
judicious management of natural resources. The study of the 
problem associated with use of natural resources will acquaint 
students with their role in economic development while maintain- 
ing concern for the environment. 

Students will prepare for professional and administrative posi- 
tions in land and water conservation projects: for careers in opera- 
tional, administrativt, sducational, and research work in land use, 
fish and wildlife management, natural resource management, 
recreational area development, and management, or for graduate 
study in any of the several areas within the biological sciences. 

Students will pursue a broad education program and then elect 
subjects concentrated in a specific area of interest. Each student 
will be assigned an advisor according to his area of interest. 

Basic Curriculum Requirements 

Semester 
Credit 
Hours 

General University Requirements 30 

BOTN 101— General Botany* 4 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4 

CHEM 103— College Chemistry I* 4 

CHEM 104— College Chemistry II 4 

GEOL 100— Introductory Physical Geology 3 

GEOL 110— Physical Geology Laboratory 1 

AGRO 202— General Soils 4 

AREC 240— Environment and Human Ecology .. . 3 

MATH 140 or 220 3 

AGRI 301 — Agricultural Biometrics 3 

ECON 205 or 201 3 

AREC 452or453— Resource Economics 3 

BOTN 462/464 or ZOOL 470/471 Ecology 3-4 

"Satisfies Divisional Requirements 
Option Requirements - 9 Hours must be upper 
level 



Fish and Wildlife Management 

Animal Management 9 

Zoology/Animal Science 9 

Related Area 3 

Electives 28 

Plant Resource Management 

Plant Management 9 

Botany 9 

Related Area 3 

Electives 28 

Pest Management 

Pest Management 9 

Entomology 9 

Related Area 3 

Electives 28 

Water Resource Management 

Water Management 9 

Agronomy/Agricultural Engineering 6 

Related Area 6 

Electives 28 

Resource Management 

Economics/Agricultural and Resource 

Economics 9 

Resource Management 9 

Related Area 3 

Electives 28 

Of ttie total credits applied toward the degree, including 
General University Requirements, at least 40 tiours must be In up- 
per division courses. 

Food Science Program 

Professor and Coordinator: King (Dairy Science). 
Professors: Bender (Agricultural and Resource Economics); 
Young (Animal Science): Davis, Keeney and Mattick (Dairy 
Science); Kramer, Twigg and Wiley (Horticulture). 
Associate Professors: Wtieaton (Agricultural Engineering); Buric 
(Animal Science); Westfioff (Dairy Science); Heath and Thomas 
(Poultry Science). 

Assistant Professors: Vijay (Dairy Science); Solomos (Hor- 
ticulture); Frey (Agricultural Engineering). 

Food Science is concerned with all aspects of presenting food 
to the consumer in a manner that would satisfy man's needs both 
nutritionally and aesthetically. The Food Science Curriculum is 
based on the application of the fundamentals of the physical and 
biological sciences to the production, procurement, preservation, 
processing, packaging and marketing of foods. Specialization is 
offered In the areas of meats, milk and dairy products, fruits and 
vegetables, poultry and poultry products, and seafood products. 
Opportunities for careers in food science are available in in- 
dustry, universities and government. Specific positions for food 
scientists include product development, production management, 
engineering, research, quality control, technical sales and service, 
teaching, and environmental health. 

Semester 
Credit 
Hours 

General University Requirements 30 

Division Requirements 

CHEM 103— College Chemistry I 4 

Mice 200— General Microbiology 4 

MATH — 3 

Curriculum Requirements 

AGEN 313 — Mechanics of Food Processing 4 

CHEM 104— College Chemistry II 4 

CHEM 203. 204— College Chemistry IV 
and College Chemistry 

Lalxiratory IV 3, 2 

FDSC 1 1 1 —Contemporary Food Industry 

and Consumerism 3 

FDSC 398— Seminar 1 

FDSC 412. 413— Pnnciplesof Food 

Processing I, II 3,3 

FDSC 421— Food Chemistry 3 

FDSC 422— Food Product Research 

and Development 3 



FDSC 423 — Food Chemistry Laboratory . . 
FDSC 430— Food Microbiology 
FDSC 431— Food Quality Control 
FDSC 434 — Food Microbiology LatX5ratory 
FDSC 442,451,461,471,482— 

Horticultural, Dairy. Poultry. 
Meat and Seafood Products 
Processing (2 required) 
402— Fundamentals of Nutrition ., 

300— Science of Nutrition 

402— Fundamentals of Physics . . 

Course Code Prefix— FDSC 



NUSC 

or 

NUTR 
PHYS 
Electives 



3.3 
3 



Horticulture 

Professor and Chairman: Twigg. 

Professors: Kramer, Link, Reynolds. Rogers, Scott (Emeritus), 

Shanks, Stark, Thompson, Wiley. 

Associate Professors: Baker, Beste, Bouwkamp, Gouin, Kundt, 

Schales. 

Assistant Professors: Funt, Gould, Kisslda, McClurg, Mityga, Ng, 

Pitt. Stiles, Solomos. 

Instructor: Wichelns 

The horticulturist combines a knowledge of the basic sciences 
with an intimate knowledge of plants and their requirements In an 
effort to help meet the food needs of the world population and to 
help beautify man's surroundings. The horticulturist specifically, 
is Involved with fruit production (pomology), vegetable produc- 
tion (olericulture), greenhouse plant production (floriculture), pro- 
duction of ornamental trees and shrubs, post-harvest horticulture, 
and the aesthetic and functional planning and design of land- 
scapes for public and private facilities (Landscape Design). Hor- 
ticultural principles are essential to designing the landscape for 
improvement of the human environment. Post-harvest horticulture 
is involved with the storage and transportation of horticultural 
products until they reach the consumer. 

The curriculum in Horticulture prepares students for a future in 
commercial production of the horticultural crops, and for employ- 
ment In the horticultural industries such as fruit and vegetable 
processing, seed production and sales, agricultural chemical 
sales and service, florist shops and garden centers, and as hor- 
ticulturists for parks, highway systems, botanic gardens and ar- 
boretums. 

Majors may prepare for work with handicapped persons as hor- 
ticultural therapists by electing appropriate courses In the social 
sciences and in recreation. The Horticultural Education option is 
designed for those who wish to teach horticulture in the second- 
ary schools. It prepares the graduate with a basic knowledge of 
horticulture and includes the courses required for certification to 
teach in Maryland. The Landscape Design option introduces the 
principles and practices of design and prepares the student for 
work in the area of commercial landscape design. 

Advanced studies in the Department, leading to the M.S. and 
Ph.D. degrees, are available to outstanding students having a 
strong horticultural motivation for research, university teaching 
and/or extension education. 

All students should meet with the option advisor before enroll- 
ing in courses for the option. 

Curriculum In Horticulture 



General University Requirements 
Departmental Requirements— All Options 
AGRO 202— General Soils 

101 —General Botany' 
221 —Diseases of Plants 
441 — Plant Physiotogy 
103— College Chemistry I* 
1 04— College Chemistry II 
2 7 1 —Plant Propagation 
398— Seminar 



Credit 

Hours 

30 



BOTN 
BOTN 
BOTN 
CHEM 
CHEM 
HORT 
HORT 
MATH' 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges 
Schools. & 
Departments 

55 



3 
31 



* Satisfies Divisional Requirements 



Academic 

Divisions, 

Colleges 

Schools. & 

Departments 

56 



Complete the requirements in one of the following options: 

Floriculture and Ornamental Horticulture Option: 

BOTN 212 — Plant Taxonomy 4 

HORT 1 32— Garden Management 2 

HORT 160— Introduction to the 

Art of Landscaping 3 

HORT "231 —Greenhouse Management 3 

HORT 260— Basic Landscape Composition 2 

HORT 274— Genetics of Cultivated Plants 3 

HORT 451 —Technology of Ornamentals 3 

HORT 453, 454— Woody Plant Materials 3,3 

HORT 432— Fundamentals of Greenhouse 

Crop Production 



HORT 453, 454— Woody Plant Materials 
RECR 495— Planning, Design & Maintenance 
of Recreation Areas 



HORT 456— Production and Maintenance 

of Woody Plants 

Electives 

Horticultural Education Option: 

AGRO 405— Turf Management 

BOTN 212— Plant Taxonomy 

HORT 1 1 1 —Tree Fruit Production 

HORT 1 32— Garden Management 

HORT 160— Introduction to the 

Art of Landscaping 

HORT 222— Vegetable Production 

HORT 231 —Greenhouse Management 
HORT 260— Basic Landscape Composition . . 
HORT 453— Woody Plant Materials 
EDHD 300— Human Development and 

Learning , . . 

EDSF 301 —Foundations of Education 
RLED 302— Introduction to 

Agricultural Education 

RLED 303— Teaching Matenals and 

Demonstrations 

RLED 305 — Teaching Young and 

Adult Farmer Groups 

RLED 31 1— Teaching Secondary 

Vocational Agriculture 

RLED 313— Student Teaching 

RLED 315— Student Teaching 

Electives 

Pomology and Olericulture Option: 

ENTM 252— Agricultural Insect Pests 
HORT 1 1 1, 1 12— Tree Fruit Production . 
HORT 212— Berry Production 
HORT 222— Vegetable Production 
HORT 274— Genetics of Cultivated Plants 
HORT 41 1 —Technology of Fruits 
HORT 422— Technology of Vegetables 
HORT 474— Physiology of Maturation and 

Storage of Horticultural Crops 
Electives 



Landscape Design Option: 



APDS 


101A- 


EDIN 


101A- 


HORT 


160 


BOTN 


212 


AREC 


240 


HORT 


260 


ARTH 


341 


HORT 


361 


HORT 


362 


HORT 


364 


GEOG 


372 


AGRO 


415 


GEOG 


440 



- Fundamentals of Design , , . 

- Mechanical Drawing I 

-Introduction to the Art of 

Landscaping 

-Plant Taxonomy 

-Environment and Human 

Ecology 

-Basic l_andscape Composition . 
-Masterpieces in Architecture . . 
-Principles in Landscape Design 
-Advanced Landscape Design 
-Landscape Construction. 

-Remote Sensing 

-Soil Survey and Land Use 

-Geomorphology 



3 
30 
59 

3 

4 
3 
2 

3 
3 
3 
2 
3 

6 
3 



3 

5 

1-4 

8-10 

59 



4 
3,2 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 

2 

33 
59 



Course Code Prefix— HORT 



Pre- Forestry 

Pre-forestry students are advised in the Department of Hor- 
ticulture. The State of Maryland has an agreement with the 
Southern Regional Education Board and North Carolina State 
University providing for six Maryland residents who have com- 
pleted two years study in pre-forestry and have been accepted by 
the School of Forest Resources at North Carolina State Univer- 
sity. The State of Maryland will make payment toward the non- 
resident tuition for a period not to exceed two years (four 
semesters) in accordance with the funds appropriated in the State 
budget for this purpose. 

The Pre-Forestry Curriculum includes: 

Semester 
Credit 
Hours 

ENGL 101 (291, or292or293) 6 

English or Speech Elective 3 

BOTN101,212 7 

CHEM 103, 104 8 

Economics 3 

HORT 171 3 

MATH 220, 221 6 

PHYS 121, 122 8 

Social Sciences & Humanities 12 

ZOOL101 4 

Ph. Ed 4 

Pre-Theology 

The College of Agriculture cooperates with the officers of any 
theological seminary who desire to urge prospective students to 
pursue courses in agriculture as a preparation for the rural 
ministry. Such pre-theological students may enroll for a semester 
or more or for the usual four-year program of the College. In either 
case they should enroll as members of the general curriculum in 
the College of Agriculture. Students desiring to pursue a pre- 
theologicci program in the College of Agriculture of the University 
of Maryland should consult with the president or admissions of- 
ficer of the theological seminary which they expect to attend. 

Pre-Veterinary Medicine 

The pre-veterinary medicine program is based upon the re- 
quirements established by the colleges of Veterinary Medicine 
where students who are residents of Maryland may be offered ad- 
mission. 

There is no College of Veterinary Medicine in Maryland. 
However, the State of Maryland participates under an agreement 
with the Southern Regional Education Board for the education of 
Maryland residents in veterinary medicine. Up to four spaces a 
year in the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of 
Georgia, up to five spaces a year at Tuskegee Institute and up to 
fifteen spaces a year at the University of Florida are reserved for 
qualified Maryland residents who may be offered admission by 
the respective institutions. 

The University of Maryland also has an agreement with The 
Ohio State University under which a maximum of six Maryland 
residents may be offered admission each year by the College of 
Veterinary Medicine at Ohio State University. 

The Colleges of Veterinary Medicine at the University of 
Georgia, The Ohio State University, The University of Florida and 
Tuskegee Institute have the final and exclusive authority on all 
matters related to admission. 

It is not possible for colleges of Veterinary Medicine to admit 
all eligible applicants. Therefore, pre-professional students are 
urged to consider alternate objectives in a program leading to the 
B.S. degree. 

Undergraduate students who have completed three years in the 
pre-veterinary program in the University of Maryland College of 
Agriculture and have not been admitted to a college of veterinary 
medicine may transfer to one of the curricula at the University 



of Maryland in order to complete the B.S. degree. 

No specific major Is required for favorable consideration by a 
veterinary school admissions committee 

The course requirements listed represent the minimum re- 
quirements for admission to the Colleges of Veterinary Medicine, 
University of Georgia, Tuskegee Institute, Ohio State and Univer- 
sity of Florida. 



Semester 
Credit 
Hours 



Chemistry (1) 

Physics 

Mathematics (calculus) 

Biobgy (including genetics & microbiology) 

Animal Science (2) 

English 

Humanities and Social Studies 

Electives (3) 



1 Ohio State University requires that Biochemistry be ricluded 

2 University of Flonda requires 6 credits in Animal Science which must include 
an introductory course tn Animal Science and a course in Animal Nutrition 

3 Students are encouraged to elect courses m Animal Science. Biochemistry 
Animal Anatomy, and Phystotogy 

Combined Degree Curriculum— College of 
Agriculture and Veterinary Medicine. 

Students enrolled in the College of Agriculture who have com- 
pleted at least 90 hours, including all University, Division and Col- 
lege requirements, plus additional credits in Animal Science, may 
qualify for the B.S. degree from the University of Maryland, Col- 
lege of Agriculture, upon successful completion in a College of 
Veterinary Medicine of at least 30 semester hours. 
Combined Degree Requirements 

Semester 
Credit 
Hours 

General University Requirements 30 

ANSC 221— Fundamentals of 

Animal Production 3 

ANSC 21 1 —Anatomy of Domestic Animals 4 

ANSC 212— Applied Animal Physiology 4 

BOTN 101— General Botany* 4 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4 

Mathematics (must include at least 3 credits 

of Calculus)' 6 

CHEM 103— College Chemistry 1 4 

CHEM 1 04— College Chemistry II 4 

CHEM 201 —College Chemistry III 3 

CHEM 202— College Chemistry Laboratory III 2 

CHEM 203— College Chemistry IV 3 

CHEM 204— College Chemistry Laboratory IV 2 

RHYS 121— Fundamentals of Physics I 4 

PHYS 122— Fundamentals of Physics II 4 

Electives 9 

'Satisfies Divisional Requirements 

Additional Information about this program may be obtained from 
the Department of Veterinary Science. 

Institute of Applied Agriculture Two-Year Program. 

This is a technical program which prepares men and women for 
mid-management, semi-professional careers in applied agricul- 
tural science and agricultural business. 

Three major programs are currently offered: 

The Business Farming program develops those skills needed 
for farm operation or for employment in agricultural supply and 
service businesses such as feed, seed, fertilizer and machinery 
companies and farmers' cooperatives. 

Options in the Ornamental Horticulture program prepare 
students for employment in or management of greenhouses, 
nurseries, garden centers, florist shops or landscape main- 
tenance companies. 

The Turfgrass and Golf Course Management program concen- 
trates on the technical and management skills needed to work as 



a golf course superintendent or assistant superintendent, to pro- 
duce turf commercially, or to work in related industries. 

Students satisfactorily completing two years of study are 
awarded a certificate. 

For additional information, write: Director, Institute of Applied 
Agriculture, University of Maryland. College Park, Maryland 20742. 



Other Agricultural and 
Life Science Departments, 
Programs and Curricula 
Biological Sciences Program 

This program is designed for the student who is Interested in a 
broader education in the biological sciences than is available in 
the programs for majors in the various departments of the Divi- 
sion of Agricultural and Life Sciences. The program is appropriate 
for the entering student who wishes to explore the various areas 
of biology before specializing in the program offered by a single 
department, or for the student desiring to specialize in a 
discipline which can best be constituted by the selection of 
courses from the various departments in the biological sciences. 

Preparation for graduate study in a specialized area of biology 
is readily accomplished under this program by the judicious selec- 
tion of junior-senior level courses in the proposed area of 
graduate concentration. When the proposed area of graduate 
specialization lies within a single departmental discipline, it may 
be desirable for the student to transfer to the program for majors 
in that department. 

Advising of students in the Biology program is coordinated in a 
central advising office established by the Division of Agricultural 
and Life Sciences. Students must select an area of emphasis from 
among the following programs — Marine Biology, Ecology, 
Physiology, Genetics or Biochemistry. Alternatively, the student 
may elect a General Biology program emphasizing work in Animal 
Science, Botany, Entomology, Microbiology or Zoology. In each 
case, advising will be by the department in which most of the work 
is to be taken. For orderly planning and advising, students are 
urged to determine their emphasis early and no later than the 
beginning of the junior year. Changes in emphasis normally can- 
not be made during the senior year without delaying graduation. 
Students in the program who are also attempting to meet the re- 
quirements of a pre-professional program should also seek advice 
from advisors for the respective programs. Students in the pro- 
gram who wish to prepare for secondary school science teaching 
should contact the faculty of the Science Teaching Center of the 
College of Education for information concerning requirements for 
certification. 

Curriculum. All students in the Biological Sciences program 
must satisfy the requirements of the University of Maryland at 
College Park and the requirements of the Division of Agricultural 
and Life Sciences. All courses in the basic and advanced program 
must be completed with a grade of C or better. An average of C is 
required in the supporting courses. 

Basic Course Requirements 

1. A course in general biological principles, including laboratory, 
which may be satisfied by either of the following courses; 

a. BOTN 101, General Botany (4). 

b. ZOOL 101, General Zoology (4). 

2. Two courses in the diversity of living organisms including 
BOTN 202, the Plant Kingdom (4), and either ENTM 204, 
General Entomology (4), or ZOOL 293, Animal Diversity (4). 

3. MICB 200, General Microbiology (4). 

4. A basic course in genetics which may be satisfied by any one 
of the following courses: 

a. ANSC 201, Basic Principles of Animal Genetics (3). 

b. BOTN 414, Plant Genetics (3). 

c. HORT 274, Genetics of Cultivated Plants (3). 

d. ZOOL 246, Genetics (4). 

5. Required Supporting Courses. 

a. Two courses in college mathematics including MATH 110, 
111, Introduction to Mathematics I, II (3,3) or MATH 115, 140, 
Introduction to Analysis and Analysis I (3,4) or any higher 
mathematics sequence for which these courses are pre- 
requisite. For many areas of biology completion of a year of 
Calculus, MATH 220, 221 or MATH 140, 141 is recommended. 

b. CHEM 103, 104 or CHEM 105, 106, College Chemistry I, II (4,4): 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges 
Schools, & 
Departments 

57 



Academic 

Divisions, 

Colleges 

Schools, & 

Departments 

58 



CHEM 203, 204 or CHEM 213. 214, College Chemistry IV (3,2). 
Students in certain programs will also need CHEM 201, 202, 
College Chemistry III (3.2). 
c. PHYS 121, 122 or 141, 142, Fundamentals of Physics (4,4). 

It is not necessary that all the required courses listed above be 
completed before registering for advanced courses; how/ever, these 
courses are prerequisite to many of the advanced courses and 
should be completed early in the program. 

Advanced Program. In addition to the required courses listed above, 
the student must complete 22 hours of biological sciences selected 
from the approved courses listed below or in courses which have 
been specifically approved by the Biological Sciences Committee. 
A minimum of ten credits must be taken in the area of emphasis and 
at least two courses must involve laboratory or field work. At least 
18 hours must be completed in courses numbered 300 or above, 
and two of the participating departments must be represented by 
at least one course in the 18 hours of 300-400 level work. Courses 
approved for the advanced program include: 
AGRO 105. 403, 422, 423. 
AGRI 301 or 401 or an equivalent. 

ANSC 211, 212, 252, 350, 401, 406, 411, 412, 413, 414, 416, 425, 
446. 452 and 466, 

BOTN all courses except BOTN 100, 101, 202 and 414. 
CHEM 201, 202, 261, 461, 462, 463, and 464. 
ENTM all courses except ENTM 100 and 111. 
HORT 171 and 271. 

MICB all courses except MICB 200 and 322. 
PSYC 400, 402, 403, 410, 412 and 479. 
ZOOL all courses except ZOOL 101, 146, 207 and 246. 

Research experience in the various areas of biology, 
biochemistry, and psychology are possible under this plan by 
special arrangement with faculty research advisors. Not more 
than 3 hours of special problems or research can be taken as part 
of the advanced piogram requirement of 22 hours. 

Botany 

Professor and Acting Chairman: Patterson 

Professors: Bean, Brown (Emeritus), Corbett, Galloway. Gauch 

(Emeritus), Kantzes, Klarman. Krusberg, D.T. Morgan. CD. 

Morgan. Sorokin (Emeritus), Stern, Weaver. 

Associate Professors: Barnett, Bottino, Karlander, Lockard, Mot- 

ta, Rappleye, Reveal. 

Assistant Professors: Barrett, Broome, Stevenson, Van Valken- 

burg. 

Instructor: Higgins. 

The Department offers instruction in the fields of physiology, 
pathology, ecology, taxonomy, anatomy-morphology, genetics, 
mycology, marine botany, nematology, virology, phycology and 
general botany. 

All students, regardless of their areas of interest, must com- 
plete the Department of Botany requirements listed below. All re- 
quired botany courses must be passed with at least a grade of 
"C," a course must be repeated until a "C" or better is earned. 
The Botany Department also strongly recommends that all botany 
undergraduate majors complete 6 hours of approved English com- 
position or its equivalent. In some areas of botany, an introduc- 
tory course in geology or soils is highly recommended. 

After completion of the sophomore year, students should 
designate a specific area of concentration within the botany cur- 
riculum. Each student will be assigned an advisor in that area in 
order to determine which courses should be taken during the 
junior and senior years. 

The Botany Department also offers a special program for excep- 
tionally talented and promising students through the Honors Pro- 
gram which emphasizes the scholarly approach to independent 
study. Information concerning this program may be obtained from 
the Botany Honors Program Advisor. 

Department of Botany Requirements 



BOTN 101— General Botany ... 

BOTN 202— Plant Kingdom 

BOTN 212— Plant Taxonomy .. . 
BOTN 221 — Diseases of Plants. 

BOTN 398— Seminar 

BOTN 414— Plant Genetics . . . . 



BOTN 416— Principles of Plant Anatomy 

BOTN 441 — Plant Physiology 

BOTN 462— Plant Ecology 

BOTN 464 — Plant Ecology Laboratory 

CHEM 103. 104 plus College Chemistry 

I and II plus 

CHEM 203. 204 College Chemistry IV and College 
Chemistry Laboratory IV or equivalent . . 
MATH 140. 141 Elementary Calculus or 

MATH 220. 221 Analysis I & II 

MICRO 200— General Microbiology 

PHYS 121. 122 Fundamentals of Physics I & II or 
PHYS 141. 142 Principlesof Physics 

A laboratory or field course in zoology or 
entomology 

■ Botany electives or related courses 

"Electives 

General University Requirements 



3 
8-10 
14-16 

30 



•To total 24 

Chemistry 

Professor and Ctiairman: McNesby. 

Associate Chairmen: Bellama, Miller, 

Professors: Adier, Ammon, Bellama, Castellan, Freeman, Gardner, 

Goldsby, Gordon. Grim. Henery-Logan, Holmlund, Huheey, Ja- 

quith. Keeney, Mazzocchi. Munn, Ponnamperuma, Pratt 

(Emeritus), Reeve, Rollinson, Stewart, C. Stuntz, Svirbely 

(Emeritus), Vanderslice, Veitch (Emeritus). Viola, Walters. 

Associate Professors: Alexander, Boyd, Campagnoni, DeVoe, 

Hansen, Helz, Jarvis, Kasler, Khanna, Lakshmanan, Martin, Miller, 

Morre, Murphy. O'Haver, Sampugna, Zoller. 

Assistant Professors: Bergeron, Heikkinen, McArdle, Rowan, 

Tossell. 

Research Professor: Bailey. 

Visiting Professors: Durst (p.t), Trombka (p.t.). 

Lecturer: Kilbourne. 

Instructors: Doherty. Pettigrew. S. Stuntz. 

The curriculum in chemistry is centered around a basic core of 
30 credits (18 lower-division and 12 upper-division) in chemistry. 
An additional two credits must be chosen from among other 
upper-division courses in chemistry. The program is designed to 
provide the maximum amount of flexibility to students seeking 
preparation for either the traditional branches of chemistry or the 
interdisciplinary fields. Students wishing a degree program 
specifically certified by the American Chemical Society must 
elect more than the minimum number of elective credits in 
chemistry and must choose judiciously among the upper-division 
courses offered. In addition, the ACS-certified degree program 
presently recommends German or Russian. 

A sample program, listing only the required or recommended 
courses, is given below. It is expected that each semester's elec- 
tives will include courses intended to satisfy the general re- 
quirements of the University or of the Division of Agricultural and 
Life Sciences, plus others of the student's choice. 

FIRST YEAR 

4 Chem104or106 4 

4 Math 141 * .4 

, 7 Electives 7 

15 15 

•Students initially placed in MATH 115 will delay (VIATH 140 and 141 one 



Chem 103 or 105 
Math 140* 
Electives , , 





Chem 201 or21 1 




Chem 202 or 21 2 


Semester 


Physics 141 


Credit 


Electives 


Hours 




4 




4 




4 


Chem 430 . 


4 


Chem 481 


1 


Electives 


3 





SECOND YEAR 

3 Chem 203 or 213 

2 Chem 204 or 214 

4 Physics 142 
6 Electives 

15 

THIRD YEAR 

3 Chem 431 
3 Chem 482 
9 Electives 

15 



, 3 
3 
9 

15 



Electives 



FOURTH YEAR 

15 Electives 



15 



graduate work are strongly advised to elect courses in physics, 

modern foreign languages, nnathematics, and bionnetrics. 



For American Chemical Society certification the student should 
consult his or her advisor for course recommendations that will 
meet certification requirements. 

Agricultural Chemistry. A program In Agricultural 
Chemistry Is offered within the College of Agricul- 
ture. See page 52 for details 

Biochemistry. The Chemistry Department also offers a major in 
biochemistry. In addition to the lower-division chemistry se- 
quence, the program requires: 

Chemistry 461 and 462; Chemistry 481 and 482; Chemistry 430 and 
464, MATH 140 and 141; PHYS141 and 142; and nine credits of ap- 
proved biological science that must include at least one upper- 
division course. A sample program, listing only the required 
courses, is given below. It is expected that each semester's elec- 
tives will include courses mtended to satisfy the general re- 
quirements of the University or of the Division of Agricultural and 
Lite Sciences, plus others of the student's choice. 
FIRST YEAR 



Chem 104 or 106 4 

Math 141 4 

Electives 7 

15 
II delay MATH 140 and 141 one 



elude at least one course 



Chem 103 or 105 4 

Math 140* 4 

Electives* * 7 

15 
•Students initialy placed m MATH 115 
semester 
**lt is suggested ttiat tfie first year electives 
biological science 

SECOND YEAR 

Chem 20 1 or 2 1 1 3 Chem 203 or 2 1 3 3 

Chem 202 or 21 2 2 Chem 204 or 21 4 2 

Physics 141 4 Physics 142 4 

Electives 6 Electives 6 

15 15 



THIRD YEAR 

Chem 481 3 Chem 482 

Chem 430 3 Chem 464 

Chem 461 3 Chem 462 

Electives 6 Electives . 

15 

FOURTH YEAR 
Electives 15 Electives . . 



The Chemistry Department's Honors Program begins in the 
junior year. Interested students should see the Departmental 
Honors Committee for further information. 



Entomology 

Professor and Chairman: Steinhauer. 

Professors: Bickley, Cory (Emeritus), Davidson, Harrison, Jones, 

Menzer. Messersmith. 

Associate Professors: Bissell (Emeritus), Caron, Haviland 

(Emerita), Krestensen, Reichelderfer, Wood. 

Assistant Professors: Armstrong, Denno, Dively. Hellman, Lin- 

duska. Nelson. 

Principal Specialist: Harding. 

Lecturers: Marsh, Spangler. 

Adjunct Professors: Baker. Knutson, Menke, Wirth. 

Adjunct Associate Professor: Miller. 

This curriculum prepares students for various types of en- 
tomological positions or for graduate work in any of the special- 
ized areas of entomology. Professional entomologists are en- 
gaged in fundamental and applied research in university, govern- 
ment, and private laboratories; regulatory and control activities 
with federal and state agencies; commercial pest control and pest 
management services; sales and development programs with 
chemical companies and other commercial organizations; con- 
sulting, extension work; and teaching. 

Most of the first two years of the curriculum is devoted to ob- 
taining the essential background, in the junior and senior years 
there is an opportunity for some specialization or for electing 
courses in preparation for graduate work. Students contemplating 



Semester 

Credit 

Hours 

30 

4 

4 

4.4 

3 2 
6 
3 

3 

4 

3 



4 

1 

2 

22-24 



Department of Entomology Requirements 



General University Requirements 

ZOOL 293— Animal Diversify 

BOTN 101— General Botany* 

CHEM 103 104— College Chemistryl.il* 

CHEM 20 1 ,202— College Chemistry III and 

College Chemistry Latxiratory I 
MATH* 
GENETICS 
2 of the following 3 courses 

BOTN 212— Plant Taxonomy 

BOTN 22 1 —Diseases of Plants 

CHEM 461 —Biochemistry I 

MICB 200— General Microbiology 

ENTM 204 — General Entomology 

ENTM 421 —Insect Taxonomy and Biology . 

ENTM 432— Insect Morphology 

ENTM 442— Insect Physiology 

2 of the following 3 courses 

ENTM 451 — Economic Entomology 

ENTM 462— Insect Pathology 

ENTM 472— Medical and Veterinary 

Entomology 

ENTM 498— Seminar 

ENTM 399— Special Problems 

Electives, 

■ Satisfies Divisional requirements 
Course Code Prefix— ENTM 



Geology 

Associate Professor and Acting Chairman: Siegrist. 

Professor: Adier. 

Associate Professors: Ridky, Segovia, Sommer, Stifel, Weidner, 

Wylie. 

Assistant Professors: Onash. 

Visiting Professors: Breger (p.t.). Rose (p.t.). 

Geology is the basic science of the earth. In its broadest sense, 
geology concerns itself with planetary formation and modification 
with emphasis on the study of the planet Earth. This study directs 
its attention to the earth's internal and external structure, 
materials, chemical and physical processes and its physical and 
biological history. Geology concerns itself with the application of 
geological principles and with application of physics, chemistry, 
biology and mathematics to the understanding of our planet. 

Geological studies thus encompass understanding the develop- 
ment of life from the fossil record, the mechanics of crustal move- 
ment and earthquake production, the evolution of the oceans and 
their interaction with land, the origin and emplacement of mineral 
and fuel resources and the determination of man's impact on the 
geological environment. 

Geological scientists find employment in government, in 
dustrial and academic establishments. In general, graduate train 
ing is expected for advancement to the most rewarding positions. 
Most industrial positions require an MS, degree. Geology is enjoy 
ing a strong employment outlook at the present because of ou 
mineral, fuel and environmental concerns. At this time, students 
with the B.S., particularly those with training in geophysics, can 
find satisfactory employment. However, graduate school is 
strongly recommended for those students desiring a professional 
career in the geosciences. 

The Geology Program includes a broad range of undergraduate 
courses to accommodate both geology majors and students in- 
terested in selected aspects of the science of the Earth. Oppor- 
tunities exist for undergraduate research projects, on a personal 
level, between students and faculty members. 

The Geology curricula is designed to meet the requirements of 
industry, graduate school and government. However, students 
may select, at their option, geology electives that are designed for 
a particular interest, rather than for the broad needs of a profes- 
sional career. Courses required for the B.S. in Geology are listed 
below: 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges 
Schools, & 
Departments 

59 



Semester 
Credit 
Hours 

General University Requirements ' 30 

Divisional Requirements 

Biological Scence 

3 or 4 

MATH, CHEM (See Below) 
Departmental Requirements 28 

GEOL100(3) 

GEOL102(3) 

GE0L1 10(1) 

GE0L1 12(1) 

GEOL399(2) 

GEOL422(4) 

GEOL 431(4) 

GEOL 441(4) 

GEOL 490(6) 

Geology Summer CamD(5) 
Supporting Re :iuirements 24 

CHEM 103, 104(4, 4) 

MATH 140, 141 (4.4) 

PHYS 141. 142(4, 4) 

Electives 35 

Course Code Prefix— GEOL °''-^^ 

Microbiology 

Professor and Chairman: Cook. 

Professors: Colwell, Cooney. Doetsch, Faber (Emeritus), Hetrick, 

Laffer, Pelczar (Emeritus), Young. 

Associate Professors: MacQuillan, Roberson, Voll, Weiner. 

Assistant Professor: Howard 

Lecturers: Morris (p.t.), Stadtman (p.t.). 

Instructor: Hov^eW. 

Adjunct Associate Professor: Gherna. 

"Joint appointment, Chesapeake Biological Laboratory. 

Tlie Department of Microbiology has as its primary aim pro- 
viding the student with thorough and rigorous training in 
microbiology. This entails knowledge of the basic concepts of 
bacterial cytology, physiology, taxonomy, metabolism, ecology, 
and genetics, as well as an understanding of the biology of infec- 
tious disease, immunology, general virology, and various applica- 
tions of microbiological principles to public health and industrial 
processes. In addition, the department pursues a broad and 
vigorous program of basic research, and encourages original 
thought and investigation in the above-mentioned areas. 

The department also provides desirable courses for students 
majoring in allied departments who wish to obtain vital, sup- 
plementary information. Every effort has been made to present 
the subject matter of microbiology as a basic core of material that 
is pertinent to all biological sciences. 

The curriculum outlined below, which leads to a bachelor's 
degree, includes the basic courses in microbiology and allied 
fields. 

A student planning a major in microbiology should consult a 
departmental advisor as soon as possible after deciding upon this 
action. The supporting courses should be chosen only from the 
biological and physical sciences. 

No course with a grade less than C may be used to satisfy major 
requirements. 

Information concerning the Honors Program may be obtained in 
the departmental office. 

The major in the department consists of a minimum of twenty- 
tour semester hours, including MICB 200 - General Microbiology 
(4), and MICB 440 - Pathogenic Microbiology (4). In addition, at 
least sixteen additional hours must be selected from MICB 290 
-Applied Microbiology (4), MICB 300 - Microbiological Literature 
(1), MICB 330 - Microbial Ecology (2), MICB 379 - Honors Research 
(3), MICB 380 - Microbial Genetics (4), MICB 388 - Special Topics* 
(1-4), MICB 399 - Microbiological Problems'* (3), MICB 400 
-Systematic Microbiology (2), MICB 410 • History of Microbiology 
(1), MICB 420 - Epidemiology and Public Health (2), MICB 430 
-Marine Microbiology (2), MICB 431 - Marine Microbiology 
Laboratory (2), MICB 450 - Immunology (4), MICB 460 - General 
Virology (3), MICB 470 - Microbial Physiology (4), MICB 490 
-Microbial Fermentations (2), MICB 491 - Microbial Fermentations 
Laboratory (2). 



MICB 322 - Microbiology and the Public (3) is a general survey 
course and is not open to students who have taken MICB 200, or 
those for whom MICB 200 is a required course. 

*MICB 388 - A maximum of 4 semester hours may be applied 
toward the major requirements. 

**MICB 399 may be used only once towards meeting the major 
requirements. 

Required as courses supporting the major are CHEM 103 (4), 
104 (4), 201 (3), 202 (2), 204 (2) - College Chemistry I, II, III, IV (with 
laboratories); CHEM 461, 462, (3, 3) - Biochemistry: MATH 110, 111 
- Introduction to Mathematics (3, 3) or equivalent; PHYS 121, 122 
-Fundamentals of Physics (4, 4); ZOOL 101 - General Zoology (4) or 
BOTN 101 - General Botany (4); and four additional semester hours 
In a biological science (with laboratory). (MATH 220, 221 - In- 
troductory Calculus (3, 3) or equivalent is strongly recommended 
but not required.) 

Course Code Prefix — MICB 

Zoology 

Professor and Chairman: Corliss. 

Professor and Assistant Chairman: Haley. 

Professors: Anastos, Brinkley, Brown, Clark, Grollman, Highton, 

Jachowski, Morse, Schleidt. 

Associate Professors: Allan, Barnett. Contrera, Gill, Goode, Imber- 

ski, Levitan, Linder, Pierce, J. Potter, Small, Vermeij, Smifh-GIII. 

Assistant Professors: Bonar, Buchler, Higglns, Inouye, Love, 

Reaka. 

Instructors: Knox, Piper, Spalding, C. Veil, J. Veil. 

Adjunct Professors: Eisenberg, Otto, M. Potter. 

Adjunct Associate Professors: Heinle, Morton, Sulkin. 

I. Description of Program. The Department of Zoology offers a pro- 
gram leading to a B.S. with a major in Zoology. The program is 
planned to give each student an appreciation of the diversity of 
the problems studied by zoologists and an opportunity to explore, 
in detail, the kinds of problems delineating the specialized fields 
of Zoology and the nature of observation and experimentation ap- 
propriate to investigations within these fields. The requirements 
of 26 hours in Zoology, including one course in each of four broad 
areas, together with supporting courses in Chemistry, Mathe- 
matics, and Physics, permit students to develop their interest In 
the general field of Zoology or to concentrate in a special area. 
Courses in Zoology satisfying the broad area requirements are of- 
fered at the sophomore and junior-senior levels and may be taken 
upon completion of the prerequisites for a chosen course. Majors 
are urged to complete the required supporting course in 
Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics as early as possible since 
these courses are prerequisites for many courses in Zoology. 

II. Curriculum For Zoology Majors. There are no specified courses 
in Zoology required of all majors. ZOOL 101, General Zoology, Is 
available for students who need an introductory course before 
proceeding to more advanced zoology courses. Competence 
equivalent to the successful completion of ZOOL 101 Is prereq- 
uisite to all zoology courses that are accepted for credit toward 
the major. Credits earned In ZOOL 101 are not accepted for credit 
toward the major. 

All majors are required to complete a minimum of 26 credit 
hours in Zoology with an average grade of C. Fourteen of the 
twenty-six hours must be earned in 300-400 level courses and two 
of these courses must have accompanying laboratories. Most 
Zoology courses that are accepted for credit toward the major 
have been grouped into four broad areas based upon the level of 
biological organization studied. The areas and their correspond- 
ing courses are; I, cells and cell organelles; II, tissues, organs and 
organ systems: III, organisms: and IV, populations and com- 
munities of organisms. One 3 or 4 credit course in each of these 
areas is required. ZOOL 271 must accompany ZOOL 270, and 
ZOOL 471 must accompany ZOOL 470 for these courses to fulfill 
the Area IV requirement. 
AREA I 

ZOOL 246— Genetics(4) 

ZOOL 411— Cell Biology(4) 

ZOOL 413— Biophysics(3) 

ZOOL 415— Cell Differentiation(3) 

ZOOL 446— Molecular Genetics(3) 

ZOOL 447— Experimental Genetlcs(4) 
AREA II 

ZOOL 201 — Human Anatomy and Physiology 1(4) 

ZOOL 202— Human Anatomy and Physiology 11(4) 



ZOOL 421 — Neurophysiology(4) 

ZOOL 422— Vertebrate Physiology(4) 

ZOOL 426— General Endocrinology(3) 

ZOOL 495— Mammalian Histology(4) 
AREA III 

ZOOL 102— The Animal Phyla(4)- 

ZOOL 230— Developmental Biology(4) 

ZOOL 290— Comparative Vertebrate Morphology(4) 

ZOOL 293— Animal Diversity(4)* 

ZOOL 430— Vertebrate Embryology(4) 

ZOOL 472 — Protozoology(4) 

ZOOL 475— General Paiasitology(4) 

ZOOL 481 — Biology of Marine and Estuarlne 
lnvertebrates(4) 

ZOOL 482— Marine Vertebrate Zoology(4) 

ZOOL 483— Vertebrate Zoology(4) 

ZOOL 492— Form and Pattern in Organisms(3) 
•Credit for only 1 course, eitfier ZOOL 102 or ZOOL 293, is per- 
mitted. 
AREA IV 

ZOOL 270— Population Biology and General Ecology(3) 

ZOOL 271 — Population Biology and General Ecology 
Laboratory(l) 

ZOOL 440— Evolution(3) 

ZOOL 444— Advanced Evolutionary Biology(3) 

ZOOL 460— Ethology(3) 

ZOOL 461 — Ethology Laboratory(3) 

ZOOL 470— Advanced Animal Ecology{2) 

ZOOL 471 — Laboratory and Field Ecology(2) 

ZOOL 473— Marine Ecology(3) 

ZOLL 477— Symbiology(3) 

ZOOL 480— Aquatic Blology(4) 

Additional courses to complete the required 26 hours in 
Zoology may be selected from any of the undergraduate courses 
in Zoology except ZOOL 101, General Zoology(4); ZOOL 146, 
Heredity and Man(3); ZOOL 181, Ecology of the Oceans(3); and 
ZOOL 207S, Development of the Human Body(2). 

In addition to the above courses, students may submit a total of 
seven credits earned in the follovidng courses tovtord the 26 hour 
requirements. 

ZOOL 205— History of Zoology(l) 

ZOOL 206— Zoological Literature(l) 

ZOOL 209— Basic Study in Zoology(1-4) 

ZOOL 319— Special Problems in Zoology(1-2) 

ZOOL 328— Selected Topics in Zoology(1-4) 

Up to seven hours of credit in ZOOL 319, Special Problems in 
Zoology, and ZOOL 328, Selected Topics in Zoology may be used 
to fulfill the fourteen required hours at the 300-400 level providing 
all other requirements are met. 

Students participating in the General or Departmental Honors 
Programs may submit credits earned in the following courses 
toward the 26 hours requirement. 

ZOOL 308H — Honor Seminar(l) 

ZOOL 309H— Honors Independent Study(1-4) 

ZOOL 318H — Honors Research (1-2) 



IM. Required Supporting Courses. 

1. CHEM 103, 104, College Chemistry I and 11(4,4) or CHEM 105, 
106, Principles of College Chemistry I and 11(4,4). 

2. CHEM 201, 202, College Chemistry III and Laboratoiy 111(3,2) or 
CHEM 211, 212, Principles of College Chemistry III and Labora- 
tory 111(3,2). 

3. Mathematics through one year of calculus; I.e., completion of 
MATH 220, 221. Elementary Calculus(3,3) or MATH 140, 141, 
Analysis I, 11(4,4). 

4. Physics 121, 122, Fundamentals of Physics(4,4) or Physics 141, 
142, Principles of Physics(4,4). 

5. One of the following courses; 

AGRI 301 — Introduction to Agricultural Biometrics(3) 

AGRI 401— Agricultural Biometrics(3) 

CHEM 203, 204— College Chemistry IV and Laboratory IV(3,2) 

MATH 240— Linear Algebra(4) 

PSYC 200— Statistical Methods in Psychology(3) 

SOCY 201 — Introductory Statistics for Sociology(3) 

STAT 250— Introduction to Statistical Models(3) 

STAT 400— Applied Probability and Statistics 1(3) 

STAT 464— Introduction to Biostatistics(3) 



iV. Advisement. Although sample programs for Zoology majors in- 
terested in different fields may be obtained from the Zoology of- 
fice, it is strongly recommended that all majors consult a Zoology 
Department advisor at least once every year. Majors planning to 
specialize in a particular field of Zoology should satisfy the area 
requirements during their freshman and sophomore years and 
take the 400 level courses in their chosen specialty. Students 
desiring to enter graduate study In certain areas of Zoology 
should take Biochemistry, Physical Chemistry, Advanced 
Statistics, Advanced Mathematics, and/or Philosophy of Science 
as a part of their undergraduate electives. Courses of interest to 
Zoology majors in Animal Science, Anthropology, Botany, Elec- 
trical Engineering, Entonnology, Geography, Geology, 
Microbiology, and Psychology are listed in the Undergraduate 
Catalogue under the appropriate departments. 
V. Honors. The Department of Zoology also offers a special pro- 
gram for the exceptionally talented and promising student. The 
Honors Program emphasizes the scholarly approach to indepen- 
dent study. Information regarding this program may be obtained 
from the departmental office or from the chairman of the Zoology 
Honors Program. 

Course Code Prefix — ZOOL 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges 
Schools. & 
Departments 



The Agricultural Experiment Station. The Maryland Agricultural 61 
Experiment Station is currently conducting more than 200 
research projects. These are conducted by faculty who supervise 
and direct research assistants, graduate and undergraduate 
students and technicians. The research may be conducted in 
laboratories or at one of the nine field locations throughout 
Maryland operated by the Experiment Station or even in fields, 
herds or flocks of cooperating farmers. 

The overall objective of the Experiment Station Is to enhance all 
aspects of Maryland agriculture for the benefit of farmers, farm- 
related business and consumers through optimal utilization, con- 
servation and protection of soil and water resources. Genetic prin- 
ciples are studied and applied in the improvement of turf and or- 
namentals, vegetable crops, field crops, poultry, dairy and other 
animals. Similarly, pathological principles are of concern in im- 
provement of methods of identification, prevention and/or control 
of plant and animal diseases. Biochemistry plays an important 
role in evaluating the nutritional quality of crops produced, the ef- 
ficiency of feed conversion by poultry and animals or the quality 
of plant and animal products for human consumption. Research in 
progress is concerned with improvement of processing systems 
to enhance food quality on one hand and the impact of nutritional 
deficiencies and means of remedying these on the other. Also 
directly in the consumer area is the study of clothing quality. 

Improved production techniques including waste utilization or 
disposal require studies involving soil-moisture-piant relation- 
ships and plant, bird, or animal-environment relationships and 
also studies of the applications of engineering for producing or 
maintaining the optimal environment for biological systems. 

Studies of biological and mechanical methods and improved 
chemical control of insects in the field, forests, food processing 
chain and the home are continuous. 

The socio-economics of changing agricultural systems are a 
major research area and increasing attention is being oriented 
towards rural development, including resource utilization for non- 
farm residents and recreation. 

The Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station was established 
in 1888 to comply with the Hatch Act of 1887 authorizing the 
establishment of an agricultural experiment station at the Land 
Grant Colleges. Actually, the charter of the Maryland Agricultural 
College in 1856 specifially authorized establishment of a 
demonstration farm. The Station is supported by federal funds 
under the Hatch Act as amended. State appropriations, grants and 
contracts with State and federal agencies and by gifts or other 
support from individual and farm-related businesses and industry. 
Cooperative Extension Service. As part of the total university, the 
Cooperative Extension Service takes the University of Maryland to 
the people of Maryland, wherever they are. In its role as the "off- 
campus, non-credit, out-of-classroom" arm of the University, it ex- 
tends the classroom to all parts of the State. With its uniquely ef- 
fective delivery system, the Cooperative Extension Service helps 
people to help themselves, to define their problems, to evaluate 
reasonable alternatives, and to generate action to solve their prol>- 
lems. 



Academic 

Divisions, 

Colleges 

Schools, & 

Departments 

62 



The Cooperative Extension Service was authorized by Congress 
in 1914 under the Smith-Lever Act and is funded by a three-way 
partnership. Support comes from the federal government for both 
1862 and 1890 Land Grant institutions; and from the State and all 
23 counties and Baltimore City in t^aryland. 

General administrative offices of the Maryland Cooperative Ex- 
tension Service are located at the College Park campus, and the 
administration of the 1890 program (an integral part of the total 
MCES effort) is from offices at the Eastern Shore campus. 

Off-campus faculty, located in each county and in Baltimore 
City, are the "front lines" that deliver University resources in ways 
people can use them effectively. These field faculty rely on cam- 
pus based Cooperative Extension specialists at both the College 
Park and Eastern Shore campuses to provide up-to-date, mean- 
ingful information and for aid in planning and conducting relevant 
educational programs. Many of the Cooperative Extension service 
faculty at the State level carry joint appointments with teaching 
and research, especially in the UMCP Division of Agricultural and 
Life Sciences. 

The Maryland Cooperative Extension Service is known for its 
programs in agriculture (including care of urban home grounds 
and gardens), home economics, 4-H and youth, community and 
resource development, and marine science. Working through 
organized groups such as homemakers' clubs, farmers' groups 
and cooperatives, agri-busmess firms, watermen's organizations, 
civic and social organizations, governmental agency personnel 
and elected officials, the Cooperative Extension Service 
multiplies its effects. It maintains a close working relationship 
with the Maryland Department of Agriculture and other State 
agencies and organizations. More than 12,000 volunteers in 
Maryland give generously of their time and energy. 

Time-tested, informal educational methods used are farm and 
home visits, phone and office conferences, and structured events 
such as meetings, institutes, workshops and training con- 
ferences. Carefully planned teaching events include tours, field 
days, and demonstrations. Indirect communications utilize cir- 
cular letters, radio and television programs, newspaper articles 
and columns, articles in specialized publications, and exhibits to 
reach a statewide audience. 

The Cooperative Extension Service is committed to making its 
programs available to all people without regard to race, color, 
creed, sex. marital status, personal appearance, age, national 
origin, political affiliation, or handicap. 

The educational endeavors of the Cooperative Extension Ser- 
vice are financed jointly by federal, state, and county governments. 
In each county and in Baltimore City competent extension agents 
conduct educational work in program areas consistent with the 
needs of the citizenry and as funds permit. The county staff is 
supported by a faculty of specialists in the Division of Agricultural 
and Life Sciences in College Park and the agricultural programs of 
University of Maryland Eastern Shore. Through their mutual ef- 
forts, local people are assisted in finding solutions to their prob- 
lems. 

The Cooperative Extension Service works in close harmony and 
association with many groups and organizations. In addition to 
work on farms and with agri-businesses, extension programs are 
aimed at many small and part time farmers, rural non-farm and ur- 
ban family consumers as well as watermen and marine related 
businessmen. Both rural and urban families learn good food 
habits through the Expanded Food and Nutrition Education Pro- 
gram. Thousands of boys and girls gain leadership knowledge and 
experience and are provided practical educational instruction in 
4-H clubs and other youth groups. 

To accomplish its mission, the Cooperative Extension Service 
works closely with teaching and research faculty of the University 
and with units of the University outside of agriculture, as well as 
state and federal agencies and private groups. Thousands of short 
courses, workshops and conferences in various fields of interest 
are conducted on the College Park Campus and at other locations 
throughout the state. A wide variety of publications and radio and 
television are used extensively to reach the people of Maryland. 



budsmen for students. The Provost's office is responsible for cer- 
tifying that students have met all degree requirements. The staff 
evaluates transfer credits and coordinates the advising of newly 
admitted students. They maintain a liason with the various faculty 
advisors and academic programs within the Division. The office of 
the Provost is the place where students can go when they are lost 
or have any question about academic policies or procedures. The 
staff can adjust courses or schedules, providing it is ethically 
justifiable. The Provost's office can interpret existing regulations 
and. where it again feels ethically justified, can make certain ex- 
ceptions. Students majoring in architecture and journalism will 
work directly with the staffs of the School of Architecture and the 
College of Journalism. During registration, students are usually 
seen on a first come, first served basis. On other occasions, if the 
problem is an emergency or is truly important, the provosts, 
deans, and advisors will stay as long as necessary. 

The Division of Arts and Humanities offers its students a variety 
of educational opportunities in addition to the traditional liberal 
education associated with humanistic studies, including 
possibilities for interdisciplinary and multi-disciplinary programs, 
independent and general study programs, and special intensive 
programs designed to meet individual student needs. Students 
electing to major in one of the creative or performing arts may 
choose between an academically oriented and a professionally 
oriented program. The Division also serves the needs of students 
from the other four academic divisions who wish to elect courses 
in the arts and humanities. 

The units in the Division are School of Architecture, College of 
Journalism, American Studies Program, Department of Art, 
Department of Classical Languages and Literatures. Comparative 
Literature Program, Department of Dance, Department of English, 
Department of French and Italian Languages and Literatures, 
Department of Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literatures, 
Department of History. Department of Music. Oriental and Hebrew 
Program. Department of Philosophy, Department of Spanish and 
Portuguese Langauges and Literatures, and Department of 
Speech and Dramatic Art. 

Entrance Requirements. The student who intends to pursue a pro- 
gram of study in the Division of Arts and Humanities should in- 
clude the following subjects in a high school program: College 
Preparatory Mathematics (Algebra. Plane Geometry), three or four 
units; Foreign Language, two units; History and Social Sciences, 
one or more units. Students lacking such high school preparation 
may still pursue an education in the Division by making up for 
such deficiencies through course work or independent study on 
the College Park Campus. Students wishing to major in one of the 
creative or performing arts are encouraged to seek training in the 
skills associated with such an area prior to matriculation. 
Students applying for entrace to these programs may be required 
to audition, present slides or a portfolio as a part of the admission 
requirements. Entrance requirements for the School of Architec- 
ture and the College of Journalism are given below. 
Degrees. Students who satisfactorily complete Division re- 
quirements are awarded the degree of Bachelor of Arts. Those 
who complete satisfactorily a special pre-professional program in 
the Department of Music are awarded the degree of Bachelor of 
Music. The School of Architecture awards the Bachelor of Ar- 
chitecture degree; the Bachelor of Science is awarded by the Col- 
lege of Journalism. 
General Requirements for All Degrees: 

A. A minimum of 120 semester hours (161 in Architecture) with at 
least a C average. 

B. General University Requirements. 

C. Division. College, or School degree requirements. 

D. Major requirements. 

The following Division requirements apply only to students 
earning Bachelor of Arts degrees from the Division of Arts and 
Humanities. For information concerning other degree programs 
within the Division (Bachelor of Architecture and Bachelor of 
Science in the School of Architecture, Bachelor of Science in the 
College of Journalism, and Bachelor of Music in the Department 
of Music), the student should consult advisors in those units. 



The Division of 
Arts and Humanities 

The chief administrative officer of the Division of Arts and 
Humanities is the Provost. The Provost's office staff serve as om- 



Division Requirements 

Note: These requirements are to apply until new policies of the 
Division of Arts and Humanities are published. 
Foreign Language. Demonstration of proficiency equivalent to the 
level achieved by completion of the first 12 semester hours study 



of a foreign language. 

a. The requirement may be met by students who have success- 
fully completed level three in high school in one foreign lan- 
guage or level two in each of two foreign languages. 

b. A student who does not meet the requirements under para- 
graph "a" must show proficiency through the intermediate level 
of college language. This may be done as follows: 

1. Take the placement examination in the language in which he 
has background, begin at the college level indicated by the 
test, and continue through the Intermediate level; or 

2. Pass the proficiency test for intermediate level given by the 
respective language departments. 

The languages which may be offered to meet this requirement 
are Chinese. French. German. Greek, Hebrew, Italian, Japanese. 
Latin. Portuguese, Russian and Spanish. 

Normally a student shall not be permitted to repeat a foreign 
language course below the 200 level for credit if he has suc- 
cessfully completed a higher numbered course than the one he 
wishes to repeat. 

Speech. Successful completion of one of the following courses in 
speech communication: SPGH 100. 107, 125. 220. or 230. Students 
who have successfully completed a full unit of speech in high 
school shall be deemed to have statisfied the speech require- 
ment. 

Major Requirements. Each student chooses a field of concentra- 
tion (major). He may make this choice as early as he wishes; 
however, once he has earned 56 hours of acceptable credit he 
must choose a major before his next registration. 

In programs leading to the baccalaureate degree, the student 
must also have a secondary field of concentration (supporting 
courses). The courses constituting the major and the supporting 
courses must conform to the requirements of the department in 
which the student majors. 

The student must have an average of not less than G in the in 
troductory courses in the field in which he intends to maior. 

A major shall consist, in addition to the lower division depart- 
mental prerequisites, of 24-40 hours, at least twelve of which must 
be in courses numbered 300 or 400 and at least twelve of which 
must be taken at the University of Maryland. 

Each major program includes a group of "supporting courses." 
formerly called minors, that are designed to contribute a better 
understanding of the major. The nature and number of these 
courses are under the control of the major department 

The average grade of the work taken for the major must be at 
least G: some departments will count toward satisfaction of the 
major requirement no course completed with a grade of less than 
C. The average grade of the work taken in the major and suppor- 
ting courses combined must be at least G. A general average of C 
in courses taken at the University of tvlaryland is required for 
graduation. 

Courses taken to fulfill General University Requirements may 
not be used toward divisional, major, or supporting course re- 
quirements. 

Advisors. Freshmen students will be assigned faculty advisors to 
assist them in the selection of courses and the choice of a major. 
After selecting a major, sophomore students and above will be ad- 
vised by faculty members in the major department. 

Students in the School of Architecture and College of Jour- 
nalism should consult their deans. 

Certification of Higfi School Teachers. If courses are properly 
chosen in the field of education, a prospective high school 
teacher can prepare tor high school positions, with a major and 
supporting courses in certain of the departments of this Division. 
A student who wishes to work for a teacher's certificate must con- 
sult the College of Education in the second semester of the 
sophomore year and apply for admission to the "Teacher Educa- 
tion" program. 

Honors. Departmental Honors Programs are offered in the Depart- 
ments of English, French. German, History, Music. Philosophy. 
Spanish, and Speech. Departmental Honors Programs are ad- 
ministered by an Honors Committee within each department. Ad- 
mission to a Departmental Honors Program ordinarily occurs at 
the beginning of the first or second semester of the student's 
junior year. As a rule, only students with a cumulative grade point 
average of at least 3.0 are admitted. A comprehensive examination 
over the field of the major program Is given to a candidate near the 
end of the senior year. On the basis of the student's performance 



on the Honors Comprehensive Examination and in meeting such 
other requirements as may be set by the Departmental Honors 
Committee, the faculty may vote to recommend the candidate for 
the appropriate degree with (departmental) honors or for the ap- 
propriate announcement in the commencement program and by 
citation on the student's academic record and diploma. 

Students In the Departmental Honors Programs enjoy some 
academic privileges similar to those of graduate students. 
Kappa Tau Alpha. The Maryland chapter of Kappa Tau Alpha was 
chartered in 1961. Founded in 1910, this national honor society 
has 39 chapters at universities offering graduate or undergraduate 
preparation for careers in professional journalism, it Is dedicated 
to recognition and promotion of scholarship in journalism. Among 
its activities Is an annual award for an outstanding piece of 
published research in journalism and mass communications. 
(Also see College of Journalism.) 

Phi Beta Kappa. Phi Beta Kappa is the oldest and most widely 
respected honorary fraternity in the United States. Invitation to 
membership is based not only on outstanding scholastic achieve- 
ment, but also on breadth of liberal arts studies completed while 
enrolled at the University of Maryland. Gamma of Maryland Colleges 
chapter has liaison faculty members In the various departments in Schools. & 
the Division of Arts and Humanities with whom students may Departments 
discuss membership selection. It should be kept in mind that re- 
quirements for national honorary societies, such as completion of 
language and mathematics courses, often differ from the local 
college, division or university requirements. 



Academic 
Divisions. 



63 



Schools and Colleges of the 
Division of Arts and Humanities 

School of Architecture 

The School of Architecture offers a five-year undergraduate pro- 
fessional program leading to the degree Bachelor of Architecture 
and a four year degree program for a Bachelor of Science with a 
major in Urban Studies (see footnote # 1). Future plans include 
development of other environmental design programs at the 
graduate and undergraduate level. 

The School was awarded accreditation by the National Ar- 
chitectural Accreditation Board. June 1972. insuring that past, 
present, and future students will be eligible for registration in all 
50 states upon meeting experience requirements and passing the 
standard examination. The School Is an associate member of the 
Association of Collegiate Schools of Architecture, and Is as- 
signed to that organizations northeastern region. 

The curriculum presents the basic requisite skills and the op- 
portunity to develop the knowledge to begin professional work. 
The Schools goal is to prepare students for professional service 
in helping solve the nation's environmental problems. 
Opportunities in Architecture. A rapidly growing population, 
together with expanding industrial development, has taxed the 
resources of cities throughout the world. Large segments of these 
urban populations are overcrowded, under-serviced and deprived 
of many of the amenities which city life has provided in the past. 

The complexity of these problems, precluding easy attribution 
of causes and simple solutions, has generated great change in the 
environmental design professions and in the other social 
disciplines. Where they once stood apart, they are now committed 
to a common purpose. Each of them has come to recognize the 
worth and value of the techniques and insights of the others. 

In architecture, these exchanges have Influenced procedures, 
services and goals of the profession. The scope of architectural 
services, once confined to the design, supervision and construc- 
tion of buildings, has been broadened to include programming, 
developmental planning operations research, project feasibility 
studies, and other new professional activities. The role of the ar- 
chitect is expanding from a narrow concern with building design 
to a broad concern for developmental change. 

These facts illustrate both the great need for educated and 
trained professionals, and the relevancy and excitement which 
characterize the profession today. Perhaps at no time In history 
has architecture posed as a great a challenge or offered so great 
a promise of personal fulfillment to its practitioners. There are 
many opportunities for employment and careers In architectural 
practice. Additional education and experience also qualify a 
graduate for a career in city or regional planning. 



The general nature of an architectural education is such that 
some graduates elect and achieve successful careers in civil ser- 
vice, comnnerce or industry. 

Curriculum. The program permits students to enter the School of 
Architecture either directly from high school or after one year of 
general college work without extending the time required for com- 
pletion of degree requirements. 

Students in the first year may take an introductory course m ar- 
chitecture as well as general courses. In the second year, the stu- 
dent begins professional education in basic design and building 
construction as well as continuing his/her general education. The 
basic environmental design studio explores specific architectural 
problems as well as the general problems inherent in making ob- 
jects and spaces. In the third year, coordinated courses in 
building design and technology introduce the student to the 
ecological, physiographic, physiological, social, and physical 
generators of architectural design. In the fourth year, this process 
is continued, but the emphasis is on urban design: the en- 
vironmental context, the historical and situational context, urban 
systems, and theoretical, aesthetic and sociological considera- 
tions. In the fifth year of design, the student is offered oppor- 
tunities to choose comprehensive topical problems from several 
offered each year, and to work independently. Special studies in 
technical areas as well as building design and case studies in ur- 
ban planning may be included. 

All of the design studio courses emphasize environmental 
design problem-solving experiences, as well as lectures, reading 
assignments, and field trips that advance the student's skills. In 
addition to the design and technical courses, the student is re- 
quired to take architectural history, physics, mathematics, and a 
distribution of elective courses. 

.Any student enrolled in the School may elect to enter the pro- 
gram leading to the Bachelor of Science with a major in Urban 
Studies, and may receive the degree either in lieu of or in addition 
to the baccalaureate in Architecture. The program includes the 
first two years of the architecture program, and adds special re- 
quirements in the third and fourth years. Procedures and course 
requirements for this program are available from the School of Ar- 
chitecture and from the Institute for Urban Studies. 

The general requirements of the University apply to the ar- 
chitecture program. In addition, students are specifically required 
to complete a mathematics series terminating with MATH 221. 
Most students find it necessary to begin college mathematics 
with MATH 115, followed by MATH 220 and 221. In addition, ar- 
chitecture students are required to complete PHYS 121. 
Location. The School is housed In a contemporary air-conditioned 
building on the campus about 10 miles from Washington, D.C. and 
30 miles from Baltimore, Maryland. This location, in the center of a 
large urban concentration, offers many opportunities for the 
School's program and the student's growth. 

The School of Architecture building provides studio space, a 
library, exhibit space, a shop, a photo lab, classrooms, and lecture 
hall facilities. 

Library. The Architecture Library at present comprises some 
19,000 volumes, providing resources in building technology, ur- 
ban planning, and landscape architecture, as well as in arcfiitec- 
ture. It includes a rare book collection and a special collection on 
world expositions. It is expected that the library will number 
22,000 volumes by 1980. This will make it one of the major ar- 
chitectural school libraries in the nation. The library subscribes to 
about 140 foreign and domestic periodicals. 
Visual Aids. The visual aids library comprises about 75,000 35-mm 
color slides in architecture, landscape architecture, and urban 
planning. Slides of student work, films, film-strips and 
photographs are included in the collection. Visual aid equipment 
is available for classroom use. 

Admission. Because there is a fixed limit to the number of can- 
didates who can be admitted each year, it is important that the 
following instructions be carefully followed: 

1. Students applying from high school: Write the Director of 
Admissions, University of Maryland, College Park, Md. 
20742 for application instructions. 

2. Students who have completed work at other universities: Write 
the Director of Admissions, University of Maryland, College 
Park, Md. 20742 for application instructions. 

3. Students transferring from other colleges or divisions of the 
University of Maryland: Pick up an application form at the 



School of Architecture and return it to the assistant dean 

of the School, together with a record of all work taken at the 

University of Maryland and other institutions. 

Deadlines: All application procedures should be submitted to the 

University by March 1. Applications received after this date, but 

before the University deadline dates for new students and for 

transfer students, will be considered only on a space-available 

basis. 

Financial Assistance. For promising young men and women who 
might not otherwise be able to attend the University's School of 
Architecture, a number of grants and scholarships are available, 
some earmarked specifically for architectural students. New 
students must apply before March 15. Students already enrolled 
may apply before May 1. All requests for information concerning 
these awards should be made to: Director, Student Aid, University 
of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742. 

Architecture Faculty 

Professor and Dean: Hill 

Assistant Dean: Fogle 

Professors: Cochran (visiting), Schleslnger 

Associate Professors: Bechhoefer, Hutton, Lazaris, Lewis, 

Senkevitch, Schaeffer 

Assistance Professors: Cass, DuPuy, Goldstein, Johns, Lord, Pin- 

Vann 

Lecturers: Bennett, Bullock, Kramer, Miner, Muse, Potts, Thomas, 

Wilkes 

Students in architecture are required to complete a minimum of 
161 credits of work for the Bachelor of Architecture degree. In ad- 
dition to prescribed courses in the School of Architecture, 
students are required to complete a number of credits in electives 
offered elsewhere in the University. The requirements for gradua- 
tion are tabulated below: 



1 St Year 
Arch 1 70 Intro to Built 

Environment 3 GUR^ . , 

GUr2 3 GUR2 . . 

GUR2 3 GUR2 . 

GUr2 3 GUR2 

Elective 3 Elective . 

15 



Arch 200 Basic 

Env Design 
Arch 220 Hist of Arch I 
Arch 21 4 BIdg Const I 
Phys 121 
Math 221 



Arch 300 Arch Studio I 
Arch 310 Arch Sci 

and Tech l' 

Arch 360 Site Analysis 



Arch Hist or 

Theory Option 
Arch314orCMSC 103 



2nd Year 

Arch 201 Basic 
4 Env Design 

3 Arch 221 Hist of Arch I 

2 Arch 215 BIdg Const 

4 Elective 

3 Elective 
16 



Arch 301 Arch Studio I 
Arch 31 1 Arch Sci. 

and Tech II 
Arch 342 Studies in 

Visual Design 
Arch Hist or 

Theory Option 
GUR2 



Arch 400 Arch Studio III 
Arch 410 Arch Sci. 

and Tech III 

Arch 350 Theory of 

Urban Form 

GUR' 

Elective 



4tti Year 
.4 Arch 401 Arch Studio IV ...4 

Arch 411 Arch Sci. 
. 4 and Tech IV 4 

GUR' 3 

. 3 

. 3 Elective 3 

. 3 Elective 3 

17 17 



Arch 500 Advanced 

Topical Problems 

Arch 570 Prof Mgmt 



5 m Year 

Arch 501 Advanced 

6 Topical Problems 
2 Elective 



Arch 502 Thesis 

Pro-Seminar 3 

Elective 3 

Elective 3 

17 



Elective 
Elective , 



Total Credits 161 



NOTE: At least 12 of the 36 elective credits must be taken outside the School 
ol Architecture and 12 taken from elective courses offered in the School of 
Architecture (not counting courses taken to meet the Arch History or Theory 
option) 



Physics 121 and lulalh 221 are prerequisites to Arch 310. Hilath 221 has a 

prerequisite ot It^ath 220 

GUR— General University Requirements 



Course Code Prefix— ARCH 

College of Journalism 
Journalism Faculty 

Professor and Dean Hiebert. 

Assistant Dean: Hines 

Assistants to the Dean: Caldwell, Kelly. 

Professors: Martin, Newsom. 

Associate Professors: Brown, Grunig, Petrick. 

Assistant Professors: Beasley, Geraci, McElreath, Nunannaker, 

Patrick. 

Instructors: Carroll. Hines, Kelly, McKerns, Silver 

Visiting Professors: Boyle. Holman. 

Part-time Lecturers: Eastman, Elsen, Horowitz, Hymes, Kane, 

Merkowitz, Ross, Sarro, Schoettler, Scott, Scribber. Stern. 

The College of Journalism at the University of Maryland stands 
at the doorstep of the nation's capital and the world's news 
center. It is an ideal location for the study of journalism, public 
relations, and mass communications because many of the world's 
important journalists, great news events, and significant com- 
munications activities are near at hand. 

The College is within easy reach of five of the nation's top 20 
newspapers, including the Baltimore Sun, the Baltimore News- 
American, the Wastimgton Post, the Washington Star, and the 
production offices of the Wall Street Journal. The College also 
has easy access to the Washington press corps — the large 
bureaus of the Associated Press. United Press International. New 
York Times, and many other American and foreign newspapers; 
also major networks ^nd broadcasting news bureaus such as 
NBC, CBS, and ABC; rnany news, business, and special-interest 
magazines, and representatives of the book publishing industry. 

The College Is close to the sources of news, including the 
White House, executive departments and agencies. Supreme 
Court, and Congress. It is near many major non-governmental 
representative bodies such as associations, scientific and profes- 
sional organizations, foreign representatives, and international 
agencies. 

The College has six primary objectives; 1) to provide profes- 
sional development, including training in skills and techniques 
necessary for effective communication; 2) to insure a liberal 
education for journalists and mass communicators; 3) to Increase 
public understanding of journalism and mass communication; 4) 
to advance knowledge through research and publication; 5) to 
raise the quality of journalism through critical examination and 
study; and 6) to provide a continuing relationship with profes- 
sional journalists and their societies. 

The College curricula in news-editorial journalism and public 
relations are accredited by the American Council on Education for 
Journalism. The College is a member of the American Association 
of Schools and Departments of Journalism, The Association for 
Education in Journalism, and The American Society of Journalism 
School Administrators. 

Student journalism organization chapters include the Society 
of Professional Journalists (Sigma Delta Chi), Women in Com- 
munication, Pi Delta Epsilon, Kappa Tau Alpha, Kappa Alpha Mu, 
and a charter chapter of the Public Relations Student Society of 
America 

The College maintains close liaison with student publications 



and communications, including the student daily newspaper, 
yearbook, feature magazine, course guide, literary magazine, cam- 
pus radio station, and campus television workshop. 

The College also tries to arrange summer internships in profes- 
sional work and part-time on-the-job training opportunities. 

Advanced journalism students have many opportunities for pro- 
fessional work in the journalism field. The Journalism Semester 
Program allows students who qualify to take a concentrated 
semester of work in journalism during which time they produce a 
bi-weekly newspaper, the College Park Citizen Call. Advanced 
news reporting students have the opportunity to work on the 
l\Aontgomery Journal and the Prince George's Journal covering 
real news assignments for publication. In addition, advanced and 
graduate students often use the Washington. DC. resources for 
both study and professional work experience. Some seminars 
meet at the National Press Club in downtown Washington. 

Students may declare their intention to major in journalism at 
the beginning of any semester, but normally this is done before 
their junior year. Students are assigned and work with one faculty Academic 
member as their advisor during their study at the University. Divisions, 

The College offers specialized work in news reporting and Colleges 
editing, public relations, advertising, news broadcasting, news Schools. & 
photography, and communication theory and research. Department! 

Typing ability and English proficiency are required of all 
students. Majors must maintain a C average in courses taken in 65 
the College. Students must receive at least a C in Journalism 200 and 
201 before they will be allowed to major in Journalism, 

Accredited journalism programs follow a policy of requiring 
journalism majors to take about three-fourths ot their coursework 
in areas other than journalism. The College of Journalism follows 
this nationwide policy. In practical terms, this means that a jour- 
nalism major who wishes to offer more than 33 credits of jour- 
nalism coursework toward the undergraduate degree must olitain 
the written recommendation of the faculty advisor and the ap- 
proval of the Dean 

Requirements for the Journalism Major. The requirements for 
graduation are given below: 
General University Requirements. 
College Requirements: 

1 MATH 110 or 111 or any more advanced course in math- 
ematics- 

2. Foreign Language proficiency at the intermediate level. 
Three years of foreign language in high school does not auto- 
matically waive the foreign language requirement for the 
College of Journalism. 

OR 
2. a. Math Option to the Foreign Language instead of language, 
the student takes; 

—One math course; (Math 111 or any math course over and 
above the Math 110 course which is a college requirement) 
—One statistics course (SOCY 201. BMGT 230 or PSYC 200) 
—and Computer Science 103 

3. A course in speech, ordinarily SPCH 100, 107. 200 or 230. 

4. A course in principles of Sociology, SOC/ 100, or of Anthro- 
pology. ANTH 101. 

5. A course in principles of Psychology, PSYC 100 or 220. 

6. A course in principles of Economics, preferably ECON 205 

7. A course in government and politics, ordinarily GVPT 100, 170 
or 260. 

Professional Requirements: 

JOUR 200 and 201 are required of all Journalism majors. In addi- 
tion, 24 credit hours in upper division journalism courses, in- 
cluding JOUR 310, News Editing, are required. 

At least six credit hours should be taken in one of the following 
sequences for depth in a special field of journalism. 

All journalism majors should elect at least six credit hours from 
the following courses for breadth in mass communication: 
News Editorial — JOUR 320, plus 321, 325 or 328 
Public Relations — JOUR 330, plus 331 or 333 
Advertising — JOUR 340 and 341 
Photojournalism — JOUR 350 and 351 
Broadcast News — JOUR 360 and 361 
JOUR 400— Law of Mass Communication 
JOUR 410— History of Mass Communication 
JOUR 420— Government and Mass Communication 
JOUR 430— Comparative Mass Communication Systems 
JOUR 440— Public Opinion and Mass Communication 



Academic 

Divisions, 

Colleges 

Schools, & 

Departments 

66 



Non-Journalism Requirements: 

12-18 credit hours in upper-division courses in one subject out- 
side of the College of Journalism. 

12-18 credit hours of upper-division, non-journalism electives, 
to be spread or concentrated according to individual needs. 

Minimum upper-division credits for graduation 57 

Total Lower and Upper-Division 120 

Course Code Prefix — JOUR 



Departments, Programs 
and Curricula 

American Studies Program 

Professor and Chairman: Wise 

Associate Professors: Lounsbury, f^intz, Pearson 

The program offers an interdisciplinary focus on American 
culture in both historical and contemporary sources. Majoring in a 
broad curriculum — ranging from creative self-expression to en- 
vironmental studies and the mass media — the undergraduate 
student may benefit from the perspectives of specialists in both 
the humanities and the social sciences in addition to a growing 
awareness of the multiple dimensions of American civilization. 
Each major selects an area of concentration in either American 
literature or American history. The program's faculty provide in- 
tegrative courses, designed to offer a conceptual framework for 
the diversified materials of the traditional disciplines, in the 
student's junior and senior years. 

The undergraduate ma|or requires 48 semester hours (24 hours 
minimum at the 300-400 level), consisting of courses in American 
Studies and various related disciplines. Courses applicable to 
American Studies are offered in the following departments, pro- 
grams, schools and colleges: 

English, History, Government and Politics, Sociology, Afro- 
American Studies, Anthropology, Architecture, Art, Comparative 
Literature, Dramatic Arts, Economics, Education, Geography, 
Journalism. Music, Philosophy, Psychology, Radio- Television- 
Film, and Speech Communication. 

No course with a grade lower than C may be counted towards 
the major. 

A maior in American Studies will normally follow this cur- 
riculum: 

1. AMST 201, 202 (Introduction to American Studies) in the fresh- 
man or sophomore year: AMST 426, 427 (Culture and the Arts in 
America) or AMST 436, 437 (Readings in American Studies) in 
the junior year; and AMST 446, 447 (Popular Culture in America) 
in the senior year. 

2. Twelve hours of either American literature or history. 

3. Nine hours in each of two of the remaining above listed depart- 
ments. 

Note: To meet one of the nine hour requirements, a student, 
with the advisor's approval, may substitute related courses from 
one of the following sequences: 

Afro-American Studies. Courses in art, English, government, 
history and sociology. 

Area Studies and Comparative Culture. The study of one foreign 
culture. Courses must be drawn from at least two of the following 
fields: art, comparative literature, English, history, and a foreign 
language. 

Creative and Performing Arts: Production, studio or technical 
courses in art, English, music, radio and television. 

Personality and Culture. Courses in anthropology, education, 
and psychology. 

Philosophy and Fine Arts. Courses in art, music and 
philosophy. 

Popular Arts and Mass Communications. Courses in dramatic 
arts, lournalism, radio-television film. 

Urban and Environmental Studies. Courses in architecture, 
economics, government, sociology. 

Women's Studies. Courses in English, government, history, and 
sociology. 

Coufse Code Prefix— AMST 

Art 

Professor and Chairman: Levitine 

Professors: A. deLeiris, Denny, Driskell, Lembach, Lynch, Pember- 

ton, Rearick 



Associate Professors: Campbell, DiFederico, Farquhar, Forbes, 
Gelman, Klank, Lapinski, Niese 

Assistant Professors: Clapsaddle, DeMonte, Green, Hauptman, 
Johns, Puryear, Reid, Spiro, Weigl, Wheelock, Willis, Withers 
Lecturers: Bersson, Craig, Ferraioli, Ffolliott (one-year appoint., 
77-78, only), Gossage, Hommel, Kehoe (one-year appoint., 77-78, 
only), Krushenick (one-year appoint., 77-78, only), Samuels, Truitt 
Slide Curator: M. deLeiris 

Two majors are offered in art: art history and studio. The stu- 
dent who majors in art history is committed to the study and 
scholarly interpretation of existing works of art, from the 
prehistoric era to our times, while the studio major stresses the 
student's direct participation in the creation of works of art. 

In spite of this difference, both majors are rooted in the concept 
of art as a humanistic experience, and share an essential common 
aim: the development of aesthetic sensitivity, understanding, and 
knowledge. For this reason, students in both majors are required 
to progress through a "common curriculum," which will ensure a 
broad grounding in both aspects of art; then each student will 
move into a "specialized curriculum" with advanced courses in 
his own major. 

A curriculum leading to a degree in art education is offered in 
the College of Education with the cooperation of the Department 
of Art 

Common Curriculum 

(Courses required in major unless taken as part of supporting 
area as listed below.) 
ARTH 100, Introduction to Art, (3) 
ARTH 260, History of Art. (3) 
ARTH 261, History of Art. (3) 
ARTS 100, Design I. (3) 
ARTS 110, Drawing I. (3) 

Specialized Curricula 

Art History Maior A 

5 junior-senior level History of Art courses (one each from 3 of the 

following areas: Ancient-Medieval, Renaissance-Baroque, 

19th-20th century, non-Western). (15) 

1 additional Studio Art course. (3) 
Supporting Area 

12 coherently related non-art credits approved by an advisor. 

Six of these credits must be taken in one department and must 

be at junior-senior level. (12) 
Art HistOiy l^ajor B 
5 junior-senior level History of Art courses (one each from 3 of the 

following areas: Ancient-Medieval, Renaissance-Baroque, 

19th-20th century, non-Western). (15) 
3 additional courses in any level History of Art. (9) 
Supporting Area 

ARTS too. Design I (from common curriculum). (3) 
ARTS 110, Drawing I (from common curriculum). (3) 

2 Studio Art courses at junior-senior level, (6) 

Total required credit hours, combined Major and Supporting 
Area — 45. 
Studio Art f/ajor A 

ARTS 200, Intermediate Design or alternative. (3) 
ARTS 210, Drawing II. (3) 
ARTS 220, Painting I. (3) 
ARTS 310, Drawing III. (3) 
ARTS 330, Sculpture I. (3) 

ARTS 340, Printmaking I or ARTS 344, Printmaking II. (3) 
1 additional junior-senior level Studio course. (3) 
1 advanced History of Art course. (3) 
Supporting Area 
12 coherently related non-art credit approved by an advisor. Six 

of these credits must be taken in one department and must be 

at junior-senior level. (12) 

Studio Art Ivlaior B 

ARTS 200, Intermediate Design or alternative. (3) 

ARTS 210, Drawing II. (3) 

ARTS 220, Painting I. (3) 

ARTS 310, Drawing III. (3) 

ARTS 330, Sculpture I. (3) 

ARTS 340, Printmaking I or ARTS 344, Printmaking II, (3) 

1 additional junior-senior level Studio Art course. (3) 



Supporting Area in History of Art 

ARTH 260. History of Art (from common curriculum). (3) 

ARTH 261. History of Art (from common curriculum). (3) 

2 History of Art courses at junior-senior level. (6) 

Total required credit hours, combined Major and Supporting Area 

— 51 in f^ajor A, 45 in fylajor B. 

No course with a grade less than C may be used to satisfy major 
requirements. 

Course Code Prefixes— ARTE, ARTH. ARTS 



Chinese Program 

Associate Professor: Chin. 
Assistant Professors: Adkins, Liang, 
Lecturer: Loh. 

The program offers two series of courses — the language 
series and the content series. The language series consists of 
four levels of instruction; the elementary, the intermediate, the ad- 
vanced, and a level of specialized courses such as Readmgs in 
Chinese History and Literature, Classical Chinese, etc. in addi- 
tion, there is a course entitled Review of Elementary unmese to 
bridge the gap between Elementary and Intermediate Chinese for 
those students who have had some exposure to the language but 
who are not ready for intermediate Chinese. A skills oriented 
course in interpretation and translation (Chinese-English and 
English-Chinese) is offered for intermediate and advanced 
students. 

The content series contains courses in Chinese civilization, 
literature, and linguistics. Except for Chinese Linguistics, which 
is a sequence dealing with the sounds and grammatical system of 
the Chinese language and its comparison with English, courses in 
the content series do not presuppose previous training in the 
Chinese language. Since the illustrative materials for Chinese 
Linguistics (CHIN 421 , 422) are in Chinese. CHIN 102 or equivalent 
is required for this sequence. 

The elementary Chinese course is intensified, meeting 6 hours 
per week, for which students receive 12 credits in one year (6 per 
semester). The intensive program is designed to give students a 
solid foundation of the language in all four skills of speaking, 
hearing, reading, and writing (characters). This course is taught by 
a team of instructors who employ an audio-lingual and 
communication-oriented approach. 

Presently the program offers a minor in Chinese. It consists of 
18 credit hours of which 6 must be in Chinese Linguistics. 



Classical Languages and Literatures 

Professor: Avery. 
Associate Professor: Hubbe. 
Assistant Professor: Boughner. 

Major in Latin; LATN 101. 102, 203 and 204 or their equivalent 
must have been completed before a student may begin work on a 
major. A major consists of a minimum of twenty-four hours begin- 
ning with LATN 305, twelve hours of which must be taken in 
400-level courses. In addition, a student maioring in Latin will be 
required to take as supporting courses LATN 170, HIST 420, and 
HIST 421. The student is urged to pursue a strong supporting pro- 
gram in Greek. The following courses are recommended as elec- 
tives; HIST 144 and 145, ARTH 402 and 403, and PHIL 310. No 
course in the Latin language with a grade less than C may be used 
to satisfy major requirements. 

Normally no placement tests are given in the classical 
languages. The following schedule will apply in general in deter- 
mining the course level at which students will register for Latin. 

Students offering or 1 unit of Latin will register for LATN 101. 

Students offering 2 units of Latin will register for LATN 203. 

Students offering 3 units of Latin will register for LATN 204. 

Students offering 4 units of Latin will register for LATN 305. 

However, those presenting 2, 3, or 4 units of preparatory work 
may register initially for the next higher course by demonstrating 
proficiency through a placement test. Students whose stage of 
achievement is not represented here are urgently invited to confer 
with the chairman of the department. Students who wish to con- 
tinue the study of Greek should likewise confer with the chairman 
of the department. 

Course Code Prefixes— IJVTN, GREK 



Comparative Literature Program 

r-ogram Director: Fuegi. 

Advisory Committee on Comparative Literature: Avery, Fink, 

Fuegi, Goodwyn, Russell, Stern. 

Professors: Avery, Freedman, Fuegi, Goodwyn, Hering, Jones, 

Salamanca, Stern. 

Associate Professors: Barry, Berry, Coogan. Fleck, Greenwood. 

Mack. Smith. Walt 

Assistant Professor: Peterson. 

Undergraduates may emphasize Comparative Literature as they 
work toward a degree in one of the departments of literature. Each 
student will be formally advised by the faculty of his "home" 
department in consultation with the Director of the Comparative 
Literature Program. In general, every student will be required to 
take CMLT 401 and CMLT 402, and during his last year, CMLT 496 
(or an equivalent level course). The various literature departments 
concerned will have additional specific requirements. 

Students emphasizing comparative literature are expected to 
develop a high degree of competence in at least one foreign 
language. 

Course work may not be limited to the nineteenth and twentieth 
centuries. 

LATN 170 is highly recommended for those contemplating 
graduate work in Comparative Literature. 

Course Code Prelix — CMLT 

Dance 

Associate Professor and Chairman: I nee. 

Professor Emerita: Madden. 

Associate Professors: Rosen, Ryder, A. Warren, L. Warren. 

Instructors: Hodges, Smith. 

Recognizing that dance combines both athleticism and artistry, 
the dance program offers comprehensive technique and theory 
courses as a foundation for the dance professions. By developing 
an increasing awareness of the physical, emotional and intellec- 
tual aspects of movement in general, the student eventually is 
able to integrate his own particular mind-body consciousness into 
a more meaningful whole. To facilitate the acquisition of new 
movement skills, as well as creative and scholarly insights in 
dance, the curriculum provides a structured breadth experience at 
the lower division level. At the upper division level the student 
may either involve himself in various general university electives. 
or he may concentrate his energies in a particular area of em- 
phasis in dance. Although an area of emphasis is not mandatory, 
many third and fourth year students are interested in studying a 
singular aspect of dance in depth, such as performance, 
choreography, production/management, education or general 
studies (encompassing dance history, literature and criticism). 
Students selecting the education emphasis may obtain State of 
Maryland teacher certification. Students desiring a performance 
emphasis are required to participate in a screening audition at the 
conclusion of their sophomore year. 

The dance faculty is composed of a number of distinguished 
teachers, choreographers and performers, each one a specialist in 
his or her own field. Visiting artists, throughout the year and dur- 
ing the summer, make additional contributions to the program. 
There are several performance and choreographic opportunities 
for all dance students, ranging from informal workshops to fully 
mounted concerts both on and off campus. More advanced 
students may have the opportunity of working with Maryland 
Dance Theater, which is in residence in the Department. Sup- 
ported in part by the Maryland Arts Council, and the Division of 
Arts and Humanities at the University, Maryland Dance Theater is 
a member of the Dance Touring program sponsored by the Na- 
tional Endowment for the Arts, Company auditions are held each 
year in the Spring. 

Major course requirements total 48 semester hours in dance 
and 6 semester hours in non-department supporting areas. Of 
these, a minimum of 15 semester hours must be taken in dance at 
the upper division level. Students who major in dance may not use 
DANC courses for more than 60% (72 credits) of their 120 credit 
requirement for graduation. The specific dance courses required 
for the B.A. degree are DANC 102 (2), 109(2), 138(2), 165(3), 200(3). 
208 (3), 210 (3), 308 (3), 471 (3), 482 (3), or 483 (3), 484 (3), modern 
technique (12), ballet (4), and jazz (2). The level of technique 
classes will be determined by placement auditions. Six credits in 
supporting courses are selected with the prior approval of a facul- 
ty advisor. Students desiring State of Maryland teacher certifica- 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges 
Schools, & 
Departments 

67 



Academic 

Divisions, 

Colleges, 

Schools, & 

Departments 

68 



tion should refer to the Dance Education curriculum listed under 
the College of Education for additional requirements. Dance 
Education majors may obtam a Bachelor of Arts degree from the 
Division of Arts and Humanities or a Bachelor of Science degree 
from the Division of Human and Community Resources. No grade 
less than "C" is accepted in courses required of all dance 
students for the ma)or. 

New. re-entering and transfer students are expected to contact 
the department following admission to the University for instruc- 
tions regarding advising, class placement auditions and registra- 
tion procedures. The department strongly recommends that new 
dance majors enter only in the fall semester of the academic year. 
Although entrance auditions are not required, some previous 
dance experience is highly desirable. Further information may be 
obtained from the Dance Department Student Handbook. 

Recommended Sequence of Study for Dance Majors 



Freshman 






Soph( 


jmore 


Fall 




Spring 




Fall 


Spring 


GUR. 


3 


GUR 


6 


GU.R 


6 G.U R. 


DANC 102 


2 


DANC 138 


2 


DANC 208 


3 Modern 


DANC 109 


2 


DANC 165 


3 


DANC 210 


3 Jazz 


DANC 200 


3 


Modern 


3 


Modern 


3 Elective 


Modern 


3 






Ballet 


2 


Ballet 


2 











Fall 




Spring 




Fall 


Spring 


G.U.R 


6 


G.UR- 


3 


SUPP. 


3 SUPP 


DANC 308 


3 


DANC 482 




DANC 471 


3 DANC 484 


Electives 


3 


or 483 


3 


Electives 


3 Electives 


Emphasis 


3 


Electives 
Emphasis 


3 
6 


Emphasis 


6 Emphasis 




15 




15 




15 


"Dance Majors 


arei 


encouraged to 


continue their study of dance techniques a' 


division level 













Required Semester Hours in Dance 48 

General University Requirements 30 

Supporting Area Requirements 5 

Electivesjlncludes Division Requirements) 15 

Emphasis 24 

TOTAL 120 

Course Code P'ein — SANG 

English Language and Literature 

Chairman and Professor: Kenny. 

Professors: Andrews (Emeritus). Bode, Bradley. Bryer. Cooley. 
(Emeritus). Corrigan. Fleming (Emeritus). Freedman. Gravely 
(Emeritus), Hovey. Isaacs. Lawson. Lutwack. Manning (Emeritus). 
Mish. r^urphy (Emeritus), flyers. Panichas, Peterson. Russell. 
Salamanca, Schoenbaum, Whittemore. Winton. Wittreich. 
Associate Professors: Barnes. Barry. Birdsall, S. Brown, Coogan. 
Cooper. Fry. Greenwood, D. Hamilton. G. Hamilton, Herman. 
Holton. Houppert, Howard, Jellema. Kinnaird, Kleine. Mack, M. 
Miller. Moore. Portz. Smith. Thorberg, Vitzthum. Walt (Emeritus), 
Ward (Emeritus). Weber (Emeritus). Wilson. 
Assistant Professors: Beauchamp. Burger. Cate, Coletti, 
Donawerth, Dunn. Hammond, James, Kenney, Mancini, McKay. H. 
Ousby, I. Ousby. Pearson. C. Peterson, Procopiow. Robinson, 
Rutherford. Sorum. Trousdale. Van Egmond. 
Lecturers: Bennett. Beyl. Douglas Greenwood, J. Miller. 
Instructors: Buhlig. Demaree. Gallagher, Gold, Stevenson. Town- 
send. Wagonheim. 

The English major requires 36 credits beyond the University 
composition requirement. For the specific distribution re- 
quirements of these 36 credits, students should consult the 
English Department's advisors (room A2125, ext, 2521). A student 
may pursue a ma|or with emphasis in English and American 
Literature: Comparative Literature, or linguistics; or in preparation 
for secondary school teaching. Students interested in secondary 
school teaching should make it known to the department as early 
in their college career as possible. 

No course with a grade less than C may be used to satisfy major 
requirements. 

In selecting supporting or elective subjects, students majoring 
in English, particularly those who plan to do graduate work. 



should give special consideration to courses in French, German. 
Latin, philosophy, history and fine art. 

Honors. The Department of English offers an honors program. 
primarily for majors but open to others with the approval of the 
Departmental Honors Committee. Interested students should ask 
for detailed information from an English Department advisor no 
later than the beginning of the junior year. 

Course Code Prelu — ENGL 

French and Italian Languages and 
Literatures 

Professor and Cfiairman: Therrien. 

Professors: Bingham. MacBain. Quynn (Emeritus). Rosenfield. 
Associate Professors: Demaitre, Fmk. Hall. Meijer. Tarica, 
Assistant Professors: Campagne, Colvile, Daniel, Russell. 
Instructors: Barrabini. Bondurant, 

The Department offers a major in French which consists of a 
total of 33 credits of French courses at the 200 level or above. The 
French major must complete FREN 201. or 250. 301, 302, any one 
of 211, 311, 312, one of 401. 405 and four French courses from 
those numbered 400 to 499 — one of which must be a literature 
course, (FREN 404, 478 and 479 may not be counted among 
the five.) The French major is required to take a further 12 credits 
in supporting courses from a list approved by the Department or 
may take a minimum of 12 credits in one specific area, represent- 
ing a coordinated plan of study, with six credits at 200- level and 
six credits at 300-400 level. An average grade of C is the minimum 
acceptable in the major field. Students intending to apply for 
teacher certification should consult the Director of 
Undergraduate Advising as early as possible in order to plan their 
programs accordingly. 

Honors. The department offers an honors program in French for 
students of superior ability. Honors work normally begins in the 
first semester of the junior year, but a qualified student may enter 
as early as the sophomore year or as late as the second semester 
of the junior year. Honors students are required to take at least 
two courses from those numbered 491 H, 492H, and 493H together 
with 494H, Honors Independent Study, and 495H. Honors Thesis 
Research. Honors students must take a final comprehensive ex- 
amination based on the honors reading list. Admission of 
students to the honors program, their continuance in the program 
and the final award of honors are the prerogative of the Depart- 
mental Honors Committee, 

Course Code Prefix — FREN. ITAL 

Germanic and Slavic Languages and 
Literatures 

Professor and Chairman: Stern, 

Professors: Best, Fuegi, Henng, Jones. 

Associate Professors: Beicken, Berry, Fleck, Hitchcock. Pfister. 

Assistant Professors: Frederiksen, Lee, Mehl. 

Instructor: Bilik. 

General. Two types of undergraduate majors are offered in Ger- 
man: one for the general student or the future teacher, and the 
other for those interested in a rounded study of a foreign area for 
the purpose of understanding another nation through its 
literature, history, architecture, and other aspects. Both of these 
majors confer the B.A. degree. The department also offers M.A. 
and Ph.D. degrees in German language and literature. 

An undergraduate major in either category consists of a total of 
30 hours in German, 33 in Russian, with a C average, beyond the 
basic language requirement. A mixed concentration in Com- 
parative Literature is also possible. 

In selecting minor or elective subjects, students majoring in 
German or Russian, particularly those who plan to do graduate 
work, should give special consideration to courses in foreign 
languages, philosophy, history, English linguistics and Russian 
area. 

Language and Literature Major 

German. Specific minimum requirements in the program are: two 
courses in advanced language (301-302); two semesters of the 
survey of literature courses (321-322); six literature courses on the 
400 level, two of which may be taken in comparative literature. 
These literature courses may be replaced by other departmental 



offerings on the 400 level with the permission of the chairman 
and/or advisor. Taking honors courses as substitute for the 400 
level courses requires special permission from the chairman of 
the department and in no case may more than two honors courses 
be selected tor this purpose. 

Russian. The specific minimum requirements are: one from each 
set: 201-202, 301-302, 311-312, 401-402; two semesters of the 
survey of literature courses (321-322), plus 15 hours of courses on 
the 400 level. 

Foreign Area Major 

German. Specific requirements in this major are: two courses in 
advanced language (301-302; a two semester literature survey 
(321-322); two courses in civilization (421-422); four courses in Ger- 
man literature on the 400 level, two of which may be replaced by 
two courses in Comparative Literature. These literature courses 
may be replaced by other departmental offerings on the 400 level 
with the permission of the chairman and/or advisor. Supporting 
courses should be selected in consultation with the student's ad- 
visor. 

Honors. A student majoring in German or Russian who, at the time 
of application, has a general academic average of at least 3.0 and 
3.5 or above in his major field, is eligible for admission to the 
Honors program of the department. Application should be directed 
to the chairman of the Honors Committee. Honors work normally 
begins in the first semester of the junior year but a qualified stu- 
dent may enter as early as the sophomore year or as late as the sec- 
ond semester of the junior year. 

Honors students are required to take two of the Honors reading 
courses 398H and the independent study course. 397H. 

Besides completing an independent study project, all 
graduating seniors who are candidates for Honors must take an 
oral examination. Admission of students to the Honors Program, 
their continuance in the program, and the final award of Honors 
are the prerogative of the Departmental Honors Committee. 
Lower Division Courses. Students with only one year of high 
school language may take courses 111 and 112 in that language 
for credit. Students who have had two or more years of German or 
Russian in high school and wish to continue with that language 
must take the placement exam. ' 

Students in German who, as a result of the placement exam, 
place in 113 must complete 115. They may not take courses 
111-112 for credit unless there has been a four-year lapse of time 
between their high school language course and their first college 
course in that language. Those who place above 115 have fulfilled 
the language requirement for the B.A. degree in the Division of 
Arts and Humanities. 

Transfer students in German with college credit have the option 
of continuing at the level for which they are theoretically 
prepared, of taking a placement examination, or of electing 
courses 113 or 116 for credit. If a transfer student in German takes 
113 for credit, he or she may retain transfer credit only for the 
equivalent of course 111. If he or she takes 116, he or she may re- 
tain two courses for credit only for the equivalent of courses 111 
through 114. A transfer student placing lower than his or her train- 
ing warrants may ignore the placement but does so at his or her 
own risk. 

If a student has received a D in a course and completes the next 
higher course, he or she cannot go back to repeat the original. 

Course Code Prefix — GERM RUSS 

Hebrew Program 

Director and Assistant Professor: Greenberg. 

Visiting Professor: Iwry. 

Instructors: Allouche, Landa, Liberman. 

The Hebrew Program provides both beginners and those with 
previous study of the Hebrew Language an opportunity to become 
conversant with the 3,000-year development of Hebrew language, 
literature, and culture. 

Elementary and intermediate courses develop the ability to 
communicate effectively in modern Israeli Hebrew. Courses in 
composition and conversation emphasize vocabulary enrichment, 
grammar and syntax of the written and spoken language. On the 
advanced level the student analyzes the major texts of classical 
and modern Hebrew literature. 

In addition to the 60 credit hours currently offered by the 



Hebrew Program, the student has available a substantial number 
of related Jewish Studies courses in the departments of history. 
English, sociology, etc. 

Course Code Prelix — HEBR 

History 

Professor and Ctiairman: Evans 

Professors: Bauer (Emeritus), Belz, Brush, Callcott, Cockburn. 
Cole, Duffy, Foust, Gilbert, Gordon. Haber, Harlan, Jashemski, 
Kent, Merrill, A. Olson, Prange. Rundell, E.B. Smith, Sparks. War- 
ren, Vaney. 

Associate Professors: Berlin, Breslow. Farrell, Flack, Folsom. Gif- 
fin, Greenberg, Grimsted, Hoffman, Kaufman. Lampe, Matossian. 
fvlayo, McCusker, K. Olson, Perinbam. Stowasser. Wright. 
Assistant Professors: Benedict, Bradbury, Darden, Harris, Holum, 
Maieska, Moss, Nicklason, Ridgway, Ruderman. H. Smith, 
Spiegel, Williams, Zilfi. 

The Department of History seeks to broaden the student's 
cultural background through the study of history and to provide 
preparation for those interested in law, publishing, teaching, jour- 
nalism, service, and graduate study. 

A faculty advisor will assist each major in planning a curriculum 
to meet his personal interests. A "program plan," approved by the 
advisor, should be filed with the Department as soon as possible 
Students should meet regularly with their advisors to discuss the 
progress of their studies. 

Major Requirements 

Minimum requirements for undergraduate history majors con- 
sist of 39 hours of course work distributed as follows: 12 hours in 
100-200 level survey courses selected from at least two fields of 
history (United States, European, and Non-Western); 15 hours, in- 
cluding HIST 309 (formerly HIST 389) in one major area (see 
below): 12 hours of elective credit in at least two major areas other 
than the major area. Without regard to area. 15 hours of the 39 
total hours must be at the lunior-senior (300-400) level. 



Survey Courses 

1. The requirement is 12 hours at the 100-200 level taken in at 
least two fields. 

2. Fields are defined as United States. European, and Non- 
Western history. All survey courses have been assigned to 
one of these fields. See departmental advisor. 

3. In considering courses which will fulfill this requirement, 
students are encouraged to: 

a. select at least two courses in a sequence 

b. select at leasl one course before 1500 A.O. and one 
course after 1500 A.D. 

c. sample both regional and topical course offerings 

4. Students will normally take survey courses within their 
major area of concentration. 

Major area of concentration 

1 The requirement is 15 hours including HIST 309 in a major 
area of concentration. 

2. An area is defined as a series of related topical, chronologi- 
cal, or regional courses, such as: 



Topical 

History & Philosophy 

of Science 
Social 
Intellectual 
Economic 
Religion 
Diplomatic 
Women's History 
Afro-American 
Constitutional 



Region 

Latin American 
Middle Eastern 
European 
United States 
Early Modern 

Europe 
Medieval 
Ancient 
East Asia 
African 



Country 

Russia 
Britain 
Continental 
Europe 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges, 
Schools, & 
Departments 

69 



3. The major area may be chronological, regional or topical. 

4. Students may select both lower and upper division courses. 

5. A combination of chronological-topical courses or regional- 
topical courses is desirable 

6. The proseminar, HIST 309, should normally be taken in the 
major area of concentration. 

III. Electives 

1 The requirement is 12 hours in at least two other areas 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges, 



70 



than the major area of concentration. 

2. Students may select either lower or upper division courses. 

3. Students are encouraged to consider regional diversity. 

4. Students are encouraged to take at least two elective courses 
in chronological periods other than that of their major area of 
concentration. 

Grade of C or higher in each course included in the 39 required hours. 
Supporting courses: 

Nine credits at the 300-400 level in appropriate supporting courses: 
the courses do not all have to be in the same department. The choice 
of courses must be approved in writing — before attempted, if possi- 
ble — by the departmental advisor. 

General University Requirements in History. All History courses on 
the 100, 200, 300 and 400 levels are open to students seeking to meet 
the University requirements in Area C (Division of Arts and 
Humanities) with the exception of HIST 214, 215, 309, 316. 317, 318. A 
few other courses are open only to students who satisfy specified 
prerequisites, but that does not limit them to history majors. It should 
be noted that special topics courses— HIST 219, 319 and 419— are 
offered on several different subjects of general interest each 
Schools, & semester. Descriptions may be obtained from the History Depart- 
Departments ment office. 

Honors in History. Students who major or minor in history may apply 
for admission to the History Honors Program during the second 
semester of their sophomore year. Those who are admitted to the 
program substitute discussion courses and a thesis for some lecture 
courses and take an oral comprehensive examination prior to gradua- 
tion. Successful candidates are awarded either honors or high honors 
in history. 

The History Department offers pre honors work in American 
history and in western civilization. Consult Schedule of Classes 
for specific offerings each semester. Students in these sections 
meet in a discussion group instead of attending lectures. They 
read widely and do extensive written work on their own. Pre- 
honors sections are open to any student and are recommended 
for students in General Honors, subject only to the instructors 
approval. Students who intend to apply for admission to the 
History Honor Program should take as many of them as possible 
during their freshman and sophomore years. 
Course Code Prefix— HIST. 

Japanese Program 

AssislanI Professor: Kerkham 

The Japanese Program now offers two and a half years of 
language instruction. These elementary and intemediate courses 
concentrate on the spoken language with a gradjally increasing 
emphasis on written Japanese. A directed study course provides 
continuing language instruction lor third year Japanese and for 
more advanced students. 

Topic oriented courses in classical and modern literature in 
translation, which are open to all students, serve as introduction 
to Japanese literature and culture and as background to the study 
of Japanese history, art, economics, business, government and 
politics, religion, etc. 

Course Code Prefix— JAPN 

Music 

Professor and Chairman: Troth. 

Professors: Berman, Bernstein, Folstrom, Garvey, Gordon, Heim, 

Helm, Hudson, Johnson, Montgomery, Moss, Traver. 

Associate f'rofessors: Barnett, Davis, Fanos, Fleming, Gallagher, 

Head, McClelland, Meyer, Olson, Pennington, Schumacher, 

Serwer, Shelley, Snapp, Springmann, True, Wakefield. 

Assistant Professors: Beatty, Cooper, Elliston, Elsing, Gardner, 

McDonald, Payerle, Signell, Sutherland, Tallman, Toliver, Turek, 

Wachhaus, Wexler, B. Wilson, M. Wilson. 

Instructors: Jarvis. 

Lecturers: Lenz, Miller, Rogers. 

The objectives of the department are (1) to help the general stu- 
dent develop sound critical judgment and discriminating taste in 
the art of music: (2) to provide professional musical training based 
on a foundation in the liberal arts: (3) to prepare the student for 
graduate work in the field; and (4) to prepare the student to teach 
music in the public schools. To these ends, two degrees are of- 
fered: the Bachelor of Music, with a major in theory, composition, 



history and literature, or music performance; and the Bachelor of 
Arts, with a ma|or in music. The Bachelor of Science degree, with 
a maior in music education, is offered in the Department of 
Secondary Education in the College of Education; course offer- 
ings are described in the sections relating to that department. 
This degree program is administered within the Music Depart- 
ment 

Courses in music theory, literature and music performance are 
open to all students who have completed the specified prereq- 
uisites, or their equivalents, if teacher time and facilities permit. 
The University Bands. Chamber Singers, Chapel Choir, Madrigal 
Singers, Orchestra, University Chorale, and University Chorus, as 
well as the smaller chamber ensembles, are likewise open to all 
qualified students. 

The Bachelor of Music Degree. The curriculum leading to the 
degree of Bachelor of Music is designed for students who wish to 
prepare for a professional career in music. Extensive pre-college 
experiences in music are expected. A description of the variety of 
available majors is available in the departmental office. A grade of 
C or above is required in each major course. 

Bachelor of Music (Pert.: Piano) 



Sample Program 

Freshman Year Fall 

MUSP 1 1 9/ 1 20 4 

MUSC128 2 

MUSC 131 3 

I^USC 150/151 3 

University Requirements 3 

15 

Sophomore Year Fall 

MUSP 21 7 218 4 

MUSC 228 2 

MUSC 250 251 4 

University Requirements 5 

15 

Junior Year Fall 

MUSP 415/416 4 

MUSC 330 331 3 

MUSC 328 2 

Elective 

University Requirements 6 

15 

Senior Year Fall 

MUSP 419 420 4 

MUSC 450 3 

MUSC 492 

MUSC 467 3 

Electives 6 

16 



Spring 



15 

Spring 
4 
2 
4 
5 

15 



Spring 
4 
3 
2 
2 
5 

16 
Spring 



6 
13 



The Bachelor of Arts Degree. The curriculum leading to the 
Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in music is designed for 
students whose interests are primarily cultural. A detailed 
description of the program and its options is available in the 
departmental office. A grade of C or above is required in each ma- 
jor course. 

Bachelor of Arts (Music) 

Typical Program of Elections 
Freshman Year 

MUSP 109 110 4 

MUSC 131 3 

MUSC 150 151' 6 

MUSC 229 2 

Electives, Division and University 
Requirements 15 30 

Sophomore Year 

MUSP 207 208 4 



MUSC250 251 8 

MUSC229 2 

Electives, Division and University 

Requirements 16 

Junior Year 

MUSP 405 2 

MUSC330 331 6 

MUSC450 3 

MUSC229 1 

Electives, Division and University 

Requirements 18 

Senior Year 

Music Electives 10 

Electives, Division and University 

Requirements 20 



CourseCodePrefixes— MUSC, MUED. MUSP 



30 
120 



Philosophy 

Professor and Chairman: Gorovltz. 

Professors: Pascti, Perkins, Sctilaretzki, Shapere, Svenonius. 
Associate Professors: J, Brovi/n, Celarier, Johnson, Lesher, Mar- 
tin, Suppe. 

Assistant Professors: Atiern, Darden, Gardner, Kress. Levinson. 
Odell, Stern, Waldner. 
Research Associates: P Brown. Shue. 

Ttie undergraduate course offerings of the Department of 
Philosophy are. as a group, intended both to satisfy the needs of 
persons wishing to make philosophy their ma|or field and to pro- 
vide ample opportunity for other students to explore the subject, 
in general, the study of philosophy can contribute to the educa- 
tion of the university student by giving him or her experience in 
critical and imaginative reflection on fundamental concepts and 
principles, by acquainting him or her with some of the 
philosophical beliefs which have influenced and are influencing 
his own culture, and by familiarizing him or her with some classic 
philosophical writings through careful reading and discussion of 
them. The department views philosophy essentially as an activity, 
which cultivates articulateness, expository skill, and logical rigor. 
Students in philosophy courses can expect their work to be sub- 
jected to continuing critical scrutiny. Courses designed with 
these objectives primarily in mind include PHIL 100 (Introduction 
to Philosophy). PHIL 170 (Elementary Logic and Semantics). PHIL 
140 (Ethics), PHIL 236 (Philosophy of Religion), and the historical 
courses: 206. 207. 305. 310. 320. 325. and 326. 

For students interested particularly in philosophical problems 
arising within their own special disciplines, a number of courses 
are appropriate: PHIL 233 (Philosophy in Literature). PHIL 250 
(Philosophy of Science I). PHIL 345 and 995, (Social and Political 
Philosophy I and II). PHIL 360 (Philosophy of Language), PHIL 330 
(Philosophy of Art). PHIL 438 (Topics in Philosophical Theology). 
PHIL 450 and 451 (Scientific Thought 1 and II). PHIL 452 
(Philosophy of Physics). PHIL 453 (Philosophy of Science II). PHIL 
455 (Philosophy of the Social Sciences). PHIL 456 (Philosophy of 
Biology), PHIL 457 (Philosophy of History). PHIL 458 (Philosophy 
of Psychology), and PHIL 474 (Induction of Probability). 

Pre-law students may bo particularly interested in PHIL 140 
(Ethics). PHIL 345 and 445 (Political and Social Philosophy I and 
II), PHIL 440 (Ethical Theory), and PHIL 447 (Philosophy of Law), 
Pre-medical students may be particularly interested in PHIL 342 
(Moral Problems in Medicine), and PHIL 456 (Philosophy of 
Biology). 

The Department has established, jointly with the Government 
and Politics Department, a Center for Philosophy and Public 
Policy, Center research associates offer courses, cross-listed in 
both departments, on special topics such as: Famine and Af- 
fluence; Markets. Welfare and Distributive Justice; and Human 
Rights and Public Policy. 

The departmental requirements for a major in philosophy are as 
follows: (1) a total of at least 30 hours in philosophy, not including 
PHIL 100; (2) PHIL 140,371, 310, 320, 326 and at least two courses 
numbered 399 or above; (3) a grade of C or better in each course 
counted toward the fulfillment of the major requirement. 



Academic 
Divisions, 



For students of exceptional ability and interest m philosophy, 
the department offers an honors program. Information regarding 
this special curriculum may be obtained from the departmental 
advisors 

The department presents visiting speakers from this country 
a-'.d abroad in its colloquium series, scheduled throughout the 
academic year 

Course Code P(e<ix-PHIL 

Russian Area Program 

Director and Student Advisors: Lampe, Foust, Yaney. 

The Russian Area Program offers courses leading to a B.A. in 
Russian studies. Students in the program study Russian and 
Soviet culture as broadly as possible, striving to comprehend it in 
all its aspects rather than focusing their attention on a single seg- 
ment of human behavior It is hoped that Insights into the Russian 
way of life will be valuable not only as such but as a means to 
deepen the students' awareness of their own society and of 
themselves. 

Course offerings are in several departments: language and Colleges, 
literature, government and politics, history, economics. Schools, & 
geography, architecture, and sociology. A student may plan his or Departments 
her curriculum so as to emphasize any one of these disciplines, 
thus preparing for graduate work either in the Russian area or in '^ 
the discipline. 

Students in the program must meet the general degree re- 
quirements ot the University and division from which they 
graduate. They must complete 12 hours of basic courses in Rus- 
sian language (RUSS 111. 112 (or RUSS 121 in place of both ill 
and 112,], 114 and 115) or the equivalent of these courses taken 
elsewhere, and they must complete at least 12 more hours In Rus- 
sian language beyond the basic level (chosen from among RUSS 
201.202. 301. 302.311, 312, 321, and 322 or equivalent courses). In 
addition, students must complete 24 hours in Russian area 
courses on the 300 level or above. These 24 hours must be taken in 
at least 5 different departments, if appropriate courses are 
available, and may include language-literature courses beyond 
those required above. 

HIST 237, Russian Civilization, is recommended as a general in- 
troduction to the program but does not count toward the fulfill- 
ment of the program's requirements. 

It is recommended but not required that the student who plans 
on doing graduate work complete at least 18 hours at the 300 level 
or above (which may include courses applicable to the Russian 
Area Program) in one of the above mentioned departments. It Is 
also recommended that students who plan on doing graduate 
work in the social sciences — government and politics, 
economics, geography, and sociology — take at least two courses 
in statistical methods. 

The student's advisor will be the program director or his 
designate. The student must receive a grade of C or better in all 
the above mentioned required courses. 

Course Code Prefix — RUSS 

Spanish and Portugese 
Languages and Literatures 

Professor and Chairman: Mendeloff, 

Professors: Goodwyn, Gramberg. Marra-Lopez, Nemes, Sosnow- 

ski. 

Associate Professors: Rovner. 

Assistant Professors: Baird. Igel. 

Instructor: Rentz. 

Majors. Two types of undergraduate majors are offered In 
Spanish: one for the general student or the future teacher; and the 
other for those Interested in a rounded study of a foreign area for 
the purpose of understanding another nation through Its 
literature, history, sociology, economics, and other aspects. Both 
of these majors confer the B.A. degree. 

A grade of at least "C " is required In all major courses and at 
least a "C" average in all supporting courses. 
Language and Literature Major. Courses: SPAN 201, 221. 301-302, 
311 or 312. 321-322 or 323-324. 425-426 or 446-447. plus (our 
400level courses or pro-seminars in Spanish. Spanish American, 
or Luso-Brazilian literature, for a total of 39 credits. Nine credits of 
supporting courses, six of which must be on the 300 or 400 level in 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges, 
School, & 
Departments 

72 



a single area other than Spanish, for a combined total of 48 
credits. Suggested areas: art, comparative literature, government 
and politics, history, philosophy, and Portugese. All supporting 
courses should be germane to the field of specialization. 
Foreign Area Major. Courses: SPAN 201, 301-302, 311 or 312, 315 
or 316, 321-322 or 323-324, 425-426 or 446-447, plus three 400-level 
courses in Spanish, Spanish American, or Luso-Brazilian 
literature, for a total of 36 credits. Twelve credits of supporting 
courses, six of which must be on the 300 or 400 level in a single 
area other than Spanish, for a combined total of 48 credits. Sug- 
gested areas: anthropology, economics, geography, government 
and politics, history, Portugese, and sociology All supporting 
courses should be germane to the field of specialization. 
Honors in Spanish. A student whose major is Spanish and who, at 
the time of application, has a general academic average of 3.0 and 
3.5 in his major field may apply to the Chairman of the Honors 
Committee for admission to the Honors Program of the depart- 
ment. Honors work normally begins the first semester of the 
lunior year, but a qualified student may enter as early as the 
sophomore year or as late as the second semester of the junior 
year. Honors students are required to take two courses from 
those numbered 491, 492, 493, and the seminar numbered 496, as 
well as to meet other requirements for a major in Spanish There 
will be a final comprehensive examination covering the honors 
reading list which must be taken by all graduating seniors who are 
candidate for honors. Admission of students to the Honors Pro- 
gram, their continuance in the program, and the final award of 
honors are the prerogative of the Departmental Honors Commit- 
tee. 

Elementary Honors. SPAN 102H is limited to specially approved 
candidates who have passed SPAN 101 with high grades, and will 
allow them to enter 104H or 201. 

Lower Division Courses. The elementary and intermediate 
courses in Spanish and Portugese consist of three semesters of 
four credits each (101. 102, 104). The language requirement for the 
B.A. degree in the Division of Arts and Humanities is satisfied by 
passing 104 or equivalent. 

Spanish 101 may be taken for credit by those students who 
have had two or more years of Spanish in high school, provided 
they obtain the permission of the chairman of the Department. 
Students starting in SPAN 101 must follow the prescribed se- 
quence of SPAN 101, 102, and 104. 

Transfer students with college credit have the option of con- 
tinuing at the next level of study, taking a placement examination, 
or electing courses 103 and 104. If a transfer student takes course 
103 for credit, he retains transfer credit only for the equivalent of 
course 101. A transfer student placing lower than his training war- 
rants may ignore the placement but DOES SO AT HIS OWN RISK. 
If he takes 104 for credit, he retains transfer credit for the 
equivalent of courses 101 and 102. 

If a student has received a D In a course, advanced and com- 
pleted the next higher course, he cannot go back and repeat the 
original course in while he received a D. 
Course Code Prefixes— SPAN, PORT. 

Speech and Dramatic Art 

Professor and Chairman: Aylward. 

Professors: IVIeersman, Pugliese, Strausbaugh (Emeritus). 
Associate Professors: Falcione, Jamieson, Kirkley, Kolker, 
Linkow, Niemeyer, O'Leary, Vaughan, G.S. Weiss, Wolvin. 
Assistant Professors: Barton, Elliott, Freimuth, Hammond, 
Hasenauer, Lea, tvlcCaleb, IVIoore, Patterson, Paver, Philport, 
Sadowski, Starcher, Thompson. 

Instructors: Carter, Cokley, Donahue, Doyle, Leong, Pearson- 
Allen, Robinson, Sherry, Woodey. 
Lecturers: DuMonceau, IVIcCleary, Niles, Sandler, M. Weiss. 

The departmental curricula lead to the Bachelor of Arts degree 
and permit the student to develop a program with emphasis in one 
of the three areas of the department: (1) Speech communication 
(political communication, organizational communication, urban 
communication, educational communication, and interpersonal 
communication): (2) Dramatic art (educational theatre, acting, 
directing, producing, theater history, and technical theater): (3) Radio- 
television-film (broadcasting and film theory, production, history, 
criticism, and research in a full spectrum program). In cooperation 
with the Department of Secondary Education, the department pro- 
vides an opportunity for teacher certification in the speech and 
drama education program. 



The curriculum is designed to provide: (1) a liberal education 
through special study of the arts and sciences of human com- 
munication: (2) preparation for numerous opportunities in 
business, government, media and related industries, and educa- 
tion. 

Since communication is a dynamic field, the course offerings 
are under constant review and development, and the interested 
student should obtain specific information about a possible pro- 
gram from a departmental advisor. 

The major requirements are: 30 hours of course work in any one 
of the divisions, exclusive of those courses taken to satisfy 
University or Divisional requirements. Of the 30 hours, at least 15 
must be upper division in the 300 or 400 series. No course with a 
grade less than C may be used to satisfy major requirements. 

Each of the possible concentrations in the department requires 
certain courses in order to provide a firm foundation for the work 
in that area. 

Speech Communication 

Required Courses: SPCH 125, 200, 220, 356, 400 and 474. In ad- 
dition, 12 semester credit hours in SPCH courses, at least six 
(6) of which must be at the 300-400 level. Supporting Courses: 
Fifteen credit hours of supporting course work selected in 
consultation with the major adviser. 

Dramatic Art 

Required Courses: DART 120, 170, 282, 330, 490 or 491 and one 
of the following: 221, or 420 or 430 and one of the following: 
375, or 476 or 480. In addition, five (5) DART courses of which 
at least two (2) must be at the 300-400 level. 
Supporting Courses: Fifteen (15) credit hours from those indi- 
cated below: 

Dramatic Literature— ENGL 403 or 404 or 405 and either 
434 or 454. 

Dance— DANC 100 or 110. 
Music— IVlUSC 100 or 130 or 208. 
Art — Any related course offered in the department. 
Radio Television-Film 

Required Courses: RTVF 222 and 223. 

Supporting Courses: Fifteen (15) credit hours of coherently 
related subjects, selected in consultation with an advisor and 
considering the personal goals of the student. 
The department offers numerous specialized opportunities for 
those interested through co-curricular activities in theater, film, 
television, radio and readers' theatre For the superior student an 
Honors Program is available, and interested students should con- 
sult their adviser for further information no later than the begin- 
ning of their junior year. 
Course Code Prefixes— SPCH. DART, RTVF 



Division of Behavioral and Social Sciences 

The Division of Behavioral and Social Sciences consists of 
faculty and students who are involved in research and teaching 
relating to the analysis and solution of behavioral and social prob- 
lems. The Division, organized in 1972, contains academic depart- 
ments which were formerly administered by the College of Arts 
and Sciences and the College of Business and Public Administra- 
tion, in addition to a new College of Business and IVlanagement. 
The Division is designed to extend and support learning in the 
traditional disciplines while creating conditions for the develop- 
ment of interdisciplinary approaches to recurring social problems. 
Divisional students may choose to concentrate their studies in 
the traditional fields, or may be interested for focusing on inter- 
disciplinary study. As part of University's response to society's 
need for resolution of the ever more complex problems of modern 
civilization, it must promote the utilization of knowledge 
generated by a cross fertilization of disciplines. The Division will 
facilitate the grouping and regrouping of faculty across 
disciplinary lines for problem-oriented research and teaching. The 
interaction of faculty and students In overlapping fields will be en- 
couraged and supported. 

In order to promote the exchange of ideas, education, and 
knowledge, each unit of the Division, including the College of 
Business and Management, will be concerned with both applied 
and theoretical aspects of the resolution of social problems. Prac- 
ticums and internships will be utilized increasingly for the pur- 
pose of relating theoretical and empirical concepts in pursuit of 



the Division's concern with conditions in society. 

The units in the Division are: The College of Business and 
Management. Departments of Anthropology, Economics, 
Geography, Government and Politics, Information Systems 
Management, Hearmg and Speech Sciences. Sociology, 
Psychology, The Institutes of Criminal Justice and Criminology, 
and Urban Studies; and the programs in Afro-American Studies 
and Linguistics. 

In addition to these departments, programs and institutes, the 
Division includes the Bureau of Business and Economics 
Research and the Bureau of Governmental Research. 

Also, the Division of Behavioral and Social Sciences and the 
Division of Arts and Humanities jointly support the interdisciplin- 
ary Women's Studies Program. 

Entrance Requirements. Requirements for admission to the Divi- 
sion are the same as the requirements for admission to the Univer- 
sity. 

Degrees. The University confers the following degrees as ap- 
propriate, on students completing programs of study in the 
academic units in the Division: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of 
Science, Master of Arts, Master of Science, Master of Business 
Administration, Doctor of Business Administration, Doctor of 
Philosophy. Each candidate for a degree must file in the Office of 
Admissions and Registrations, prior to a date announced for each 
semester, a formal application for the appropriate degree. 
Graduation Requirements. Each student must complete a 
minimum of 120 hours of credit with no less than C. Courses must 
include the 30 hours specified by the General University Re- 
quirements and the specific major and supporting course re- 
quirements and the College of Business and Management or of 
the programs in the academic units offering baccalaureate 
degrees. 

Students who matriculated in departments originally in the Col- 
lege of Business and Public Administration or in departments in 
the College of Arts and Sciences shall have the option of com- 
pleting their degrees and requirements as stated under the old 
college requirements, including the previous General Education 
Requirements or under the new divisional requirements. 
Senior Residence Requirement. All candidates for degrees should 
plan to take their senior year in residence since the advanced 
work of the major study normally occurs in the last year of the 
undergraduate course sequence. At least 24 of the last 30 credits 
must be done in residence. For example, a student, who at the 
time of residence may be permitted to do no more than 6 semester 
hours of the final 30 credits of record in another institution, pro- 
vided the student obtains permission in advance from the dean or 
the Division Provost. University College credit is not considered 
to be resident credit for purposes of the last 30 hour rule. 
Students must be enrolled in the division from which they plan to 
graduate when registering for the last 15 credits of his or her pro- 
gram. 

Honors: The Provost's List of Distinguished Students. Any stu- 
dent who has passed at least 12 hours of academic work in the 
preceding semester, without failure of any course, and with an 
overall average grade of at least 3.5 will be placed on the Provost's 
List of Distinguished Students. 



College of Business and Management 

Dean: Lamone. 

Assistant Deans; Haslem, Edelson. 

Director of Graduate Studies: Pfaffenberger. 

Director of I^B.A. Program: Ondeck. 

Director of Undergraduate Studies: Mattingly. 

Faculty Chairpersons: Edmister, Gannon, Gass, Greer, Loeb 

Roberts. 

Professors: H. Anderson, Carroll, Clemens (Emeritus), Dawson 

Fisher (part-time), Gannon, Gass, Greer, Haslem, Lamone, Levine 

Locke (also Psychology), Loeb, Nash, Paine, Polakoff, Roberts 

Taff. 

Associate Professors: Ashmen, Bartol, Bedingfield, Bodin 

Edelson, Edmister, Fromovitz, Hynes, Jolson, Kuehl, Leete 

Nickels, Pfaffenberger, Poist, Thieblot, Widhelm. 

Assistant Professors: Alt, C. Anderson, Beard, Bloom, Chow, Cor 

si. Ford, Formisano, Golden, Greene, Harvey, Kumar, Mayer 

Sommer, Meisinger, Norland, Reckers, Schneier, Spekman 

Stagiiano, M. Taylor. 



Lecturers: Chaires. Cherry. Coarts. DiNovo, Dougherty, (also 
IFSM), Doyle. Ems, FitzGerald, Franzak, Gillen. Gramling, Hamer. 
Harris, Hicks, Kraft, Land, Matthews, Moerdyk, Morash, Ondeck. 
Reckers. Rymer, Schilit, Schweiger. Shaw, Sohl, Walkling, Wasil, 
C ZeithamI, V. Zeithaml. 

Lecturers (part-time): Bauernfeind, Biela, Garbuny, Hargrove. Har- 
man, Ingerman. Lahne. Morris. Pearce. Raben. Rosen, Schweitzer, 
O Taylor, Walker. Wysong. 

Assistant Instructors (part-time): Baker. Brown, Bruno, Dakolias. 
Donohue. Egli, Fraasa, Gaffney. Garvett. Hill, Jones, Knain, 
Leegant, Li, Lynn, McCully, Parrish, Pincus, Pitta, Stewart, 
Strachman. 

The College of Business and Management is an accredited under- 
graduate and graduate collegiate school of business. This accredita- 
tion by the American Assemby of Collegiate Schools of Business rec- 
ognizes the quality of programs and faculty in the College. The College 
recognizes the importance of education In business and manage- 
ment to economic, social, and professional development through 
profit and nonprofit organizations at the local, regional, and na- 
tional levels. The faculty of the College have been selected from 
the leading doctoral programs in business. They are scholars, 
teachers, and professional leaders with a commitment to superior 
education m business and management. 

The College has faculty specializing in Accounting: Finance; 
Management Science and Statistics; Marketing: Organizational 
Behavior and Industrial Relations: and Transportation. Business 
and Public Policy. 

Undergraduate Program. The undergraduate program recognizes 
the need for professional education in business and management 
based on a foundation in the liberal arts. Modern society com- 
prises intricate business, economic, social, and government in- 
stitutions requiring a large number of men and women trained to 
be effective and responsible managers. The College regards its 
program leading to the Bachelor of Science in business and 
management as one of the most important ways it serves this 
need. 

A student in business and management selects a concentration 
in one of several curricula: (1) Accounting: (2) Finance: (3) General 
Curriculum in Business and Management; (4) Management 
Science-Statistics: (5) Marketing: (6) Personnel and Labor Rela- 
tions: (7) Production Management and: (8) Transportation. For 
students interested in Law as a career there is a combined 
Business and Law Program. 

Students interested in insurance, real estate, institutional 
management, or international business may plan with their ad- 
visor to elect courses to meet their specialized needs. 

At least 45 hours of the 120 semester hours of academic work 
required for graduation must be in business and management 
subjects. A minimum of 57 hours of the required 120 hours must 
be in 300 or 400 level courses. In addition to the requirement of 
an overall average of C in academic subjects, an average of C in 
business and management subjects is required for graduation. 
Electives in the curricula of the college may be taken in any 
department of the University if the student has the necessary pre- 
requisites. Business courses taken as electives may not be taken 
on a pass/fail basis by st' -'ents of the College of Business and 
Management. 

Degrees. The University confers the following degrees on 
students successfully completing programs of study in the Col- 
lege: Bachelor of Science (B.S.): Master of Business Administra- 
tion (M.B.A.): Doctor of Business Administration (D.B.A.). Each 
candidate for a degree must tile in the Registrar's Office, prior to a 
date announced for each semester, a formal application for a 
degree. Information concerning admissions to the MB. A. and 
DBA. programs is available from the college director of graduate 
studies. 

Academic Advisement. General advisement in the College of 
Business and Management is available in Room 5119. Tydings 
Hall. It is recommended that students visit this office each year to 
ensure they are informed about current requirements and pro- 
cedures. Specific advisement pertaining to a particular curriculum 
(for example, accounting) is available from the chairman or other 
faculty in the particular area of study. Student problems concern- 
ing advisement should be directed to the Director of 
Undergraduate Studies in Room 3136A. Tydings Hall. 

Transfer students entering the University can be advised during 
transfer orientation, and first semester freshmen entering the 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges. 
School, & 
Departments 

73 



University in the fall can receive advisement during ttie summer 
freshman orientation program of the college. 
Entrance Requirements. Requirements for admission to the col- 
lege are those of the University. To assure a likelihood of success 
in the college, it is recommended that the student have four units 
of English, three or preferably tour units of college preparatory 
mathematics (including a minimum of two units of algebra and 
one unit of geometry), one or more units of history and social 
science, two or more units of natural science, and two or more 
units of foreign language. Students expecting to enroll in the Col- 
lege of Business and Ivlanagement should pursue the pre-college 
program in high school. 

Statement of Policy on the Transfer of Credit from Community 
Colleges. The College of Business and Management subscribes 
to the policy that a student's undergraduate program below the 
junior year should include no advanced, professional level 
courses. This policy is based on the conviction that the value 
derived from these advanced courses is materiaiiy enhanced 
when based upon a sound foundation in the liberal arts. 

In adhering to the above policy, it is the practice of the College 
of Business and tVlanagement to accept in transfer from an ac- 
credited community college no more than 12 semester hours of 
work in business administration courses. 

The 12 semester hours of business administration acceptable 
in transfer are specifically identified as three (3) semester hours in 
an introductory business course, three (3) semester hours in 
business statistics, and six (6) semester hours of elementary ac- 
counting. Thus, it is anticipated that the student transferring from 
another institution will have devoted the major share of his 
academic effort below the junior year, to the completion of basic 
requirements in the liberal arts. A total of 60 semester hours may 
be transferred from a community college and applied toward a 
degree from the College of Business and Management. 
Statement of Policy on the Transfer of Credits from Ottier Institu- 
tions. The College of Business and Management normally accepts 
transfer credits from accredited four-year institutions. Junior and 
senior level business courses are accepted from colleges ac- 
credited by the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of 
Business (AACSB). Junior and senior level business courses from 
other than AACSB accredited schools are evaluated on a course- 
by-course basis to determine transferability. 

Honor Societies 

Beta Alptia Psi. National scholastic and professional honorary 
fraternity in accounting. Members are elected of the basis on ex- 
cellence in scholarship and professional service from junior and 
senior students majoring in Accounting in the College of 
Business and Management. 

Sefa Gamma Sigma. National scholastic honorary in business 
administration. To be eligible students must rank in the upper five 
percent of their junior class or the upper ten percent of their 
senior class in the College of Business and Management. 

Pi Sigma Plii. National scholastic honorary sponsored by the 
Propeller Club of the United States. Membership is elected from 
outstanding senior members of the University of Maryland 
chapter of the Propeller Club majoring in Transportation in the 
College of Business and Management 

Student Awards. Dean's List; Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key: 
Distinguished Accounting Student Awards: and Wall Street Jour- 
nal Student Achievement Award. 

Scholarships. Alcoa Foundation Traffic Scholarship: Delmarva 
Traffic Club Scholarship: Delta Nu Alpha Cheasapeake Chapter 
No. 23 Scholarship: Pilot Freight Carriers, Inc. Scholarship; Jack 
B. Sacks Foundation Scholarship: and Charles A. Taff Scholar- 
ship. 

Student Professional Organizations. American Marketing 
Association; Delta Nu Alpha (Transportation); Delta Sigma Pi 
(business students): Phi Chi Theta (business students); Society 
for the Advancement of Management: and Propeller Club of 
America (Transportation). 

Freshman and Sophomore Requirements 

Semester 
Hours 

General University Requirements (GUR)"* 21 

Electives 12(13) 

MATH 110, 111 and 220 or (140 and 141)" 9(8) 



SPCH 100 3 

BMGT220Aand221A(220and221)" 6 

ECON 201 and 203 6 

BMGT 230(231)- 3 

Total 60 

■Required for Management Science Statistics curriculum and Statis- 
licslFSM. optional for other curricula 
■ "Required for Accounting Curriculum 
•••Suggested courses include BMGT 110 and HIST 115 

A Typical Program for Freshman and Sophomore Years: 

Semester 
Hours 
Freshman Year 

GUR and/or electives 9 

SPCH 100 or elective 3 

MATH 100 (or 140) 3(4) 

First semester total 15-16 

GUR and/or electives 12 

SPCH 100 or elective 3 

MATH 111 (or 141) 3(4) 

Second semester total 15-16 

Sophomore Year 

GUR and/or electives 6-9' 

BMGT 220A or 220 3 

ECON 201 3 

MATH 220* 3 

Third semester total 15 

"3 hours GUR substituted lor MATH 220 for Management Science- 
Statistics curriculum and Slatistics-IFSM curriculum 

GUR and/or electives 6 

ECON 203 3 

BMGT221Aor221 3 

BMGT 230 or 231 3 

Fourth semester total 15 



Junior and Senior Requirements 



( 1 ) The following required courses 
BMGT 340— Business Finance 
BMGT 350— Marketing Principles and 

Organization 
BMGT 364 — Management and Organization 

Theory 
BMGT 380— Business Law 
BMGT 495— Business Policies 



(2) Curriculum Concentration — see requirements 

for each 

(3) Economics social sciences electives — 

see requirements for each curnculum 

(4) GUR (9 semester hours) and electives— 

see each curriculum 

Total 



Semester 
Hours 



15-24 

3-6 

15-21 
60 



Curricula 

Accounting. Accounting, in a limited sense, is the analysis, 
classification and recording of financial events and the reporting 
of the results of such events for an organization. In a broader 
sense, accounting consists of all financial devices tor planning, 
controlling and appraising performance of an organization. In this 
broader sense, accounting includes among its many facets finan- 



cial planning, budgeting, accounting systems, financial manage- 
ment controls, fmancial analysis of performance, financial repor- 
ting, internal and external auditing, and taxation of business. 

Thie accounting curriculum provides an educational foundation 
for careers in accounting and a foundation for future advance- 
ment m ottier management areas wfietfier in private business 
organizations, government agencies, or public accounting firms. 
Students wfio select this curriculum will complete the freshman 
and sophomore requirements for all students in the College of 
Business and IVIanagement. 

Course requirements for the junior-senior curriculum concentra- 
tion in accounting are as follow: 

( 1 ) The following required courses Semester 

Hours 

IFSM 401 —Electronic Data Processing 3 

BMGT 310, 31 1 —Intermediate Accounting 6 

BMGT 321 —Cost Accounting 3 

BIVIGT 323— Income Tax Accounting 3 



(2) three of the following courses 

BMGT 320— Accounting Systems 

BMGT 420, 421 —Undergraduate Accounting 

Seminar 
BMGT 422— Auditing Theory and Practice 
BMGT 424— Advanced Accounting- 
BMGT 425— CPA Problems 
BMGT 427 — Advanced Auditing Theory 

and Practice 
BMGT 426— Advanced Cost Accounting 
Total 



The junior-senior requirements are as follow: 
Junior-senior requirements for all 

college students 
Junior-senior curriculum concentration 

(mimimum) 

Electives in 400 level economics courses at least one 

of which must be ECON 401 , 403, 430, or 440 
GUR and electives to complete 1 20 semester hours 

required for graduation (of which 1 2 semester hours 

must be in 300 or 400 level courses) 

Total 



15 

24 

6 

15 
60 



Since July 1. 1974, the educational requirement of the Maryland 
State Board of Accountancy has been a baccalaureate or higher 
degree with a major in accounting as defined by the Board, or with 
a non-accounting major supplemented by what the Board deter- 
mines to be substantially the equivalent of an accounting major. 

An accounting major shall be considered generally as con- 
stituting a minimum of (1) 30 semester hours in accounting sub- 
jects, which shall include (but shall not be limited to) courses in 
accounting principles, auditing, cost accounting and federal in- 
come tax; (2) 6 semester hours in commercial law; (3) 4 semester 
hours in principles of economics, 

A student planning to tal^e the CPA examination in a state other 
than Maryland should determine the course requirements, if any, 
for that state and arrange his or her program accordingly. 
Finance. The finance curriculum is designed to familiarize the stu- 
dent with the institutions, theory and practice involved in the 
allocation of financial resources within the private sector, 
especially the firm. It is also designed to incorporate foundation 
study in such related disciplines as economics and the quan- 
titative areas. 

The finance curriculum provides an educational foundation for 
careers involving financial analysis and management, investment 
analysis and portfolio management, investment banking, in- 
surance and risk management, banking, and international finance: 
it also provides a foundation for graduate study in business ad- 
ministration, quantitative areas, economics, and law. 

Course requirements for the junior-senior curriculum concen- 
tration in finance are as follows: 



(1) the following required courses: Semester 

Hours 

IFSM 401 — Electronic Data Processing 3 

ECON 430— Money and Banking 3 

BMGT 322— Operations Research for 
Management Decisions 
or 

BMGT 434 — Operations Research I 3 

BMGT 343— Investments 3 

(2) two of the following courses: 

BMGT 440— Financial Management 

BMGT 443— Security Analysis and Valuation 

BMGT 445— Commercial Bank Management 

BMGT 481 — Public Utilities 6 

(3) one of the following courses (check prerequisites): 

IFSM 402— Electronic Data Processing 

Applications 
BMGT 430— Linear Statistical Models 

in Business 
BMGT 431— Design of Statistical Experiments 

in Business 
BMGT 433— Statistical Decision Theory 

in Business 
BMGT 435— Operations Research II 
MATH three semester hours of mathematics 

beyond the college requirement 3 

Total 21 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges, 
School. & 
Departments 

75 



Ttie junior-senior requirements for both options are as follow 

Junior-senior requirements for all college students 

Junior-senior curriculum concentration 

One course in economics selected from ECON 401. 
403. 431 , 440, 450 and 402* 

GUR and electives to complete the 1 20 semester 
hours required for graduation (of which 1 8 hours 
must be in 300 or 400 level courses) 



15 
21 



Total 



"especially recommended 



General Curriculum in Business and Management. The general 
curriculum is designed for those who desire a broader course of 
study in business and management than offered in the other col- 
lege curricula. The general curriculum is appropriate, for example. 
for those who plan to enter small business management or entre- 
preneurship where general knowledge of the vanous fields of 
study may be preferred to a more specialized curriculum concen- 
tration. 

Course requirements for the junior-senior curriculum concen- 
tration in general business and management are as follow: 



Accounting/Finance 

BMGT 321— Cost Accounting 

or 
BMGT 440 — Financial Management 

Management Science/Statistics 

BMGT 332— Operations Research for Management 
Decisions 
or 

BMGT 431 — Design of Statistical Experiments in 
Business 
or 
BMGT 433— Statistical Decision Theory in Business 



Semester 
Hours 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges, 
School, & 
Departments 

76 



Marketing 

BMGT 352 — Promotion Management 

or 
Higher numbered marketing course 
(check prerequisites) 



Personnel/Labor Relations 

BMGT 360— Personnel Management 

or 
BMGT 362— Labor Relations 



Public Policy 

BMGT 481— Public Utilities 

or 
BMGT 482— Business and Government 

Transportation /Product ion Management 

BMGT 370 — Principles of Transportation 

or 
BMGT 372— Traffic and Physical Distribution 
Management 
or 
BMGT 385 — Production Management 
Total 



The junior-senior requirements are as follow: 

Junior-senior requirements for all college students 
Junior-senior curriculum concentration 
Electives in 400 level economics, psychology or 

sociology courses, at least one of which must be 

ECON 401 . 403, 430. or 440 
GUR and electives to complete 1 20 semester hours 

required for graduation (of which 1 8 semester hours 

must be in 300 or 400 level courses) 

Total 



21 

60 



Management Science-Statistics. In the management science- 
statistics curriculum, the student has the option of concentrating 
primarily in statistics or primarily in management science. The 
two options are described below. 

Statistics option. Statistics consists ot a body of methods for 
utilizing probability theory in decision-making processes. Impor- 
tant statistical activities ancillary to the decision-making process 
are the systematization of quantitative data and the measurement 
of variability. Some specialized areas within the field of statistics 
are: sample surveys, forecasting, quality control, design of experi- 
ment, Bayesian decision processes, actuarial statistics, and data 
processing. Statistical methods— for example, sample survey tech- 
niques — are widely used in accounting, marketing, industrial 
management, and government applications. An aptitude for ap- 
plied mathematics and a desire to understand and apply scientific 
methods to significant problems are important prerequisites for 
the statistician. 

Students planning to major in statistics must take MATH 
140-141. 

Course requirements for the junior-senior curriculum concen- 
tration in the statistics option are as follow: 



( 1 ) the following required courses; 



BMGT 
BMGT 



BMGT 
BMGT 



430— Linear Statistical Models in Business 
432— Sample Surveys in Business and 

and Economics 
434— Operations Research I 
438 — Topics in Statistical Analysis for 

Business and Management 



Semester 

Hours 

3 

3 
3 



IFSM 401 —Electronic Data Processing 

BMGT 433— Statistical Decision Theory in Business 

BMGT 435— Operations Research II 

BMGT 436— Applications of Mathematical 

Programming in Management 

Science 
BMGT 450— Marketing Research Methods 
STAT 400— Probability and Statistics I 

Total 



Management Science option. Management Science (operations 
research) is the application of scientific methods to decision 
problems, especially those involving the control of organized 
man-machine systems, to provide solutions which best serve the 
goals and objectives of the organization as a whole. Practitioners 
in this field are employed in industry and business, and federal, 
state and local governments. 

Students planning to major in this field must complete MATH 
140-141 prior to junior standing. Students considering graduate 
work in this field should complete MATH 240-241 as early as 
possible in their career. 

Course requirements for the junior-senior curriculum concen- 
tration in the management science option are as follow: 



(1) the following required courses 

BMGT 430— Linear Statistical Models in Business 

BtvlGT 434— Operations Research I 

BMGT 435— Operations Research II 

BMGT 436— Applications of Mathematical 

Programming in Management 

Science 

(2) two of the following courses 



432 — Sample Surveys in Business and 

Economics 
433 — Statistical Decision Theory in Business 
438— Topics in Statistical Analysis for 

Business and Management 
400 — Applied Probability and Statistics I 
401 —Electronic Data Processing 
410 — Information Processing Problems of 

Administrative. Economic, and 

Political Systems 
436 — Introduction to System Analysis 
385— Production Management 
485— Advanced Production Management 
Total 



Semester 

Hours 

3 

3 

3 



BMGT 
BMGT 

STAT 
IFSM 
IFSM 



IFSM 

BMGT 

BMGT 



The junior-senior requirements for both options are as follow: 

Junior-senior requirements for all college students 
Junior-senior curriculum concentration electives in 
400 level economics courses at least one of which 

must be ECON 401 . 403. 430 or 440 

GUR and electives to complete 1 20 semester hours 
required for graduation (of which 1 8 semester 
hours must be in 300 or 400 level courses or 
approved equivalent 

Total 



21 

60 



(2) two of the following courses: 



Marketing. Marketing, the study of exchange activities, involves 
the functions performed in getting goods and services from pro- 
ducers to users. Career opportunities exist in manufacturing, 
wholesaling, retailing, service organizations, government, and 
non-profit organizations and include sales administration, 
nn^rketing research, advertising, merchandising, physical 
distribution, and product management. 

Students preparing for work in marketing research are advised 
to elect additional courses in management science and statistics. 

Course requirements for the junior-senior curriculum concen- 
tration in marketing are: 
(1) the following required courses: 









Semester 








Hours 


BMGT 


352- 


- Promotion Management 


3 


BMGT 


450- 


-Marketing Research 






451- 
457- 


Methods 


3 


BMGT 


-Consumer Analysis 


3 


BMGT 


-Marketing Policies and 








Strategies 


3 


(2) and t' 


Mo of the following courses: 




BMGT 


332- 


-Operations Research for 
Management Decisions 




BMGT 


353- 


-Retail Management 




BMGT 


372- 


-Traffic and Physical 
Distribution Management 




BMGT 


431- 


-Design of Statistical Ex- 
periments in Business 




BMGT 


452- 


-Advertising 




BMGT 


453- 


-Industrial Marketing 




BMGT 


454- 


-International Marketing 




BMGT 


455- 


-Sales Management 


6 



Total 
Ttie junior-senior requirements are as follow: 

Junior-senior requirements for all college students 

Junior-senior curriculum concentration 

Electives in 400 level economics courses at least 

one of which must be ECON 40 1 , 403. 430. 

or 440 
GUR and electives to complete 1 20 semester hours 

required for graduation (of which 1 8 semester hours 

must be in 300 or 400 level courses! 
Total 



21 
60 



Personnel and Labor Relations. Personnel administration has to 
do with the direction of human effort. It is concerned with secur- 
ing, maintaining and utilizing an effective working force. People 
professionally trained in personnel administration find career op- 
portunities in business, in government, in educational institu- 
tions, and in charitable and other organizations. 

Course requirements for the lunior-senior curriculum in person- 
nel and labor relations are as follows: 



(1) ttie following required courses: 

Semester 
Hours 

BMGT 360— Personnel Management 3 

BMGT 362— Labor Relations 3 

BMGT 460 — Personnel Management — Analysis 

and Problems 3 

BMGT 464— Organizational Behavior 3 

BMGT 462— Labor Legislation 3 



(2) one of the following courses: 



BMGT 467 — 



Undergraduate Seminar in Personnel 

Management 
Production Management 
Personnel and Organizational 

Psychology 
Principles of Psychological Testing 
Psychology of Individual Differences 
Industrial Sociology 
Small Group Analysis 
Public Personnel Administration 
Public Relations 



The junior-senior requirements are as follow: 

Junior-senior requirements for all college students 
Junior-senior curriculum concentration 



BMGT 


385- 


PSYC 


461- 


PSYC 


451- 


PSYC 


452- 


SOCY 


462- 


SOCY 


447- 


GVPT 


411- 


JOUR 


330- 



Electives in 400 level economics courses at least 
one of which must be ECON 401 . 403. 430. 
or 440 

GUR and electives to complete 1 20 semester hours 
required for graduation (of which 1 8 semester hours 
must be in 300 or 400 level courses) 

Total 



21 
60 



Production Management. This curriculum is designed to acquaint 
the student with the problems of organization and control in the 
field of production management. Theory and practice with 
reference to organization, policies, methods, processes and 
techniques are surveyed, analyzed and evaluated. 

Course requirements for the junior-senior curriculum concen- 
tration in production management are as follow: 



( 1 1 the following required courses 



BMGT 321 —Cost Accounting 

BMGT 360 — Personnel Management 

BMGT 385 — Production Management 

BMGT 485 — Advanced Production Management 

(2) two of the following courses 



Semester 
Hours 
3 
3 
3 
3 



BMGT 
BMGT 
BMGT 
BMGT 

BMGT 



433— Statistical Decision Theory m Business 

453 — Industrial Marketing 

362 — Labor Relations 

332— Operations Research for Management 

Decisions 
372— Traffic and Physical Distribution 

Management 



Total . 



Thejunior-senior requirements are as follow: 
Junior-senior requirements for all college students 
Junior-senior curriculum concentration 
Electives in 400 level economics courses at least 

one of which must be ECON 40 1 . 403. 430. 

or 440 

GUR and electives to complete 1 20 semester hours 

required for graduation (of which 1 8 semester hours 

must be in 300 or 400 level courses) 

Total 



6 
18 



21 
60 



Transportation. Transportation involves the movement of persons 
and goods in the satisfaction of human needs. The curriculum in 
transportation includes an analysis of the services and manage- 
ment problems, such as pricing, financing, and organization, of 
the five modes of transport — air, motor, pipelines, railroads, and 
water — and covers the scope and regulation of transportation in 
our economy. The effective management of transportation in- 
volves a study of the components of physical distribution and the 
interaction of procurement, the level and control of inventories, 
warehousing, material handling, transportation, and data process- 
ing. The curriculum in transportation is designed to prepare 
students to assume responsible positions with carriers, govern- 
mental agencies, and in traffic and physical distribution manage- 
ment in industry. 

Course requirements for the junior-senior curriculum concen- 
tration in transportation are as follow: 

( 1 ) the following required courses 



Semester 
Hours 



BMGT 332— Operations Research for Management 
Decisions 

BMGT 370 — Principles of Transportation 

BMGT 372— Traffic and Physical Distribution 

Management 
BMGT 470— l^nd Transportation Systems 

or 
BMGT 47 1 —Air and Water Transportation Systems 
BMGT 473— Advanced Transportation Problems 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges, 
School. & 
Departments 

77 



(2) one of the following courses 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges. 
School, & 
Depart nnents 

78 



BMGT 385- 
IFSIVI 401- 
BMGT 470- 

or 
BMGT 471- 



-Production Management 
-Electronic Data Processing 
-Land Transportation Systems 



Air and Water Transportation Systems 
(depending on choice under ( 1 ) 
above) 

BMGT 474— Urban Transportation & 
Development 

BMGT 475— Advanced Logistics Management 

BMGT 481— Public Utilities 

BMGT 482— Business and Government 



The junior-senior requirements are as follow: 

Junior-senior reguirements for all college students 

Junir-senior curriculum concentration 

Electives in 400 level economics courses at least one 
or which must be ECON 401 , 403, 430, or 440 

GUR and electives to complete 1 20 semester hours 
required for graduation (of which 1 8 semester hours 
must be in 300 or 400 level courses) 



Total 



21 
60 



Combined Business and Law Program. The College of Business 
and Management offers a combined Business-Law Curriculum in 
which the student completes three years in the chosen curriculum 
concentration in the college and a fourth year of work in the Law 
School of the University of Maryland. Admission to the law school 
is contingent upon meeting the applicable standards of that 
school. Individual students are responsible for securing from the law 
school Its current admission reguirements. The student must 
complete all the courses required of students in the college, ex- 
cept BMGT 380 and BMGT 495. In addition, they must complete all 
courses normally required for one of the specific curriculum con- 
centrations in business and management and enough other 
credits to equal a minimum of 90 semester hours. No business law 
course can be included in the 90 hours. The last year of college 
work before entering the law school must be completed in resi- 
dence at College Park. At least 30 hours of work must be in 
courses numbered 300 or above. 

The Bachelor of Science degree is conferred by the college 
upon students who complete the first year in the law school with 
an average grade of C or better. 

Insurance and Real Estate. Students interested in insurance or 
real estate may wish to concentrate in finance or general business 
and management and plan with their advisors a group of electives 
to meet their specialized needs. College courses offered in in- 
surance are: 



BMGT 346— Risk Management 

and 
BMGT 347— Life Insurance 

College courses, occasionally offered in real estate are; 

BMGT 393— Real Estate Principles 

and ^_ 

BMGT 490 — Urban Land Management 

Institutional Management. Students interested in hotel-motel 
management or hospital administration may wish to concentrate 
in general business and management, iinance, or personnel and 
labor relations and should plan with their advisors a group of elec- 
tives to meet their specialized needs. 

International Business. Students interested in international 
business may wish to concentrate in marketing or general 
business and management and should plan with their advisors a 
group of electives to meet their specialized needs. 



Behavioral and Social Sciences 
Departments, Programs 
and Curricula 

Afro-American Studies Program 

Associate Professor and Director: Gilmore. 

Associate Professor: Tsomondo 

Assistant Professors: Dawkins, Landry, Nzuwah, Williams, 

Yimenu. 

Lecturers: Harley, Mayfield, Osolo. 

The Afro-American Studies Program offers a Bachelor of Arts or 
a Bachelor of Science degree to students who declare a major in 
Afro-American Studies and who fulfill the academic requirements 
of this degree program. 

Students who want to take a major in another department, as 
well as follow a concentration outside his major of 18 hours of up- 
per division course work with an emphasis on black life and ex- 
periences, can receive a Certificate in Afro-American Studies. This 
work includes courses in art, African languages, economics, 
English, geography, history, music, political science, sociology, 
speech and education. 

Undergraduates in good standing may enroll in the program by 
contacting Professor Mariiyo Nzuwah, Professor Roosevelt 
Williams, Professor Bartholomew Landry or Beatrice Youngblood 
of the Afro-American Studies Program, in Room 0100, Woods Hall, 
Students pursuing a maior or certificate must meet the General 
University and division requirements. 

Students who plan to major in Afro-American Studies must 
complete a total of 36 hours of Afro-American Studies courses. At 
least 24 of the 36 hours must be in upper division courses (300-400 
numbers). Twelve hours of basic courses are required. To fulfill 
this requirement, all majors must take the twelve hours of basic 
courses: AASP 100, AASP 200. AASP 202 and AASP 298A. A 
minimum of six hours of seminars (two courses) are required: 
AASP 401 to be taken after completing 15 hours of required 
courses, and AASP 397 to be taken during the student's senior 
year. AASP 397 will include the writing of a senior thesis. The re- 
maining 18 hours of upper division course work (300-400 numbers) 
should be concentrated in areas of specialization within the Pro- 
gram, but may not include AASP 397 or AASP 401. Related and 
supporting courses taken in other departments must be approved 
by a faculty advisor or the student's program plan. Each course 
counted for the above requirements must be passed with a grade 
of C or better. In addition to the program of courses indicated 
above, each student majoring in Afro-American Studies is strong- 
ly advised to utilize the remainder of the 120 hours required for 
graduation by concentrating his studies in areas such as African 
Studies, Technology, Fine Arts, Pre-Law, Pre-Medicine, Business 
Administration, Social Sciences, and Urban Studies, etc. Model 
four-year program for these and other areas of concentration are 
available from program advisors. 

To receive a Certificate in Afro-American Studies, the student 
must enroll and receive a satisfactory grade in AASP 100 plus at 
least three (3) of the required courses which must include AASP 
401, Seminar in Afro-American Studies. In addition, the student 
may also choose a number of approved courses from a list of 
recommended electives to meet the minimum requirements of 18 
credit hours. 

Anthropology 

Professor and Ctiairman: Kerley. 

Professor: Williams. 

Associate Professors: Anderson, Leone, Rosen. 

Assistant Professors: Benjamin, Dessaint, Migliazza, Stuart. 

The Anthropology Department offers beginning and advanced 
course work in the four principal subdivisions of the discipline: 
physical anthropology, linguistics, archaeology and ethnology. 
Courses in these subdivisions may be used to fulfill the minor or 
"supporting courses" requirement in some programs leading to 
the B.A, degree. They also may, at the discretion of the Depart- 
ment of Sociology, be counted toward a major in Sociology. 

Anthropology t^ajor: The fulfillment of the requirements for a 
major in anthropology leads to the B.A. degree. All majors are re- 
quired to take 30 hours in anthropology, 18 of which must be 
selected from the following courses: ANTH 101, 102, 401, 441, or 
451, 371 or 461, and 397. It should be noted, however, that if ANTH 
101 is used to satisfy the General University requirement in 



Behavioral and Social Sciences, it may not be counted as a part of 
the 30 required semester hours for the major. The 18 hours of re- 
quired courses msures that the major becomes familiar with all 
areas of anthropology. No one area, therefore, receives special em- 
phasis, tor It IS believed that such specialization should occur dur- 
ing graduate study, preferably at the Ph.D level. Thus the student 
is broadly prepared in the ways humans have evolved culturally 
and physically, A statement of course requirements and recom- 
mended sequences of courses is available in the departmental of- 
fice. 

No course with a grade of less than C may be used to satisfy 
major requirements, 

ANTH 101, and ANTH 102, or their equivalent, or permission of 
the instructor, are prerequisites to all other courses in An- 
thropology. 

Course Code Prelix— ANTH 

Business and Economic Research 

Professor and Director: Cumberland, 
Professors: Cumberland, Fisher, Harris. 
Assistant Professors: Clotfelter, King, 

The functions of the Bureau of Business and Economic 
Research are research, education and public service. 

The research activities of the Bureau are primarily focused on 
basic research and applied research in the fields of regional, ur- 
ban, public finance and environmental studies. Although the 
bureau's long-run research program is carried out largely by its 
own staff, faculty members from other departments also par- 
ticipate. The bureau also undertakes cooperative research pro- 
grams with the sponsorship of federal and state governmental 
agencies, research foundations and other groups. 

The educational functions of the bureau are achieved through 
active participation by advanced graduate and undergraduate 
students in the bureau's research program. This direct involvement 
of students in the research process under faculty supervision 
assists students in their degree programs and provides research 
skills that equip students for responsible posts in business, 
government and higher education. 

The bureau observes its service responsibilities to govern- 
ments, business, and private groups primarily through the 
publication and distribution of its research findings. In addition, 
the bureau staff welcomes the opportunity to be of service to 
governmental and civic groups by consulting with them on prob- 
lems, especially in the fields of regional and urban economic 
development and forecasting, state and local public finance, and 
environmental management. 

Criminal Justice and Criminology 

Professor and Director: Lejms, 
Criminology Program: 

Associate Professors: Maida, Tennyson, 

Assistant Professors: Debro, Minor. 

Adjunct Assistant Professor: Gluckstern. 

Instructors: Block. Freivalds, 

Lam Enforcement Curriculum: 

Associate Professors: Ingraham, 

Assistant Professor: B, Johnson, 

Faculty Research Associate: K, Johnson, 

Part-time Lecturers: Cramer, Larkins, Wolman. 

Part-time Instructors: Holzman, Longmire, Larson, Ellis, 

The purpose of the Institute is to provide an organization and 
administrative basis for the interests and activities of the Univer- 
sity, its faculty and students in the areas usually designated as 
law enforcement, criminology and corrections. The Institute is to 
promote study and teaching concerning the problems of crime 
and delinquency by offering and coordinating academic programs 
in the area of law enforcement, criminology and corrections: 
managing research in these areas; and conducting demonstration 
projects. 

The Institute comprises as its component parts: 

1. The Criminology Program, 

2. The Law Enforcement Curriculum, 

3. Graduate Program offering |yl,A, and Ph,D, degrees in Criminal 
Justice and Criminology, 

The major in criminology comprises 30 hours of course work: 18 
hours in Criminology, 6 hours in Law Enforcement and 6 hours in 
Sociology, Eighteen hours in social or behavioral science 
disciplines are required as a supporting sequence. In these sup- 



porting courses a social or behavioral science statistics and a 
social or behavioral science methods course are required. 
Psychology 331 or 431 is also required. In addition, two 
Psychology elective courses and a general social psychology 
course are required Regarding the specific courses to be taken, 
the student is required to consult with an advisor. No grade lower 
than C may be used toward the major or the supporting courses. 

Course Code PredxCRIM 



Major 



CRIM 


220 


CRIM 


450 


CRIM 


451 


CRIM 


452 


CRIM 


453 



Hours 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 



CRIM 454 

LENF 100 

LENF 230 

SOCY 433 

SOCY 427 



Supporting 

PSYC331 or 431 

Social Psych— such as PSYC 221. SOCY 230. 

SOCY 430 or SOCY 447 

PSYC electives 

See Sci statistics 

Soc Sci methods 



Hours 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
30 



General University Requirements 
Electives 



30 
42 

120 



The major in law enforcement comprises 30 hours of course 
work in law enforcement and criminology, the latter being offered 
as courses in the Criminology Program, divided as follows: 18, but 
not more than 24, hours in law enforcement: 6 but not more than 
12. hours in criminology. Students may use an additional 6 hours 
to bring the major up to 36 hours. In addition to major re- 
quirements, a student must take 6 hours in methodology and 
statistics, and a supporting sequence of courses totalling 18 
hours must be taken in government and politics, psychology or 
sociology. No grade lower than C may be used toward the major, 
or to satisfy the statistics-methodology requirement. 



Course C 


ode Prefix-LENF 










Major 












(Requi 


ed) 


Hours 


(Select 4 


courses 


from) Hours 


LENF 


100 


3 


LENF 


220 , , 


3 


LENF 


230 


3 


LENF 


330 , , 


3 


LENF 


234 


3 


LENF 


350,, 


3 


LENF 


340 


3 


LENF 


360 ,, 


3 


GRIM 


220 


3 


LENF 


398 ., 


3 


CRIM 


450 


3 


LENF 


399 , 


3 








LENF 


444 , , 


3 








LENF 


462 .. 


3 








CRIM 


432 .. 


3 








CRIM 


451 ,. 


3 








CRIM 


453 .. 


3 








CRIM 


454 . . 


3 

30 



Supporting 

PSYC 200 or SOCY 201; statistics (or another 
with permission of advisor) 

SOCY 202: Research methods (or another with 
permission of advisor 

Supporting sequence: 18 credit hours of 

specific recommended courses in GVPT, SOCY 
and PSYC (see recommended list in Institute 
Office) 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges, 
School, & 
Departments 

79 



General University Requirements 
Electives 



TOTAL: 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges, 
School, & 
Departments 



Economics 

Professor and Chairman: Marris. 

Professors: Aaron (on leave), Adelman. Almon, Bailey, Bergmann. 

Cumberland, Dillard, Fisher, Gruchy (emeritus), Harris, Kelejian, 

McGuire, Mueller, O'Connell, Olson, Schultze (on leave), 

Straszheim, Ulmer. 

Associate Professors: Adams, Bennett, Betancourt, Clague, 

Dodge, Johnson* (Applied Math), Knight. Meyer, Singer, Wein- 

stem. 

Assistant Professors: Brown, Clotfelter, Dorman, Lieberman, Mur- 

rell, Pelcovits, Snower, Swartz, Vavrichek. 

•Joint appointment with indicated department 

The study of economics is designed to give students an 
understanding of the American economic system and our coun- 
try's economic relations with the rest of the world, and the ability 
to analyze the economic forces which largely determine the na- 
tional output of goods and services, the level of prices, and the 
distribution of income. It is also designed to prepare students for 
graduate study, and for employment opportunities in private 
business, the Federal government, state and local government, 
universities and research institutions. Demand for college 
graduates trained in economics continues to be strong, and this is 
among the fields of undergraduate study strongly recommended 
for students planning to study law, or enter public administration, 
as well as those who plan to become professional economists. 
Requirements for the Economics IVIajor. In addition to the thirty- 
hour General University Requirements, the requirements for the 
Economics major are as follow: 

(1) Matttematics. 

Six credit hours. No specific courses are required, but the com- 
bination of MATH 110 (Introduction to Mathematics) and MATH 
220 (Elementary Calculus) is highly recommended for those who 
take only six hours. Students planning to do graduate study in 
economics are strongly urged to take more than the minimum six- 
hour mathematics requirement, since graduate programs em- 
phasize the application of mathematical and statistical tech- 
niques in the analysis of economic problems. 

Economics majors should take mathematics courses early in 
their college careers in order to gain an understanding of 
mathematical principles which will assist them in later course 
work in Economics. The required 6 hours of math cannot be used 
for General University Requirements. 

(2) Upper Division Courses Outside of Economics. 

Twelve credit hours. Economics majors must earn credit for 
twelve hours of upper division work in non-economics courses (in 
addition to the nine hours of upper division courses required as 
part of the General University Requirements). For purposes of this 
requirement, any of the following may count as an "upper divi- 
sion" course: any course numbered 300 or above; any course in 
mathematics beyond the six hours required of all economics ma- 
jors; and any course in a department for which the prerequisites 
are the equivalent of one year of college-level work in that depart- 
ment. In particular, a second-year college course in foreign 
languages may be counted as "upper division." 

(3) Economics Courses. 

Thirty-six credit hours. Economics majors must earn 36 credit 
hours in economics. Courses required of all majors are: ECON 
201, 203, 310 (formerly 110), 401, 403, and 421. 

In lieu of Economics 421 (Economic Statistics), the student may 
take one of the following statistics courses: BMGT 230, BMGT 
231, or STAT 400. A student who takes ECON 205 before deciding 
to major in Economics may continue with ECON 203, without be- 
ing required to take ECON 201. 

The remainder of the 36 hours may be chosen from among any 
other economics courses and from the following courses in 
Business Administraion and Consumer Economics: BMGT 230, 
231, 432, 481, CNEC 435. (However, students who take ECON 421 
may not also receive credit for BMGT 230 or BMGT 231, and 
students may not receive credit for ECON 105 if they have taken 
any two courses from among ECON 201, 203. and 205.) 

To graduate as majors, students must pass the minimum of 36 
hours in economics. The average grade in all economics courses 
must be not less than C. 

Sequence of Courses. The Department of Economics does not 
specify a rigid sequence in which courses are to be taken, but it 
urges its majors to observe the following recommendations. 



By the end of the sophomore year, the economics major should 
have at least completed 6 hours of mathematics, ECON 201 and 
203, ECON 201 should be taken before ECON 203. Upon comple- 
tion of ECON 203, the student should promptly take ECON 401, 
403, or both, in the following semester, since these are in- 
termediate theory courses of general applicability in later course 
work. Majors should take ECON 421 (or equivalent) at an early 
stage, since an understanding of statistical techniques will be 
helpful in other courses. (ECON 421 may be completed before 
other 400-level economics courses, since its only prerequisite is 
MATH 110 or equivalent.) 

Economics majors should take ECON 401 prior to taking ECON 
430 or 440, and ECON 403 prior to taking ECON 450, 454, 460, or 
470. 

Those students planning to pursue graduate study in 
economics should try to include ECON 422 (Quantitative 
Methods) and ECON 425 (Mathematical Economics) in their pro- 
grams and should also consider entering the Departmental 
Honors Program, if qualified. 

Each economics major may select or be assigned, a faculty 
member as an advisor, and is encouraged to consult the advisor 
for course recommendations and other information. Economics 
majors are welcome, and should feel completely free, to seek ad- 
vice at any time from any other faculty member in the Department. 
Economics Honors Program. The Departmental Honors Program 
is a three-semester (9 credit hour) program which students enter 
at the beginning of their last three semesters at the University. It 
emphasizes seminar discussions of selected topics in economics 
and independent research and writing, with faculty supervision. 
The program culminates in the student's presentation of an 
honors thesis, in the final semester. To be eligible for the Honors 
Program, a student must have a cumulative grade point average of 
not less than 3.0. 

Geography 

Professor and Ctiairman: Harper. 
Professors: Deshler. Fonaroff. 

Associate Professors: Brodsky, Chaves. Groves, Mitchell, Thomp- 
son, Wiedel. 

Assistant Professors: Christian, Cirrincione, Garst, Roswell, 
Thorn, Yoshioka. 
Lecturers: Flory, Petzold, Winters. 

Geography studies the spatial patterns and interactions of 
natural, cultural, and socio-economic phenomena on earth's sur- 
face. The field thus embraces aspects of both the physical and the 
social sciences, which are applied in the analysis of patterns of 
distribution of individual phenomena, to the study of complex in- 
terrelations of phenomena found in a given region, and to the syn- 
thesis of geographic regions. A geographer should, therefore, ac- 
quire background knowledge in certain aspects of the physical as 
well as the social sciences. 

Field work and map analysis have been the basic tools of 
research for the geographer. In recent years these have been 
augmented by the use of techniques of air photo interpretation 
and presently by the development of methods of interpreting data 
obtained from the remote sensing devices of space satellites. 
Modern geography also is making increasing application of quan- 
titative methods, including the use of statistics and systems 
analysis, so that mathematical training is becoming increasingly 
important for a successful career in geography. 

Today geographers are employed in a wide range of positions. 
Geographers in the federal government work in the Departments 
of State, Interior, Defense, Agriculture, Housing and Urban Af- 
fairs, and Health, Education, and Welfare. They are on the staffs of 
the legislative research branch, the Library of Congress and the 
National Archives. At the state and local government level there is 
an increasing demand for geographers in planning positions. And 
in recent years more and more geographers have found employ- 
ment in orivate industry working on problems of industrial and 
commercial location and market analysis. Teaching at all levels 
from elementary school through graduate work continues to 
employ more geographers each year. Some have found geography 
to be an excellent background for careers in the military, jour- 
nalism and general business: others have simply found the broad 
perspective of geogrpahy an excellent base for a general educa- 
tion. Most professional positions in geography require graduate 
training. 
Requirements for an Undergraduate IVIajor. Within any of the 



general major programs It Is possible for the student to adjust tils 
program to fit tils particular individual interests. The major totals 
36 semester hours. 
The required courses of the geography majors are as follow: 



Geography Core (GEOG 20 1 202. 203 305 

310 
An additional techniques course (selected from 

370.372.376.380) 
A regional course 
Elective systematic and techniques courses . . . 



Semester 
Hours 



3 

3 

15 



Total 



The Geography Core— The following five courses form the 
minimum essential base upon which advanced work in geography 
can be built: 

GEOG 201— Introductory Physical Geography 3 

GEOG 202— Introductory Cultural Geography 3 

GEOG 203— Introductory Economic Geography 3 

GEOG 305 — Introduction to Geographic Techniques 3 

GEOG 310— Introduction to Research S Writing 3 

The three lower division courses are to be completed prior to 
GEOG 310 and all other upper division courses GEOG 201. 202. 
and 203 may be taken in any order and a student may register for 
more than one in any semester. GEOG 305 is prerequisite to 
GEOG 310. GEOG 310 is specifically designed as a preparation to 
upper division work and should be taken by the end of the junior 
year. Upon consultation with a department advisor, a reasonable 
load of other upper division work in geography may be taken con- 
currently with GEOG 310. 

The techniques requirement may be fulfilled by taking one of 
the following: GEOG 370— Cartography and Graphics Practicum, 
GEOG 372— Remote Sensing, GEOG 376— Quantitative Tech 
niques in Geography and GEOG 380— Focal Field Course. 

introduction to Geography— Geography 100: 

Introduction to Geography is a general education course for 
persons who have had no previous contact with the discipline in 
high school or for persons planning to take only one course in 
geography. It provides a general overview of the field rather than 
of a single specialized subdivision. Credit for this course is not ap- 
plied to the ma)or. 

Areas of Specialization. Although the major program is flexible 
and can be designed to fit any individual student's own interest, 
several specializations attract numbers of students. They are: 

Urban Geography and Regional Development. — Provides 
preparation for careers in planning and teaching. (Vlajors electing 
this specialty take departmental courses in urban geography, in- 
dustrial location, transportation, and economic geography among 
others and supporting courses in urban sociology, urban 
economics, urban transportation, and the urban studies program 
outside the department 

Physical Geography— For students with special interest in the 
natural environment and in its interaction with the works of man. 
This specialization consists of departmental courses in geomor- 
phology. climatology, and resources, and of supporting courses in 
geology, soils, meteorology, hydrology, and botany. 

Ca/'fog/'ap/7y— Prepares students for careers in map design, 
compilation and reproduction. The department offers various 
courses in thematic mapping, cartographic history and theory, 
map evaluation, and map and photo interpretation. For additional 
training students are advised to take supporting courses in art 
and civil engineering. 

Cultural Geography— Ot interest to students particularly con- 
cerned with the geographic aspects of population, politics, and 
other social and cultural phenomena, and with historical 
geography. In addition to departmental course offerings this 
specialization depends on work in sociology, anthropology, 
government and politics, history, and economics. 

For futher information on any of these areas of interest the stu- 
dent should contact a departmental advisor 

All math programs should be approved by a departmental ad- 
visor. 



Suggested Study of Program for Geography 

Freshman and Sophomore Years 

GEOG 100— Introduction to Geofjr ; 
count toward gee .• 
GEOG 201— Introductory Physica 
GEOG 202— Introductory Cultural ' 
GEOG 203— introductory Econom,^ ^l ,^ . 



General University Requirements and/or electives 



Semester 

Hours 

3 
3 
3 
3 
48 



Junior Year 

GEOG 305— Introduction to Geographic Techniques 
GEOG 310— Introduction to Research and Writing in 
Geography 

GEOG —A regional geography course 

GEOG —Techniques (choice) 

GEOG —Elective 

General University Requirements and or electives 



Senior Year 

GEOG— Courses to complete maior 

Electives 



12 

18 

30 
120 



Academic 
Divisions. 
Colleges, 
School, & 
Departments 

81 



Geography Minor and Secondary Education 
Geography Specialization 

College ot Education Ma/ors. Secondary Education majors with a 
concentration in geography are required to take 27 hours in the 
content field, Geography 201, 202, 203, 490. The remaining 12 
hours of the program consists of 3 hours of regional geography 
and 9 hours of upper-division systematic courses. For majors in 
Elementary Education and others needing a geography course for 
teaching certification. Geography 100 is the required course. 

Geography minors should take at least GEOG 201, 202 and 203 
in the Geography core and 310 is recommended. As with the ma- 
jor, these courses should be taken before any others. 

Course Code Prefix — GEOG 

Governmental Research 

Professor and Director: Bobrow. 

Director Maryland Technical Advisory Service: Eppes. 

Research Associate: Feldbaum. 

Lecturers: Behre. Gardner. Jackson, Kelleher, Thompson. 

Activities of the Bureau of Governmental Research relate 
primarily to the problems of state and local government in 
IVIaryland. The Bureau engages in research and publishes findings 
with reference to local, state and national governments and their 
interrelationships. It undertakes surveys and offers its assistance 
and service to units of government in Maryland and serves as a 
clearinghouse of information for them. The bureau furnishes op- 
portunities for qualified students interested in research and 
career development in state and local administration. The Bureau 
also acts as Coordinator for the Annual School for Maryland 
Assessing Officers. 

The Maryland Technical Advisory Service, a division of the 
bureau, provides consulting services to county and municipal 
governments of the state. Technical consultation and assistance 
are provided on specific problems in such areas as preparation ot 
charters and codes of ordinances, fiscal management, personnel 
management, utility and other service operations, planning and 
zoning, and related local or intergovernmental activities. The staff 
analyzes and shares with governmental officials information con- 
cerning professional developments and opportunities for new or 
improved programs and facilities. 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges, 
School, & 
Departments 

82 



Government and Politics 

Professor and DepartmenI Chairman: Hathorn (Acting) 

Professors: Anderson, Bobrow, Hsueh, Jacobs, McNelly, Murphy" 

(Urban Studies), Phillips, Piper, Plischke, Young, 

Associate Professors: Butterworth, Claude, Conway, Devine, 

Elkin, Glass, Glendening, Hardin, Heisler, Koury, Oppenheimer, 

Pirages, Ranald, Reeves, Stone* (Urban Studies), Terchek, 

Wilkenfeld. 

Assistant Professors: Christensen-Abel, tanning, McCarrick, 

Meisinger* (Ass't Provost), Nzuwah, Oliver, Peroff, Postbrief, 

Usianer, Werbos, Woolpert. 

Lecturers: Brown, Edelstein' (Ass't. Provost), Feldbaum, Kupper- 

man, Schick, Shue, Turner, Walker, Weinberg. 

•Joml Appointment with indicated unit 

The Department of Government and Politics offers programs 
designed to prepare students for government service, politics, 
foreign assignments, teaching, a variety of graduate programs, 
law schools, and for intelligent and purposeful citizenship. 



Requirements for the Government and Politics IVIajor. Govern- 
ment and Politics majors must take a minimum of 36 semester 
hours in government courses and may not count more than 42 
hours in government toward graduation. No course in which the 
grade is less than C may be counted as part of the major. No 
courses may be taken on a pass-fail basis. 

The government and politics fields are as follows: (1) American 
government and politics: (2) comparative government; (3) interna- 
tional affairs; (4) political theory; (5) public administration: (6) 
public law: and (7) public policy and political behavior. 

All government majors are required to take GVPT 100, 170, 220, 
441, or 442 and such other supporting courses as specified by the 
department. They must take one course from three separate 
government fields as designated by the department. 

All departmental majors shall take ECON 205 or ECON 201. In 
addition, the major will select courses from one of the following 
options: (a) methodology, (b) foreign language, (c) philosophy and 
history of science, or (d) pre-law. A list of courses which will 
satisfy each option is available in the departmental office. 

All students majoring in government must fulfill the re- 
quirements of a secondary area of concentration, which involves 
the completion of 15 semester hours from approved departments 
other than GVPT. At least six of the 15 hours must be taken at the 
300-400 level from a single department. 

Students who major in government may apply for admission to 
the GVPT Honors Program during the second semester of their 
sophomore year. Additional information concerning the Honors 
program may be obtained at the departmental offices. 

Departmental majors who have completed at least 75 hours 
towards a degree and at least 15 hours in GVPT are eligible to par- 
ticipate in the department's Academic Internship Program. 

Course Code Prefix — GVPT 



Hearing and Speech Sciences 

Professor and Ctiairman: Newby. 

Researct) Professor: Causey. 

Associate Professors: Baker, Bankson, Hamlet*. 

Assistant Professors: Bennett, Bernthal, Cicci**, Diggs. Doudna, 

Suter**. 

Research Associates: Punch, Schweitzer. 

Research Assistant: Howard. 

Instructors: Beck, Patrick, Pikus, Serota, Schwartz. 

Lecturers: Bennett, Sedge. 

•Joint wittl Sctiool ol Dentistry 
••Joint with School ol Medicine 

The departmental curriculum leads to the Bachelor of Arts 
degree and prepares the student to undertake graduate work in 
the fields of speech pathology, audiology, and speech and hearing 
science. In other words, the undergraduate program in this depart- 
ment is a preprofessional one. The student who wishes to work 
professionally as a speech pathologist or audiologist must com- 
plete at least 30 semester hours of graduate course work in order 
to meet state and national certification requirements. 

A student majoring in Hearing and Speech Sciences must com- 
plete 21 semester hours of specified courses and 9 semester 



hours of electives in the department to satisfy major course re- 
quirements. No course with a grade less than C may count toward 
major course requirements. In addition to the 30 semester hours 
needed for a major, 18 semester hours of supporting courses in 
allied fields are required. 

IVIajor Courses. Specified courses for a major in Hearing and 
Speech Sciences are PHYS 102, HESP 202, 302, 305, 400, 403, 411, 
and nine credits chosen from among HESP 310, 312, 404, 406, 408, 
410, 412, 414, and 499. 

Supporting Courses. The undergraduate student with a major in 
Hearing and Speech Sciences will take a total of six courses, 18 
credits, as designated in these supporting areas of study: 
Required— one of the following courses in statistics. 

EDf^S 451 —Introduction to Educational Statistics 3 

PSYC 200— Statistical f\/lethods in Psychology 3 

SOCY 201— Introductory Statistics for Sociology 3 

The student will select 4 courses, 12 credits, in addition to 
Psychology 100, from offerings in the Department of Psychology. 
The following are some suggested courses: 



PSYC 


206 


PSYC 


221 


PSYC 


301 


PSYC 


331 


PSYC 


333 


PSYC 


335 


PSYC 


400 



PSYC 

PSYC 
PSYC 
PSYC 
PSYC 
PSYC 



410- 

422- 
423 
431- 
433- 
435- 



-Developmental Psychology 

-Social Psychology 

-Biological Basis of Behavior 
-Introduction to Abnormal Psychology* 
-Child Psychology* 
- Personality and Adjustment 
-Experimental Psychology Learning 

f^/lotivation* 
-Experimental Psychology Sensory 

Processes I 
-Language and Social Communication 
-Advanced Social Psychology 
-Abnormal Psychology* 
-Advanced Topics in Child Psychology 
-Personality 



•Strongly recommended 



The student will select one additional 3 credit course. The 
following are suggestions. 



HLT 


450 


EDC 


413 


EDHD 


41 1 


EDHD 


413 


EDHD 


445 


EDSP 


470 



EDSP 471 — 



EDSP 


475 


EDSP 


491 


LING 


100 


LING 


101 



Health Problems of Children and Youth 
Behavior Ivlodification . . 

■Child Growth and Development 
Adolescent Development 
Guidance of Young Children 
Introduction to Special Education 

(Non Majors Section) 
Characteristics of Exceptional Children 

—Mentally Retarded 
Education ol the Slow Learner 
Characteristics of Exceptional Children 

—Perceptual Learning 
Introduction to Linguistics 
Language and Culture 



A course of the student's choosing may be substituted with the 
approval of an advisor. 

Course Code Prefix — HESP 

Information Systems Management 

Professor and Acting Chairman: Sibley. 
Associate Professor: Courtright. 

Assistant Professors: Cook, W.T. Hardgrave, Sayani, Shneider- 
man. 

Lecturers: Chappell, Dougherty, Egyhazy (PT), Feigin, A.D. Hard- 
grave, Hudson (PT), Jefferson (PT), Pitelka, Sherron (PT). 

The DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS MANAGE- 
MENT is concerned with the development and management of In- 
formation Systems for the support of virtually every field of 
human enterprise. 

Because of the wide applicability of the field, the program is 



designed to provide a broad, sound education whicti includes sub- 
jects ranging from mattiemalics and computer science to opera- 
tions research, statistics, accounting, and economics. Since in- 
formation systems graduates are usually placed in positions of 
higti visibility, basic communication skills are also required. 

In the student's major field, courses concentrate on the 
analysis, design, construction and management of information 
systems. This concentration includes computer-based systems, 
and higher-level information systems. Application methodology 
ranges from large central computers, to distributed computers, to 
mini and micro-computers, and formalized manual systems. 
Students are also concerned vi/ith societal impacts of information 
systems- issues such as privacy, security, fraud, ethics, and 
monopolies in the computing industry. 

The proximity of large information centers provides students 
with opportunities for stimulating, state-of-the-art projects, and 
potential for deeper involvements during the academic year or 
summer through experiential learning. 

The requirements for the Bachelor of Science Degree in Infor- 
mation Systems Management are summarized below: 

Description Hours 

Information Systems Management 21 

IFSM 201. 202. 301, 402, 410, 436 & 3 additional 

credits from 400 level IFSM courses 
Business and Management 21 

BMGT 220, 221, 231, 364, 430, 434, 435. 
Computer Science 3 

Select from the following: CMSC 210. 250, 311. 

420. 450, 475. (Note: Some of these courses 

have non-major prerequisites ) 
Economics 6 

ECON201,203. 
English 3 

ENGL 293. 
Mathematics 9-12 

A sequence of courses covering Differential 

and Integral Calculus & Linear Algebra such as: 

MATH 140, 141. 240, or MATH 220, 221. 400. 

General University Requirements 30 

Electives 27-24 

Minimum of 12 credit hours at Upper Division 

level. 
TOTAL 120 120 

A minimum of 51 hours of the required 120 hours must be in Upper 
Division (i.e.. 300 and 400 level) courses. To graduate, a student 
must have an average grade of ■C' in all courses taken in the 
IFSM Department. Students are encouraged, with the aid of a 
faculty advisor, to pursue a secondary field of study such as (but 
not limited to): criminology, urban studies, business and manage- 
ment, computer science, economics, mathematics, psychology. 
or public administration. 

Course Code Pretix-IFSM 

Linguistics Program 

Associate Professor and Director: Dingwall. 
Associate Professor: Yehi-Komshian. 

This program is devoted to the investigation of the 
psychological and biological bases of human communication. 
Areas of concentration include the origin and evolution of human 
communication systems, their ontogenesis (developmental 
psycholinguistics), the psychological aspects of language pro- 
duction and comprehension (experimental phonetics and ex- 
perimental psycholinguistics) and the neurological bases for such 
processes (neurolinguistics). While any educated person will 
benefit from an understanding of human communication, those 
who expect to major in anthropology, various areas of computer 
science and of education, philosophy, psychology and hearing 
and speech science will find a background in linguistics in- 
valuable. Although there is not an undergraduate major in 
linguistics at this time, courses in linguistics may be used to 
fulfill the supporting course requirements in some progams 
leading to the B.A. or B.S. degree. 



Psychology 

Cfiairmart: Bartlett, 

Professors: Anderson. Crites. Fretz. Goldstein. Gollub. Hodos. 

Horton, Levinson. Martin. Mclntire. Mills. Schneider, Scholnick! 

Steinman. Taylor. Trickett. Tyler. Waldrop. 

Associate Professors: Barrett, Brown. Coursey. Dachler. Dies. 

Larkin. Norman. Penner. Sigall. Smith, B. Sternheim. 

Assistant Professors: Barbarin. Bobko, Brauth. Frank. Gatz. Gor- 

mally, Hill. Johnson. Norman. Smith. Steele. White. 

Joint Appointment: Locke. Prof., College of Business and 

Management. 

Affiliated Faculty: Freeman, Assoc. Prof.. Coun. Cntr.. Gelso. 

Assoc. Prof., Coun. Cntr , Magoon. Prof.. Coun. Cntr.. Mills. Prof.! 

Coun. Cntr., Pumroy, Prof., Coll, Educ, Tanney, Asst. Prof Coun 

Cntr. 

Psychology can be classified as a biological science (Bachelor 
of Science degree) and a social science (Bachelor of Arts degree) 
and offers academic programs related to both of these fields. The 
undergraduate curriculum in psychology provides an organized 
study of the behavior of man and other organisms in terms of the 
biological conditions and social factors which influence such 
behavior In addition, the undergraduate program is arranged tc Departments 
provide opportunities for learning that will equip qualified 
students to pursue further study of psychology and related fields 
in graduate and professional schools. 

Students who are interested in the biological aspects of 
behavior tend to choose a program leading to the Bachelor of 
Science degree, while those interested primarily in the social fac- 
tors of behavior tend to choose the Bachelor of Arts degree. The 
choice of program is made in consultation with and requires the 
approval of an academic advisor. 

Department requirements are the same for the Bachelor of 
Science and the Bachelor of Arts degrees. A minimum of 31 hours 
of psychology course work is required; courses taken must in- 
clude PSYC 100, 200, and eight additional courses which must be 
selected from four different areas (two from each area). 

In order to assure breadth these additional courses must be 
selected from four different areas (two from each area). At least 
one course of these eight must be either PSYC 400, 410, or 420. 

The areas and courses are as follow 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges, 
School. & 



Area 1 


Area II 


Area III 


Area IV 


206 


221 


331 


361 


301 




333 


451 


310 


420 


335 


452 


400 


422 


431 


461 


402 


423 


433 


462 


403 


440 


435 


467 


410 


441 






412 


Honors 430C 






453 









All majors are also required to take MATH 1 1 1 orl40. or 220 and 
at least one laboratory science course outside of Psychology." In 
addition, one more advanced math or science course must also be 
completed. 
'Approved courses include 

ZOOL 201 or higher, except ZOOL207S. 270 an 271 

MATH 141 orhigher. except 210. 21 1 and 220 

CHEM 201 orhigher. except 302 

PHYS 141 or higher, except 221. 222. 299. 400. 

401. and 499 

MICB 200 or higher 

CMSC 210 or higher 

STAT 400 or higher, or STAT 250. ANSC 413. 

These math and science courses may be used as part of the 
General University Requirements or for the B.S. supporting 
course requirements described below, but not for both. Majors in 
psychology are urged to take their mathematics and science 
courses in their first two years. 

The supporting courses to supplement the work in the major for 
the Bachelor of Science degree must include the hours in 
mathematics and science, beyond those courses required by the 



General University Requirements. A minimum of two courses 
must be laboratory courses, and at least three courses (9 tiours) 
must be chosen at the advanced level (as described above). The 
particular laboratory and advanced courses must be approved by 
an academic advisor in the Department of Psychology. 

The supportmg courses for the Bachelor of Arts degree must in- 
clude 18 hours which are chosen in related fields to supplement 
work in the ma)or. Ordinarily, courses would be taken in one or 
two departments or programs. Of these 18 hours, six must be 
chosen at the 300 and 400 level. This set of courses must be ap- 
proved by an academic advisor in psychology. 

Although a minimum of thirty-one (31) hours of psychology 
course work is required for a Psychology major, each and every 
Psychology course taken by the major student must be counted 
as hours towards the Psychology major. The student majoring in 
Psychology cannot use any Psychology course towards the 
University or Divisional course requirements. 

A grade of C or better must be earned in the 31 credits of 
Academic Psychology courses counted towards the major or a course must 
Divisions, be repeated until a C or better is earned. If the course is not 
Colleges, repeated then another Psychology course fulfilling the same ma- 
School, & jor requirements would have to be substituted. The departmental 
Departments grade point average will be a cumulative computation of a// grades 
earned in Psychology and must be a 2.0 or above. 
84 Students desiring to enter graduate study in certain areas of 

psychology are advised to take an additional laboratory course 
and/or participate in individual research projects. Such students 
should consult an advisor for information about prerequisites for 
graduate study in psychology. 

It should be noted that there are three course content areas that 
have two courses, one in the 300 sequence and one in the 400 se- 
quence. These include abnormal (331 and 431), personality (335 
and 435), child psychology (333 and 433), and industrial 
psychology (361 and 461). The courses in the 300 sequence pro- 
vide general surveys of the field and are intended for non-majors 
who do not plan further in-depth study. The courses in the 400 se- 
quence provide more comprehensive study with particular em- 
phasis on research and methodology. The 400 series is intended 
primarily for psychology majors. It should be further noted that a 
student may not receive credit for both: 

PSYC 331 and PSYC 431 
PSYC 333 and PSYC 433 
PSYC 335 and PSYC 435 

or 
PSYC 361 and PSYC 461 
Honors. The Department of Psychology also offers a special pro- 
gram for the superior student which emphasizes independent 
study and research. Students may be eligible to enter the Honors 
Program who have a 3.3 grade average in all courses or the 
equivalent, who are in the junior year, and who demonstrate in- 
terest and maturity indicative of success in the program. Students 
in their sophomore year should consult their advisor or the 
Departmental Honors Committee for further Information. 

Course Code Prefix — PSYC 

Sociology 

Acting Chairperson: Lengermann. 

Professors: Dager, Hoffsommer (Emeritus), Janes (Joint Appoint- 
ment with Urban Studies), Kammeyer, Lejins (Joint Appointment 
with Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology), Presser, 
Ritzer, Rosenberg, D. Segal. 

Associate Professors: Brown, Cussler, Finsterbusch, Henkel, 
Hirzel, Lengermann, Mclntyre, f^eeker, Pease, 
Assistant Professors: Blair, Braddock, Elliott, Harper, Hornung, J. 
Hunt, L. Hunt, Landry (Joint Appointment with Afro-American 
Studies), tvlayes, Parming, M. Segal. 

The major in sociology offers; (1) a general education especially 
directed toward understanding the complexities of modern soci- 
ety and its social problems by using basic research and statist'cal 
skills; (2) a broad preparation for various types of professions, oc- 
cupations, and services dealing with people; and (3) preparation of 
Qualified students for graduate training in sociology. 

The student in sociology must complete 45 hours of departmen- 
tal requirements, none of which can be taken pass/fail. Thirty of 
these hours are in sociology course work which must be com- 
pleted with a minimum grade average of C; 12 hours are in re- 
quired core courses, and 18 hours are electives, of which 12 hours 



must be at the 300-400 level. Required core courses for all majors 
are SOCY 100 (Intro.); SOCY 201 (Statistics); SOCY 202 (f^/lethods); 
SOCY 203 (Theory). 

SOCY 100 should be taken in the freshman or sophomore year 
followed by SOCY 203. After completion of the MATH re- 
quirements SOCY 201 should be taken followed by SOCY 202. 

Three hours of Mathematics (STAT 100; MATH 110, 111, 115, 
140, 220 or their equivalents) are required of majors and are a 
prerequisite for SOCY 201. 

The supporting course requirement for majors is 12 hours of a 
coherent series of courses from outside of the department which 
relate to the major substantive or research interests in sociology. 
These courses need not come from the same department, but at 
least 6 hours must be from the Division of Behavioral and Social 
Sciences. The following are among those recommended by the 
Sociology Undergraduate Committee for majors; ANTH 102, 
CMSC 103, ECON 205, GVPT 100, 170. 260; HIST 224, PHIL 170, 
250, 455; PSYC 100. Further information about suggested support- 
ing courses can be obtained in the Undergraduate Office (Room 
2108, Art/Sociology BIdg.). 

Course Code Prefix — SOCY 



Urban Studies Program 

Acting Director and Associate Professor: Marando. 

Professors: Janes, Murphy. 

Associate Professors: Arnold, Bish, Stone. 

Assistant Professors: Christian, Florestano, Montero, Wolken. 

Lecturers: Mann, Miller, Rathbun, Steinberg. 

In 1920 53% of the U.S. population was urban, by 1975 this 
percentage had jumped to 77°'o. The Institute for Urban Studies 
recognizes that this indicates a growing need not only for urban 
planners and managers, but also for people going into many 
diverse fields to have a firm grasp of the impact of the rapid ur- 
banization process in this country. The interdisciplinary program 
offered by the Institute for Urban Studies is therefore designed for 
students interested in urban oriented careers and graduate study 
in urban affairs, as well as for students who wish to understand ur- 
ban society. The faculty is drawn from six colleges and schools of 
the University on several campuses. The B.A. and B.S. degrees in 
Urban Studies can be given by any of the colleges or schools on 
any of the campuses of the University of Maryland. 

The program assumes a comprehensive approach to urbanism 
and focuses on the total metropolitan area, including suburbs as 
well as central cities, their interrelationship, and state and federal 
policy. In addition to an interdisciplinary or multi-disciplinary 
staff, the program includes students from a variety of disciplines. 
The program centers around a set of seminars dealing with cities 
or urbanization as they involve economic factors, social problems, 
political and governmental activities, and environmental and 
physical aspects of urbanization. Contemporary urban problems 
will be emphasized and modern methodological and analytical 
techniques will be considered. In addition to the Urban Studies 
courses, an area of urban-related specialization from another 
discipline IS selected. Each student, working closely with the Ur- 
ban Studies advising office, designs an individualized program of 
study based on interests and future career plans. The advising of- 
fice is located in Room 0104D, Woods Hall, x5718. 

The Institute also offers an internship program. The students 
selecting this program have an opportunity to work in an urban- 
related office, focusing on their particular area of interest. The 
College Park Campus is well situtated in an area including both 
major metropolitan areas, their suburbs, several new towns, and 
many small towns which are currently becoming urbanized. In ad- 
dition to the internship possibilities, these areas offer a great 
source of both research and professional work experience for the 
advanced and graduate level student. 

Course Code Prefix — URBS 



Division of Human and 
Community Resources 

The Division of Human and Community Resources includes the 
faculties and programs of the College of Education, the College of 
Human Ecology, the College of Physical Education, Recreation 



and Health, and the College of Library and Information Services. 
The programs of the Division are essentially professional. They 
are designed to prepare professionals interested in the quality of 
life of the individual and in the community factors which influence 
the interaction of people; those who are responsible for communi- 
ty health, recreation programs and activities; technical, public and 
school librarians, information scientists, and educational institu- 
tions. 

The Division supports the development of research in areas of 
concern to faculty members in all the Departments and Colleges, 
and research teams which may cross departmental and College 
lines. Also, the Division seeks to stimulate the development of in- 
terdisciplinary courses and programs and the extension of profes- 
sional expertise to the University and community at large, in- 
cluding planning for cooperation in international activities. The 
Center on Aging is an example of the multi- and interdisciplinary 
program and research activity conducted by the Division. 

The Special Student Support Services Office is a teaching sup- 
port program which also operates within the Division. The pro- 
gram with its two units — Intensive Educational Development Pro- 
gram and Upward Bound Program — illustrates campus concern 
with and participation in a working relationship with 
undergraduates. 

Intensive Educational Development Program 

The LED. program developed from a 1968 pilot project for twen- 
ty students and has expanded into a broad based support program 
enrolling approximately 450 students each year. 

The program is designed to serve students who, despite a rich 
cultural heritage and innate intellectual ability, have had limited 
opportunity to develop their potential in higher education. I.E.D. 
focuses on providing programs and services— including tutoring, 
reading, study and math skills, and special academic support ser- 
vices designed to enhance retention rates of program students. 

During the summer program, LED. students who will enter 
school in the fall take courses in mathematics and English as part 
of their preparation for the fall semester. 

Counseling, tutorial assistance, and other support services are 
available throughout the academic year to students who are 
enrolled in the program. Support services are also available to the 
University community upon request. 

Intensive Educational Development Program, Room 0111, 
Chemistry Building, Phone; 454-4646/4647, 

Upward Bound Program 

The University of Maryland Upward Bound Program is designed 
to provide academic and counseling assistance to capable but 
underachieving high school students with the purpose of prepar- 
ing them to pursue some form of post-secondary education. Up- 
ward Bound serves as a supplement to its participants' secondary 
school experiences. It provides the opportunity for each student 
to improve or develop the skills necessary for acquiring a positive 
self-image, broadening his/her educational and cultural perspec- 
tive, and for identifying and actualizing undiscovered potentials. 

Upward Bound students are selected from high schools in 
Prince George's and Montgomery Counties, and are recom- 
mended to the program through high school principals, teachers, 
counselors, talent search, social service agencies, and individuals 
knowledgeable about the program. The academic skills develop- 
ment and counseling services are available to students throughout 
the school year and during the summer program. Academic in- 
struction, tutoring, counseling and other related innovative educa- 
tional experiences are provided for the purpose of developing 
basic academic skills and motivation necessary for success in 
secondary schools and to assure that each student gains a 
minimum of one year's growth in the basic skills areas of com- 
munication and mathematics. 

Persons interested in further information regarding the Upward 
Bound Program should contact; The Director of Upward Bound, 
Room 2101, West Education Annex, University of Maryland, Col- 
lege Park, Maryland 20742. Telephone Number; 454-2116. 

The Division offers bachelor's, master's, and doctorate degrees 
In most of its programs in addition to various professional cer- 
tificates. The professional programs are accredited by the Na- 
tional Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education, the 
Maryland State Department of Education, the American Library 
Association Committee on Accreditation, and the American Home 
Economics Association. 



Specifically, the Colleges and their respective departments in 
the Division are; 

College on Education. Department of Administration. Supervision 
and Curriculum, Department of Counseling and Personnel Ser- 
vices. Department of Early Childhood-Elementary Education, 
Department of Industrial Education, Department of Measurement 
and Statistics, Department of Secondary Education, Department 
of Special Education. Institute for Child Study, Social and Founda- 
tion Area 

College of Human Ecology. Department of Family and Community 
Development, Department of Food. Nutrition and Institution Ad- 
ministration, Department of Housing and Applied Design, Depart- 
ment of Textiles and Consumer Economics. 
College of Library and Information Services. This College is a 
separate professional College committed solely to graduate study 
and research. 

College of Pfiysical Education, Recreation and Health. Depart- 
ment of Health Education, Department of Physical Education, and 
Department of Recreation. 



College of Education 

The College of Education offers programs for persons preparing 
for the following educational endeavors; 1) teaching in colleges, 
secondary schools, middle schools, elementary schools, kinder- 
garten and nursery schools; 2) teaching in special education pra 
grams; 3) school librarians and resource specialists; 4) educa- 
tional work in trades and industries; 5) pupil personnel, counsel- 
ing and guidance services; 6) supervision and administration; 7) 
curriculum development; 8) rehabilitation programs; 9) evaluation 
and research. 

Because of the location of the University in a suburb of the na- 
tion's capital, unusual facilities for the study of education are 
available to its students and faculty. The Library of Congress, the 
library of the United States Office of Education, and special 
libraries of other government agencies are accessible, as well as 
the information srvices of the National Education Association, the 
American Council on Education. United States Office of Educa- 
tion, and other organizations, public and private. The school 
systems of the District of Columbia, Baltimore and the counties of 
Maryland offer generous cooperation. 

All bachelor-degree teacher-preparation programs are ac- 
credited by both the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher 
Education and by the National Association of State Directors of 
Teacher Education and Certification. Accreditation provides for 
reciprocal certification with 35-40 other states who recognize na- 
tional accreditation. The graduate degree programs preparing 
school service personnel (elementary and secondary school prin- 
cipals, general school administrators, supervisors, curriculum 
coordinators, guidance counslors, student personnel ad- 
ministrators, and vocational rehabilitation counselors) at the 
master's, advanced graduate specialist and doctoral degree levels 
are all fully accredited by the National Council for Accreditation of 
Teacher Education. 

Requirements for Admission. All students desiring to enroll in the 
College of Education must apply to the Director of Admissions of 
the University of Maryland at College Park and meet the admis- 
sions requirements detailed in Section I of this catalog. There are 
no specific secondary school course requirements for admission, 
but a foreign language is desirable in some of the programs, and 
courses in fine arts, trades, and vocational subjects are also 
desirable for some programs. 

Candidates for admission whose high school or college records 
are consistently low are strongly advised not to seek admission to 
the College of Education. 

Students with baccalaureate degrees who have applied for ad- 
mission as special students must have received prior permission 
from the appropriate department. 

Guidance in Registration. Students who intend to teach (except 
agriculture and physical education) should register in the College 
of Education in order that they may have the continuous counsel 
and guidance of the faculty directly responsible for teacher 
education at the University of Maryland. At the time of matricula- 
tion each student is assigned to a member of the faculty who acts 
as the student's advisor. The choice of subject areas within which 
the student will prepare to teach will be made under faculty 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges. 
School, & 
Departments 

85 



Academic 
Divisions. 
Colleges, 
School, & 
Departments 



guidance during the freshman year. The student will confer 
regularly with the faculty advisor in the College of Education 
responsible for his teaching major. 

While students on the College Park Campus may transfer into 
an Education major at any time, it is recommended that this 
transfer occur prior to the junior year because of the required se- 
quence of professional courses and experiences. Articulated pro- 
grams have been developed with most of Maryland's community 
colleges to accommodate transferring to College Park after the 
completion of an Associate Arts degree in the community college. 

General Requirements of the College. IVIinimum requirements for 
graduation are 120 semester hours. Specific program re- 
quirements for more than the minimum must be fulfilled. 

In addition to the General University Requirements and the 
specific requirements for each curriculum, the College requires a 
minimum of 20 semester hours of education courses and 3 
semester hours of speech. 

A grade of at least C is required in: 1) all education courses; 2) 
all academic courses required in the major and minor: and 3) the 
required speech course. An overall grade point average of C must 
be maintained. 

Exceptions to curricular requirements and rules of the College 
of Education must be recommended by the student's advisor, and 
department chairperson, and approved by the dean. 

Students who are not enrolled in the College of Education but, 
who through an established cooperative program with another 
college, are preparing to teach and wish to register in professional 
education courses requried for certification must meet all cur- 
ricular and scholastic requirements of the College of Education. 
Majors and Minors. There is no College requirement for a minor 
although many majors require an area of concentration to provide 
depth in a specific area of teaching specialty. Specific program re- 
quirements should be consulted. 

Admission to Teacher Education. Students enrolled in an educa- 
tion major should con'irm the status of their admission to Teacher 
Education with the Student Service Office of the College of 
Education when they enroll in the first education course or at the 
beginning of the semester immediately after earning 42 hours. 
Transfer students with 42 or more hours of acceptable transfer 
credit must apply at time of transfer. Post-graduate certification 
students and those working for certification only must apply at 
the beginning of their program. Application forms may be ob- 
tained from the College of Education Student Service Office. 

In considering applications, the following guidelines have been 
established. 

1. No student will be allowed to enroll in EDHD 300 and methods 
classes until he or she has received approval. 

2. A successful field experience in EDHD 300 is a prerequisite to 
continuation in the teacher education course sequence. 

3. Applicants must be of good moral and ethical character. This 
will be determined as fairly as possible from such evidence as 
advisors' recommendations and records of serious Campus 
delinquencies. 

4. Applicants must be physically and emotionally capable of 
functioning as teachers. This will mean freedom from serious 
chronic illness, emotional instability and communicable 
diseases, as determined in cooperation with the Health Service 
and the Counseling Center. 

5. Applicants must be free of serious speech handicaps. A health 
certificate certifying absence of communicable disease is re- 
quired for participation in any education course with a field ex- 
perience component. 

The purpose of the screening procedure associated with admis- 
sion to teacher education is to insure that graduates of the 
teacher education program will be well prepared for teaching and 
can be recommended for certification with confidence. 
Student Teaching. In order to be admitted to a course in student 
teaching, a student must have been admitted to the Teacher 
Education Program (see above), have a physician's certificate in- 
dicating that the applicant is free of communicable diseases, and 
the consent of the department. Application must be made with the 
Director of Laboratory Experiences by the middle of the semester 
which precedes the one in which student teaching will be done. 
Any applicant for student teaching must have been enrolled 
previously at the University of IVIaryland full time for at least one 
semester. 

Certification of Teachers. The Maryland State Department of 



Education certifies to teach in the approved public schools of the 
state only graduates of approved colleges who have satisfactorily 
fulfilled subject-matter and professional requirements. The cur- 
ricula of the College of Education fulfill State Deparment re- 
quirements for certification. 

Degrees. The degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science 
are conferred by the College of Education. The determination of 
which degree is conferred is dependent upon the amount of 
liberal arts study included in a particular degree program. 
Organization. The College of Education is organized into eight 
departments as listed under the Division of Human and Communi- 
ty Resources. The non-departmental area of Social Foundations 
offers courses in history, philosophy, and sociology of education. 
Unique specialized services for students, faculty, teachers and 
schools are offered through the following centers: 
Arithmetic Center. The Arithmetic Center provides a Mathematics 
Laboratory for undergraduate and graduate students, and a pro- 
gram of clinical diagnostic and corrective/remedial services for 
children. Clinic services are a part of a program in elementary 
school mathematics at the graduate level. 

Bureau of Educational Research and Field Services. The Bureau 
of Educational Research and Field Services has been established 
to (1) encourage and stimulate basic research bearing on different 
aspects of the educative process; (2) provide assistance in design- 
ing, implementing and evaluating research projects initiated by 
local school systems; and (3) coordinate school systems' re- 
quests for consultants with the rich and varied professional com- 
petencies that are available on the University faculty. 
Curriculum Laboratory. The Curriculum Laboratory provides 
students, faculty and teachers in the field with materials and 
assistance in the area of curriculum. An up-to-date collection of 
curriculum materials includes texts, simulations, learning 
packages, programs, resource kits, charts, study guides, cur- 
riculum studies, and bibliographies. 

Educational Technology Center. The center is designed as a multi- 
media facility for students and faculty of the College. It 
distributes closed-circuit television throughout the building, pro- 
vides audio-visua'. equipment and service, a computer terminal, a 
learning lab, and instruction in all aspects of instructional 
materials, aids, and new media. Production and distribution 
rooms and a studio are available for closed-circuit television and a 
video tape system. Laboratories are available for graphic and 
photographic production with facilities for faculty research and 
development in use of instructional media. Supporting the profes- 
sional faculty in the operation of the center are media specialists. 
Office of Laboratory Experiences. The Office of Laboratory Ex- 
periences is designed to accommodate the laboratory ex- 
periences of students preparing to teach by arranging for all field 
experiences. It also serves functions of program liaison, staff 
development, and research as they pertain to field experiences. 
This office administers the Teacher Education Centers in conjunc- 
tion with the respective public school systems and serves as one 
of the liaison units between the College and the community. Stu- 
dent applications for field experiences, including student 
teaching, are processed through this office. 
Music Educators National Conference Historical Center. The 
University of Maryland and the Music Educators National Con- 
ference established the MENC Historical Center in 1965 for the 
purpose of building and maintaining a research collection which 
would reflect the development and current practices in music 
education. Located in McKeldin Library, the center includes study 
space and is prepared to assist scholars in the field. Materials in 
the following categories are collected; archival documents of 
MENC; instructional materials; professional publications; cur- 
ricular, administrative, and philosophical materials; manuscripts, 
personal letters and other historical materials. 
Center of Rehabilitation and Manpower Services. The Center of 
Rehabilitation and Manpower Services is one of the operating 
Divisions of the Department of Industrial Education. The Center 
was established in 1968 as a joint project of the Department of 
H.E.W. and the University. The Center receives support from 
federal, state and private sources to carry out its mission of im- 
proving the vocational training and skills of mentally and physical- 
ly handicapped students and adults in Maryland. Delaware, 
Virginia, Pennsylvania, West Virginia and the District of Columbia. 
The Center conducts short-term training institutes for teachers, 



administrators, counselors, vocational evaluators, and super- 
visors to upgrade their skills. Consultative services are provided 
to agencies and systems interested in improving ttieir planning 
and management policies. The Center also serves as a multi- 
media resource providing and developing materials specifically 
related ot the career and vocational training of handicapped 
people. 

Program content, professional issues and participant concerns 
are integrated into seminar designs to enable the greatest possi- 
ble gain in new skills, information and insight in problem resolu- 
tion. This approach to learning requires limited enrollment to in- 
sure the quality of learning. Seminars utilize participative learning 
techniques such as simulations, role plays, small group exer- 
cises, brainstorming, lectures, practicums, case studies, 
demonstrations, in-baskets, games and critical instances. 
Center for Young Children. A demonstration nursery-kindergarten 
program (1) provides a center in which individual professors or 
students may conduct research; (2) serves as a unit for 
undergraduate students to have selected experiences with young 
children, such as student teaching, child study, and observation 
of young children: (3) provides a setting in which educators from 
within and without the University can come for sources of ideas 
relative to the education of young ctiildren. 
Reading Center. The Reading Center provides clinical diagnostic 
and corrective services to a limited number of children. These ser- 
vices are a part of the program in corrective/remedial reading of- 
fered to teachers on the graduate level. 

Science Teactiing Center. The Science Teaching Center has been 
designed to serve as a representative facility of its type to fulfill 
its functions of undergraduate and graduate science teacher 
education, science supervisor training, basic research in science 
education, aid to inservice teachers and supervisors, and con- 
sultative services, on all levels, kindergarten through com- 
munity college. Its reference library features relevant periodicals, 
science and mathematics textbooks, new curriculum materials, 
and works on science subjects and their operational aspects. Its 
fully equipped research laboratory, in addition to its teaching 
laboratories for science methods courses, provides project space 
for both faculty and students. 

Since 1962 the Science Teaching Center has served as the 
headquarters for the activities of the Science Teaching IVIaterials 
Review Committee of the National Science Teachers Association, 
The Information Clearinghouse on Science and Mathematics Cur- 
ricular Developments, the International Clearinghouse for 
A.A.A.S., N.S.F. and UNESCO, started here that year also. Within 
the center is gathered the "software" and "hardware" of science 
education in what is considered to be one of the most comprehen- 
sive collections of such materials in the world. 
Vocational Curriculum Researcti and Development Center. 
Located within the Department of Industrial Education, the center 
provides leadership in research and development, resources, and 
supportive services for individuals and groups engaged in in- 
dustrial, vocational, and technical education curriculum develop- 
ment. Available resources include curriculum guides, textbooks, 
course outlines, learning activity packages, teaching aids, profes- 
sional journals, reference books, and catalogs representing local, 
state, and national curriculum trends. 

Study carrels and instructional media facilities are provided for 
students, faculty, local teachers and specialists engaged in voca- 
tional curriculum research, development and assessment. The 
center maintains linkages with similar regional and national agen- 
cies concerned with vocational curriculum research and develop- 
ment. 

Student and Professional Organizations. The College sponsors a 
chapter of the Student National Education Association and a 
Chapter of Kappa Delta Pi, an Honorary Society in education. A 
student chapter of the Council for Exceptional Children is open to 
undergraduate and graduate students in Special Education. A stu- 
dent chapter of the IVIusic Educators National Conference (t^ENC) 
is sponsored by the Department of Music, and the Industrial 
Education Department has a chapter of the American Society of 
Tool and Manufacturing Engineers and a chapter of the American 
Industrial Arts Association. 

In several departments there are informal organizations of 
students. 

Career Development Center University Credentials Service. All 

seniors graduating in the College of Education (except Industrial 



Technology majors) are required to file credentials with the Career 
Development Center. Credentials consist of the permanent record 
of a student's academic preparation and recommendations from 
academic and professional sources. An initial registration fee 
enables the Career Development Center to send a student's 
credentials to interested educational employers, as indicated by 
the student. 

Students who are completing teacher certification require- 
ments, advanced degrees and are interested in a teaching, ad- 
ministrative or research position in education, or who are com- 
pleting advanced degrees in library science, may also file creden- 
tials. 

Other services include vacancy listing in secondary schools 
and institutions of higher learning, notifications of interest- 
related positions, on-campus interviews with state and out-of- 
state school systems, and descriptive information on school 
systems throughout the country. 

This service is also available to alumni. For further information 
contact Mrs. Anna Tackett, Assistant Director, Career Develop- Academic 



ment Center. Terrapin Hall, or phone 454-2813. 

College of Education 

Departments, Programs and Curricula 

Administration, Supervision and Curriculum 

Professor and Interim Chairman: Berman. 

Professors: J. P. Anderson. V. E. Anderson (Emeritus), Carbone, 

Corrigan, Dudley, James, McClure, McLoone, Newell, Stephens, 

van Zwoll (Emeritus), Wiggin (Emerita). 

Associate Professors: Goldman, Huenecke (Visiting), Kelsey. 

Assistant Professors: Clague. Clemson. Crosson (Adjunct), 

Selden. Splaine. Statom. 

Lecturers: Gayeski, Rogers (pt). 

Instructor: Hamlin. 

The programs in this department are all at the graduate level 
and include preparatioh of school superintendents, principals, 
supervisors, curriculum directors, and administrative specialists 
in the areas of finance and business adrrvinistration, personnel ad- 
ministration, public relations, and educational facilities. In addi- 
tion, there are programs for the preparation of professors and 
research workers in all of the above areas. Preparation programs 
leading to administrative positions in community colleges and 
other institutions of higher learning are available through a joint 
major in administration-higher education. 

Course Code Prefix- EDAD 

Child Study, Institute for 

Director and Professor: Morgan. 

Professors: Bowie (Emerita). Chapin, Dittmann. Goerlng. Hardy. 

Kurtz (Emeritus), Perkins. Thompson (Emeritus). 

Associate Professors: Bennett. Eliot. Flatter, Gardner, Hatfield, 

Huebner, Kyle, Matteson, Milhollan, Rogolsky, Svoboda Tyler 

Wolk. 

Assistant Professors: Colletta, Davidson, Green, Hunt, Koopman. 

Marcus, Robertson-Tehabo, Shiflett. 

Lecturers: Brandon, Long. 

The Institute for Child Study carries on the following activities: 
(1) It undertakes basic research in human development: (2) It syn- 
thesizes research findings from many sciences that study human 
beings: (3) It plans, organizes and provides consultant service pro- 
grams of direct child study by in-service teachers in individual 
schools or in municipal, county or state systems: (4) It offers 
course programs and field training to qualified graduate students, 
preparing them to render expert consultant service to schools and 
for college teaching of human development. 

Undergraduate courses and workshops are designed for pro- 
spective teachers, in-service teachers and other persons in- 
terested in human development. Major purposes of undergradu- 
ate programs in human development are (1) offering experiences 
which facilitate the personal growth of the individual, and (2) 
preparing people for vocations and developing programs, both of 
which seek to improve the quality of human life. These offerings 
are designed to help professionals and paraprofessionals acquire 
a positive orientation toward people and basic knowledge and 
skills for helping others. 

Course Code Prelix — EOHD 



Divisions, 
Colleges, 
Schools. & 
Departments 

87 



Counseling and Personnel Services 

Professor and Chairman: Marx, 

Professors: Byrne, Magoon, Pumroy, Schlossberg. 

Associate Professors: Allan, BIrk, Greenberg, Lawrence, 

Medvene, Ray, Rhoads. 

Assistant Professors: Boyd, Cambridge, Chasnoff, Knefelkamp, 

Leonard, Levine, McMullan, Thomas, Westbrook. 

Programs of preparation are offered by tfie Department of 
Counseling and Personnel Services at the master's degree, ad- 
vanced graduate specialist, and doctoral degree levels for 
counselors m elementary and secondary schools, rehabilitation 
agencies, community agencies, college and university counseling 
centers. It also offers programs of preparation for other personnel 
services: college student personnel administration, visiting 
teacher and psychological services in schools. 



Early Childhood-Elementary Education 

Professor and Chairman: Sublett. 

Professors: Ashlock, Slough (Emeritus), Duffey, Lembach, O'Neill, 

Schindler (Emeritus). Weaver. J. Wilson, R. Wilson. 

Associate Professors: Amershek, Church, Eley, Gantt, Heidel- 

bach, Herman, Jantz, Johnson, Roderick, Seefeldt, Sullivan, 

Williams. 

Assistant Professors: Cole, Gambrell, Garner, Knifong, Madison, 

Schumacher, Shelley, Stant (Emerita), Sunal. 

The Department of Early Childhood-Elementary Education of- 
fers two undergraduate curricula leading to the Bachelor of 
Science degree; 

1. Early Childhood Education — for the preparation of teachers in 
nursery school, kindergarten and primary grades (grades one, 
two and three). 

2. Elementary Education — for the preparation of teachers of 
grades one through six. 

Students who wish to become certified teachers for nursery 
school and/or kindergarten must follow the early childhood educa- 
tion curriculum (1 above). Students who seek certification for 
teaching the intermediate grades must follow the elementary 
education curriculum (2 above). Students who plan to teach in the 
primary grades can achieve certification in either 1 or 2. 
Graduation Requirements: For graduation in either Early 
Childhood Education or Elementary Education programs, a 
minimum of 120 credits, distributed as follows, is required. 

1. General University Requirements 30credits 

2. Departmental and College academic requirements 49 credits 

ARTE 100; MUSC 155; SPCH 100, 110 or 
HESP 202; LING 100 or ENGL 280; 
EDEL 424; PSYC 100; PSYC 333 or FMCD 332; 
U.S. history (3 credits); 6 credits in 
social science from ANTH, ECON. GEOG, 
GVPT, HIST, or SOCY; MATH 210 and 211; 
physical science laboratory course from 
ASTR, CHEM, ENES, GEOL or PHYS; biological 
science laboratory course from BOTN, ENTM, 
Mice or ZOOL; an additional 3-credit MATH 
or science course from the above-Jisted 
prefixes, 

3. Departmental and college professional requirements. 

a. Early Childhood: EDEL 299 (or equivalent 
approved volunteer service); EDHD 300; 
EDSF 301; EDEL 330, 332, 340, 341, 342, 
343, 344; one additional Education course; 

MUED450. 39-41 credits 

b. Elementary Education: EDEL 299; 
EDHD 300; EDSF 301; EDEL 333, 350, 351, 
352,353,354. 37 credits 

4. Sufficient electives to total a minimum of 120 

semester hours for a degree. 0-4 credits 

5. EDEL 299, EDHD 300 and academic requirements should 
be taken prior to taking the professional methods 
courses 

6. In the Elementary Education Professional Semester 
(EDEL 350, 351, 352, 353 and 354), one section of 
students remains together for all five methods 
courses. Professors teaching those five methods 
courses have the opportunity to team in a variety 
of ways. Students spend two days each week in 



school classrooms applying concepts and methods 
presented in methods courses. These five courses 
must be taken as a block. They are not offered 
separately. The Professional Semester is considered 
a full undergraduate load requiring all of a student's 
energies. Attendance is required for all field 
activities. Absences will be made up. Methods 
block must be taken prior to student teaching. 

Early Cliildhood Education. (Nursery-Kindergarten-Primary). The 
Early Childhood Education curriculum has as its primary goal the 
preparation of nursery school, kindergarten and primary teachers. 

Observation and student teaching are done in the University 
Nursery-Kindergarten School on the Campus and in approved 
schools in nearby communities. 

Graduates receive a Bachelor of Science degree and meet the 
requirements for certification for teaching kindergarten, nursery 
school and primary grades in Maryland, the District of Columbia, 
Baltimore and many states. Students should have had extensive 
experience in working with children prior to the junior year. 

Freshman Year Semester 

I II 
ENGL 101— Composition 

or 
ENGL 1 7 1 —Honors Composition 

or 
General University Requirements alternative 3 

SPCH 100— Public Speaking 

or 
SPCH 1 10— Voice and Diction 

or 
HESP 202 — Fundamentals of Heanng and 

Speech Science 3 

PSYC 1 00— Introduction to Psychology 3 

MUSC 155— Fundamentals for the 

Classroom Teacher 3 

ARTE 100— Fundamentals of Art Education ... 3 

Biological Science with Lab from BOTN. ZOOL 

MICB, orENTM 4 

Physical Science with Lab from ASTR. GEOL, 

CHEM, PHYS, or ENES 4 

Social Science or History course from ANTH, 
GEOG, ECON, GVPT. SOCY. HIUS. HIFN, 

or HIST 3 

General University Requirements 6 

16 16 

Sophomore Year 

MATH 210— Elements of Mathematics 4 

MATH 21 1— Elements of Geometry 4 

LING 100— Introduction to Linguistics 3 

EDEL 299— School Service Semester* 2 

US History 3 

Social Science or History course from ANTH, GEOG, 

ECON, GVPT, SOCY, HIUS, HIFN, or HIST 3 

General University Requirements 6 6 

16 15 

•Volunteer Service Semester may be substitute if so one (1) additional 
semester tiour will be required to complete 1 20 semester hours. 

Semester 
Junior and Senior Years I II 

Semester V 
EDHD 300E— Human Development and 

Learning* 6 

MATH, or Science from ASTR, BOTN, CHEM. ENES. 

ENTM.GEOL, MICB, PHYS, or ZOOL 3 

PYSC 333— Child Psychology 
or 

FMCD 332— The Child and the Family 3 

General University Requirements 3 

15 

Semester VI 

EDEL 424 — Literature for Children and Young 

People — Advanced 3 



Elective from courses with "ED" in ttie prefix and 
whicfi are not listed in Professional Semesters 
A or B 

General University Requirements 



Semester VII 

Professional Semester A* 
EDEL 340— Teachiing Strategies for 
Young Cfiildren 
34 1 —The Young Child in His Social 

Environment 

342— The Teaching of Reading— Early 

Childhood 

332— Student Teaching. K-3 



EDEL 



EDEL 



EDEL 

* Prerequisite to Professional Semester B 

Semester VIII 

Professional Semester B 
EDEL 343— The Young Child in His Physical 

Environment 
EDEL 344— Creative Activities and f^aterials for the 

Young Child 
EDEL 330— Student Teaching Nursery School 
I^UED 450— IVIusic in Early Childhood Education 
EDSF 301 —Foundation of Education 



3 

3 

3 

6 

15 



* Interchiangeable with Semesters VI and VIII 



3 
3 
3 
3 
15 



Elementary Education. This curriculum is designed for regular 
undergraduate students who wish to qualify for teaching posi- 
tions in elementary schools. Students who complete the cur- 
riculum will receive the Bachelor of Science degree, and they will 
meet the Maryland State Department of Education requirements 
for the Standard Professional Certificate in Elementary Educa- 
tion. The curriculum also meets certification requirements in 
many other states, Baltimore and the District of Columbia. 



Semester 



Freshman Year 

ENGL 101— Composition 



ENGL 171 — Honors Composition 



General University Requirements alternative . 
SPCH 100— Public Speaking 



SPCH 
HESP 



1 1 — Voice and Diction 



or 



202 — Fundamentals of Hearing and Speech 
Science 
MUSC 1 55— Fundamentals tor the Classroom 

Teacher 

ARTE 100 — Fundamentals of Art Education 

Biobgical Science with Lab from BOTN, ZOOL. 

IVIICB.orENTIVI 

Pysical Science with Lab from ASTR. GEOL 

CHEtVl.PHYS.orENES 
Social Science or HistoCy course from ANTH. GEOG, 

ECON, GVPT. SOCY, HIUS. HIFN. or HIST 
General University Requirements 



Sophomore Year 

EDEL 299— School Service Semester* 2 

IvlATH 210— Elements of Ivlathematics 4 

I^ATH 21 1— Elements of Geometry 

LING 100— Introduction to Linguistics 

PSYC 100— Introduction to Psychology 

U S History 3 

Social Science or History course from ANTH, GEOG 3 

ECON, GVPT. SOCY, HIUS, HIFN, or HIST 
General University Requirements 3 

15 

•Prerequisite to Professional Semester 



Junior and Senior Years 

Semester V 

EDHD 300E — Human Development and Learning' 

MATH or Science from ASTR, BOTN. CHEM ENES. 

ENTIvl GEOU IvIICB, PHYS. or ZOOL 
PSYC 333— Child Psychology 
or 

FIVICD 332— The Child and the Family 

General University Requirements 



Semester 
I II 



3 

3 

15 
"Prerequisite to student teactiing 

Semester VI 
Professional Semester* 

EDEL 350— The Teaching of Language Arts- 
Elementary 3 

EDEL 35 1 — The Teaching of fVlathematics — 

Elementary 3 

EDEL 352— The Teaching of Heading- 
Elementary 3 

EDEL 353— The Teaching of Science- 
Elementary 3 

EDEL 354 — The Teaching of Social Studies- 
Elementary 3 

15 
Courses are blocked; i.e., one section of students remains 

together for all five methods courses Students spend two days 
each week in school classrooms applying concepts and methods 
presented in methods courses. 

• These 5 courses must be taken as a block Ttiey are not ottered separately Tne Profes- 
sional Semester is considered a lull undergraduate toad requiring all ot-^a student's 
energies Attendance is required tor all tield activities Absences will be made up 



Semester VII 

EDEL 333— Student Teaching 

Semester VIII 

EDEL 424 — Literature for Children and Ycung 
People — Advanced 

EDSF 301 — Foundations of Education 

General University Requirements 

Elective 

"Interchangeable with Semesters VI and VII 
Course Code PreliH EDEL 



Academic 
Divisions. 
Colleges. 
Schools. & 
Departments 

89 



3 
3 

6 

14 
16 



Industrial Education 

Professor and Chairman: Maley. 

Professors: Harrison, Luetkemeyer. 

Associate Professor: Beatty. Herschbach. Mietus. Stough, 

Tierney. 

Assistant Professors: Elkins, Starkweather. 

Instructors: Baird, Berge (p.t.) Daly (p.t.), Davis (p.t.). Gemmill, 

Gibin. Hastings, Hayman, Higgins(p,t,), Kemmery (p.t.), Littehales 

(p.t.), IVIartin, Schuma (p.t.). Weires (p.t.), Winek, Wright. 

The Department of Industrial Education offers programs 
leading to teacher certification in industrial arts and vocational- 
industrial education. It also offers a program in Industrial 
Technology which prepares individuals for supervisory and in- 
dustrial management positions, and a technical education pro- 
gram for persons with advanced technical preparation who wish 
to teach in technical institutes or junior colleges. 

Three curricula are administered by the Industrial Education 
Department; (1) Vocational-Industrial Education; (2) Industrial Arts 
Education, and (3) Industrial Technology. The overall offering in- 
cludes both undergraduate and graduate programs leading to the 
degrees of Bachelor of Science, Master of Education, Master of 
Arts, Doctor of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy. 

The vocational-industrial curriculum may lead either to cer- 
tification as a vocational-industrial teacher with no degree in- 
volved or to a Bachelor of Science degree, including certification. 
The University of Maryland is designated as the institution which 
shall offer the "Trade and Industrial" certification courses and 
hence the courses which are offered are those required for cer- 



tificatlon In Maryland The vocational-industrial curriculum re- 
quires trade competence as specified by the Maryland State Plan 
for Vocational Education, A person who aspires to be certified 
should review the state plan and may well contact the Maryland 
State Department of Education officials. If the person has in mind 
teaching in a designated city or county, he or she may discuss his 
or her plans with the vocational-industrial official of that city or 
county inasmuch as there are variations in employment and train- 
ing procedures. 

Industrial Arts Education. The Industrial Arts Education cur- 
riculum prepares persons to teach industrial arts at the secondary 
school level. It is a four-year program leading to a Bachelor of 
Science degree. While trade or industrial experience contributes 
significantly to the background of industrial arts teacher, previous 
work experience is not a condition of entrance into this cur- 
riculum. Students who are enrolled in the curriculum are en- 
couraged to obtain work in industry during the summer months. 
Industrial arts as a secondary school subject area is a part of the 
general education program characterized by extensive laboratory 
experiences. 

Semester 

Freshman Year I II 

General University Requirements 3 6 

CHEM 102— or 103— General Chemistry 4 

SPGH 1 00— Public Speaking 3 

EDIN 101— Mechanical Drawing 2 

EDIN 1 02— Elementary Woodworking 3 

EDIN 1 12— Shop Calculations 3 

EDIN 262— Basic Metal Machining 3 

EDIN 1 21 —Mechanical Drawing 2 

EDIN 1 22— Woodworking II 3 

EDIN 134— Graphic 3 

Total 18 17 



Semester 



Sophomore Year I 

General University Requirements 6 

PHYS 1 1 1 or 1 12— Elements of Physics 3 



EDIN 

EDIN 

EDIN 

ECON 

MATH 

EDIN 

EDIN 

EDIN 



1 27— Elec -Electronics I 

1 33— Power Transportation 
241 —Architectural Drawing 
205 — Fundamentals of Economics 
1 1 0— Introduction to Mathematics. 
247 — Elec -Electronics II .... 

223— Arc and Gas Welding 

210— Foundry 

Total 



Junior Year 

General University Requirements (upper level) , . 
EDHD 300 — Human Development and Learning . 
EDIN 226— General Metal - Working Processes. . 

EDIN Elective (Laboratory) 

EDSF 301 — Foundations of Education 

EDIN 31 1 —Lab Practicum in Industnal Arts 

EDIN 450— Training Aids Development 

Total 

Senior Year 

EDIN 340--Cur . Instr & Observ 

EDIN 347— Student Teaching in Secondary Schools 
EDSE 330— Principles & Methods of Secondary 

Education 
EDIN 464 — Shop Organization and Management 

EDIN Elective 

EDIN 466 — Educational Foundations of Industrial 

Arts 
Total 



15 



Semester 

I II 



Vocational-Industrial Education. The vocational-industrial cur- 
riculum is a four-year program of studies leading to a Bachelor cf 
Science degree m education. It is intended to develop the 
necessary competencies for the effective performance of the 



tasks of a vocational teacher. In addition to establishing the ade- 
quacy of the student's skills m a particular trade and the develop- 
ment of instructional efficiency, the curriculum aims at the pro- 
fessional and cultural development of the individual. Courses are 
included which would enrich the person's scientific, economic, 
psychological and sociological understandings. The vocational- 
certification courses for the State of Maryland are a part of the 
curriculum requirements. 

Persons pursuing this curriculum must present documentary 
evidence of having an apprenticeship or comparable learning 
period and journeyman experience This evidence of background 
and training is necessary in order that the trade examination 
phase of the curriculum may be accomplished. 

Persons having completed the necessary certification courses 
prior to working on the degree program may use such courses 
toward meeting graduation requirements. However, after certifica- 
tion course requirements have been met. persons continuing 
studies toward a degree must take courses in line with the cur- 
riculum plan and University regulations. For example, junior level 
courses may not be taken until the student has reached full junior 
standing. 



Freshman Year I 

General University Requirements 6 

SPCH 1 00— Public Speaking 3 

ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics 

EDIN 1 12— Shop Calculations 3 

MATH 1 10 — Introduction to Mathematics 
or 

MATH 105— Fundamentals of Mathematics 

Total 12 

Ser 

Sophomore Year I 

General University Requirements 3 

Physical Sciences 3 

PSYC 1 00— Introduction to Psychology 3 

CHEM 1 03 or equivalent 

EDIN Elective (Laboratory) 3 

Total 12 

Trade Examination 

Ser 
Junior Year I 

EDIN 450— Training Aids 

EDIN 465— Modern Industry 3 

EDHD 300— Human Development and Learning. . 6 

EDIN 462— Occupational Analysis and Course 

Construction .3 

General University Requirements (upper level) 3 

EDIN 471 — Principles and History of Vocational 

Education 

EDIN 357— Tests and Measurements 

EDIN Elective (Professional) 

Total 15 

Sem 
Senior Year I 

EDIN 350— Methods of Teaching 3 

EDSE 330— Principles and Methods of Secondary 

Education .3 

EDIN 347— Student Teaching in Secondary 

Schools 8 

EDIN Electives (Professional) 
EDSF 301 — Social Foundations of Education 
EDIN 464— Shop Organization and Management 
General University Requirements (upper level) 

Total 1 4 



3 
12 



13 
20 



'Student Teaching Requirement in 
Vocational Education. 

Persons currently teaching in the secondary schools with three 
or more years of satisfactory experience at that level are not re- 
quired to take EDIN 347 — Student Teaching in Secondary 
Schools. Evidence of satisfactory teaching experience shall be 



presented in the form of written statements from the principal 
area supervisor and department head in the school where such 
teaching is done Instead of the eight credits required for student 
teaching, the individual meeting the above qualifications will have 
eight additional semester hours of elective credits. 
Elective Credits. Courses in history and philosophy of education, 
sociology, speech, psychology, economics, business administra- 
tion and other allied areas may be taken with the permission of the 
student's advisor 

Elective courses in the technical area (shop and drawing) will be 
limited to courses and subjects not covered in the trade training 
experience Courses dealing with advanced technology and re- 
cent improvements in field practices will be acceptable. 
Vocational-Industrial Certification. To become certified as a trade 
industrial and service occupations teacher in the State of 
IVIaryland a person must successfully complete 18 credit hours of 
instruction. 

The following courses must be included in the 18 credit hours 
of instruction: 



EDIN 
EDIN 



EDIN 
EDIN 



350— (Methods of Teaching 

464 — Laboratory Organization and 

l^anagement 
457 — Tests and Measurements 
462— Occupational Analysis and Course 

Construction 



The remainder of the credit hours shall be met through 
the election of the following courses: 

EDIN 450 — Training Aids Development 
EDIN 46 1 — Principles of Vocational Guidance 
EDIN 465— l^odern Industry 
EDIN 471 — History and Principles of Vocational 

Education 
EDCP 4 1 0— Introduction to Counseling and 

Personnel Services 
EDCP 41 1 —Mental Hygiene in the Classroom 
Educational Psychology or its equivalent 



A person in Vocational-Industrial Education may use his or her 
certification courses toward a Bachelor of Science degree. In do- 
ing so the general requirements of the University and the college 
must be met. A maximum of 20 semester hours of credit may be 
earned through examination in the trade in which the student has 
competence. Prior to taking the examination, the student shall 
provide documentary evidence of his or her apprenticeship or 
learning period and journeyman experience. For further informa- 
tion about credit by examination refer to the academic regula- 
tions. 

Industrial Technology. The Industrial Technology curriculum is a 
four-year program leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The 
purpose of the program is to prepare persons for jobs within in- 
dustry and, as such, it embraces four major areas of competence: 
(a) technical competence; (b) human relations and leadership com- 
petence: (c) communications competence; and (d) social and civic 
competence. 



Semester 



Freshman Year I 

General University Requirements 6 

SOCY 100— Sociology of Amencan Life 3 

EDIN 101 —Mechanical Drawing I or(Transfer) . . 2 

EDIN 1 12— Shop Calculations or (Transfer) 3 

EDIN 121— Mechanical Drawing II 

EDIN 122— Wcodwori^ingll 

or 

EDIN 1 27— Electricity-Electronics I 3 

EDIN 223— Arc and Gas Welding 

EDIN 262— Basic Metal Machining 

EDIN 210— Foundry 

MATH 1 1 — Introduction to Mathematics 



MATH 



1 1 5— Introductory Analysis 
Total 



Semester 
Sophomore Year | n 

General University Requirements 3 6 

EDIN 124— Sheet Metal Work 2 

BMGT 1 1 0— Business Enterpnse 3 

SPCH 107— Public Speaking 2 

PHYS 111-11 2— Elements of Physics (Mechanics 

and Heat and Sound), (Magnetism. 

Electricity and Optics) 3 3 

or 
PHYS 121-1 22— Fundamentals of Physics 

(Mechanics and Heat), (Sound. 

Optics. Magnetism. Electncity) 4 4 

ECON 201 —Principles of Economics 
or 

ECON 205— Fundamentals of Economics 3 

PSYC 100— Introduction to Psychology 3 

EDIN 184 — Organized and Supervised Work 

Experience* 3 

17-18 14-15 

Semester 

Junior Year | n 

General University Requirements (upper level) 3 3 

PSYC 361— Survey of Industnal Psychology 3 

CHEM 103— General Chemistry 4 

EDIN Elective 2 

EDIN Shop Elective or (Transfer) 2 
EDIN 324— Organized and Supervised Wort< 

Experience* 3 

EDIN 443— Industrial Safety Education 1 2 

EDIN 444— Industrial Safety Education II 2 

BMGT 360— Personnel Management 3 

SOCY 462— Industnal Sociology 3 

•* 3 3 

Total 20 16 

Semester 
Senior Year 1 n 

General University Requirements (upper level) 3 

BMGT 362— Industrial Relations 3 

BMGT 385— Production Management 3 

EDIN 465— Modern Industry 

or 
EDIN 425— Industrial Training in Industry 

or 
EDIN 475— Recent Technological 

Developments in Products and 
Processes 3 3 

EDIN Elective 2 

EDIN Shop Elective or (Transfer) 2 

6 3 

Total 15 13 

'Summer Session. 

"Transfer" refers to technical credil lo be transferred by A. A degree students 

"reters lo technical credit for A. A. degree students or Option Courses for regular 

students 

Further information on option courses is available in the Industrial Education Depan- 

meni 

Course Code Prefix EOIN 

Measurement and Statistics 

Chairman: 

Professors: Dayton, Giblette, Stunkard. 

Associate Professors: Johnson. Macready, Schafer, Sedlecek. 

Assistant Professor: Wilson. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates. Programs available 
in the Department of Measurement and Statistics lead to the 
Master of Arts degree (thesis or non-thesis option) and to the Doc- 
tor of Philosophy degree. The master's level program is designed 
to provide individuals with the necessary skills to serve as 
research associates in various fields and to provide test ad- 
ministration, scoring, and interpretation services. The doctoral 
major program is intended primarily to produce individuals 
qualified to teach courses at the college level in educational 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges, 
Schools, & 
Departments 

91 



measurement, statistics, and evaluation, advise in the conduct of 
research studies; and serve as measurement or research design 
specialists in school systems, industry, and government. At the 
doctoral level, a student may choose a specialty within one of 
three areas; applied measurement, applied statistics, and 
education evaluation. 

Persons interested in majoring in the department must display 
above average aptitude and interest in quantitative methods as ap- 
plied in Jhe behavioral sciences. 



Secondary Education 

Professor and Chairman: Risinger. 
Art Education- 
Professor: Lembach. 

Associate Professors: Craig, Longley, McWhinnie. 
Business Education — 

Associate Professors: Anderson, Peters. 
Instructors: Hall, Vignone, 

Lecturer: Adams. 
Dance Education- 
Instructor: Sloan. 
Distributive Education — 

Associate Professor: Anderson. 
Englisli Education— 
Profesor: Woolf. 
Assistant Professor: James. 
Foreign Language Education — 
Associate Professors: Pfister, DeLorenzo. 
Assistant Professor: Baird. 
Home Economics Education — 
Assistant Professors: Brewster, Cooney. 
Instructor: Straw. 
Library Science Education — 
Professor: 

Assistant Professor: Fitzgibbons 
Matfiematics Education- 
Associate Professors: Davidson. Fey, Henkelman. 
Assistant Professor: Cole. 
I^usic Education — 
Professor: Folstrum. 

Assistant Professors: Shelley, Lenz, Miller. 
Ptiysical Education (f\/len) — 

Assistant Professor: Vaccaro. 
Ptiysical Education (Women) — 

Assistant Professor: Croft. 
Reading Education— & 

Associate Professor: Brigham, Davey. 
Science Education- 
Professors: Gardner, Lockard 
Associate Professors; Layman, Ridky 
Assistant Professors: Heikkinen, Wheatley, Wright. 
Social Studies Education- 
Professors: Campbell, Grambs. 

Associate Professors; Adkins, Cirrincione, Farrell, Funaro, 
Ruchkin. 
Speech Education- 
Associate Professor: Carr. 
Assistant Professor: McCaleb. 
Secondary Educati6n. The Department of Secondary Education Is 
concerned with the preparation of teachers of middle schools, 
junior high schools, and senior high schools in the following 
areas; art, dance, distributive education, English, foreign 
languages, general business, home economics, library science, 
mathematics, music, secretarial education, science, social 
studies, and speech and drama. 

In the areas of art, mjsic, dance, and library science, teachers 
are prepared to teach In both elementary and secondary schools. 
Majors in physical education and agriculture are offered in the 
College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health and the 
College of Agriculture in cooperation with the College of Educa- 
tion. Majors in reading are offered only at the graduate level, re- 
quiring a bachelor's degree, certification, and at least two years of 
successful teaching experience as prerequisites. 

All students who pursue the Bachelor of Arts degree in secon- 
dary education are required to complete two years (12 semester 
hours) or the equivalent of a foreign language on the college level. 
If a student has had three years of one foreign language or two 



years of each of two foreign languages as recorded on his or her 
high school transcripts, he or she is not required to take any 
foreign languages in the College, although he or she may elect to 
do so. 

If a student is not exempt from the foreign language re- 
quirements, he or she must complete courses through the 104 
level of a modern language or 204 level of a classical language. 

In the modern languages — French, German, and Spanish, the 
student should take the placement test in the language in which 
'fie or she has had work if he or she wishes to continue the same 
language; his or her language instruction would start at the level 
indicated by the test. With classical languages, the student would 
start at the level indicated i-n the catalog. 

For students who come under the provisions above, the place- 
ment test may also serve as a proficiency test and may be taken 
by a student any time (once a semester) to try to fulfill the 
language requirement. 

Students who have studied languages other than French, Ger- 
man, or Spanish, or who have lived for two or more years in a 
foreign country where a language other than English prevails, 
shall be placed by the chairman of the respective language sec- 
tion, if feasible, or by the chairmen of the foreign language depart- 
ments. Native speakers of a foreign language shall satisfy the 
foreign language requirements by taking 12 semester hours of 
English. 

All students who elect the secondary education curriculum will 
fulfill the preceding general requirements and also prepare to 
teach one or more school subjects which will involve meeting 
specific requirements in particular subject matter fields. 

The Bachelor of Arts degree is offered in the teaching fields of 
art, English, foreign languages, mathematics, social studies, and 
speech and drama. The Bachelor of Science degree is offered In 
art, dance, distributive education, general business, home 
economics, library science, mathematics, music, science, 
secretarial education, and speech and drama. 

The student teaching semester is a full-time commitment and 
interference with this commitment because of employment is not 
permitted 

Living arrangements, including transportation for the student 
teaching assignments, are considered the responsibility of the 
student. 

Student must have completed EDHD 300, EDSE 330, and most 
of their other major requirements. In addition, the student must 
have completed the specific methods course for their subject area 
(or in some programs, be concurrently enrolled). Consult your ad- 
visor for help in planning your schedule in this regard. 
Art Education. Students in art education may select one of three 
programs; elementary (K-6), secondary (6-12), or dual (K-12) Art 
Education. The three programs are shown below. 

Elementary Art Education (K-6) 

Semester 

Freshman Year I II 

General University Requirements 6 6 

ARTH 1 00— Introduction to Art 3 

ARTS 110— Drawing I 3 

ARTS 100— Design lor APDS 101 or ARTE 100 3 

SPCH 1 00— Basic Principles of Speech 

Communications or 1 25 or 220 3 

Elective 3 3 

15 15 

Semester 

Sophomore Year I II 

EDSE 260— Introduction to Art Education' 3 

General University Requirements 6 3 

ARTH 260 and 261— Art History 3 3 

ARTS 220— Painting I 3 

CRAF 220— Ceramics 3 

Elective 3 3 

.. 15 15 

Semester 

Junior Year I II 

EDHD 300 — Human Development and Learning 6 

General University Requirements 3 6 

ARTS 330— Sculpture 3 



EDSE 441 —Practicum in Art Education' • 

Electives 3 

ARTS 340— Printmaking 
or 

APDS 230— Silkscreen Printing 

APDS 103 — TTiree Dimensional Design or 

ARTS 200 



Semester 



Senior Year I 

EDSF 301 —Foundations of Education 3 

EDSE 470— Teaching of Art Criticism" • 3 

Electives 6 

Elective in Crafts 3 

EDEL 412— Art in ttie Elementary Scfiool 

Education Elective 

EDEL 4 1 1 — Ttie Ctiild and Curnculum or EDEL 322 
EDEL 337— Student Teactiing in Elementary 
Sctiools — Art 

15 
"Admission to Teacher Education processed in tfiis course Fall only 
• •Spnngonly 
* • "Fall only 

Secondary Art Education (6-12) 

Freshman Year 



Semester 
I II 



General University Requirements 3 ; 

SPCH 100— Basic Principles of Speech 

Communications or 125 or 220. . . ; 

ARTH 1 00— Introduction to Art 3 

ARTS 100— Design I or APDS 100 or ARTE 100 3 

ARTS 1 10— Drawing I 3 

Foreign Language* or electives 3 3 

APDS 103— Three Dimension Designer 

ARTS 200 or APDS 102 3 

Electives 3 

15 15 
'Required foreign language credit. 2 years or equivalent 

Sophomore Year Semeste 

I II 

General University Requirements 6 6 

EDSE 260— Introduction to Art Education' 3 

Foreign i_anguage or Electives 3 3 

ARTH 260.261— Art History 3 3 

ARTS 220— Painting I 3 

ARTS 2 1 0— Drawing II 3 

18 15 



Junior Year 



General University Requirements 

EDHD 300 — Human Development and Learning 6 

ARTS 340— Printmaking I 



Semester 

I II 

6 6 



APDS 230— Silkscreen Printing 3 

ARTS 330— Sculpture I 

Electives , 

EDSE 441 —Practicum in Art Education* * 



Senior Year 

EDSF 301 — Foundations of Education .. 

GRAF 220— Ceramics 

Elective in Crafts 

EDSE 470— Teaching of Art Criticism * * * 
EDSE 340 — Curriculum. Instruction, 

Observation in Art 

Education Elective 

EDSE 330— Principles and t^ethods 

in Secondary Education 
EDSE 360— Student Teaching in 

Secondary Schools 



3 
3 
3 
15 15 

Semester 

I II 

3 

3 

3 



Dual K through 12 Art Education (K-12) 

Freshman Year 



Sophomore Year 



Junior Year 

General University Requirements 

EDHD 300— Human Development and 

Learning 

ARTS 300— Sculpture 

EDSF 301 — Foundations of Education 

Electives 

ARTS 340— Printmaking or 

APDS 230— Silkscreen Printing 

EDSE 470— Teaching of Art Criticism' .. 

Senior Year 



EDEL 321 Child and Curriculum or 

EDEL 412— Art in the Elementary School . . . . 
EDEL 337— Student Teaching in Elementary 

Schools-Art 

EDSE 340— Curriculum, Instruction and 

Observation in Art 

EDSE 330— Principles and Methods in 

Secondary Education 

EDSE 360— Student Teaching in Secondary 

Schools-Art 

EDSE 441 — Practicum in Art Education 



Semester 



I II 

General University Requirements 6 9 

ARTH 1 00— Introduction to Art 3 

ARTH 260— Art History 3 

ARTS 100— Design I or ARTE 100 or APDS 101 3 

ARTS 110— Drawing I 3 

SPCH 1 00— Basic Principles of Speech 

Communication or 125 or 220 3 

15 15 



Semester 



II 



EDSE 260— Introduction to An Education* 3 

General University Requirements 3 3 

GRAF 220— Ceramics 3 

ARTH 261 —Art History 3 

ARTS 220— Painting I 3 

Elective in Crafts 3 

Elective 3 3 

ARTS 200— Design II or APDS 102 or APDS 103 . 3 

15 15 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges, 
Schools, & 
Departments 

93 



Semester 
I II 

6 3 



Semester 
I II 

3 
3 



12 15 

•Admission to Teactier Education processed in this course Fall only. 

Business Education. Three curricula are offered for preparation of 
teachers of business subjects. The General Business Education 
curriculum qualifies for teaching all business subjects except 
shorthand. Providing thorough training in general business, in- 
cluding economics, this curriculum leads to teaching positions on 
both junior and senior high school levels. 

The Secretarial Education curriculum is adapted to the needs of 
those who wish to become teachers of shorthand as well as other 
business subjects. 

The Distributive Education curriculum prepares students for 
vocational teaching requirements in cooperative marketing and 
merchandising programs. 



'Admission to Teacher Education processed in this cour: 



General Business Education 

Freshman Year 



General University Requirements 

SPCH 1 00— Basic Principles of Speech, 

Communication or 1 25 or 220 



Semester 
I II 
9 6 



BMGT 1 10— Elements of Business Enterprise 3 

MATH 1 10, 1 1 1 —Introduction to Mattiematlcs 3 3 

EDSE 100, 101— Principles of Typewriting 

and Intermediate Typewriting 2 2 

Total 14 17 

Sophomore Year Semester 

I II 

General University Requirements 3 3 

ECON 105— Economic Developments 3 

ECON 201, 203— Principles of Economics 3 3 

EDSE 200— Off ice Typewriting Problems 2 

Business Electives 3 

EDSE 201— Survey of Office Machines 2 

BMGT 220, 221— Principles of Accounting 3 3 

GEOG 203— Introductory Economic Geography 3 

Total 16 15 

Junior Year Semester 

I II 

EDHD 300S— Human Development and 

Learning 6 

IFSM 401— Electronic Data Processing 3 

BMGT 350— Marketing Principles 

and Organization 3 

BMGT 380— Business Law 3 

Elective 300 or 400 level course in Economics 3 

General University Requirements 3 6 

Electives 6 

Total 18 15 

Senior Year Semester 

I II 

EDSF 301— Foundations of Education 3 

IFSM 402— Electronic Data Processing 

Applications 3 

EDSE 341 — Curriculum, Instruction and 

Observation— Business Subjects* 3 

EDSE 330— Principles and Methods 

of Secondary Education 3 

EDSE 300— Techniques of Teaching 

Office Skills'* 3 

EDSE 361— Student Teaching in 

the Secondary Schools 8 

EDSE 415— Financial and 

Economic Education 3 

EDSE 416— Financial and 

Economic Education 3 

Total 15 14 

* Fall only 
••Spnngonly 

Distributive Education 

Freshman Year Semester 

I II 

General University Requirements 9 9 

BMGT 1 10— Business Enterprise 3 

SPCH 100— Basic Principles of Speech 

Communication or 1 25 or 220 3 

ECON 201— Principles of Economics 3 

ECON 203— Principles of Economics 3 

Total 15 15 

Sophomore Year Semester 

I II 

BMGT 220— Pnnciples of Accounting 3 

BMGT 221— Principles of Accounting 3 

Business Electives 9 12 

General University Requirements 3 

Total 15 15 



BMGT 350— Marketing Principles 

and Organization 3 

BMGT 35 1 —Marketing Management 3 

BMGT 360— Personnel Management I 3 

BMGT 353— Retailing 3 

BMGT 380— Business Law 3 

EDSE 423B— Field Experience -DE 3 

General University Requirements 

(Upper Division) 3 6 

Total 18 15 

Senior Year Semester 

I II 
EDSF 301 —Foundations of Education 3 

EDSE 420 — Organization and Coordination of 

Distributive Education Programs* ■ 3 

BMGT 352— Advertising 3 

EDSE 343— Curriculum, Instruction 

and Observation* 3 

EDSE 330— Principles and Methods 

of Secondary Education 3 

EDSE 363— Student Teaching 

in Secondary Schools 8 

Electives 6 

Total 15 14 

'Fall only 
' 'Spnngonly 

Secretarial Education 

Freshman Year Semester 

I II 

General University Requirements 9 9 

SPCH 100— Basic Principles of Speech 

Communication or 1 25 or 220 3 

EDSE 100— Principles of Typewriting (If exempt, 

BMGT 110) 2 

EDSE 101 — Intermediate Typewriting 2 

EDSE 102, 103— Principles of Shorthand I, II 3 3 

General University Requirements 3 

Total 17 17 

Sophomore Year Semester 

I II 

Business Electives , 3 3 

BMGT 220,221— Principles of Accounting 3 3 

ECON 201, 203— Principles of Economics 3 3 

EDSE 200— Office Typewriting Problems 2 

EDSE 201 —Survey of Office Machines 2 

EDSE 204— Advanced Shorthand 

and Transcription 3 

EDSE 205— Problems in Transcnption 3 

Total 14 14 



Junior Year 



Semester 
I II 



Junior Year 



EDHD 300S— Human Development 
and Learning 



Semester 
I II 



EDHD 300S— Human Development 

and Learning 6 

EDSE 304— Administrative Secretarial 

Procedures* 3 

BMGT 380— Business Law 3 

Electives 3 3 

IFSM 401— Electronic Data Processing 3 

Elective in General University Requirements 

(Upper Division) 3 6 

Total 15 15 

Senior Year Semester 

I II 

EDSF 301 — Foundations of Education 3 

EDSE 305— Secretanal Office Practice 3 

EDSE 300— Techniques of 

Teaching Office Skills* * 3 

EDSE 341 —Curriculum, Instruction and 

Observation — Business Subjects' ... 3 



EDSE 330— Principles and Methods 

of Secondary Education 3 

EDSE 361— Student Teaching in 

Secondary Schools 8 

Electives — 300 or 400 Level 6 3 

Total 15 17 

' Fall only 
' "Spring only 

Dance Education: The Dance Education curriculum pre- 
pares students tor teactiing in ttie public sctiools, tor 
graduate study and for possible teactiing in college. The 
requirements for this dual, K- 1 2 program are as follows: 



Freshman Year 

DANC X4X— (Modern)* * 

DANC 102 — (Rhythmic) 

DANC 138— (Ethnic) 

SPCH 100— Basic Principles of Speech Com- 
munications or 125 or 220 

DANC 200 

General University Requirements 

DANC 109— (Old 290) 

DANC 165— (notation) 

DANC X2X— (Ballet)' * 

Sophomore Year 

DANC X4X— (Modern)* * 

DANC 210— (Production) 

DANC 208 

General University Requirements 

DANC X5X— (Jazz)* * 

DANC 380— (Kinesology)* 

DANC X2X — (Ballet)* * 

Junior Year 

DANC 371— (Old 470) 

Elective 

DANC 482 or 483 

DANC 308— (Choreog. II) 

EDHD 300 

EDEL 411 

General University Requirements— 

(Upper Division) 

DANC 484 — (Philosophy)* 

Senior Year 

General University Requirements 

DANC 471— (Mvt. Behav) 

EDSE 330B 

EDSF 301 

EDSE 342* 

EDEL 331* 

EDSE 362* 

Elective 



3 3 

3 

15 15 

Semester 



15 



Total: 120 Semester Hours 



•Spring Only 

*• Number (indicating level) to be determined by screening audition 



English Education. A major in English 202 requires 45 
semester hours as follows: ENGL 201 or 202; 211 or 
212; 481; 403 or 404 or 405; or 221 or 222; 482; 493; three 
hours each in a type, and period; 9 hours electives. 
Related Fields SPCH 100 and 240 



Semester 

Freshman Year i ii 

General University Requirements 12 6 

SPCH 100— Basic Pnnciples of Speech 

Communication or 125 or 220 3 

Foreign Language 3 3 

Elective 3 

ENGL 101— Introduction to Writing 
or 

ENGL 1 7 1 —Honors Composition 3 

15 18 

Semester 

Sophomore Year I II 

General University Requirements 3 

ENGL 201 or 202— World Literature 3 

SPCH 240— Oral Interpretation 3 

Foreign Language 3 3 

Elective 3 3 

ENGL —(type) 3 

ENGL —(period) 3 

ENGL 21 1 or212 3 

15 15 

Semester 
Junior Year I II 

EDHD 300S— Human Development and 

Learning 6 

EDSF 301— Foundations of Education 3 

EDSE 330— Principles and Methods of 

Secondary Education 3 

EDSE 288 — Field Experience (optional) 1 

ENGL 221 or 222 3 

ENGL 403, 404, or 405 3 

ENGL 481 —Introduction to English Grammar 3 

General University Requirements (upper level) 3 3 

ENGL 482 — History of the English Language 3 

ENGL Elective 3 

18 16 

Semester 
Senior Year I II 

EDSE 356— Field Experience in English 

Teaching 1 

EDSE 344— Curriculum Instruction and 

Observation — English 3 

EDSE 453— The Teaching of Reading in the 

Secondary School 3 

EDSE 364— Student Teaching— English 8 

EDSE 357— Seminar in English Teaching ... . 1 

ENGL 493— Advanced Expository Writing ... , 3 

ENGL Electives 6 

General University Requirements (upper level) 3 



12 



Academic 

Divisions, 
Colleges, 
Schools, & 
Departments 

95 



Foreign Language Education. The Foreign Language Education 
curriculum is designed for prospective foreign language teachers 
in secondary schools. 

Classical Language-Latin. A minor for teaching Latin requires 24 
prescribed semester hours based upon two years of high school 
Latin These students should take LATN 203, 204. 305, 351, 352, 
361, 401, 402 Students who have had four years of high school 
Latin should begin with LATN 305 and should select two addi- 
tional courses from among LATN 403, 404, 405. 

Prospective Latin teachers are urged to elect courses which will 
lead to a second area of concentration. 

A minimum of 30 semester hours in a foreign language plus 12 
hours of electives in a related area for a total of 42 hours is re- 
quired. The foreign language education advisor must approve the 
12 hours of "related area" credit. The following requirements 
must be met within the 30 required hours: one year of advanced 
conversation, one year of advanced grammar and composition, 
one year of survey of literature, one year of advanced literature 
(400 level) and one semester of advanced civilization (300 or 400 
level). Equivalents to the above must be approved by the ap- 
propriate education advisor. 



Secondary Foreign Language Education 

Freshman Year 

General University Requirements 

SPCH 1 00, 1 25, or 220 Basic Principles of 

Speech Communication 
Intermediate Foreign Language (or appropriate level as 
determined by placement exam) 

Electives* 

Total 



Sophomore Year 

General University Requirements 

Foreign Language — Grammar and Composition 

Foreign Language — Survey of Literature 

Foreign Language — Advanced Conversation 

Electives* 

Total 



Junior Year 

General University Requirements (upper level) 

EDHD 300S— Human Development and Learning 

Foreign Language — Literature (400 level) 

Foreign Language — Civilization 

Electives in Foreign Language or Related Area (i e , 
advanced language courses, second language, 
introduction to Linguistics, Cultural Anthropology 
Historic Geography of the Hispanic World, etc ) * 

Foreign Language— Elective (400 level) 

Total 



Senior Year 

EDSF 301 — Foundations of Education 

EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of Secondary 
Education 

EDSE 345— Curriculum Observation* • 

EDSE 365 — Student Teaching in the Secondary 
Schools 

Elective from EDAD 440— Audio Visual Education, 
EDSE 488F— Foreign Languages and Career 
Education EDSE 499H— Creating Cross-Cultural 
Contrasts EDSE 461— Teaching English as a 
Second Language, EDSE 499X— Bilingual Education 
or EDSE 453 — The Teaching of Reading in the 
Secondary School , , 

General University Requirements (upper level) 

Electives* 

Total 



Semester 
I II 
9 6 



3 


3 


3 


3 


15 


15 


Semester 


1 


II 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


15 


15 


Semester 


6 






6 


3 


3 


3 





3 


3 




3 


15 


15 


Semeste 


1 


II 




3 


3 




3 





3 

3 
9 

17 15 



'Foreign Language Education maiors and Ans and Humanilies cerliticalion students 
are strongly advised to elect courses wtiicti will entrance ttieir protessional preparation 
II e , EDSE 288A. EDSE 488F. EDSE 499H, EDSE 461, etcl. as well as those whictl will 
lead to a second area ot concentration li e , a second foreign language, teaching English 
to speakers ot other languages, English, social studies, etc ) 

Students who plan to teach a foreign language must contact an education advisor 
during the freshman year in order to plan an integrated program of specialized profes- 
sional and liberal education 

" "fvlust be taken concurrently with student teaching 

Home Economics Education. The Home Economics Education 
curriculum is designed for students who are preparing to teach 
home economics. It includes study of each area of home 
economics and the supporting disciplines. 

Fifteen hours of the total curriculum include an area of concen- 
tration which must be unified in content and which will be chosen 
by the student.* 



Freshman Year 



FMCD 105— The Individual in the Family 

SPCH 100— Basic Principles of Speech Com- 
munications or SPCH 107— Tech- 
nical Speech Communication 



Semester 
I II 
3 



or SPCH 125— Introduction to 
Interpersonal Communication , , , , 3 
TEXT 150— Introduction to Textile IVIaterials .,, . 3 

NUTR 100— Elements of Nutrition 3 

PSYC 100— Introduction to Psychology 3 

APDS 101B— Fundamentals of Design 3 

SOCY 100— Introduction to Sociology 3 

TEXT 221 — Apparel I 3 

General University Requirements 9 



Sophomore Year I I 

FMCD 250 — Decision-Making in Family Living . 3 
HSAD 240 — Design and Furnishings in the Home 3 

CHEM 103— College Chemistry I or CHEM 

102 — Chemistry of Man's 

Environment 4 

FMCD 332 — The Child in the Family or EDHD 411 

— Child Growth and 

Development 3 

EDSE 210— Bases for Curriculum Decisions in 

Home Economics 3 

ECON 205— Fundamentals of Economics 3 

FOOD 200— Scientific Principles of Food 3 

General University Requirements 12 



Junior Year 

EDHD 300S— Human Development and Learning , 6 

FMCD 341 — Personal and Family Finance or 

FMCD 443 Consumer Problems or 

FMCD 280— The Household as 

an Ecosystem 3 

EDSE 425— Curriculum Development in Home 

Economics 3 

EDSE 380— Field Experience in Child Develop- 
ment Lab 1 

General University Requirements 3 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology or MICR 200— 

General Microbiology 

FMCD 260— Interpersonal Life Styles or SOCY 

443— The Family and Society 

Area of Concentration 

General University Requirements 



Senior Year 

FOOD 260— Meal Management 3 

FMCD 344— Resident Experience in Home Man- 
agement (offered fall only) or 
FMCD 343— Applied Home Man- 
agement offered spring only) 3 

EDSF 301 — Foundations of Education 3 

Area of Concentration 6 

General University Requirements 3 

EDSE 330— Principles and Methods of Secondary 

Education 3 

EDSE 347— Curriculum, Instruction, and Obser- 
vation — Home Economics 3 

EDSE 370— Student Teaching in Secondary 

Schools— Home Economics 8 

TOTAL CREDITS — 131 18 14 

•Area of Concentration 15 semester hours 

A) Including maximum ot two home economics courses m applied area, with the i 
mainder of the 15 hours m supporting behavioral, physical and biological sciences. 
philosophy, geography, and history 

B) Of the 15 hours, nine must be upper divisional courses. 



Library Science Education. All students anticipating work in 
library science education should consult witti advisors in this area 
at the beginning of the freshman year. Students enrolled in this 
curriculum will pursue a Bachelor of Arts degree with an area of 
concentration of 36 hours in one of the following; Arts and 
Humanities, Behavioral and Social Sciences, or IVIathematics and 
Science Students may concentrate in a subject area subsumed 
under one of these fields, or they may choose a broad spectrum of 
courses in one of the areas under the guidance of their advisors. 
The minor of 18 hours will be library science education. 

Students in library science education will complete eight 
semester hours in directed library experience as their student 
teaching requirement. It will involve two and a half days per week, 
for 16 weeks. This period will be divided into two sections, with 
eight weeks each in a secondary and elementary school. A concur- 
rent seminar will also be a part of this experience. Students com- 
pleting this curriculum will be eligible for certification as an 
Educational Media Associate, Level I, and will qualify to work in 
school media centers under the supervision of a Ivledia Generalist. 
Level II 

Semester 

Freshman Year I II 

General University Requirements 6 6 

SPCH 100— Basic Principles of Speech 

Communication or 1 25 or 220 3 

Electives 6 3 

Area of Concentration 6 

Total 15 15 

Semester 

Sophomore Year I II 

General University Requirements 6 3 

Electives 3 3 

Area of Concentration 6 9 

Total 15 15 

Semester 
Junior Year I II 

General University Requirements 

(300 and above level) 3 6 

EDHD 300 — Human Development and Learning 6 

LBSC 331 —Introduction to Educational Media 

Services* 3 

LBSC 381 —Basic Reference and Information 

Sources 3 

LBSC 382— Cataloging and Classification of 

Materials 3 

LBSC 383— Library Materials for Children and Youth 3 

EDEL 322 — Curriculum and Instruction — Elementary 3 

Total 15 15 

•Prerequisite to EDSE 38 1 

Semester 
Senior Year I II 

Area of Concentration 12 3 

EDSF 301 — Foundations of Education 3 

EDAD 441 — Graphic Materials for Instruction 3 

LBSC 384 —Media Center Administration and 

Services 3 

EDSE 385 —Student Teaching in School Media 

Centers— Elementary 4 

EDSE 355 —Student Teaching in School Media 

Centers— Secondary 4 

Total 18 14 



Mathematics Education. A major in mathematics education re- 
quires the completion of MATH 241 or its equivalent, and a 
minimum of 15 semester hours of mathematics at the 400 level 
(excluding MATH 490); 400 level courses beyond those prescribed 
(450. 402 or 403, 430 or 431) should be selected in consultation 
with the mathematics education advisor. The mathematics educa- 
tion ma|or must be supported by one of the following science se- 
quences; CHEM 103 and 104, or 105 and 106; PHYS 221 and 222, or 
161 and 262, or 191 and 192, or 141 and 142; BOTN 101 and three 



additional hours in BOTN courses; ZOOL 101 and three additional 
hours in ZOOL courses; ASTR 180 and 110 and three additional 
hours in ASTR (none of which include ASTR 100 or 105). Also a 
course in Computer Science (CMSC 110 or 103) is required. The 
following sample program is one way to fulfill requirements. 

Semester 
Freshman Year | || 

SPCH 100— Basic Principles of Speech 

Communication or 125 or 220 3 

MATH 140. 141— Analysisl.il 4 4 

Science Requirement 3-5 3-5 

General University Requirements 3 6 

13-15 13-15 

Semester 
Sophomore Year | || 

MATH 240, 241— Linear Algebra, Analysis III 4 4 

General University Requirements 6 6 

CMSC 103 or 1 10 Introductory Computer 

Programming 3 

Electives 2-4 5-7 

15-17 15-1. 
Semester 
Junior Year i || 

MATH 430— Geometric Transformations 



or 



MATH 
MATH 



431 — Foundations of Geometry . 
402— Algebraic Structures 
or 



MATH 403— Introduction to Abstract Algebra ... 
MATH 450— Fundamental Concepts of 

Mathematics 

EDHD 300S— Human Development and Learning 

Mathematics Electives (400 level) 

General University Requirements 

Elective 



Senior Year 

Mathematics Electives (400 level) 

EDSE 350— Curriculum, Instruction, Observation 

(Mathematics) 

EDSF 301 — Foundations of Education 

EDSE 330— Principles and Methods of Secondary 

Education 

EDSE 372— Student Teaching m Secondary 

School Mathematics 

EDSE 489— Field Experiences 

Electives 



16 14 
Music Education. The curriculum in music leads to a Bachelor of 
Science degree in education with a major in music education. It is 
plar^ned to meet the demand for specialists, supervisors and 
resource teachers in music in the schools. The program provides 
training in the teaching of vocal and instrumental music and leads 
to certification to teach music at both elementary and secondary 
school levels in Maryland and many other states. There are two 
options. The vocal option is for students whose principal instru- 
ment is voice or piano; the instrumental option is for students 
whose principal instrument is an orchestral or band instrument. 
All students are carefully observed at various stages of their 
programs by members of the Music Education faculty. This is in- 
tended to insure the maximum development and growth of each 
student's professional and personal competencies. Each student 
IS assigned to an advisor who guides him or her through the 
various stages of advancement in the program of music and music 
education. 

Instrumental Option 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges, 
Schools, & 
Departments 

97 



3 

3 6 

3 

15 15 
Semester 



Freshman Year 

MUSP 109, 1 10— Applied Music (principal 
instrument) 



Semester 
I II 



MUSC 131— Intro to Music 

MUSC 150. 151— Ttieory of Music 3 

MUSC 102, 103— Class Piano 2 

MUSC 116 2 

SPCH Requirement 3 

General University Requirements 3 

MUED 197 

MUSC 229 — Major Ensemble 1 

Total 16 



Sophomore Year 
MUSP 207. 208- 



-Applied Music (principal 
instrument) 
250, 251— Adv Theory of Music 
1 13, 121 —Class Study of Instruments 
330, 331 —History of Music 

General University Requirements 

EDHD 300S— Human Development and Learning 

MUSC 229 — Maior Ensemble 

Total 



MUSC 
MUSC 
MUSC 



Semester 
I II 



18 18 



Semester 

Junior Year I II 
MUSP 405, 406— Applied Music (principal 

instrument) 2 

MUSC 490, 49 1 —Conducting 2 

MUSC 1 20, 1 1 4— Class Study of Instruments 2 

MUED 470— Music in Secondary Schools 4 

MUED 420— Band & Orch Technique 

General University Requirements 6 

MUSC 229— Major Ensemble 1 

Total 17 



Semester 

Senior Year I II 

MUSP 409~Applied Music (Principal 

Instrument) 2 

MUSC 486— Orchestration 2 

EDSE 373, EDEL 335— Stud Tchng 8 

EDSF 301— Foundationsof Educ 3 

EDSE 330— Prins ' Meths Sec Ed 3 

General University Requirements 6 

MUSC 229— Major Ensemble 1 

Total 14 11 



Vocal Option 

Semester 

Freshman Year I II 
MUSP 1 09, 11 0— Applied Music (Principal 

Instrument) 2 2 

MUSC 131— Intro to Music 3 

MUSC 150. 151— Theory of Music 3 3 
MUSC 1 00— Class Voice, MUSC 200 Adv Class 

Voice or MUSC 102, 103— Class 

Piano - 2 2 

MUED 197 1 

SPCH Requirement 3 

General University Requirements 6 3 

MUSC 329— Major Ensemble 1 1 

Total 17 15 

Semester 

Sophomore Year I II 
MUSP 207, 208— Applied Music (principal 

instrument) 2 2 

MUSC 330, 331 3 3 

MUSC 202 203— Adv Class Piano 2 2 

MUSC 250, 251— Adv Theory of Muse 4 4 

EDHD 300S— Human Dev & Learning 6 

General University Requirements 6 

MUSC 329— Major Ensemble 1 1 

Total 18 18 



Junior Year 

MUSP 405, 409— Applied Music (principal 

instrument) 

MUSC 453 

MUED 472 

MUSC 490, 49 1 —Conducting 

MUED 478— Spec Topics in MuEd , . . 

MUED 470— Music in Sec Schools . . . 

General University Requirements 

MUSC 329— Maior Ensemble 

Total 



Senior Year 

MUSP 410— Applied Music (Principal 

instrument) 

478 

330— Prin & Meths Sec Ed . . . . 

301 — Foundationsof Educ . . . 

375, EDSE 373— Student Tchng 
General University Requirements 
MUSC 329— Major Ensemble 

Total 



MUED 
EDSE 
EDSF 
EDEL 



Semester 
I II 



Physical Education and Health Education. This curriculum is 
designed to prepare students for teaching physical education in 
elementary and secondary schools. To obtain full particulars on 
course requirements, the student should refer to the sections on 
the Department of Physical Education and the Department of 
Health Education. 

Science Education. A science major consists of 52 semester 
hours study in the academic sciences. 

The following courses are required for all Science Education 
majors: BOTN 101; CHEM 103; CHEM 104; PHYS 12M22 or 
221-222; ZOOL 101; and a year of mathematics. Additional courses 
are selected from the academic sciences, with the approval of the 
students advisor, so as to provide a minimum of 36 hours in a par- 
ticular science teaching area, eg., biology, chemistry, physics, 
and earth sciences, as noted below. 

Preparation for biology teaching will include BOTN 202; ZOOL 
293, Mice 200. genetics (ZOOL 246 or BOTN 414); human anatomy 
and physiology (ZOOL 201 and/or 202); a field course in both 
botany and zoology (BOTN 212, 462-464, or 41 7, ZOOL 270-271 , 480 
or ENTM 204). CHEM 201. 202, 

Preparation for chemistry teaching will include CHEM 103, 104, 
201, 202. 203, 204. 481. 482. 498 and upper division courses such 
as CHEM 321. 401. 403. 421. 440, 461. Math preparation should in- 
clude MATH 115. 140. 141, MATH 240 and 241 or 246 are also 
recommended 

Preparation for physics teaching will include math through at 
least MATH 240. and 241 and 246 are also recommended. Physics 
courses will include introductory physics with calculus (PHYS 
141. 142). lab courses (PHYS 285. 286). intermediate theoretical 
physics (PHYS 404, 405), and modern physics (PHYS 420). In addi- 
tion, a physics teacher should take course work in Astronomy 
(ASTR 110. 180) Participation in PSSC or Harvard Project Physics 
courses (when offered) would be desirable 

Preparation for earth science teaching will include one year of 
biology (BOTN 101 and ZOOL 101), one year of chemistry (CHEM 
103 and 104), one year of physics (PHYS 221, 222 preferred), MATH 
115 and 140, and at least 30 hours of earth sciences with 18 hours 
concentration in one of the earth science fields and six hours 
minimum in each of two other earth science areas: GEOL 100, 102, 
110, 112. 421, 422, 431, 441, 460, 489, 499, ASTR 100 and 105, 110, 
180, 410, 498; GEOG 440, 445, 446, 441, 370, 372, 462, 



Biology 

Freshman Year 

BOTN 101— General Botany 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 

MATH 1 1 0— Introduction to Mathematics I 

MATH 1 1 1 —Introduction to Mathematics II 

CHEM 1 03— College Chemistry I 

CHEM 104— College Chemistry II 



Semester 



SPCH 1 00— Basic Principles of Speech 

Communication or 1 25 or 220 
General University Requirements 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

BOTN 202— The Plant Kingdom 

ZOOL 293— The Animal Phyla 

t^lCB 200— General Microbiology 

GHEM 201 —College Chemistry III 

CHEM 202— College Chemistry Laboratory III 
General University Requirements 

Total 



Junior Year 

ZOOL 246 or BOTN 4 14— Genetics 

ZOOL 20 1 —Human Anatomy and Physiology 

PHYS 121— Fundamentals of Physics I 

PHYS 122— Fundamentals of Physics II 

EDHD 300S— Human Development and Learning 

General University Requirements 

Total 



Semester 
I II 
4 



Semester 
I II 



14 



Semester 
Senior Year I II 

BOTN 21 2 or BOTN 41 7 or BOTN 462-464 — 

Field Studies 3 

ZOOL 270-271 or ZOOL 480orENTM200— 

Field Studies 3 

Biology Elective 3 

EDSF 301— Foundations of Education 3 

EDSE 330— Principles and Methods of 

Secondary Education 3 

EDSE 352 — Curriculum. Instruction and 

Observation — Science 3 

EDSE 375— Student Teaching in Secondary 

Schools 8 

Total 15 11 

Chemistry 

Semester 
Freshman Year I II 

BOTN 1 1 —General Botany 4 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4 

CHEM 103— College Chemistry I 4 

CHEM 104— College Chemistry II 4 

MATH 140— Analysis I 3 

MATH 141— Analysis II 4 

SPCH 1 00— Basic Principles of Speech 

Communication or 1 25 or 220 . . 3 

General University Requirements 3 3 

Total 14 18 

Semester 

Sophomore Year I II 

CHEM 201— College Chemistry III 3 

CHEM 202— College Chemistry Laboratory III 2 
CHEM 203— College Chemistry IV 3 

CHEM 204— College Chemistry Laboratory IV 2 

Mathematics or Chemistry Elective 3 

General University Requirements 12 6 

Total 17 14 

Semester 

Junior Year I 11 

CHEM 481— Physical Chemistry 1 3 

CHEM 482— Physical Chemistry II 3 

CHEM 498— Special Topics in Chemistry (lAC) 3 3 

PHYS 221— General Physics I 5 

PHYS 222— General Physics II 5 

EDHD 300S— Human Development and Learning 6 

Mathematics or Chemistry Elective 3 

Total 17 14 



Senior Year I 

Chemistry Elective 3 

EDSF 301 —Foundations of Education 3 

EDSE 300— Principles and Methods of Secondary 

Education 
EDSE 352 — Curnculum. Instruction and 

Observation — Science 3 

EDSE 375 — Student Teaching in Secondary 

Schools 

General University Requirements 6 

Total 15 



Earth Science 



Freshman Year 



Semester 



II 



GEOL 100— Introductory Physical Geology 3 

GEOL 110— Physical Geology Laboratory 1 

GEOL 102 — Historical and Stratographic 

Geology 3 

GEOL 112— Historical Geology Laboratory 1 

BOTN 101— General Botany 4 

ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4 

MATH 110— Introduction to Mathematics I . 3 

MATH 111 — Introduction toMathematicsll 3 

General University Requirements 3 3 

SPCH Speech 100, 125 or 220 3 

Total 14 17 

Semester 

I II 

Sophomore Year 

GEOG 440— Geomorphology 3 

CHEM 103 — College Chemistry I 4 

CHEM 104 — College Chemistry II 4 

GEOL 422— Mineralogy 4 

ASTR 100— Introduction to Astronomy 3 

ASTR 1 10— Astronomy Laboratory 1 

Astronomy Elective 3 

General University Requirements 3 6 

Total 14 17 

Semester 

I II 

Junior Year 

GEOL 441 — Structural Geology 4 

PHYS 121 — Fundamentals of Physics I 4 

PHYS 122— Fundamentals of Physics II 4 

EDHD 300— Human Development and Learning 6 

Earth Science Electives 3 3 

General University Requirements 6 3 

Total 17 16 

Semester 
Senior Year I II 

EDSE 330— Principles & Methods of Secondary 

Education 3 

EDSE 352— Curriculum, Instruction and Observa- 
tion. Science 3 

EDSF 301 — Foundations of Education 3 

EDSE 375— Student Teaching in Secondary 

Schools ■ Science 8 

EDSE 489— Seminar in Science Student 

Teaching 1 

Earth Science Electives 4 

General University Requirements 6 

Total 16 12 

Physics 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges, 
Schools, & 
Deparlments 

99 



Freshman Year 

CHEM 1 03— College Chemistry I 



Semester 
I II 



CHEM 1 04— College Chemistry II 4 

MATH 140— Analysis I - 4 

MATH 141— Analysis II 4 

PHYS 141 — Principal of General Physics r 4 

PHYS 142— Principal of General Physics II* .... 4 

SPCH 100— Basic Principles of Speech 

Communication or 1 25 or 220 3 

General University Requirements 3 

Total 15 15 

■The physics maior sequence (191. 192, 293, 2941 or !he eng.neering sequence 1161 162 
263) may be used and appropriale course changes in the remainder of the program wii 
be made 

Semeste 

Sophomore Year I I 
PHYS 295— Intro Lab in Electricity and 

Magneticism 2 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4 

BOTN 101— General Botany I 4 

PHYS 296— Intro Lab in Electromagnetic Waves . 2 

ASTR 181 -Astronomy and Astrophysics 3 

MATH 240— Linear Algebra 4 

General University Requirements 3 9 

Total 16 15 



Junior Year 

PHYS 404 — Intermediate Theoretical Mechanics 
PHYS 405— Intermediate Theoretical Electricity and 
Magnetism 

PHYS 420— Modern Physics for Engineers 

PHYS 305— Physics Shop Techniques 

ASTR 181 —Introduction to Astrophysics II 
EDHD 300S— Human Development and Learning 

General University Requirements 

Total 



Senior Year 

PHYS 406— Optics 

PHYS 499— Special Problems in Physics 

ASTR 21 0— Practical Astronomy 

General University Requirements 

EDSF 301 — Foundations of Education 

EDSE 330— Principles and Methods of Secondary 

Education 
EDSE 352— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation 

Science 
EDSE 375 — Student Teaching in Secondary Schools 
EDSE 489 — Seminar in Science Teaching 

Total 



Semester 



Semester 
I II 

3 
2 
2 
3 
3 



16 12 



Social Studies Education 

Option I (History Concentration). Requires 54 semester hours of 
which at least 27 must be in history, usually including HIST 130. 
133, 156, 157, and 12 hours of 300 or 400 level history courses in- 
cluding HIST 309, 27 hours of related social sciences as outlined 
below: 

At least one course in each of the following areas: geography, 
sociology (or ANTH 101), government and politics; and two 
courses in economics. Twelve semester hours of social science 
electives are required of which nine hours must be in the upper 
division (300-400 level). These courses may be in a given concen- 
tration such as geography, psychology, sociology, economics, an- 
thropology, or combination of relevant fields. The selection of the 
courses or fields is at the discretion of the advisor as a defensible 
area of study. For those students with a minor in geography, 
GEOG 490 is required. 



Freshman Year 

General University Requirements 

SPCH 100— Basic Principles of Speech 

Communication or 125 or 220 



Semester 
I II 

6 6 



HIST 156. 157 —History of the United States to 

1 865 , History of the United States 
since 1 865 (or 6 hours of any U S 

History approved by advisor) 3 3 

GEOG 100 — Introduction to Geography 3 

GVPT 1 70— American Government 3 

SOCY 100— Introduction to Sociology (or ANTH 101) 3 

Total 15 15 

Sophomore Year Semester 

HIST 6 hours of any non-U S History | || 

approved by advisor 3 3 
ECON 31 — Evolution of Modern Capitalism in 

Western Europe and the United 

States 3 

General University Requirements 3 3 

ECON 205— Fundamentals of Economics 3 

Social Science Electives 3 3 

History Electives 3 3 

Total 15 15 

Semester 

Junior Year I II 

Social Science Elective 3 

History Electives 3 3 

EDHD 300S— Human Development and Learning 6 

General University Requirements 3 9 
EDSE 330 — Principles and Methcds of Secondary 

Education 3 

Total 15 15 

Senior Year Semester 

I II 
EDSE . 353 — Curriculum, Instruction and Obser- 
vation - History' . . 3 
EDSE 376— Student Teaching in Secondary 

Schools 8 

EDSE 453 — The Teaching of Reading in 

Secondary Schools' * 3 

EDSE 489E — Seminar in Social Studies Teaching . 3 

EDSF 301 — Foundations of Education 3 

HIST 309— Proseminar in Historical Writing 3 

Social Science Electives 6 1 

Total 15 15 

'EDSE 353 will be ottered Fall Semester only and musi be 
taken prior to Student Teaching 
■ 'Evening Course Only 

Option II (Geography Concentration). Requires 54 semester hours 
of which 27 hours must be in geography. GEOG 201, 202. 203. 409, 
and one field experience course is required The remaining hours 
in geography must be upper division systematic geography 
courses with one course in regional geography included. Fifteen 
semester hours of social science and history courses must in- 
clude at least one course in sociology (or anthropology), one in 
government and politics, tv^o courses in economics, and two 
courses in American history. Fifteen semester hours of social 
science and history electives are required of which nine hours 
must be upper division courses. These courses may be in a given 
concentration such as history, psychology, economics, an- 
thropology or combination of relevant fields. The State of 
Maryland requires 18 hours of History courses, including 6 
semester hours in U.S. History (to obtain additional certification 
as a social studies teacher). The selection of courses or fields is at 
the discretion of the advisor as a defensible area of study. 

Freshman Year Semester 



General University Requirements 

SPCH 1 00— Basic Principles of Speech 

Communication or 1 25 or 220 
GEOG 201— Physical Geography 
GEOG 202— Cultural Geography 

U S History 

SOCY or ANTH 



Semester 

Sophomore Year I II 
GEOG 203— Economic Geography 3 

GEOG Field Course (GEOG 381 7382/383) 1 

GEOG Eiectives 3 6 

Economics 3 3 

General University Requirements 6 3 

Social Science Eiectives 3 

15 16 

Semester 
Junior Year , H 

GEOG 490— Geography Concepts and 

Source Material 3 

GEOG Eiectives 3 2 

General University Requirements 6 3 

EDHD 300S— Human Development 

and Learning . 6 

EDSE 330— Principles and Methods 

of Secondary Education 3 

Social Science Elective 3 

15 14 

- „ Semester 

Senior Year . .. 

EDSE 376— Student Teaching in 

Secondary Schools 8 

EDSE 489 — Field Expenence 3 

EDSF 301 —Foundations of Education 3 

EDSE 453— Teaching of Reading 

in Secondary Schools' * 3 

Social Science Elective 12 

Elective 1 

14 16 
• EDSE 353 will be offered Spring Semester only and must be taken pnor 
to student teaching 
' * Evening Course Only 

Speech and Drama Education. A major in speech and drama 
education requires 37 semester hours of speech and drama con- 
tent. The program provides for designing a program of study ap- 
propriate to prospective teachers in the communication field. The 
24 hour English minor is to be selected in consultation «/ith the 
advisor. The 24 hour English minor students desiring a Bachelor 
of Arts degree must also meet departmental foreign language re- 
quirements. 
Speech and Drama Education 

Freshman Year 



SPCH 1 00— Basic Principles of 

Speech Communication 
DART 1 1 0— Introduction to the Theatre 
DART 120— Acting 

SPCH 1 10— Voice and Diction 

Elective in Speech and Drama 

General University Requirements 

Total 



Sophomore Year 

General University Requirements 

SPCH 350 — Foundations of Communication 

SPCH 200— Advanced Public Speaking 

SPCH 220— Group Discussion 

Maior Area Eiectives in Speech and Drama 

Minor Area English suggested 

Total 



Junior Year 

SPCH 477— Speech Communication and the 

Study of Language Acquisition 
SPCH 489— Speech Communication Workshop 
EDHD 300S— Human Development 

and Learning 
Minor Area English suggested 



General University Requirements 

(upper level) 

Total 



3 
15 



Semester 


1 


II 


3 




3 






3 




3 




3 


9 


6 


15 


15 


Semester 


1 


II 


3 


3 




3 


3 






3 




6 


9 




15 


15 


Semester 


1 


II 



Semester 
I II 

Senior Year 

Eiectives 3 

HESP 401 —Survey of Speech Disorders 3 

EDSE 330— Principles and Methods 

of Secondary Education 3 

Minor Area English suggested 6 

EDSE 354— Curriculum, Instruction, and 

Observation— Speech' 3 

EDSE 377— Student Teaching in 

Speech Drama 8 

Education Elective 3 

Total 15 14 

•Fiillonly 

Course Code Prelix EDSE 

Social Foundations of Education Area 

Associate Professor and Chairman Huden 

Professor: Male 

Associate Professors: Agre. Finkelstein, Hopkins. Lindsay. Noll 

The Social Foundations area in the College of Education offers 
courses in the history, philosophy and sociology of education and 
the Foundation of Education course required of all students ma- 
joring in Education (EDSF 301), These courses treat the educa- 
tional enterprise as it relates to the political, social, and economic 
structure of society and the values which underlie a particular 
society. "Freedom in Education" and "Existentialism and Educa- 
tion" are examples of topics offered through workshops in this 
area. Other timely courses on such sub|ects as sexism, the 
history of childhood, the future of education, the foundations of 
education and life-long learning are offered under a special topics 
designation (EDSF 409). A broad perspective is sought both for 
classroom teachers and prospective leaders in the profession. 

The area also offers the master's degree and doctorates in com- 
parative education (the study of educational systems in other 
regions of the world): history of education; philosophy of educa- 
tion; and sociology of education. 

Course Code Prefix— EDSF 

Special Education 

Chairman: 

Professors: Hebeler. Simms. 

Associate Professor: Seidman. 

Assistant Professors: Blair, Harber, Malouf, McNeely, Shroyer, 

Spekman. 

The Special Education Department offers an undergraduate 
program which prepares students for a teaching position in either 
an elementary or secondary level special education program. 
Students who complete the undergraduate program receive the 
Bachelor of Science degree and meet Maryland State Department 
of Education requirements for the standard professional cer- 
tificate in special education and in elementary education. 

Students at the undergraduate level pursue a sequential com- 
prehensive special education program concentrating either in the 
area of the mentally retarded or learning disabilities. Progress 
through the program is dependent upon the student's achieving 
the requisite special teaching competencies required for gradua- 
tion. Field experiences are required of all students in the depart- 
ment prior to their student teaching experiences. 

The student consults with his advisor regarding specific details 
of his program, alternatives, etc. The following represents a 
"typical" program. 

Freshman Year Credits 

General University Requirements 12 

Laboratory Science 3 or 4 

ARTE lOOorAPDSIOI 3 

MUSC 155— Fundamentals for the Classroom 

Teacher 3 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges, 
Schools, & 
Departments 

101 



SPCH 100or 110or125or220orHESP202 
Supporting Academic Content 



Total 



Sophomore Year 

General University Requirements 

ENGL Literature Course 

United States History Course .... 
210. 211 Elements of Math: 

Elements of Geometry ..,, 
288— Field Placement in Special 

Education 

Supporting Academic Content 



HIST 
(VIATH 



EDSP 



Total 



Junior Year 

General University Requirements 

(upper level) 

EDHD 300— Human Development and Learning 
Supporting Academic Content 
EDEL 426— Teaching of Reading 

405— Language Arts m the Elementary 

School 

407 — Social Studies m the Elementary 

School 

470— Introduction to Special Education 
471 — or 491 — Characteristics of Excep- 
tional Children . . 
472 or 492— Education of Exceptional 

Children 

Total 



EDEL 



EDEL 



EDSP 
EDSP 



EDSP 



Senior Year 
EDEL 414 



EDEL 
EDSF 
EDSP 

EDSP 



EDEL 



Mathematics m the Elementary 

School 

402— Science in the Elementary School . . . 

301 — Foundations of Education 

473 — Curriculum for Exceptional 

Children 

489 — Field Placement in Special 

Education 

349— Student Teaching of Exceptional 

Children 

334 — Student Teaching in the Elementary 

School , , , 

Total 

Total Credits 



Course Code Prelix EDSP 



30 
120 



The College of Human Ecology 

The College of Human Ecology focuses in its programs on the 
needs of individuals and society. The College shares in the obliga- 
tion of all higher education to provide a broad based education for 
every individual as preparation for living in close harmony with the 
environment in both the immediate and long-range future. 

Human Ecology is an interdisciplinary, problem-focused field of 
study dealing with the interactions of man and his environment: 
how man impinges upon the environment and how the environ- 
ment impinges upon man. In the broad context, the term environ- 
ment includes physical-natural, socioeconomic, and esthetic con- 
cerns. Thus, Human Ecology must draw upon and integrate basic 
disciplines of the natural and behavioral sciences along with the 
arts and humanities in the definition and solving of societal prob- 
lems. The several programs of the College are directed toward 
these problems and toward the improvement of the quality of life. 

The College seeks to provide the proper balance of educational 
experiences which prepare an individual in the professional con- 
text with those experiences which benefit him personally as a ful- 
ly functioning and contributing member of society. This balance 
includes grounding in basic and applied skills, as well as pro- 
viding an atmosphere where creativity may flourish to enhance 



our potential for developing innovative solutions to societal prob- 
lems. 

The faculty utilizes existing knowledge and generates new 
knowledge, techniques and methods based on research, while 
providing opportunities through laboratory, practical and field ex- 
periences for making knowledge and innovative discovery more 
meaningful to the individual. Through these experiences the facul- 
ty experiments with varying relevant techniques and methods by 
which the individual can transfer to the society-at-large new ideas 
and methods for more effective interaction within the social and 
physical ecosystems in which we function. 

Through teaching, research and service the College provides 
appropriate, comprehensive, quality education programs that 
prepare students for professional positions directed toward the 
improvement of conditions contributing to: 

1. Ttie individual's psycho-social development. 

2. The quality and availability of community resources which 
enrich family life (in all its various forms). 

3. Effective resource utilization including consumer competence. 

4. The individual's physiological health and development. 

5. The physical and aesthetic components of man's environment. 

6. Effective use of leisure time. 

In accordance with the philosophy of this College all four 
departments are interrelated and cooperate in the achievement of 
these goals. The activities of the Department of Family and Com- 
munity Development emphasize mainly goals 1 through 3; the 
Department of Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration, 2 
through 4; and with different foci and priorities, the activities of 
the Departments of Textiles and Consumer Economics, and Hous- 
ing and Applied Design emphasize goals 2, 3 and 5. Goal 3 is con- 
cerned with consumer competence in areas such as food 
clothing, shelter, transportation, insurance, health, leisure, etc. It 
is an integrative, interdisciplinary, educational concept which 
necessitates and receives contributions from all four depart- 
ments. Goal 6 is becoming increasingly important with a reduced 
work week, earlier retirement and increases in the over-65 popula- 
tion, suggesting interdepartmental and interdisciplinary pro- 
grams. 
Objectives: 

1. Offer appropriate comprehensive bachelor, master and doc- 
toral programs that address the six goals stated above. 

2. Maximize resources and resource utilization in order to accom- 
plish the six goals stated above. 

3. Act as a resource to the University community to stimulate 
awareness and interest in the problems of applying knowledge 
for improving the quality of life. 

Special Facilities and Activities. The College of Human Ecology 
building follows the Campus tradition in style, and a construction 
program has been initiated to provide expanded facilities. A 
management center is maintained on the Campus for resident ex- 
periences in management activities of family life. 

Located between two large cities, the College provides unusual 
opportunities for both faculty and students. In addition to the 
University's general and specialized libraries. Baltimore and 
Washington, DC. furnish added library facilities. The art galleries and 
museums, the government bureaus and city institutions stimulate 
study and provide enriching experiences for students. 

Student Organizations 

AATT-Student Chapter. The Student Chapter of the American 
Association of Textile Technology provides students with an early 
opportunity to become associated with the professional organiza- 
tion of AATT, and to advance at the local level the aims and goals 
of the parent national association. 

Through speakers from the textiles and apparel industry, 
members are kept abreast of the latest techniques and ideas in 
textiles, as well as coming in contact with prospective future 
employers. 

The chapter hopes to establish several intern programs to pro- 
vide its members with an opportunity to gain some vocational ex- 
perience before graduation. 

All undergraduate students, including freshmen, are eligible to 
join AATT if their curriculum includes at least one major course in 
the field of textiles. 

ASID-SludenI Chapter. The University of Maryland Student 
Chapter of the American Society of Interior Designers is 
associated with the professional chapter of ASID in Washington, 
D.C. Student members have the opportunity for contacts with pro- 
fessional and fellow students at meetings sponsored by both 



groups. These can help to orient the student to the job market and 
to new directions in the profession. 

Collegiate Home Economics Organization. The University of 
Maryland Collegiate Home Economics Organization is the student 
affiliate of the American Home Economics Association. Welcom- 
ing any Human Ecology major into its membership, the organiza- 
tion meets once a month, and links the professional world to the 
college student through different programs. 

The Collegiate Home Economics Organization is the student's 
opportunity to join a professional group prior to graduation and to 
participate on a student level in the national association. 

Each speaker or demonstrator provides the Collegiate Home 
Economics Organization member with ideas and suggestions for 
professional preparation by introducing the member to the many 
facets of Human Ecology. 

The Organization gives both students and faculty a chance to 
work together and meet on an informal basis and to open up bet- 
ter channels of communication among themselves as well as the 
outside professional world. 

Student Representatives to college committees are nominated 
by this group. 

Omicron Nu. A national honor society whose objectives are to 
recognize superior scholarship, to promote leadership and to 
stimulate an appreciation for graduate study and research in the 
field of home economics and related areas. Graduate students, 
seniors and second semester juniors are eligible for election to 
membership. 

Financial Aid. A Loan Fund, composed of contributions by the 
District of Columbia Home Economics Association, Maryland 
Chapter of Omicron Nu. and personal gifts, is available through 
the University Office of Student Aid. 

Admission. All students desiring to enroll in the College of Human 
Ecology must apply to the Director of Admissions of the Universi- 
ty of Maryland at College Park. 

Degrees. The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred for the 
satisfactory completion, with an average of C or better, of a 
prescribed curriculum of 120 academic semester hour credits. No 
grade below C is acceptable in the departmental courses which 
are required for a departmental major. 

Student Load. The student load in the College of Human Ecology 
varies from 15-18 credits per semester. A student wishing to carry 
more than 18 credits must have a B grade average and permis- 
sion of the dean. 

A minimum of 120 academic credits is required for graduation. 
However, for certification in some professional organizations, ad- 
ditional credits are required. Consult your advisor. 

General Information. Specific inquiries concerning undergraduate 
or graduate programs in the College of Human Ecology may be 
directed to the chairman of the appropriate department or the 
Dean, College of Human Ecology, University of Maryland, College 
Park, Maryland 20742 

Curricula. A student may elect one of the following curricula, or a 
combination of curricula: experimental foods, community nutri- 
tion, dietetics, nutritional research, or institution administration 
(food service); family, community, or management and consumer 
studies; home economics education; housing, advertising design, 
interior design, costume, or crafts; textile science, textile 
marketing, textiles and apparel, or consumer economics. A stu- 
dent may register in home economics education in the College of 
Human Ecology under the Department of Family and Community 
Development or in the College of Education. 

Required Courses. The curricula leading to a major in the College 
of Human Ecology are organized into four broad professional 
categories: (1) scientific and technical areas, (2) educational, com- 
munity and family life areas, (3) consumer service areas, and (4) 
design areas. These represent the broad professional fields which 
graduates are eligible to enter and pursue their chosen work. The 
positions vary in nature, scope and title, but require similar 
general studies background and fundamentals for specialization. 

Individual programs of study are developed cooperatively with 
faculty advisors to provide a balanced and sequential arrange- 
ment of studies in preparation for the chosen field. University, 
College and departmental requirements are identified for cur- 
ricula in each of the departments. 

All students in the College of Human Ecology, in addition to 
meeting the General University Requirements, are required to 



complete a series or sequence of courses to satisfy University, 
College and departmental requirements. The remaining courses 
needed to complete a program of study are elected by the student 
with the approval of his advisor. 

The final responsibility of meeting all the requirements for a 
specific major rests with each individual student. 

College of Human Ecology Requirements 

(For every student depending on the major) 

APDS 101— Fundamentals of Design OR 

Human Ecology Elective* 3 

TEXT 1 05— Textiles in Contemporary Ijving 

OR Human Ecology Elective" 3 

FOOD 1 1 0— Food and Nutrition of Individuals 

and Families OR NUTR 1 00— 

Elements of Nutrition OR 

Human Ecology Elective* 3 

FMCD 250 — Decision Making in Family Uving 

OR Human Ecology Elective* 3 

Root Discipline Requirements Outside the College 
SOCY or ANTH Course 3 

PSYC Course 3 

ECON 205— Fundamentals of Economics or 201 3 

SPCH Course 3 

"Human Ecology Elective to be taken in departments other than ma|or 
department 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges. 
Schools, & 
Departments 

103 



College of Human Ecology 

Departments, Programs and 

Curricula 

Family and Community Development 

Associate Professor and Acting Chairman: Rubin. 
Professor: Gaylin. 

Associate Professors: Brabble, Myrlcks, Wilson. 
Assistant Professors: Churaman, Garrison, Macklin, Phillips, 
Royer. 

Instructor: Cohen. 
Lecturers: Gordon, Tourigny. 

The Department of Family and Community Development in- 
tegrates and applies aspects of the natural and social sciences as 
well as the human arts — all of which enhance man's quest for a 
more fully functioning life. It places particular emphasis upon the 
allied departments within the College of Human Ecology which in 
turn addresses itself to the problems of man and his immediate 
environment. 

Specifically, Family and Community Development provides the 
applied human science integrationist with a firm foundation of 
knowledge of family and community dynamics leading to service, 
teaching, and research vocations. It also serves the University 
community by offering general courses germane to problems of 
living in a complex society, and stresses the concept of the family 
as the working interface between man, his society, and the world 
around him. 

There are four specific though related foci within the program 
leading to specialized areas of endeavor within the applied human 
sciences. 

I. Family Studies. This course of study stresses a working 
knowledge of the growth of individuals throughout the life span 
with particular emphasis on intergenerational aspects of family 
living. It examines the pluralistic family forms and life styles 
within our post-technological complex society and the develop- 
ment of the individual within the family within the community. 

II. Community Studies. This program emphasizes the pro- 
cesses of social change and the Individual as agent within these 
processes. It is grounded upon the knowledge of community struc- 
ture and the workings and interactions of the various subsystems. 
Its summary goals are the identification and utilization of com- 
munity resources for the enhancement of a better life for families. 

III. /Management and Consumer Studies. This program focuses 
upon the use of resources of the home and its Impact upon the 
community. It examines the integration of Individual, familial and 
societal values of our technological society for the purposes of 
goal implementation within that society. It is an area of study 
directly concerned with quality of life and the preparing of the in- 
dividual for effective consumer decisions through the understand- 



ing of the interrelationship of consumers, business, social 
organizations, and government, 

IV. Home Economics Education. Although often narrowly 
perceived as delimited to the role of educator withm a secondary 
school setting. Home Economics Education has a larger purview 
and responslblity. I.e. that of introducing and Implementing 
through education at all levels, the theories, skills and philosophy 
of the attainment of a better life for all men, women and children. 
Thus It IS the major interpreter of the ramifications and potential 
Impact of Home Economics— the applied human sciences 

These areas of concentration will prepare students for roles as 
family life educators, extension specialists, consumer con- 
sultants, mental health team members, and teachers of home 
economics at the secondary level. 

Family Studies Curriculum. Supportive courses will be selected 
from Human Ecology, Sociology, Psychology, Health, An- 
thropology, Human Development, and other allied fields. 

Typical Semester 
Freshman Year Hours 

ENGL 101— Composition 3 

PSYC 100— Introduction to Psychology 3 

FMCD 105— The Individual and the Family 3 

Human Ecology Courses (outside FI^CD) 9 

SOCY or ANTH 3 

General University Requirements 9 

Total 30 

Sophomore Year 

SPCH 3 

ECON 201or205 3 

FMCD 250— Decision Making In 

Family Uving 3 

FMCD 260— Interpersonal Lifestyles 3 

FMCD 270— Pre-Professional Seminar 3 

Supportive Courses 6 

General University Requirements 9 

Total , 30 

Junior Year 

FMCD 330— Family Patterns 3 

FMCD 332— The Child in the Family 3 

FMCD 348— Practicum in Family and 

Community Development* 

or 

FMCD 446 — Living Experiences with Families 3 

FMCD 349— Analysis of Practicum* 2 

EDHD 306, 4 1 1 . 4 1 3 or Developmental Courses 6 

Supportive Courses 6 

General University Requirements 9 

Total 32 

"The 5-credit combination ot practicum (FMCD 348) and practicum 
analysis (FMCD 349) is a mandatory requirement of ttie program In 
consultation witti ttie practicum coordinator, ttie practicum expenence 
(FMCD 348) may be extended to 1 2 credits Dunng any semester in wtiich 
the practicum is taken, a minimum of 1 credit of practicum analysis 
(FMCD 349) must accompany the practicum 

Senior Year 

FMCD 431 —Family Crisis and Rehabilitation 3 

FMCD 487— Legal Aspects of Family Problems 3 

FMCD Elective 3 

Supportive courses 6 

Electlves (to complete 1 20 credits) 13 

Total 28 

Community Studies Curriculum. Supportive courses will be 
chosen from the following areas: 9 credits in College of Human 
Ecology courses; 6 credits In government and politics, economics 
or urban studies courses; 6 credits in sociology or psychology 
courses. The following Is a typical four-year program: 

Freshman Year Semester 

Hours 

SOCY or ANTH 3 

Human Ecology Courses (outside FMCD) 9 



FMCD 20 1 —Concepts in 

Community Development 3 

PSYC 100— Introduction to Psychology 3 

General University Requirements 12 

Total 30 

Sophomore Year 

ECON 201 or 205 3 

FMCD 250— Decision Making in 

Family Living 3 

SPCH 3 

FOOD 200 or Elective 3 

FMCD 270 — Pre-Professional Seminar 3 

General University Requirements 3 

Supportive courses 15 

Total 33 

Junior Year 

FMCD 330— Family Patterns 3 

FMCD 341 —Personal and Family Finance 3 

SOCY 230— Dynamics of Social Interaction 

or 

SOCY 330— Community Organization 3 

FOOD 260— Meal Management 

or 
FOOD 300 — Economics of Food Consumption 3 

Supportive courses 3 

General University Requirements 9 

FMCD 348— Practicum in Family and 

Community Development* 3 

FMCD 349— Analysis of Practicum* 2 

Total 29 

•The 5-credit combination of practicum (FMCD 348) and practicum 
analysis (FMCD 349) is a mandatory requirement of the program In 
consultation with the practicum coordinator, the practicum expenence 
(FMCD 348) may be extended to 1 2 credits Dunng any semester in 
which the practicum is taken, a minimum of 1 credit of practicum 
analysis (FMCD 349) must accompany the practicum 

Senior Year 

FMCD 370— Communications Skills 

and Techniques 3 

FMCD 381 — Low Income Families 

and the Community 3 

FMCD 453 — Family-Community Advocacy 3 

Supportive courses 3 

General University Requirements 6 

Electives (to complete 1 20 credits) 10 

Total ,28 

Management and Consumer Studies Curriculum. Supportive 
courses will be selected In blocks from economics, business ad- 
ministration, public relations, sociology, psychology, family life, 
or consumer economics. 

Typical Freshman Year Semester 

Hours 

SOCY or ANTH 3 

PSYC 3 

Human Ecology Courses (outside FMCD) 9 

SPCH 3 

General University Requirements 12-15 

Total 30-33 

Typical Sophomore Year 

FMCD 250— Decision Making in 

Family Uving 3 

FMCD 270— Pre-Professional Seminar 3 

ECON 201 and 203 6 

PSYC 221 —Social Psychology 3 

SOCY 230— Dynamics of Social Interaction 3 

FMCD 280— The Household 

as an Ecosystem 
or 
HSAD 25 1 —Family Housing 3 



General University Requirements 

Electives 

Total 



TypicalJunior Year 

FMCD 330— Family Patterns 

FMCD 34 1 —Personal and Family Finances 

FOOD or NUTR 

Statistics 

FMCD 443— Consumer Problems 

FMCD 343 or 344— Home Management 
Residence or Applied 
Management Course 

FMCD 348— Practicum in Family 

and Community Development* 

FMCD 349— Analysis of Practicum* 

General University Requirements 

Electives 



Total 



Typical Senior Year 

FMCD 332— The Child in the Family 

CNECorTEXT 

Supportive Courses 

Electives (to complete 1 20 hours) 

Total 



6-9 

3-6 

30-33 



3 

2 

6-9 

6 



3 

3 

9 

11 20 

26-35 



stiops, and industrial cafeterias. This program is approved by the 
American Dietetic Association. 



•The 5-credil practicum is a mandatory requirement ot ttie program {i e , FH^CD 348 (or 3 
credits coupled with FMCO 349 tor 2 credits) In consultation with the practicum coor 
dinalor the practicum experience (FMCD 348) may be extended for a maximum of 12 
credits Durmg any semester taken a minimum of 1 credit of analysis, (FMCD 349) musl 
accompany the experience 

Food, Nutrition and Institution 
Administration 

Professor and Chairman: Prather. 

Professors: Ahrens, Beaton. 

Associate Professors: Butler, Cox, Williams. 

Assistant Professors: Howe, Poplia, Roseborough, Wodarski. 

Instructors: Bonner, Graham, Smith. 

Visiting Lecturers: BIyler, Evans, J. Smith. 

Adjunct Professors: Bodwell, Trout. 

Adjunct Associate Professor: Kelsey, 

The area of food nutrition and institution administration is 
broad and offers many diverse professional opportunities. 
Courses introduce the student to the principles of selection, 
preparation and utilization of food for human health and the 
welfare of society. Emphasis is placed on the scientific, cultural 
and professional aspects of this broad area of food and nutrition. 
The department offers six areas of emphasis: experimental foods, 
community nutrition, nutrition research, dietetics, institution ad- 
ministration, and coordinated dietetics. Each program provides 
for competencies in several areas of work; however, each option is 
designed specifically for certain professional careers. 

All areas of emphasis have in common several courses within 
the department and the University; the curricula are identical in 
the freshman year. 

Experimental foods is designed to develop competency in the 
scientific principles of food and their reactions. Physical and 
biological sciences in relation to foods are emphasized. The pro- 
gram IS planned for students who are interested in product 
development, quality control and technical research in foods. The 
nutrition research program is designed to develop competency in 
the area of nutrition for students who wish to emphasize physical 
and biological sciences. The community nutrition program em- 
phasizes applied community nutrition. Dietetics develops an 
understanding and competency in food nutrition and manage- 
ment as related to problems of dietary departments: the cur- 
riculum is approved by the American Dietetic Association. The 
coordinated dietetic program includes clinical experience coor- 
dinated with the didactic components, and the students are eligi- 
ble for membership in the American Dietetic Association upon 
graduation. The coordinated program is accredited by the Com- 
mission on Evaluation of Dietetic Education of the American 
Dietetic Association. Institution Administration emphasis is 
related to the administration of quantity food service in university 
and college residence halls and student unions, school lunch pro- 
grams in elementary and secondary schools, restaurants, coffee 



Coordinated Dietetics Emphasis 

Freshman Year 

General University Requirements 



NUTR 1 00— Elements of Nutntion 

SOCY 1 00 or ANTH 102 

MATH llOor 1 15 

SPCH 100 or 107 

FOOD 105— Professional Orientation 

FOOD 240— Science of Food Preparation I 

Total 

Sophomore Year 



Semester 

I II 

7 1 1 

3 

3 

3 

3 

1 

3 
17 17 
Semester 



II 



CHEM 261— Introductory Biochemistry 3 

FOOD 250— Science of Food Preparation II 3 

ECON 205— Fundamentals of Economics 3 

ZOOL 201, 202— Anatomy and Physiology 4 4 

General University Requirements 3 

MICB 200— General Microbiology 4 

Human Ecology Electives 3 3 

PSYC 100 3 

Total 17 16 

Junior Year Semester 

I II 

NUTR 300— Science of Nutrition 4 

NUTR 450 — Advanced Human Nutrition 3 

lADM 300 — Food Service Organization 

and Management 4 

lADM 430— Quantity Food Production . . 
lADM 460, 470— Administrative Dietetics. 1,11 
lADM 440— Food Service 

Personnel Administration 

lADM 420— Quantity Food Purchasing 

General University Requirements 

EDHD 460— Educational Psychology 

Total 

Senior Year 

I II 

Human Ecology Elective 3 

Data Processing or Statistics Course' 3 

NUTR 460— Therapeutic Human Nutrition 3 

NUTR 480 — Applied Diet Therapy 3 

Elective 3 4 

NUTR 470— Community Nutntion 3 

NUTR 485— Applied Community Nutrition 3 

Total 15 16 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges, 
Schools, & 
Departments 

105 



3 

3 3 

2 
2 

3 

3 
14 16 
Semester 



Dietetics Emphasis 

Freshman Year 



Semester 
I II 



General University Requirements^ 4 



NUTR 1 00— Elements of Nutrition 

MATH nOor 1 15 

SPCH 100 or 107 

FOOD 105— Professional Orientation 

FOOD 240— Science of Food Preparation I 

SOCY 100 or ANTH 102 

Total 

Sophomore Year 



MICB 200— General Microbiology 

FOOD 250— Science of Food Preparation II , 

PSYC 100 

ZOOL 201, 202— Anatomy and Physiology, 
ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics , . 
CHEM 261 —Introductory Biochemistry 

General University Requirements 

Human Ecology Elective 

Total 



Junior Year 



Semester 
I II 



Academic 

Divisions, 

Colleges, 

Schools, & 

Departments 

106 



NUTR 300— Science of Nutrition 4 

lADM 300— Food Service Organization 

and Management 3 

General University Requirements 3 3 

Human Ecology Elective . . 3 3 

lADM 420— Quantity Food Purchasing 2 

NUTR 450— Advanced Human Nutrition 3 

Elective 3 3 

Total 15 17 

Senior Year Semester 

I II 

NUTR 460— Therapeutic Human Nutntion 3 

General University Requirements 6 3 

lADM 430 — Quantity Food Production 4 

lADM 440— Food Service Personnel 

Administration 2 

EDHD 460— Educational Psychology 3 

Electives 3 5 

Data Processing or Statistic s Course^ 3 

Total 16 14 

Experimental Foods Emphasis 

Freshman Year Semester 

I II 

MATH llOor 1 15 3 

NUTR 100— Elements of Nutrition 3 

General University Requirements' 4 4 

Human Ecology Elective . . 3 3 

FOOD 105— Professional Orientation 1 

SPCH 100 or 107 3 

PSYC 100 3 

SOCY 100orANTH102 3 

Total 14 16 

Sophomore Year Semester 

I II 

CHEM 201, 202— College Chemistry III 5 

FOOD 240. 250— Science of Food 

Preparation I, II 3 3 

ECON 205— Fundamentals of Economics 3 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4 

CHEM 26 1 —Introductory Biochemistry 3 

MICB 200— General Microbiology 4 

General University Requirements ' 3 

Human Ecology Elective 3 

Total 15 16 

Junior Year Semester 

I II 

General University Requirements 3 6 

Electives^ 5 3 

NUTR 300— Science of Nutntion 4 

FOOD 440, 450— Advanced and Experimental 

Food Science 3 3 

FDSC 412or413— Principles of Food 

Processing I, II 3 

Total 15 15 

Senior Year Semester 

I II 

PHYS 1 1 1 —Elements of Physics 3 

FDSC 422— Food Product Research 

and Development 3 

FDSC 43 1 —Food Quality Control 4 

Electives^ 6 3 

General University Requirements 3 7 

Total 16 13 

Institution Administration Emptiasis 

Semester 
Freshman Year I II 

MATH 110 or 115 3 

General University Requirements' 7 3 

NUTR 100— Elements of Nutrition 3 



FOOD 1 05— Professional Orientation 1 

CHEM 104— Chemistry II 4 

SOCY 1 00 or ANTH 102 3 

FOOD 240— Science of Food Preparation I 3 

SPCH 100 or 107 3 

Total 14 16 

Semester 
Sophomore Year I II 

FOOD 250— Science of Food Preparation II 3 

Human Ecology Elective ... 3 3 

MICB 200— General Microbiology 4 

ZOOL 201, 202— Anatomy, Physiology 4 4 

ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 

General University Requirements 3 

PSYC 100 3 

Total 14 16 

Semester 
Junior Year I 11 

General University Requirements 3 6 

NUTR 300— Science of Nutrition 4 

lADM 300— Food Service Organization and 

Management 3 

Human Ecology Elective 3 

EDHD 460— Educational Psychology 3 

Data Processing or Statistics^ 3 

lADM 420— Quantity Food Purchasing 2 

Electives . . 3 

Total 16 14 

Semester 
Senior Year I II 

lADM 430— Quantity Food Production 3 

lADM 440— Food Service 

Personnel Administration 2 

lADM 450— Food Service Equipment and 

Planning 2 

BMGT 362 or ECON 470— Labor Relations or 

Labor Economics 3 

lADM 350or490— Special Problems or 

Practicum in Administration 3 

General University Requirements 3 5 

Electives 3 5 

Total .• 14 15 



Community Nutrition Emphasis 

Freshman Year 

General University Requirements' 

MATH 110 or 115 

NUTR 1 00— Elements of Nutrition 

FOOD 105 — Professional Orientation ... 
Human Ecology Elective .. .. 

FOOD 240— Science of Food Preparation I 
SPCH 100 or 107 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

CHEM 20 1 . 202— Chemistry III 

PSYC 100 

FOOD 250— Science of Food Preparation II 

ZOOL 201, 202— Anatomy & Physiology 

General University Requirements 

FOOD 260— Meal Management 

CHEM 261 —Introductory Biochemistry 

Total 



Junior Year 

NUTR 300— Science of Nutrition 

100 or ANTH 102 

200— General Microbiology 

450— Advanced Nutntion 

Human Ecology Elective 

General University Requirements 

ECON 205— Fundamentals of Economics 



SOCY 
MICB 
NUTR 



Semester 

I II 

8 7 

3 

3 

1 

3 

3 

3 

15 16 

Semester 

I II 

5 

3 

3 

4 4 

6 

3 

3 

15 16 



Elective 3 

Total 14 15 

Semester 

Senior Year I II 

NUTR 460— Therapeutic Human Nutrition 3 

NUTR 470— Community Nutrition 3 

EDHD 460— Educational Psychology 3 

Methods of Teaching Course 3 

General University Requirements 3 3 

Electives 6 5 

Total 15 14 

Nutrition Research Emphasis 

Semester 

Freshman Year I II 

General University Requirements ' 8 10 

MATH 1 lOor 115 3 

NUTR 100— Elements of Nutrition 3 

FOOD 105— Professional Orientation 1 

SPCH 100 or 107 3 

FOOD 240— Science of Food Preparation I 3 

Total 15 16 

Semester 

Sophomore Year I II 

CHEM 203, 204— Chemistry IV 5 

PSYC 100 3 

FOOD 250— Science of Food Preparation II 3 

ZOOL 201. 202— Anatomy and Physiology 4 4 

General University Requirements 3 

Human Ecology Elective 3 

MICB 200— General Microbiology 4 

SOCY 1 00 or ANTH 102 3 

Total 15 17 

Semester 

Junior Year I II 

General University Requirements 3 3 

Human Ecology Elective . 3 3 

CHEM 461 . 462— Biochemistry 3 3 

CHEM 463. 464— Biochemistry L^b 2 2 

NUTR 300— Science of Nutrition 4 

NUTR 450 — Advanced Human Nutrition, . 3 

Total 15 14 

Semester 

Senior Year I II 

AGRI 401 —Agricultural Biometrics 3 

NUTR 490— Special Problems in Nutrition 3 

ECON 205— Fundamentals of Economics 3 

General University Requirements 3 

Electives 8 8 

Total 14 14 

'General Unrversily Requirements include 30 hours Maiors must be careful to select 
prerequisites lor maior courses For example, if FOOD 240 is required, the student must 
select CHEM 103 and 104 and these can be used to meet the General University Re- 
quirements II ZOOL 201 IS required. ZOOL 101 must be elected 
'Nine hours of the 17 electives must be selected from the following list 
AGRI 401 -Agricultural Biometrics (3) 
Any 300 or 400 level NUTR course 
FOOD 260— Meal Management (31 
FOOD 300— Economics of Food Consumption (3) 
FOOD 445— Advanced Food Science Lab II) 
FOOD 480— Food Additives 13) 
FOOD 490— Special Problems m Foods (2-3) 
FDSC 430— Food Microbiology 13) 
FDSC 412 or 413 if not taken above 
lADM 430— Quantity Food Production |4) 

FMCD 370— Communications Skills and Techniques in Home Economics (3) 
'Select from tins list AGRI 301, 401. BMGT 301. IFSM 401; CMSC 103. 110: EDMS 451 

Home Economics Education 

The Home Economics Education curriculum is designed for 
Students who are preparing to teach home economics in the 
secondary schools. It includes study of each area of home 
economics and the supporting disciplines. 

Fifteen hours of the total curriculum include an area of concen- 
tration which must be unified in content and will be chosen by the 
student.* 



Freshman Year I II 

FMCD 250— Decision Making in Family Living 3 

FMCD 105— The Individual in the Family 3 

NUTR 1 00— Elements of Nutrition 3 

EDSE 151 — Freshman Seminar in Home 

Economics Education 1 

TEXT 105— Textiles in Contemporary Living 3 

General University Requirements 3 6 

APDS 101— Fundamentals of Design 3 

PSYC 1 00— Introduction to Psychology 3 

SOCY too— Introduction to Sociology 3 

Total 16 15 

Semestei 
Sophomore Year I II 

SPCH 1 00— Basic Principles of Speech 

Communication 3 

TEXT 221— Apparel I (if exempted, may take 

TEXT 222 or TEXT 425) 3 

CHEM 1 03— College Chemistry I 4 

General University Requirements 6 6 

HSAD 240— Design and Furnishings in the Home 
or 

HSAD 251— Family Housing 3 

EDSE 2 1 0— Sophomore Seminar in Home 

Economics Education 1 

FOOD 200— Scientific Principles of Food 3 

FMCD 332— The Child in the Family 
or 

EDHD 41 1— Child Growth and Development 3 

Total 16 16 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges, 
Schools, & 
Departments 

107 



Junior Year 

EDHD 300S— Human Development and Learning 

FMCD 280 — The Household as an Ecosystem 

or 
FMCD 443— Consumer Problems 



FMCD 341 —Personal and Family Finance . 

FOOD 260— Meal Management 

ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics . 
FMCD 344 — Resident Experience in Home 
Management 



Semester 
I II 
6 



FMCD 344B—Practicum in Home Management 3 

EDSE 380 — Field Experience in Organization 
and Administration of a Child 
Development Lalxsratory . . 
EDSE 425— Curnculum Development in Home 

Economics 

Area of Concentration 

General University Requirements 

Total 18 



3 

6 

9 

19 



Senior Year 

EDSE 347 — Curnculum. Instruction, and 

Observation 
EDSE 330— Principles and Methods of Secondary 

Education 
EDSE 370 — Student Teaching in Secondary 
Schools — Home Economics 
FMCD 260— Interpersonal Lifestyles 

or 
SOCY 443— The Family and Society 
EDSF 301 —Foundations of Education 
ZOOL 101— General Zoology, 
or 

MICB 200— General Microbiology 

Area of Concentration 

Total 
' Area of Concentration 1 5 semester hours 
A) Including maximum of two home economics courses i 



Semester 
I II 



3 
2-3 



applied area, with the re- 



Academic 

Divisions, 

Colleges, 

Schools, & 

Departments 

108 



matnder of the 15 hours In supporting behavioral, physical and biological sciences. 

philosophy, geography and history 

B) Of the 15 hours, nine must be upper divisional courses 

CoursseCode Prefixes— FMCD. HOEC 

Housing and Applied Design 

Professor: Stiearer. 

Associate Professor: McWhinnie. 

Assistant Professors: Dian, Fish, Geddis, Holvey, Irby, Nelson, 

Olsen, Ribalta. Roper. 

Instructors: Dean, Erdahl, Hillerman, Odiand, 

Lecturers: Byrne. Norton, Pfatf. 

The Department of Housing and Applied Design offers pro- 
grams of concentration in four areas of design: Advertising; 
Costume; Crafts; Interiors and in Housing. 

The goal is that of providing a broad general education in addi- 
tion to professionally oriented instruction in design. Programs in- 
clude instruction in the philosophy and methods common to the 
various areas of design and thus provide theoretical and technical 
bases pertinent to each. This foundation is basic to specific 
problem-solving activities which are applicable to the demands of 
each chosen design area, or to Housing. 

Advertising Design. The Advertising-Design curriculum is con- 
structed to establish a foundation in the field of graphic com- 
munication. The courses are structured and arranged to provide 
students with the ability to conceptualize imaginatively and to ac- 
quire and apply a discriminating introspection for visual form. 
Courses in Art History and related areas provide breadth as well 
as depth. Opportunities to examine related fields are offered 
through elective courses. Students graduating from this cur- 
riculum gam a broad educational experience which qualifies them 
to initiate a career in graphic design. 

Costume Curriculum. The fostume curriculum is structured to 
prepare students for employment in the many-faceted fashion in- 
dustry. Advanced courses encourage interviews and on-the-job 
contacts with working professionals. By careful selection of elec- 
tive courses and the allied-area block the program may be tailored 
to the student's goals. Graduates completing this major may 
choose careers in; fashion illustration and display and sales pro- 
motion, fashion reporting and public relations, fashion coordina- 
tion, and photography. 

Crafts Design. The Crafts curriculum provides the student with a 
wide range of art and design experience. After exposure to studio 
work in several craft media, the student can become proficient in 
at least one area. Opportunities for employment include; teaching 
in recreational and adult education programs, directing various 
forms of craft programs for the government, and as a producing 
craftsman and as crafts therapists. 

Housing Curriculum. This program is concerned with the explora 
tion of factors which underlie housing problems, the extent of 
these problems as they exist today, and a proiection to future 
trends and needs. Through integration of relevant research f'om 
sociology, economics, architecture, psychology and design, the 
program provides a transdisciplinary framework within which is 
developed an understanding of social and behavioral implications 
of housing processes and of effective design. 
Interior Design. This curriculum, successfully completed, pro- 
vides the student with background in design theory; in history of 
architecture, interiors and furnishings; in functional and im- 
aginative problem solving; and in techniques of presentation. A 
student chapter of the professional organization A. SID. and in- 
ternships provide meaningful contact with practicing profes- 
sionals. 
Advertising Design Curriculum 

Semester 
Typical Freshman Year Hours 

APDS 101A 3 

ARTS 11 OB 3 

SPEECH Course 3 

General University Requirement 9 

APDS 102 3 

EDIN 101A 2 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3 

SOCY or ANTH Course 3 

29 



Typical Sophomore Year 

APDS 103 

PSYC 100 

General University Requirement 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 

APDS 210 

APDS 237 

APDS 211 

APDS 230 or ARTS 340 

EDIN 234 



Typical Junior Year 

General University Requirement 

ECON205 
APDS 320 
APDS 330 
ARTH 450 or other upper level Art Hist 

APDS 331 

APDS 332 

Supporting-Block Course 



Typical Senior Year 

APDS 430 

APDS 337 

Supporting-Block Course 

Elective 

APDS 380 

APDS 431 

General University Requirement 

Costume Curriculum 

Typical Freshman Year 

APDS 101 A 

ARTS 11 OB 

General University Requirement 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 

APDS 102 

APDS 210 

SOCY or ANTH Course 



Typical Sophomore Year 

APDS 103 .. . 

APDS 21 1 

SPEECH Course 

General University Requirement 

APDS 220 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 

APDS 330 or substitution 

Elective 



Typical Junior Year 

APDS 320 ■ 

APDS 237 

PSYC 100 

Supporting-Block Course 

General University Requirement 
APDS 331 or substitution 

APDS 321 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 

ECON205 

Supporting Course 



Typical Senior Year 

APDS 322 

APDS 332 

Supporting-Block Course 

General University Requirement 

Elective 

APDS 380 



9 

3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
30 

3 
2 
6 

7 
2 
3 
6 
29 



3 
3 

12 
3 
3 
3 
3 

30 

3 
3 

3 
9 
3 
3 
3 
3 



3 
2 
3 
3 
6 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
32 

4 
3 
3 
3 
13 
2 



Crafts Curriculum 

Typical Freshman Year 
APDS 101A 



HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 

General University Requirement 
PSYCIOO 

APDS102 

SOCY or ANTH Course 

APDS210 



Typical Sophomore Year 

APDS 103 

EDIN 102 

General University Requirement 

Elective 

APDS 211 

CRAF240 

SPEECH Course 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 



TypicalJunior Year 

CRAF220 

CRAF241 

ARTS 340 

General University Requirement 

Supporfing-Block Course 

CRAF230 

CRAF320 

APDS 237 

ECON205 

Elective 



Typical Senior Year 

CRAF330 

CRAF420 

CRAF 428 or 438 or 448 

General University Requirement 
SupportingBlocl< Course 

APDS 380 (CRAF Section) 

CRAF 428 or 438 or 448 

CRAFTS Elective 



Housing Curriculum 

Typical Freshman Year 

APDS 101A 

SPEECH Course 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 

SOCY or ANTH Course 

General University Requirement 
APDS 102 

APDS 210 

TEXT 150 

PSYC 100 

Typical Sophomore Year 

APDS 103 

HSAD 240 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 

HSAD 246 

General University Requirement 

HSAD 251 

PSYC 221 

TypicalJunior Year 

HSAD 342 

FMCD 260 or substitution .. 
General University Requirement 
TEXT 221 or TEXT 355 

HSAD 343 

SOCY 230 

Supporting-Block Course 

Elective 

Typical Senior Year 

FMCD 330 



ECON205 

General University Requirement 

Supporting-Block Course 

Elective 

FMCD 332 

HSAD 442 



Course Code Pretixes— APDS CRAF HSAD 



3 
6 
6 
6 

3 

3 

30 



Interior Design Curriculum 

(Interior Design courses must be taken in sequence ) 
Typical Freshman Year 

APDS 101A 3 

General University Requirement 9 

EDIN 101A 2 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core 3 

SOCY or ANTH Course 3 

APDS 102 3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core (TEXT 1 50) 3 

APDS 210 3 

29 
Typical Sophomore Year 

APDS 103 3 

SPEECH Course 3 

APDS 237 2 

HSAD 246 3 

General University Requirement 12 

ECON205 3 

PSYC 100 3 

Supporting-Block Course 3 

32 
Typical Junior Year 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core (TEXT 463) 3 

HSAD 340 3 

HSAD 342 3 

General University Requirement 6 

Supporting-Block Course 3 

HSAD 341 3 

HSAD 343 3 

Elective 3 

ARTH Elective 3 

30 
Typical Senior Year 

HSAD 344 3 

Elective 9-10 

Supporting- Block Course 3 

General University Requirement 3 

HSAD 345 or 380 , 3 or 2 

HSAD 440 4 

HSAD 44 1 4 



29 



Academic 
Divisions. 
Colleges, 
Schools, & 
Departments 

109 



Textiles and Consumer Economics 

Chairman and Professor: Smith. 

Professor: Dardis. 

Associate Professors: Buck, Spivak. 

Assistant Professors: Block, Derrick, Hacklander, Heagney, 

Saltzman. Wilbur (Emeritus), Wulken, Yeh, Zrebiec. 

Instructors: Marro, Paoletti. 

Visiting Professor: Emerson. 

Lecturers: Brannigan (p.t), Funt (p.t,), Ruth (p.t.), Shapiro (p.t.), 

Huh (p.t), Mihelcic (p.t.). 

Students may select one of four majors. Each offers diverse 
professional opportunities. Through supportive courses students 
add to their major studies a concentration of work in an allied area 
such as art, business, economics, family services, journalism, 
sciences, or speech and dramatic art. 

In the Textile Science major, emphasis is placed on the sien- 
tific and technological aspects of the field. Graduates will be 
qualified for employment in many facets of the textile industry in- 
cluding research and testing laboratories, consumer technical 
service and marketing programs, and in buying and product 
evaluation. 



There are three areas of concentration in the Textiles and Ap- 
parel major — Apparel Design, Fashion Merchandising, and Con- 
sumer Textiles, Graduates in the first two areas may work as ap- 
parel designers, fashion coordinators, consultants to the home 
sewing industry and retail store buyers. The Consumer Textiles 
area is designed to prepare students for careers in publicity, pro- 
motion, consumer information and extension. 

Graduates of the Textile Marketing major will be qualified for 
careers in business where they will function as communicators 
between the textile producer and consumer in merchandising and 
fashion promotion, in consumer education programs and in textile 
production, promotion and development. 

Graduates completing the major in Consumer Economics will 
be able to provide liaison between the consumer and producers 
and distributors of goods and services utilized directly by families 
and may work in consumer education programs, in marketing and 
consumer relation divisions in business and industry, or in 
government agencies providing consumer services. 

A department Honors Program permits outstanding 
undergraduates to explore in depth on an individual basis a pro- 
gram of work which will strengtfien their undergraduate program 
and their professional interests. Students selected for the pro- 
gram must have a "B" average or better to be considered. 
Students in the honors program participate in a junior honors 
seminar and present a senior thesis. 



Freshman Year (Common to all Majors) 

English Requirement 

MATH 1 10 or 115 

SOCY 100 

SPCH 100, 107or 125 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 

TEXT 105 — Textiles in Contemporary Living 

(CNEC 1 00 for CNEC majors) 
Physical Science (CHEM 103-104. PHYS 121-122, or 

CNEC/ECON courses for CNEC majors) 
PSYC 100 



Semester 
I II 

3 3 
3 
3 

3 
3 



3-4 
3 



15-16 15-16 
Textiles and Apparel 

Semester 

Sophomore Year I II 

General University Requirements 3 3 

Economics 201 and 203 3 3 
HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course (APDS 101) 3 

TEXT 221 & 222— Apparel I & II 3 3 

TEXT 150— Introduction to Textile Materials ... 3 

TEXT 250— Textile Materials: Evaluation and 

Characterization 3 

Elective 3 

15 15 

Junior Year 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 3 

TEXT 452 — Textile Science: Chemical Structure 
and Properties of Fibers or TEXT 355— 
Environmental Textiles 

General University Requirements 

BMGT 350— Marketing 

Depart. Elective 

Electives 



3 
12 
3 
6 
3 
30 



Senior Year 

TEXT 441— Clothing and Human Behavior 

or 
CNEC 437 — Consumer Behavior 
TEXT 465— Economics of the Textile and 
Apparel Industries 

or 
CNEC 435— Economics of Consumption 
General University Requirements 
Dept Elective . 
Electives 



Textile Marketing 

Sophomore Year 

General University Requirements 

Economics 201 and 203 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course (APDS 101) 

TEXT 221 and 222 or Department Electives 
TEXT 150— Introduction to Textile Materials . . 
TEXT 250— Textile Materials: Evaluation and 

Characterization 

Elective 

Junior Year 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 

TEXT 355— Environmental Textiles 

BMGT 230 

General University Requirements 

BSAD 350— Marketing 

BMGT Requirement* 

Electives 

Senior Year 

TEXT 441 Clothing and Human Behavior or 

CNEC 437 Consumer Behavior 

TEXT 452 Textile Science: Chemical Structure 
TEXT 465 Economics of the Textile and 

Apparel Industries 

General University Requirements 

BMGT Requirement* 

Electives ,. 

• Selected from BMGT 35 1 , 352, 353. 360, 450 and 452 

Textile Science 



Sophomore Year 

General University Requirements 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 

TEXT 150 Introduction to Textiles 

TEXT 250 Textile Materials: Evaluation and 

Characterization 

Chemistry 201, 202, 203, 204 or 21 1 , 21 2, 

213, 214 , 

Math 140. 141 or 110, 111 



3 
3 
3 

12 
3 
3 
3 

30 



3 
3 

12 
3 
4 

28 



Semester 



Junior Year 

Physics 141, 142 or 121, 122 

TEXT 452 Textile Science: Chemical Structure 

and Properties of Fibers 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 

Statistics 

Economics 201 and 203 

General University Requirements 



. . 5 5 
. C 4 3-4 
14-15 17-18 



3 
3 
3 
6 
9 
32 



Senior Year 

TEXT 454 Textile Science: Finishes or TEXT 456 
Textile Science: Chemistry and Physics of 
Fiberts and Polymers 

TEXT 465 Economics of the Textile and Apparel 
Industries or CNEC 435 Economics of 
Consumption 

General University Requirements 

Electives 

Consumer Economics 

Sophomore Year 

General University Requirements 

Economics 201 and 203 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course (FOOD 1 1 or 

NUTR 100) 



3 
15 

7 


28 


Semester 
1 II 
3 3 
3 3 



TEXT 150 Introduction to Textile Materials 3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course (HSAD 241) 3 

Math (1 1 1, 220, on 40) or Statistics 3-4 

Consumer Product information 3 

Math (221 or 141) or Elective 3-4 

15-16 15-15 

Junior Year 

CNEC 435 Economics of Consumption 3 

General University Requirements 12 

Consumer Product Infonnation 6 

Statistics 3 

Economics 401 and 403 6 

Senior Year 

CNEC 437 Consumer Behavior 3 

CNEC 431 The Consumer and the Law 3 

General University Requirements 12 

BMGT 350 Marketing 3 

Electives 9 

30 
Course Code Prefixes— TEXT, CNEC 



College of Library and 
Information Services 

The College of Library and Information Services is a graduate pro- 
gram which draws its students from many undergraduate 
disciplines. Although many of the College of Library and Informa- 
tion Services students have degrees in the social sciences and 
humanities, there is an increasing interest in people with diverse 
backgrounds — in the sciences, for example. The continued in- 
fluence of scientific advances, the variations in clientele and ser- 
vice patterns, and the constantly shifting character of the societal 
scene are among the factors which have significantly influenced 
and will doubtless influence all the more in the future the scope 
and character of library functions and responsibilities. The library 
and information professional in the 1970's must have competence 
in many disciplines if he or she is to serve well in the information 
centers, urban areas, public libraries, and school libraries. The 
College of Library and Information Services is a visionary school, 
attempting to produce people to fill contemporary needs. 

The library science education program at the undergraduate 
level fulfills the State of Maryland's requirements for the Educa- 
tional Media Associate Certificate, Level I. Its graduates are 
prepared to work in school media centers under the guidance of 
the Educational Media Generalist. Level II. which is normally 
achieved with completion of the master's library science degree. 
Fifteen hours of undergraduate library science courses are of- 
fered through the College of Library and Information Services. 

Because of the universal application of many principles of 
librarianship and media, students other than education students 
interested in library and media courses may register for the 
undergraduate library science courses without being enrolled in 
the certification program. 

While the undergraduate program in library science education 
fulfills a great need in training school library and media personnel 
and persons to fill special roles, the master's degree program in 
the College of Library and Information Services is the recognized 
avenue for preparing fully qualified professionals in the library 
field. 

For further information regarding the undergraduate library 
science education program, refer to the Index listing for "Depart- 
ments. Programs and Curricula, Library Science Education." 

College of Physical Education, 
Recreation and Healtfi 

The College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health pro- 
vides preparation leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in the 
following professional areas; physical education (three certifica- 
tion options), health education and recreation. The College also 
offers curricula in safety education, and kinesiological sciences. 
The College provides research laboratories for faculty members 
and graduate students who are interested in investigating various 
parameters of the fields of health, of physical education, and of 
recreation and leisure 



The service section of each department offers a wide variety of 
courses for all University students. These courses may be used to 
fulfill the General University Requirements, and as electives. 

In addition to its various on-campus offerings, this College 
regularly conducts courses in physical education, health educa- 
tion and recreation in various parts of the State of Maryland and 
conducts workshops wherever requested by proper officials. 

Programs combining research, service and instruction are pro- 
vided by the Children's Health and Development Clinic, the 
Adults' Health and Developmental Program, and the Sports 
Medicine and Physical Fitness Center. 

Indoor Facilities. Five separate buildings support the academic 
programs of the College plus the Intramural Sports Programs for 
men and women. 

New PERM Building. The second phase of a projected three 

phase, multimillion dollar facility has been completed on the 

North Campus near the Cambridge dorm complex. This building 

houses the administrative offices of the College and most of its 

faculty In addition to classrooms, facilities include: two gym- Academic 

nasia. three multipurpose rooms, a large gymnastic area, a lecture Divisions. 

hall, research laboratories, handball-racquetball-squash courts, a Colleges. 



weight lifting room, and supportive locker and shower rooms. 
Cole Student Activities Building. This building is the center for in- 
tercollegiate athletics and also serves as a teaching station for 
various physical education classes primarily those involving 
swimming and conditioning. The main arena of this building has 
19.796 square feet of floor space. The swimming pool is divided in- 
to two areas by a permanent bulkhead. The shallow end is 42 x 24 
feet and the large area is 42 x 75 feet with a depth ranging from 4 
to 13 feet. The College maintains locker and shower facilities and 
an equipment room in this building and also the Safety Education 
Program of the Health Education Department. 
Preinkert Field Mouse. There is an additional 75 x 35 feet swim- 
ming pool in Preinkert to serve physical education classes and 
recreational swimming. Supporting locker and shower facilities 
are available, 

Reckord Armory. The Armory is used primarily for the intramural 
program. It houses the offices of the director of intramurals and 
an athletic equipment room from which students may secure 
equipment for recreational purposes. The 28.880 sq. ft. of floor 
space has four basketball courts, with badminton, volleyball, and 
tennis courts superimposed on them. This facility is also used as 
an indoor track, with indoor vaulting, high and broad jump pits, a 
one-tenth mile track, and a 70 yard straightaway. 
Ritchie Coliseum. The Coliseum is used as a supplementary facili- 
ty for intramurals and physical education classes. The 6.555 
square feet of floor space is used primarily for co-educational 
classes in square and social dance and as an intramural basket- 
ball court 

Outdoor Facilities. The Stadium. The stadium, with a seating 
capacity of 33.536 has a one-quarter mile tartan track with a 
220-yard straightaway. Pits are available for pole vaulting and high 
and broad jumping. West of the stadium are facilities for the shot 
put. discus and javelin throw. The College of Physical Education. 
Recreation and Health uses these facilities for classes in track 
and field. Also east of the stadium are three practice football 
fields, the baseball stadium, and a practice baseball, lacrosse, and 
soccer field. The College uses some of these facilities for major 
skill classes in football, soccer, and baseball. West of the stadium 
are four combination soccer-touch football play fields, complete 
with goal posts, and four Softball fields with wire backstops for 
physical education classes and recreational use. 

Surrounding the Armory are four touch football fields and eight 
Softball fields, encompassing 18.4 acres. These fields, and the 
four in the Fraternity Row are used for intramurals. 

Immediately west of the Cole Activities Building are 14 all- 
weather tennis courts. A modern 18-hole golf course was opened 
in 1957. This 204 acre course includes two lakes, and an additional 
5.8-acre golf driving range for instructional purposes. The golf 
driving range, equipped with lights, and the golf course greatly 
add to present recreational facilities. 

The outdoor facilities of the new PERH Building include sixteen 
lighted tennis courts and an outdoor playing field 300 feet by 600 
feet for touch football, soccer, and lacrosse. 

The outdoor facilities adjacent to the Preinkert Field House in- 
clude six hard-surfaced tennis courts, and a combination hockey 
and lacrosse field. 



Schools. & 
Departments 



General Information — Entrance Requirements. All students 
desiring to enroll in the College of Physical Education, Recreation 
and Health must apply to the Director of Admissions of the Univer- 
sity of Maryland at College Park. 

Sixteen units of high school credits are required for admittance 
to this College. Recommended courses are: four units of English, 
one unit of social science, one unit of natural science, two units in 
mathematics, and one unit of physical sciences. 
Guidance. At the time of matriculation and first registration, each 
student is assigned to a member of the faculty of the College who 
acts as the student's academic advisor. This faculty member will 
be in physical education, recreation or health education, depend- 
ing on the student's choice of curriculum. The student should 
confer regularly with his advisor prior to each registration. 
Normal Load. The normal University load for students is 12-18 
credit hours per semester. No student may register for more than 
19 hours unless he or she has a B average for the preceding 
semester and approval of the dean of the College. 

Electives. Electives should be planned carefully, and well in ad- 
vance, preferably with the student's academic advisor. It is impor- 
tant to begin certain sequences as soon as possible to prevent 
later conflict. Electives may be selected from any department of 
the University in accordance with a student's professional needs. 
Freshman and Sophomore Program. The work of the first two 
years in this College is designed to accomplish the following pur- 
pose: (1) provide a general basic or core education and prepare for 
later specialization by giving a foundation in certain basic 
sciences; (2) develop competency in those basic techniques 
necessary for successful participation in the professional 
courses of the last two years. 

The techniques courses will vary considerably in the different 
curriculums and must be satisfactorily completed, or competen- 
cies demonstrated before the student can be accepted for the ad- 
vanced courses in methods and in student teaching. It is very im- 
portant that each requirement be met as it occurs. 
Student Teaching. Opportunity is provided for student teaching 
experience in physical education and health education. The stu- 
dent devotes one semester m the senior year to observation, par- 
ticipation, and teaching under a qualified supervising teacher in 
an approved Teacher Education Center. A University supervisor 
from the College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health 
visits the student periodically and confers with the student 
teacher, the cooperating teacher, and the center coordinator, giv- 
ing assistance when needed. 

To be eligible for student teaching, the student must: (1) have 
the recommendation of the University supervismg teacher, and (2) 
must have fulfilled all required courses tor the B.S. degree except 
those in the Block Student Teaching Semester, excluding those 
exceptions approved by each department. The student must ob- 
tain a grade of C or better in all professional courses in his or her 
curriculum and must register for all courses in the "Block" con- 
currently. 

Field Work. Recreation major students are expected to carry out a 
number of field experiences during their University career: 
volunteer or part-time recreation employment during the school 
year, summer employment in camps or at playgrounds, etc. These 
experiences culminate in a senior semester of field work for which 
a student receives credit and during which the student works as a 
staff member (for 20 hours per week) in the field of recreation m 
which he or she hopes to be employed, such as public recreation, 
recreation for the exceptional, agencies (Y's, scouts, etc.), military 
recreation, etc. 

Degrees. The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred upon 
students who have met the conditions of their curricula as herein 
prescribed by the College of Physical Education, Recreation and 
Health. 

Each candidate for a degree must file a formal application with 
the Registrations Office during the registration period, or not later 
than the end of the third week of classes of the regular semester, 
or at the end of the second week of the summer session, prior to 
the date of graduation. 

Certification. The Maryland State Department of Education cer- 
tifies for teaching only when an applicant has a tentative appoint- 
ment to teach in a Maryland county school. No certificate may be 
secured by application of the student on graduation. Course con- 
tent requirements for certification are indicated with each cur- 



riculum. A student intending to qualify as a teacher in Baltimore, 
Washington, D.C. or other specific situations should secure a state- 
ment of certification requirements before starting work in the 
junior year and discuss them with his or her academic advisor. 
Student Organizations and Activities 

Majors' Club. All students enrolled in the College are eligible for 
membership in this organization. It conducts various professional 
meetings, brings in speakers and promotes various corecreational 
activities. It has sponsored trips to district and national conven- 
tions of the American Association for Health, Physical Education 
and Recreation, and is chartered as a student major club of that 
organization. 

Aqualiners. This synchronized swimming club is open to all 
men and women registered in the University. Through weekly 
meetings the group concentrates on additional stroke perfection, 
individual and group stunts, diving, and experimentation with 
various types of accompaniment and choreographic techniques. 
An original water show is presented each spring and several 
demonstrations are given each year. Tryouts are held twice a year 
— once at the beginning of the fall semester, and again after the 
water show during the spring semester. 

University of fvlaryland Recreation and Parks Society. In the fall 
of 1959 the University of Maryland Recreation and Parks Society 
was formed by the undergraduate and graduate major and minor 
students of the College. The society, an affiliate of the State and 
national recreation organizations, provides opportunities for 
University and community service, for rich practical experience, 
and for social experiences for those students having a mutual pro- 
fessional recreation interest. 

Gymkana Troupe. The Gymkana Troupe includes men and 
women students from all Colleges who wish to express 
themselves through the medium of gymnastics. These individuals 
coordinate their talents in order to produce an exhibitional perfor- 
mance that has been seen in many places including Bermuda, 
Iceland, the Azores, Idaho, Montana, and the eastern seaboard of 
the United States. The organization has three principal objectives: 
(1) to provide healthful, co-recreational activities that provide fun 
for the students during their leisure hours; (2) to promote gym- 
nastics in this locality; and (3) to entertain our students and peo- 
ple in other communities. 

This organization is co-sponsored by the Physical Education 
Department and the Student Government Association, and it 
welcomes any student, regardless of the amount of experience, to 
join. 

Campus Sports and Recreation. The Intramural Sports Depart- 
ment offers organized competition in 20 sports activities: touch 
football, soccer, golf, horseshoes, tennis, cross country and hand- 
ball in the fall; basketball, bowling, weight-lifting, swimming, 
wrestling and chess during the winter; and badminton, table ten- 
nis, volleyball, foul shooting, racquetball, Softball and outdoor 
track in the spring. 

In these sports, competition is conducted as single elimination, 
best performance, or round robin tournaments for five separate 
classifications — open (commuters, etc.), dormitory residents, 
fraternity members/pledges, graduate students and faculty/staff 
members. The Intramural Sports Director meets regularly with an 
Advisory Council composed of a representative from each of 
these categories. 

Indoor facilities such as Reckord Armory and Ritchie Coliseum 
are also made available in the evenings and on the weekends for 
recreational use. 

Many good paying employment opportunities exist in the pro- 
gram as positions such as referees, tournament directors, field 
liners, publicists and photographers are always available. 

Call 454-5454, a 24-hour recording, for information concerning 
tournament entry dates, game results, hours for recreational 
facilities, inclement weather postponements or last minute 
changes. 

The Intramural Sports Office is located in No. 1104 Record Ar- 
mory. Pick up your copy of the Intramural Sports Handbook. 

Women's Recreation Association. All undergraduate women 
students of the University are automatically members of the 
Women's Recreation Association. Under the leadership of its stu- 
dent officers, and representatives and sports managers, the WRA 
sponsors a program of intramural, extramural and interest group 
activities. Included are free and tournament play in tennis, bad- 
minton, basketball, bowling, fencing, field hockey, golf, Softball, 
swimming, table tennis, and volleyball. Co-recreational activities 



include bowling, badminton and volleyball. Intramural tour- 
naments are organized througfi the dormitory, sorority, and day 
commuter groups of the University. Opportunities are also pro- 
vided tor officiating experience. 

Various special groups and clubs interested in recreation exist 
on campus outside the Women's Recreation Association pro- 
gram. Some of these are the Terrapin Trail Club, Chess Club, Sail- 
ing Club, Ski Club, and musical and dramatic groups. 

Unstructured Recreational Activities. Free play activities such 
as tennis, swimming, handball, racquetball. and basketball have 
become very popular with students, faculty and staff on the Col- 
lege Park Campus. The College of Physical Education. Recreation 
and Health encourages these activities by scheduling as many of 
Its facilities available as possible for students who wish to par- 
ticipate on an informal basis. 

Phi Alpha Epsilon. Honorary Society of the College of Physical 
Education. Recreation and Health. 

The purpose of this organization is to recognize academic 
achievement and to promote professional growth by sponsoring 
activities in the fields of physical education, recreation, health 
and related areas. 

Students shall qualify for membership at such times as they 
shall have attained junior standing in physical education, health 
or recreation, and have a minimum overall average of 2.7 and a 
minimum professional average of 3.1. Graduate students are in- 
vited to |oin after 10 hours of work with a 3.3 average. The 
organization is open to both men and women. 

Sigma Tau Bpsilon. This society, founded in 1940, selects those 
women who have attained an overall 2.5 average and 
demonstrated outstanding leadership, service and sportsmanlike 
qualities in the organization and activities of the Women's Recre- 
ation Association and its affiliated gioups. 

Eta Sigma Gamma. Epsilon chapter was established at the 
University of Maryland in May of 1969, This professional honorary 
organization for health educators was established to promote 
scholarship and community service for health majors at both the 
graduate and undergraduate levels. Students may apply after two 
consecu'ive semesters with a 2.75 cumulative average. 



College of Physical Education, 
Recreation & Health Departments, 
Programs and Curricula 
Health Education 

Professor and Chairman: Burt. 

Professors: Johnson, Levilon. 

Associate Professors: Clearwater, DA. Girdano, D.E. Girdano, 

Miller, Tifft. 

Assistant Professors: Althoff, Decker, Stone, Yarian. 

Instructors: Dotson, McCormack, McLaughlin, Pote, Sands. 

The curriculum is designed to prepare the student to give 
leadership in the development of both school and community 
health. Graduates of the departmental program have placement 
opportunities as health educators in the public schools, com- 
munity colleges, as well as in the public voluntary health agen- 
cies. 

Health Curriculum 

Freshman 'Vear Semester 



ENGL-General University Requirement 

HLTH 130— Introduction to Health 

HLTH 140— Personal and Community Health . 

CHEM 103, 104— College Chemistry 1& II 

ZOOL 101 —General Zoology 

General University Requirements 

Total 

Sophomore 'y'ear 

HLTH 106— Drug Use and Abuse 

HLTH 105— First Aid and Emergency 

Medical Services 

HLTH 270— Safety Education 

NUTR 200— Nutrition for Health Services 



Semester 
I II 

3 

2 
3 

3 



ZOOL 201, 202— Human Anatomy and 

Physiology I and II 4 4 

General University Requirements 6 6 

Elective 3 

Total 16 18 

Junior ITear Semester 

I II 

ENGL-General University Requirement 2 

HLTH 310— Introduction to the School 

Health Program 2 

HLTH 450— Health Problems of Children 

and Youth 3 

HLTH 477— Fundamentals of Sex 

Education 3 

HLTH 489— Community Health 3 

EDHD 300S— Human Development and 

Learning 6 

EDSF 301 -Foundations of Education 3 ^'^^°^"^'^ 

EDMS 410-Principles of Testing and College^' 

Evaluation 3 Schools '& 

MICB 200— General Microbiology 4 Departments 

Mice 420— Epidemiology and Public 

Health 2 113 

Total 16 16 

Senior Year Semester 

I II 

HLTH 340— Curriculum. Instruction 

and Observation 3 

HLTH 390— Organization and Administration 

of School Health Programs ... 3 

HLTH 420— Methods and Materials in 

Health Education 3 

HLTH 489— Field Laboratory Project 

and Workshop 6 

EDSE 330— Pnnciples and Methods of 

Secondary Education 3 

EDSE 367— Student Teaching in 

Secondary Schools— Health . . 8 

Electives 6 

Total 15 17 

Degree Requirements in Health Education: Requirements for the 
Bachelor of Science degree in health education are as follows: 

Semester 
Credits 
Foundation Science Courses (ZOOL 101. 201.202; 

CHEM 103, 104; MICB 200, 420; NUTR 200) . . 29 

Professional Health Education Courses (HLTH 
106, 130, 140, 150, 270, 310, 340, 390, 420, 450, 

477, 489) 40 

Education Courses (EDHD 300S, EDSF 301, 

EDMS 410, EDSE 330, EDSE 367) 23 

General University Requirements 30 

Electives 9 

Total 131 

Minor in Health Education — 24 Hour Minor. Twelve semester 
hours in health education (HLTH 140, 150. 310, 420, 450). 

Twelve semester hours in related areas; Six semester hours of 
biological science; six semester hours of psychology or human 
development. 

Minor in Safety Education. Students wishing to obtain a minor in 
safety education and become certified to teach safety and driver 
education in junior and senior high school should take the follow- 
ing courses; HLTH 150 (2), HLTH 260 (2), HLTH 270 (3), HLTH 280 
(3), HLTH 305 (3), HLTH 345 (3), ENFP 280 (3), and ENFP 290 (2). In 
addition, six hours of psychology (other than the general educa- 
tion requirements) are required. 

Course Code Prelix-HLTH 

Physical Education 

Chairman and Professor: Husman. 

Professors: Clarke, Eyier, Humphrey, Husman, Ingram, Kelley. 



Kramer, Steel. 

Associate Professors: K. Church, Dotson, Hult, Santa Maria. 

Assistant Professors: Arrighi, Craft, Dainis, Freundschu, Jackson, 

Kessler, Krouse, Morris, Schmidt, R. Tyler, Vaccaro, Vander- 

Velden, Wrenn. 

Adjunct Assistant Professor: Mirkin 

Instructors: Balog, Bartley, Bretting, Drum, Griffiths, Kaylor, 

Kisabeth, McHugh, Struna, Tobin, S. Tyler. 

Lecturers: Fellows. Fry, Hoffman, Murray, Parks, Redding. 

This curriculum, including three certification options prepares 
students (1) for teaching physical education in the secondary 
school. (2) for coaching, and (3) for leadership in youth and adult 
groups which offer a program of physical activity. The first two 
years of this curriculum are considered to be an orientation period 
in which the student has an opportunity to gain an adequate 
background in general education as well as in those scientific 
areas closely related to this field of specialization. In addition, em- 
phasis is placed upon the development of skills in a wide range of 
motor activities. Further, students are encouraged to select 
related areas, especially in the fields of biology, social sciences, 
psychology, health education, and recreation as fields of second- 
ary interest. These materially increase the vocational oppor- 
tunities which are available to a graduate in physical education. 

Equipment: Students may be required to provide individual 
equipment for certain courses. 

Uniforms: Suitable uniforms, as prescribed by the College, are 
required for the activity classes and for student teaching. These 
uniforms should be worn only during professional activities. 



Departmental Requirements: All Certification Options 

Semester 
Credit 
Hours 

General University Requirements 30 

HLTH 150— First Aid and Safety 2 

RHYS 101 orl 11 or 

CHEM 102 or 103 or 105 3-4 

PHED 180— Introduction to Physical 

Education and Health 2 

PHED 181— Fundamentals of Movement 2 

ZOOL 201. 202 — Human Anatomy 

and Physiology 8 

EDHD 300— Human Development and Learning 6 

EDSF 301 —Foundations of Education 3 

PHED 333— Adapted Physical Education 2 

PHED 400— Kinesiology 4 

PHED 480— Measurement in Physical 

Education and Health. 3 

PHED • Skills Laboratories 22 

• Student shou Id discuss this requirement with departmental advisor 



7-12 Certification Option 

Semester 
Credit 
Hours 

SPCH 1 07— Public Speaking 3 

PHED 282— Techniques of Officiating 1 

PHED 314— Methods in Physical Education 

for Secondary Schools 3 

Theory of Coaching Elective 

(PHED 323, 324, 325 or 326) 2 

EDSE 330— Principles and Methods 

of Secondary Education 3 

PHED 381— Advanced Training 

and Conditioning 3 

EDSE 374— Student Teaching in 

Secondary Schools 8 

PHED 460— Theory of Exercise 3 

PHED 485— Motor Learning and 

Skilled Performance . 3 

PHED 490— Organization and Administration 

of Physical Education 3 

PHED 493— History and Philosophy of Sport 

and Physical Education 3 

Electives 7-8 



K-1 2 Certification Option 

SPCH 107— Public Speaking 

PHED 314— Methods in Physical Education 

for Secondary Schools 
Theory of Coaching Elective 

(PHED323, 324,325.or326| 
EDSE 330— Principles and Methods 
of Secondary Education 
336— Student Teaching in 

Elementary Schools 

374— Student Teaching in 

Secondary Schools 
420— Physical Education for 

the Elementary Schools 
460— Theory of Exercise 
490— Organization and Administration 

of Physical Education 
491 —The Curriculum in Elementary 
School Physical Education 



EDEL 



EDSE 



PHED 



PHED 
PHED 



PHED 



PHED 495— Organization and Administration 
of Elementary School 
Physical Education 

PHED 493— History and Philosophy of Sport 
and Physical Education 



K-6 Certification Option 



EDEL 336— Student Teaching in 

Elementary Physical Education 
EDHD 4 1 1 —Child Growth 

and Development 

PHED 420— Physical Education for 

the Elementary School 

PHED 491 —The Curnculum in Elementary 

School Physical Education 
or 
PHED 495 — Organization and Administration of 

Elementary School 

Physical Education 
PHED Electives (9 hours total), PHED 450, 

PHED 460, PHED 485. PHED 491 . 

PHED 493. or PHED 495 



Semester 
Credit 
Hours 



KInesiological Sciences. A new degree curriculum is available for 
interested students from the Department of Physical Education. It 
IS designed for those students who are vitally interested in the 
fascinating realm of sport and the human activity sciences, but 
not necessarily interested in preparing for teaching in the public 
schools. The body of knowledge explored by this curriculum may 
be described briefly as follows: 

The history of sport, both ancient and contemporary, Its philo- 
sophical foundations and the study of social factors as they 
relate to human behavior. 

Biomechanics, exercise physiology, the theoretical bases and 
effects of physical activity, neuromotor learning and the 
psychological factors inherent in physical performance. 
The quantification and description of performance and the 
relation of these factors to human development. 
The program makes possible the broad use of elective credit so 
that various student interests may be combined on an inter- 
disciplinary basis. With such possibilities available, graduates 
could reasonably set their sights on occupations in the 
paramedical fields, such as stress testing and human factors, 
athletic involvements such as trainers, scouts, sports publicists, 
or advance to further study in the therapies, as well as graduate 
work in physical education and allied fields. 



Kinesiological Sciences Curriculum 

Credit 

Freshman Year Hours 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4 

MATH 001 —Review of High School Algebra 

if required 

MATH 1 05— Fundamentals of Mathematics 
or 

MATH 1 10— Introduction to Mathematics 3 

PSYC 100— Introduction to Pschology 3 

PHED 180— Introduction Physical Education 2 

HLTH 140— Personal and 

Community Health 3 

Activity Courses* 2,2 

General University Requirements 9 

Electives 3 

Total . 35 

■Activity courses in Ifie Frestiman Year are limited lo 200 level courses 

Sophomore Year 

ZOOL 201.202— Human Anatomy 

and Physiology 4,4 

PHED 287— Sport and American Society 3 

Activity Courses* 2.2 

General University Requirements 12 

Electives 6 

Total 33 

Junior Year 

PHED 400— Kinesiology 4 

PHED 480— Measurement in 

Physical Education 3 

PHED 455— Physical Fitness 

of the Individual 3 

General University Requirements 6 

Restricted Electives* * 12-14 

Electives 3 

Total 31-33 

Senior Year 

PHED 450— Psychology of Sport 3 

PHED 460— Physiology of Exercise 3 

PHED 485— Motor Learning 

and Skilled Performance 3 

PHED 493— History and Philosophy of Sport 

and Physical Education 3 

PHED 496— Quantitative Methods 3 

PHED 497— Independent Studies Seminar 3 

General University Requirements .. 3 

Electives 7-9 

Total 28-30 



Minimum hours required for graduation 



123 



•Activity Courses in the Sophomore Year may be cfiosen from 200 and 
300 level courses 
**See departmental advisor for information regarding available options for 
for restricted electives 

The Honors Program in Physical Education. The aim of the Honors 
Progrann is to encourage superior students by providing an en- 
riched program of studies which will fulfill their advanced in- 
terests and needs. Qualified students are given the opportunity to 
undertal<e intensive and often independent studies wherein in- 
itiative, responsibility and intellectual discipline are fostered. To 
qualify for admission to the program: 

1. A freshman must have a "B" average in academic (college prep) 
curiculum of an accredited high school, 

2. A sophomore must have an accumulative GPA of 3.00 in all col- 
lege courses of official registration. 

3. All applicants must have three formal recommendations con- 
cerning their potential, character, and other related matters. 

4. All applicants must be accepted by the Faculty Honors Com- 
mittee. 

In completing the program, all honor students must: 
1. Participate in an honors seminar where theses and other rel- 
evant research topics are studied. 



2. Pass a comprehensive oral examination covering subject mat- 
ter background. 
3 Successfully prepare and defend the honors thesis. 

On the basis of the student's performance in the above pro- 
gram, the college may vote to recommend graduation without 
honors, with honors, or with high honors. 

Recreation 

Professor and Chairman: Humphrey. 

Associate Professors: Churchill, Kuss, Strobell, Verhoven. 

Assistant Professors: Anderson. Colton, Leedy, Thompson. 

Lecturer: Lutzin. 

Instructors: Allen, Calloway, Stewart, Ward. 

Research Assistant: Kelley. 

Increased amounts of leisure, rapid developments in 
technology, and the imperative need for guidance in the wise use 
of leisure time and discretionary income have made society cogni- 
zant of the need for trained leisure services personnel. 

This curriculum, therefore, is designed to meet the needs of 
students who wish to qualify for positions in the fields of recre- 
ation and leisure services, and the needs of those students who 
desire a background which will enable them to render distinct 
contributions to community life. The department draws upon 
various other departments and colleges within the University for 
courses to balance and enrich its offerings for its recreation cur- 
riculum. 

Those majoring in recreation have opportunity for observation 
and practical experience in local, county, state and federal public 
recreation programs, in social and group work agency programs, 
and in the various programs of the Armed Forces, American Red 
Cross, local hospitals and commercial recreation establishments. 
Major students are encouraged to select an "option" area of in- 
terest around which to center their elective courses. These option 
areas include Administration, Outdoor Recreation, Program Plan- 
ning, Resource Planning and Management, and Therapeutic 
Recreation. 

An active student University of Maryland Recreation and Parks 
Society, an affiliate of the comparable state and national organiza- 
tions, exercises degrees of leadership in selecting the annual 
"outstanding senior" and "outstanding alumnus ' awards, in the 
granting of the various city, county and state society recreation 
scholarships, and in the programming of the annual state and na- 
tional conferences on recreation. The society also provides oppor- 
tunities for University and community service, for rich practical ex- 
perience, and for social fellowship "or those students having 
mutual professional interests. Many outstanding practi- 
tioners/educators reside in the metropolitan Washington, DC, 
area. It is the practice of the department to enrich its course offer- 
ings through the use of these individuals as extensively as possi- 
ble. 

Recreation Curriculum 

Freshman Year 



APDS 101 — Fundamentals of Design 

(or) 
ARTE 100— Fundamentals of Art Education . . 

HLTH 150— First Aid 

HLTH 140— Personal and Community Health . 

PHED 182 — Rhythmic Activities 

RECR 130— History and Introduction to 

Recreation 

PHED Elective Skills Laboratory 

SPCH 100— Basic Principles of Speech 

Communication 

GVPT 170— American Government 

General University Requirements 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

RECR 150— Camp Counseling (if no 

experience) 

RECR 220— Methods and Materials in 

Recreation 

RECR 221 — Nature Lore 



Semester 


1 


II 




3 




(3) 




2 


3 






2 


3 






2 or 2 




3 




3 


7 


3 


16 


18 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges, 
Schools, & 
Departments 

115 



CRAF 102 or EDIN 106— Recreational Crafts or 

Industrial Arts in the 

Elementary School 2 

SPCH 220— Group Discussion 3 

MUSC 155— Fundamentals for the Classroom 

Teacher 3 

Option Requirements 3 

General University Requirements 6 6 

Electives 3 3 

Total 17 19 

Junior Year 

PHED —Elective Skills Laboratory 2 or 2 

RECR 420— Program Planning and Analysis , 3 

RECR 460— Leadership Techniques and 

Practices 3 

RECR 495— Planning, Design, and 

Maintenance of Park and 

Recreation Areas and Facilities 3 

RECR 450— Camp Management (if previous 

experience 3 

PHED 420— Physical Education for the 

Elementary School (for 

substitute) 3 

EDHD 306— Study of Human Behavior (or 

substitute) 3 

Option Requirements 3 3 

General University Requirements 6 

Total 15-17 15-17 

Senior Year 

RECR 490— Organization and Administration 

of Recreation 3 

RECR 349— Observation and Field Work in 

Recreation 8 

SOCY 330— Community Organization (or 

substitute) 3 

DART 311 or 440— Play Production or 

Children's Dramatics 3 

Option Requirements 3 

Electives 8 3 

Total 17 14 

Total 130 



Division of Mathematical 
and Physical Sciences 
and Engineering 

The Division of Mathematical and Physical Sciences and 
Engineering is like a technical institute within a large university 
Students majoring in any one of the disciplines encompassed by 
the Division have the opportunity of obtaining an outstanding 
education in their field. The Division caters both to students who 
continue as professionals in their area of specialization, either im- 
mediately upon graduation or after post graduate studies, and to 
those who use their college education as preparatory to careers or 
studies in other areas. The narrow specialist as well as the broad 
"Renaissance person" can be accommodated. 

Below are outlined the requirements for each major offered 
within the Division. Some of the University requirements and 
regulations are reiterated. 

The search for new knowledge is one of the most challenging 
activities of mankind. The university is one of the key institutions 
in society where fundamental research is emphasized. The Divi- 
sion of Mathematical and Physical Sciences and Engineering con- 
tributes very substantially and effectively to the research ac- 
tivities of the University. 

Many research programs include undergraduates either as paid 
student helpers or in forms of research participation. Students in 
departmental honors programs are particularly given the oppor- 
tunity to become involved in research. Other students too may 
undertake research under the guidance of a faculty member. 

A major portion of the teaching program of the Division is 
devoted to serving students majoring in disciplines not encom- 
passed by the Division. Some of this teaching effort is in providing 
the skills needed in support of such majors or programs. Other 



courses are designed as enrichment for non-science students, 
giving them the opportunity to explore the reality of science 
without the technicalities required of the major. 
Structure of the Division. The College of Engineering is a major 
constituent of the MPSE Division, and is headed by its own Dean. 
All other departments and programs in the Division report directly 
to the Provost of the Division. 

The following departments and programs comprise the Division 
of MPSE. 

Department of Computer Science 
Department of Mathematics 
Department of Physics and Astronomy 
Institute for Physical Science and Technology 
Applied Mathematics Program 
Astronomy Program 
Chemical Physics Program 
Meteorology Program 
Physical Sciences Program 

Within the College of Engineering: 
Department of Aerospace Engineering 
Department of Chemical and Nuclear Engineering 
Department of Civil Engineering 
Department of Electrical Engineering 
Department of Fire Protection Engineering 
Department of Mechanical Engineering 
Engineering Materials Program 
Engineering Sciences Program 
Wind Tunnel Operations Department 
Cooperative Engineering Education Program 
Agricultural Engineering Program 

Degree Programs. The following Bachelor of Science Degree pro- 
grams are offered Dy the departments and programs of the Divi- 
sion; 

Astronomy, Computer Science, Mathematics, Physics, Physical 
Sciences. Aerospace Engineering, Agricultural Engineering, 
Chemical Engineering, Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering, 
Engineering (Applied Science Option or Engineering Option), 
Engineering Technology (Mechanical). Fire Protection Engineer- 
ing, Fire Science-Urban Studies, Mechanical Engineering, and 
Nuclear Engineering. 

General Information 

The MPSE Undergraduate Office, Y-1110 (454-4596) is the cen- 
tral office for coordinating the advising, processing and updating 
of student records for students not in the College of Engineering. 
Inquiries concerning University regulations, transfer credits and 
other general information should be addressed to this office. 
Specific departmental information is best obtained directly from 
the departments. 

The records of students in the College of Engineering are pro- 
cessed and kept in the Engineering Student Affairs Office, J-1107 
(454-2421). Inquiries concerning Engineering curricula should be 
addressed there. 

The Division is strongly committed to making studies in the 
sciences and engineering available to all regardless of their 
background. In particular, the Division is actively pursuing an affir- 
mative action program to rectify the present under-representation 
of women and minorities in these fields. There are in fact many 
career opportunities for women and members of minorities in the 
fields represented by the Division. 
Degree Requirements. 

A A minimum of 120 semester hours with at least a C average are 
required for all Bachelor of Science degrees from the Division. 
All B.S. degrees conferred by the College of Engineering re- 
quire more than 120 credits; the exact number varies with the 
department. 

B. 30 credits are specified under the General University Require- 
ments. 

C. Major and supporting course work is specified under each de- 
partment or program. 

D. The final 30 semester hours must be completed at the College 
Park Campus. Occasionally this requirement may be waived by 
the Provost or Dean for up to six of these 30 credits to be taken 
at another institution. Such a waiver is granted only if the stu- 
dent already has 30 credits in residence. 

E. Students must be enrolled in the program in which they plan to 
graduate by the time they register for the last 15 hours. 



College of Engineering 

The College of Engineering offers four-year programs leading 
eitfier to tfie degree of Bacfielor of Science witfi curriculum 
designation in Aerospace Engineering, Agricultural Engineering, 
Chemical Engineering, Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering, 
Fire Protection Engineering, IVIechanical Engineering, Nuclear 
Engineering, or to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Engineer- 
ing with an Engineering option or an Applied Science option, or to 
the degree of Bachelor of Science in Engineering Technology 
(Mechanical Engineering Option) or to the degree of Bachelor of 
Science in Urban Studies (Fire Science Option). In addition, each 
of the foregoing degree programs may be pursued through the 
five-year fvlaryland Plan for Cooperative Engineering Education. 
The engineering programs integrate these elements: (1) basic 
sciences, including mathematics, physics, chemistry; (2) 
engineering sciences including mechanics of solids and fluids, 
engineering materials, fhermo-dynamics, electricity, and 
magnetism; (3) professional studies in major fields of engineering 
specialization; and (4) general studies including liberal arts and 
social studies as part of the General University Requirements. 

Each program lays a broad base for continued learning after col- 
lege in professional practice, in business or industry, in public 
service, or in graduate study and research. 

Increasingly, the boundary between engineers and applied 
scientists or applied mathematicians becomes less distinct. The 
various disciplines of engineering similarly interact with each 
other, as technical problems become more sophisticated, and re- 
quire a combined attack from several disciplines. The engineer oc- 
cupies an intermediate position between science and the public, 
because, in addition to the understanding of scientific principles, 
the engineer is concerned with the timing, economics and values 
that define the useful application of those principles. 
College Regulations. The responsibility for proper registration 
and for satisfying stated prerequisites for any course rests with 
the student — as does the responsibility for proper achievement 
in courses in which the student is enrolled. Each student should 
be familiar with the provisions of this catalog, including the 
Academic Regulations, contained in Section 1. 

1. General Information, and other pertinent regulations. 

2. Required courses in mathematics, physics and chemistry 
have highest priority; and it is strongly recommended that every 
engineering student register for mathematics and chemistry — or 
mathematics and physics — each semester until the student has 
fully satisfied requirements of the College of Engineering in these 
subjects. 

3. To be eligible for a bachelor's degree in the College of 
Engineering, a student must have an average of at least C — 2.0 — 
(a) in all subjects applicable to the degree, and (b) in all junior- 
senior courses in the major field. Responsibility for knowing and 
meeting all degree requirements for graduation in any curriculum 
rests with the student. 

4. A student in the College of Engineering may audit a course 
only with the understanding that the course may not be taken for 
credit subsequent to the registration as audit. The student must 
also have the consent of the department offering the course. 
Forms requesting permission to audit courses are available in the 
Engineering Student Affairs Office, J-1107. 

5. The College of Engineering requires that a minimum of eight- 
een (18) semester credit hours out of the 30 hour General Univer- 
sity Requirements be taken in the general area of humanities and 
social sciences (H&SS). The program selected should be planned 
to reflect a rationale or to fulfill an objective appropriate to the 
engineering profession and to increase the engineer's awareness 
of social responsibilities and improve the ability to consider 
related factors in the decision-making process. Skill, or profes- 
sionally oriented courses treating such subjects as accounting, 
industrial management, finance, personnel administration, the 
performing arts, certain education courses, and introductory 
foreign languages normally do not fulfill this objective and may 
not be included in the eighteen (18) semester hour requirement of 
the College. Engineering students may obtain in the Engineering 
Student Affairs Office (J-1107) a list of many courses which 
satisfy this requirement. 

High School Preparation. Preparation for pursuing an engineering 
degree curriculum begins in the freshman or sophomore year of 
high school. The time required to complete the various degree 
programs may be extended beyond the four years cited in this 



catalog to the extent that an incoming student may be deficient in 
his or her high school preparation. Pre-engineering students nor- 
mally enroll in an academic program in high school The course of 
study should include 3y2-4 years of college preparatory 
mathematics (including algebra, trigonometry, plane and solid 
geometry plus calculus or pre-calculus advanced mathematics). In 
addition, students should complete one year each of physics and 
chemistry. 

Structure of Engineering Curricula. Courses in the normal cur- 
riculum or program and prescribed credit hours leading to the 
degree of Bachelor of Science (with curriculum designation) are 
outlined in the sections pertaining to each department in the Col- 
lege of Engineering. No student may modify the prescribed 
number of hours without special permission from the dean of the 
college. The courses in each curriculum may be classified in the 
following categories: 

1. Courses in the General University Requirements— An engi- 
neering student must include eighteen credits of humanities and 
social sciences in the program of general studies. 

2. Courses in the physical sciences — mathematics, chemistry, 
physics. 

3 Collateral engineering courses — engineering sciences, and 
other courses approved for one curriculum but offered by another 
department. 

4. Courses in the major department. A student must obtain writ- 
ten approval for any substitution of courses from the department 
chairman and the dean of the college. 

The courses in each engineering curriculum, as classified 
above, form a sequential and developmental pattern in subject 
matter. In this respect, curricula in engineering may differ from 
curricula in other colleges. Some regulations which are generally 
applicable to all students (see the Academic Regulations) may 
need clarification for purposes of orderly administration among 
engineering students. (Vioreover, the College of Engineering 
establishes policies which supplement the University regulations 
Basic Format of the Freshman-Sophomore Years in Engineering. 
The freshman and sophomore years in engineering are designed 
to lay a strong foundation in mathematics, physical sciences and 
the engineering sciences upon which the student will later 
develop a professional program during the upper division (junior 
and senior) years. The College course requirements for the 
freshman year are the same for all students, regardless of their in- 
tended academic program, and about 75% of the sophomore year 
course requirements are common, thus affording the student a 
maximum flexibility in choosing a specific area of engineering 
specialization. Although the engineering student selects a major 
field at the start of the sophomore year, this intramural program 
commonality affords the student the maximum flexibility of 
choice or interdepartmental transfer up to the end of the 
sophomore year. 

General College Requirements for the Freshman 

and Sophomore Years 

Credit 
Hoirs 

A General University Requirements 15 

B Mathematics 15 

Four courses in mathematics are required to 
be selected from MATH 1 40. 141. 240. 241 , 
and 246 

C Physical Sciences 19 

A minimum of 19 credit hours in Physics and 
Chemistry must be completed, with not less 
than seven (7) in either field 

D Engineenng Sciences 9 

Nine (9) credit hours must be completed in the 
Engineering Sciences, to be selected from 
ENES 101, ENES 110. ENES 220 and ENES 
22 1 Each is a three (3) credit hour course 

E Engineering Sciences. Mathematics. Physical 

Sciencesor Major Field Engineering 8 

Eight (8) credit hours to complete the 
freshman-sophomore year requirements may 
be in any of the fields indicated but no more 
than SIX (6) credit hours may liave a maior field 
designation. 

Total Minimum Academic Credits in 

freshman-sophomore years 66 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges, 
Schools, & 
Departments 

117 



Basic Freshman Curriculum in Engineering. All freshmen in the 
College of Engineering are required to complete the following 
basic curriculum for freshmen regardless of whether the student 
plans to proceed through one of the major field designated bac- 
calaureate degree programs or follow any of the multidisciplinary, 
non-designated degree curricula that are sponsored by the Col- 
lege 

Semester 

Course No and Title I H 

CHEM 103, 104— General Chemistry" ... . 4 4 

PHYS 161— General Physics 1 3 

MATH 1 40, 1 4 1 —Analysis I. II 4 4 

ENES 101— Intro Engr. Science 3 

ENES 11 0— Statics 3 

General University Requirements 6 3 

Total Credits 17 17 

Students who are not prepared to schedule MATH 140 are ad- 
vised to register for a preparatory course— MATH 1 15— as part of 
their General University Requirement, These students are also ad- 
vised to attend summer school following their freshman year to 
complete MATH 141 and PHYS 161 prior to entrance into the 
sophomore year of study. MATH 141, ENES 110 and PHYS 161 are 
prerequisites for many courses required in the sophomore year. 

•■Quahlied students may elect to lake CHEM 105 and 106 (4 cr tirs each) instead ot 
CHEM 103 and 104 

The Sophomore Year in Engineering. With the beginning of the 
sophomore year the student selects a sponsoring academic 
department (Aerospace, Agricultural, Chemical, Civil, Electrical, 
Fire Protection, or Mechanical Engineering) and this department 
assumes the responsibility for the student's academic guidance, 
counseling and program planning from that point until the com- 
pletion of the degree requirements of that department as well as 
the College. 

Sophomore Curriculum In Engineering 

Semester 

I II 

General University Requirements 3 3 

MATH 241— Analysis III 4 

MATH 246— Differential Equations 3 

PHYS 262. 263— General Physics 4 4 

ENES 220— Mechanics of Materials 3* 

ENES 221— Dynamics 3* 

Maior field or related courses 2 or 4 2 or 5 ' 



Total Credits 



16 or 18 15 or 18 

gineering 



"For specific requirements, see the curriculum listing in each 
department 

Engineering Transfer Programs. Most of the community colleges 
in Maryland provide one or two-year programs which have been 
coordinated to prepare students to enter the sophomore or junior 
year in engineering at the University of Maryland. These curricula 
are identified as Engineering Transfer Programs in the catalogs of 
the sponsoring institutions. The various associate degree pro- 
grams in technology do not provide the same degree of prepara- 
tion and transferability into the professional degree curricula as 
the designated transfer programs (except for the Bachelor of 
Science in Engineering Technology, Mechanical option, or Fire 
Science-Urban Studies). 

There may be 6-8 semester hours of major departmental 
courses at the sophomore level which are not offered by the 
schools participating in the engineering transfer program. 
Students should investigate the feasibility of completing these 
courses in summer school at the University of Maryland before 
starting their junior course work in the fall semester. 
Dual Degree Program. The Dual Degree Program is a cooperative 
arrangement between the College of Engineering and selected 
liberal arts colleges which allows students to earn undergraduate 
degrees from both institutions in a five-year program. A student in 
the Dual Degree Program will attend the liberal arts college for ap- 
proximately three (3) academic years (minimum 90 hours) and the 
University of Maryland. College of Engineering for approximately 
two (2) academic years (minimum hours required — determined in- 
dividually, approximately 60 hours). 



Dual degree candidates may participate in any of the bac- 
calaureate degree programs in the College of Engineering. 

Bowie State College, Coppin State College, Frostburg State 
College, Notre Dame College. Trinity College and American 
University are participating institutions in the Dual Degree Pro- 
gram. At the present time several other colleges are developing 
cooperative agreements to participate in the program. A complete 
list of participating institutions may be obtained from the 
Engineering Student Affairs Office (J-1107) of the College of 
Engineering. 

Co-operative Engineering Eudcation Program. The Maryland Plan 
for Co-operative Engineering Education at the University of 
Maryland, offered by the College of Engineering, is a four and one 
half to five calendar year program leading to a Bachelor of Science 
degree. The academic requirements for students following the Co- 
op Plan of Education are identical to the academic requirements 
for those students following the regular four-year program. In ad- 
dition to the normal academic requirements. Co-op students have 
scheduled periods of professional internship which must be 
satisfactorily completed to qualify for the baccalaureate degree 
under the Co-op Plan. 

The Co-op Program begins after the student has completed the 
freshman and sophomore requirements of a major field. The struc- 
ture of Engineering Co-op is an alternating sequence of study and 
internship. As far as Co-op is concerned, there are three ses- 
sions-fall and spring semesters (20 weeks each) and a summer 
session (10 weeks). This alternating plan of study and profes- 
sional internship lengthens the last two academic years into three 
calendar years. Delaying entry into the Co-op Program until the 
junior year offers considerable educational advantages to the stu- 
dent. 

The student retains the normal freshman-sophomore program 
to afford time for the selection of a major field of engineer- 
ing or to determine whether to continue in engineering without a 
commitment to either the regular four-year or the Co-op Plan of 
Education. A more mature and meaningful series of professional 
internship assignments are possible to benefit both the student 
and the professional partner. Also, the p^lan is readily adaptable to 
the needs of the student transferring to the University from the 
engineering transfer programs of community or state colleges, 
colleges. 

Students need only meet two criteria for entry into the 
Engineering Co-op Program. They are (1) completion of the 
sophomore requirements (usually about 65 degree credits) and (2) 
the establishment of a cumulative grade point average at the 
University ot Maryland of at least a 2.0/4.0. 

A typicai study-intern schedule is shown below. The typical stu- 
dent begins the first internship in the summer immediately follow- 
ing the sophomore year (65 accumulated degree credits*. The total 
internship is for two summers and two semesters (60 weeks). The 
student enrolls for 16 semester hours each during the fall and 
spring semesters. 12 semester hours during the summer and 
three semester hours in the evening during two internship 
periods. 

Typical Study-Intern Schedule 







Semester Hours 






Current Accumulated 


Summer* 


Intern (1)t 


- 65 


Fall Semester 


Study 


16 81 


Spring Semester 


Intern (2,3) 


3§ 84 


Summer 


Study 


12 96 


Fall Semester! 


Intern (4,5) 


3§ 99 


Spnng Semester 


Study 


16 115 


Summer* 


Intern (6) 


- 115 


Fall Semester 


Study 


16 131 
(Grad) 



•Students enroll for ENCO 408 (6 non-degree credits) 

tlhese numbers refer to 10-week periods ' 

t Students enroll for ENCO 408 and 409 ( 1 2 non-degree credits). 

§These courses could possibly be taken during the evening at the University 
College, or at a college located near your employment 

Students make their own arrangements for board and lodging 
while on their periods of internship. Frequently the participating 



Industrial company or governmental agency will assist the stu- 
dent In locating good Inexpensive lodging, ttie internstilp wages 
are paid directly to ttie student by tils or tier employer. 

During ttie semesters or summer sessions In whicti ttie student 
attends sctiool, ttie student pays ttie regular tuition and fees 
assessed by ttie University. A $30 fee Is charged for each 10-week 
period of professional internship. The professional intern fee Is 
payable at the beginning of each intern period and is not refund- 
able. 



Engineering Departments 

Programs and Curricula 

Bachelor of Science Degree in Engineering 

The "B.S. -Engineering" program is designed to serve three 
primary functions: (1) to prepare those students who wish to use 
the breadth and depth of their engineering education as a 
preparatory vehicle for entry into post-baccalaureate study in 
such fields as medicine, law, or business administration; (2) to 
provide the basic professional training for those students who 
wish to continue their engineering studies on the graduate level in 
one of the newer interdisciplinary fields of engineering such as 
environmental engineering, bio-medical engineering, systems 
engineering, and many others: and finally (3) to educate those 
students who do not plan a normal professional career In a 
designated engineering field but wish to use a broad engineering 
education so as to be better able to serve In one or more of the 
many auxiliary or management positions of engineering related in- 
dustries. The program Is designed to give the maximum flexibility 
for tailoring a program to the specific future career plans of the 
student. To accomplish these objectives, the program has two op- 
tional paths: an engineering option and an applied science option. 

The "Engineering" option should be particularly attractive to 
those students contemplating graduate study or professional 
employment in the Interdisciplinary engineering fields, such as 
environmental engineering, bio-engineering, bio-medical 
engineering, and systems and control engineering, or for 
preparatory entry into a variety of newer or inter-disciplinary areas 
of graduate study. For example, a student contemplating graduate 
work in environmental engineering might combine chemical and 
civil engineering tor his or her program; a student interested in 
systems and control engineering graduate work might combine 
electrical engineering with aerospace, chemical, or mechanical 
engineering. 

The "Applied Science" option should be particularly attractive 
to those students who do not plan on professional engineering 
careers, but wish to use the rational and developmental abilities 
fostered by an engineering education as a means of furthering 
career objectives. Graduates of the Applied Science Option may 
aspire to graduate work and an ultimate career in a field of 
science, law, medicine, business, or a variety of other attractive 
opportunities which build on a combination of engineering and a 
field of science. Entrance requirements for Law and Medical 
Schools can be met readily under the format of this program. In 
the applied science program, any field in the University in which 
the student may earn a B.S. degree is an acceptable secondary 
science field thus affording the student a maximum flexibility of 
choice for personal career planning. 

Listed below are the minimum requirements for the B.S.- 
Engineering degree with either an Engineering option or an Ap- 
plied Science option. The 66 semester credit hours required for 
the completion of the junior and senior years is superimposed 
upon the freshman and sophomore curriculum of the chosen 
primary field of engineering. The student, thus, does not make a 
decision whether to take the designated or the undesignated 
degree in an engineering field until the beginning of the junior 
year. In fact, the student can probably delay the decision until the 
spring term of the junior year with little or no sacrifice, thus af- 
fording the student ample time for decision. Either program may 
be taken on the regular 4-year format or under the Maryland Plan 
for Cooperative Engineering Education. 

Junior-Senior Requirements for tfie 
Degree of B.S. Engineering 



Mathematics. Physical 

Sciences, req.' 3 sh. 

Engineering Sciences"' 6 sh.' 



3 sh. 
6 sh 



Primary Field' 
Secondary Field 
Approved Electives''' 
Sr Research/Project'' 



24 sh (Engr ) 18 sh (Engr.) 

12sh (Engr) 12 sh (Science) 

6 sh (Technical) 9 or 10 sh 
3 or 2 sh. 
66 66 



Engineering Fields of Concentration available under the B.S.- 
Engineering program as primary fields within either the Engineer- 
ing option or the Applied Science option are as follows: 



Aerospace Engineering 
Agricultural Engineering 
Chemical Engineering 
Civil Engineering 



Electrical Engineering 
Engineering Materials 
Fire Protection Enginee 
Mechanical Engineermi 
Nuclear Engineering 



All engineering fields of concentration may be used as a sec- Academic 

ondary field within the engineering option. Divisions, 

Engineering sciences, for the purpose of this degree, are those courses m the Colleges. 
ring College prefixed by ENES. or, are in an engineering field not the primary or 



Requirements 

General Univ, Req 



Engineering 
Option 

15 sh 



Applied 
Science Option 

15 sh 



Engir 

secondary field of engineering concentration. 

(2) Students tollowing the "Engineering" option may use up to six sh of course worl< at 
the 100 or 200 course number level in the primary or the secondary field of engineering 
concentration as an engineering science 

(3) A minimum of 50% of the course work in the mathematics, physical sciences, 
engineering sciences and elective areas must be at the 300 or 400 course number level 

(4) All of the courses used to lulfili the fields of concentration requirements (36 sh m the 
engineering option and 30 in the Applied Science option) must be at the JUO course 
number level or above 

15) For the applied science option each student is required— unless specifically excused 
and if excused, 15 sh. of approved electives will be required— to satisfactorily complete 
a senior level proiect or research assignment relating the engineering and science fields 
of concentration 

(6) In the Engineering option, the 6 sh of electives must be technical (math, physical 
sciences, or engineering sciences but may not be in the primary or secondary fields of 
concentration) In the Applied Science option, the approved electives should be 
selected to strengthen the student s program consistent with career objectives 
Courses in the primary or secondary fields of concentration may be used to satisfy the 
approved electives requirement, 

17) In the Engineering Option the courses in Ihe primary and secondary fields must in- 
clude at least 17 credits in courses having a substantial design content or orientation 
Each department or the Student Affairs Office can provide a list of courses in which is 
tabulated the prorata credits of design content 

General Regulations for the B.S.-Engineering Degree. All 

undergraduate students in engineering will select their major field 
sponsoring department at the beginning of their second year 
regardless of whether they plan to proceed to a designated or an 
undesignated degree. A student wishing to elect the 
undesignated degree program may do so at any time following the 
completion of the sophomore year, or a minimum of 50 earned 
credits towards any engineering degree, and at least one 
semester prior to the time the student expects to receive the bac- 
calaureate degree. As soon as the student elects to seek an 
undesignated baccalaureate degree in engineering, the student's 
curriculum planning, guidance and counseling will be the respon- 
sibility of the "Undesignated Degree Program Advisor" in the 
primary field department. At least one semester before the ex- 
pected degree Is to be granted, the student must file an "Applica- 
tion for Admission to Candidacy for the Degree of Bachelor of 
Science in Englneerlng"with the Dean's Office of the College of 
Engineering. The candidacy form must be approved by the chair- 
man of the primary field department, the primary engineering and 
the secondary field advisors and the college faculty committee on 
"Undesignated Degree Programs." This committee has the 
responsibility for implementing all approved policies pertaining to 
this program and reviewing and acting on the candidacy forms 
filed by the student. 

Specific University and College academic regulations apply to 
this undesignated degree program in the same manner as they ap- 
ply to the conventional designated degree programs. For example, 
the academic regulations of the University apply as stated in the 
College Park Catalog of the University of Maryland, and the Col- 
lege requirement of 2.00 factor In the major field during the junior 
and senior years apply. For the purpose of Implementation of 
such academic rules, the credits in the primary engineering field 
and the credits in the secondary field are considered to count as 
"the Maior " for such academic purposes. 

Environmental Engineering. Environmental engineering is the ap- 
plication of basic engineering and science to the problems of the 
environment to ensure optimum environmental quality. In recent 



Schools, & 
Departments 



119 



years, humans have suffered a continually deteriorating environ- 
ment. A truly professional engineer involved in the study of en- 
vironmental engineering must see the total picture and relate it to 
a particular mission whether this be air pollution, water quality 
control, environmental health or solid and liquid waste disposal. 
The total picture includes urban systems design, socio-economic 
factors, regional planning, transportation, recreation, water 
resource development, and land and resource conservation. 

A student who selects the B.S. -Engineering degree program can 
specialize in environmental engineering by proper selection of 
primary and secondary fields from the wide selection of courses 
related to environmental engineering given by the various depart- 
ments in the College. 

Engineering — Medicine. Advanced technology is finding increas- 
ingly sophisticated applications in medical care delivery and 
research. Pacemakers, heart-assist pumps, kidney dialysis 
machines, and artificial limbs are only a few examples of the role 
of engineering and technology in medicine In addition. 
Academic diagnostic procedures and record-keeping have been greatly 
Divisions, enhanced by the use of computers and electronic testing equip- 
Colleges, ment. There is a growing need for physicians and researchers in 
Schools, & the life sciences, having strong backgrounds in engineering, who 
Departments can effectively utilize these technologies and who can work with 
engineers in research and development. 
''20 xhe Bachelor of Science in Engineering degree provides the 
student an excellent opportunity to develop a professional level of 
competence in an engineering discipline while at the same time 
meeting the entrance requirements for medical school. Under the 
Applied Science option, the student could select any engineering 
field of most interest to him, and his or her secondary field would 
usually be Chemistry orZoology. In addition to the medical school 
entrance requirements, he or she would complete 12 credits of ad- 
vanced work in his or her secondary field. 

Under the Engineering option, the student would generally com- 
bine Chemical Engineering (as either primary or secondary field) 
with another engineering discipline. This option allows the stu- 
dent to complete more advanced work in his primary field of 
engineering than does the Applied Science option. Either option 
can be completed in a four year period with careful planning and 
scheduling. 

Aerospace Engineering 

Professor and Chairmar): Anderson. 

Professors: Corning, Plotkin, Melnik, Pai, Rivello. 

Associate Professors: Barlow, Donaldson, Jones, Schaeffer. 

Lecturers: Billig (p.t.). Hallion (p.t.). Case (p.t.), Winkleman (p.t.), 

Waltrup(p.t.) 

Aerospace engineering is focused on the physical understand- 
ing and design considerations of aircraft and space vehicles of all 
kinds. For example, consider the high-speed flight of NASA's 
Space Shuttle. The airflow over the wings, fuselage and tail sur- 
faces create lift, drag and moments on the aircraft. If the velocity 
is high enough, such as during re-entry of the Space Shuttle into 
the Earth's atmosphere, then the temperature of the airflow 
becomes extremely high, the air becomes chemically reacting, 
and heating of the vehicle's surface becomes a ma)or problem. 
The study of how and why the airflow produces these forces, 
moments and heating is called Aerodynamics. In turn, the motion 
of the aircraft or space vehicle will respond to, indeed will be 
determined by, the aerodynamic forces and moments. The study 
of the motion and flight path of such vehicles is called Fliglit 
Dynamics. Of course, while executing this motion, the vehicle 
must be structurally sound, that is, its surface and internal struc- 
ture must be able to withstand the severe forces and loads 
associated with flight. The study of the mechanical behavior of 
materials, stresses and strains, deflections and vibrations that are 
associated with the structure of the vehicle itself is called Ftiglit 
Structures. In the same vein, the motion of any aircraft or space 
vehicle must be initiated and maintained by a propulsive 
mechanism such as the classic combination of a reciprocating 
engine with a propeller, or the more modern turbojets, ramjets and 
rockets. The study of the physical fundamentals of how these 
engines work is called Fiighl Propulsion. Finally, all of the above 
are synthesized into one system with a specific applica- 
tion—such as a complete DC-10 or a Skylab— through a discipline 
called Aerospace Vehicle Design. 

The Department of Aerospace Engineering at the University of 
tvlaryland offers a rigorous and balanced education which in- 



cludes all of the above disciplines. The goal of this program is to 
create professionally oriented aerospace engineers with an 
understanding of the physical fundaments underlying at- 
mospheric and space flight, and with the capability of applying 
this knowledge for useful and exciting purposes. Moreover, the 
physical background and design synthesis that marks aerospace 
engineering education also prepares a student to work produc- 
tively in other fields. For example, at this moment aerospace 
engineers are actively working on the solution of environmental 
and societal problems, on the energy crisis, and in the field of 
medicine. 



Sophomore Year 

I 

General Univ. Requirements 3 

MATH 240— Linear Algebra 4 

MATH 241 — Analysis III 

PHYS 262, 263 General Physics 4 

ENES 240— Engineering Computation 3 

ENES 220— Mechanics of Materials 

ENAE 201, 202— Introduction to Aerospace 

Engineering 1,11 2 

ENAE 203— Technical Report Writing 1 

Total Credits 17 

In general, students should not register 
for 300-400 level engineering subiects 
until and unless they have satisfactorily 
completed fvlATH 241 

Junior Year 

I 

General Univ. Requirements 3 

MATH 246— Differential Equations 3 

ENES 221 — Dynamics 3 

ENME 217— Thermodynamics I 

ENEE 300— Principles of Electrical 

Engineering 3 

ENAE 305— Aerospace Laboratory I 

ENAE 345— Introduction to Dynamics of 

Aerospace Systems 

ENAE 451,452— Flight Structures l,ir 4 

ENAE 371 — Aerodynamics I' 

Total Credits 16 

Senior Year 

ENAE 471 — Aerodynamics 11' : , 

ENAE 475— Viscous Flow & Aerodynamic 

Heating 

ENAE 401— Aerospace Laboratory II 

ENAE 402— Aerospace Laboratory III 

ENAE 461 — Flight Propulsion I 

General Univ. Requirements 

Design Elective' 

Applied Dynamics Elective' 

Aerospace Elective' 

Technical Elective^ 

Total Credits 



Semester 
II 



Semester 
II 



Credits 
3 

3 
2 
1 
3 
9 
3 
3 
3 
3 



33 



'Those Students who wish to take the elective cour; 
should take the following sequence 

Sophomore (Fall Semester) ENAE 201 

Sophomore (Spring Semester) ENAE 202, ENME 21 7 

Junior (Fall Semester) ENAE 471 

Junior (Spring Semesterl ENAE 461 

Senior (Fall Semester) ENAE 462 
For this sequence, ENAE 471, Aerodynamics II, ca 
Aerodynamics I 

^The student shall take one ot the following design cc 
ENAE 411— Aircraft Design 

ENAE 412— Design ot Aerospace Vehicles 
^The student shall take one course which utilizes dyn 
following courses are offered 

ENAE 445— Stabilily and Control of Aerospace Vehicit 
ENAE 355— Aircraft Vibrations 



! ENAE 462, Flight Propulsion II. 



be taken before ENAE 371. 



i system analysis. The 



*Three credits must be taken from elective courses ottered by the Aerospace Engineer- 
ing Department Currently offered courses are 
ENAE 415 — Computer Aided Structural Design Analysis 
ENAE 453— Matrix Ivletnods in Computational Analysis 
ENAE 457 — Flight Structures III 
ENAE 462— Flight Propulsion II 
ENAE 472— Aerodynamics III 
ENAE 473— Aerodynamics ol High Speed Flight 
ENAE 488— Topics in Aerospace Engineering 
ENAE 499— Elective Research 

Courses listed under 2 and 3 above and not used to meet the requirements ol 2 and 3 
may also be elected to fulfill requirement 4 

*With the exception of courses that are designated as ■"not applicable as a technical 
elective for engineering majors, " any 3 credit technical course with a course number of 
300 or above may be taken as a technical elective Courses available as Aerospace elec- 
tives may be used as the technical elective 
Course Code Prefix — ENAE 

Agricultural Engineering 

Associate Professor and Acting Chairman: Stewart 

Professors: Green, Harris, Krewatch (Emeritus), Winn, Jr. 

Associate Professors: Felton, Merkel, Merrick (Ennerltus), Stewart, 

Wtieaton. 

Assistant Professors: Ayars, Grant, Jotinson, Ross. 

Lecturer: Holton 

Adjunct Professor: Cowan 

Adjunct Assistant Professor: Rebuck 

Agricultural engineering utilizes bothi ttie ptiysical and 
biological sciences to tielp meet ttie neeids of our Increasing 
world population for food, natural fiber and improvement or 
maintenance of ttie environment. Scientific and engineering prin- 
ciples are applied to ttie conservation and utilization of soil and 
water resources for food production and recreation; to tfie utiliza- 
tion of energy to improve labor efficiency and to reduce laborious 
and menial tasks; to ttie design of structures and equipment for 
tiousing or tiandling of plants and animals to optimize growtti 
potential; to the design of residences to Improve ttie standard of 
living for ttie rural population; to ttie development of mettiods and 
equipment to maintain or increase ttie quality of food and natural 
fiber; to ttie flow of supplies and equipment to ttie agricultural and 
aquacultural production units; and to the flow of products from 
the production units and the processing plants to the consumer. 
Agricultural engineers place emphasis on maintaining a high 
quality environment as they work toward developing efficient and 
economical engineering solutions. 

The undergraduate curiculum provides opportunity to prepare 
for many Interesting and challenging careers in design, manage- 
ment, research, education, sales, consulting or International ser- 
vice. The program of study includes a broad base of mathematical, 
physical and engineering sciences combined with basic 
biological sciences. Twenty hours of electives give flexibility so 
that a student may plan a program according to his major interest. 



Departmental Requirements 



Semester 
Credit 
Hours 



AGEN 324— Engineering Dynamics of 

Biological Materials 

AGEN 424— Functional and Environmental 

Design of Agricultural Structures 

AGEN 343— Functional Design of Machinery 
and Equipment 

AGEN 421— Power Systems 

AGEN 422— Soil and Water Engineering 

ENCE 350 — Structural Analysis and Design I , . , 

ENES 101 — Intro Engineering Science 

ENES 1 10— Statics 

ENES 220— Mechanics of Materials 

ENES 221— Dynamics 

ENME 300 — Materials Science and Engineering 
or 

ENCE 300— Fund of Engineering Materials 

ENME 217 — Thermodynamics 

ENME 342— Fluid Mechanics I 
or 

ENCE 330— Basic Fluid Mechanics 

ENEE 300— Prin of Electrical Engineering 

MATH 140, 141 —Analysis 1,11 

MATH 241— Analysis III 



3 
3 

4.4 



MATH 245— Differential Equations for 

Scientists and Engineers 3 

ZOOL 101— General Zootogy 
or 

BOTN 101— General Botany 4 

CHEM 103, 104— College Chemistry I, II 4,4 

PHYS 161,262,263— General Physics 3,4,4 

Technical Electives" 14 

General University Requirements* ' 30 

Electives 6 

'Technical electives related to field of concentration, must be selected from a 
departmentally approved list Eight credits must be 300 level and above 
• 'Students must consult with departmental advisors to ensure the selection of 
appropriate courses for their particular program of study 
Course Code Prefix- AGEN 

Chemical Engineering 

Professor and Chairman: Gomezplata 

Program Director. Chemical Engineering: Cadman. 

Professors: Arsenault, Beckmann, Cadman, Duftey, Johnson, Mar- 

chello, Munno, Regan. Schroeder, Silverman, Smith, Spain. 

Associate Professors: Almenas, Gentry, Hatch, Roush, Sheaks. 

Assistant Professors: Burka, Gasner, King, Mathers. Sanders. 

The chemical engineering department offers programs in 
chemical, materials and nuclear engineering. In addition, study 
programs in the areas of applied polymer science, biological and 
environmental health engineering are available. The latter pro- 
grams are interdisciplinary with other departments of the Uni- 
versity. 

The departmental programs prepare an undergraduate for con- 
tinued graduate study or immediate industrial employment follow- 
ing the baccalaureate degree. 

The chemical engineering program involves the application of 
sound engineering and economic principles— and basic sciences 
of mathematics, physics and chemistry— to process industries 
concerned with the chemical transformation of matter. The 
chemical engineer is primarily concerned with research and pro- 
cess development leading to new chemical process ventures or a 
better understanding of existing ones; with the efficient operation 
of the complete chemical plant or its component units; with the 
technical services engineering required for improving and 
understanding chemical plant operation and the products pro- 
duced; with the chemical sales and economic distribution of the 
chemical plant product; and with the general management and ex- 
ecutive direction of chemical process industry plants and in- 
dustrial complexes. 

Because of this wide range of ultimate applications, the 
chemical engineer finds interesting and diverse career oppor- 
tunities in such varied fields as chemical (inorganic and organic), 
food processing and manufacture, metallurgical, nuclear and 
energy conversion, petroleum (refining, production, or 
petrochemical), and pharmaceutical industries. Additional oppor- 
tunities are presented by the research and development activities 
of many public and private research institutes and allied agencies. 



Sophomore Year 

I 

MATH 241— Analysis III 4 

MATH 246— Differential Equations 

PHYS 262, 263— General Physics 4 

ENES 230— Intro to Materials and Their 

Applications 

CHEM 201,203— College Chemistry III, IV ... . 3 

CHEM 204— College Chemistry Lab IV 

ENCH 215— Chem Engr Analysis 3 

ENCH 280— Transport Processes I: Fluid 

Mechanics 

General University Requirements 3 

Total Credits 17 

In general students should not register 
for 300-400 level engineering subjects 
until and unless they have salisfaclonly 
completed MATH 241 and MATH 246 



Semester 
II 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges. 
Schools, & 
Departments 

121 



Academic 

Divisions, 

Colleges, 

Schools, & 

Departments 

122 



Junior Year 

ENCH 300— Chemical Process Thermo- 
dynamics 3 

ENCH 440— Chemical Engr, Kmetics ■ 3 

ENCH 442 — Chemical Engr Systems Analysis 

and Dynamics ■ 3 

CHEM 481,482— Physical Chemistry 3 3 

CHEM 430— Chemical Measurements Lab I .3 
ENCH 425, 427— Transport Process II: Heat 

Transfer: III: Mass Transfer. . . 3 3 

ENEE Elective 3 

General University Requirements 3 6 

Total Credits 18 18 

Senior Year 

ENCH 437— Chemical Engineering Lab 3 

ENCH 444— Process Engr. Economics and 

Design I 3 

ENCH 446— Process Engr, Econ. and 

Design II ■ 3 

ENCH 333— Seminar 1 

Technical Electives 6 5 

General University Requirements 3 6 

Total Credits 15 15 

Minimum Total Degree Credits 134 

Two courses must be selected from a single area of concentra- 
tion listed below. One of the courses must be a laboratory type 
course. In addition, credits in ENCH 468-Research, if chosen as a 
technical elective, must be taken in the area of concentration. 

BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 

ENCH 482— Biochemical Engineering (3) 

ENCH 485— Biochemical Engineering Laboratory (2) 

POLYMERS 

ENCH 490— Introduction to Polymer Science (3) 
ENCH 492— Applied Physical Chemistry of Polymers (3) 
ENCH 494— Polymer Technology Laboratory (2) 
ENCH 495— Rheology of Polymer Materials (3) 

CHEMICAL PROCESSING 

ENCH 450— Chemical Process Development (3) 
ENCH 461— Control of Air Pollution Sources (3) 
ENCH 455— Chemical Process Laboratory (2) 

PROCESSING ANALYSIS AND OPTIMIZATION 

ENCH 452— Advanced Chemical Engineering Analysis 

(counts as Lab) (3) 
ENCH 453— Applied Mathematics in Chemical 

Engineering (3) 
ENCH 454— Chemical Process Analysis and 

Optimization (3) 

Course Code Prelex — ENCH 



Civil Engineering 

Professor and Chairman: Ragan 

Professors: Allen (Emeritus), Birkner, Carter, Heins, Lepper, Otts, 

Sternberg. 

Associate Professors: Albrecht, Colville, Cournyn, Garber, 

McCuen, Mulinazzi. Piper, Witczak. 

Assistant Professors: Aggour, Derucher, Schonfeld, Vannoy 

Visiting Professors: Austin, Rib (p.t.) 

Visiting Assistant Professors: Dickinson (p.t.), Schelling 

Lecturers: Rajan (p.t.). Wedding (p.t.) 

Civil Engineering Curriculum. Civil engineering is concerned with 

the planning, design, construction and operation of large facilities 

associated with man's environment. Civil engineers specialize in 



such areas as environmental engineering, transportation systems, 
structures, water resource development, water supply and pollu- 
tion control, urban and regional planning, construction manage- 
ment and air pollution control. Many civil engineers enter private 
practice as consulting engineers or start their own businesses in 
the construction industry Others pursue careers with local, state 
and federal agencies or with large corporations. 

The undergraduate program is founded on the basic sciences 
and emphasizes the development of a high degree of technical 
competence. The program orients the student toward computer- 
aided design techniques and prepares him or her to incorporate 
new concepts that will develop during his or her professional 
career. Further, the program stresses the balance between 
technical efficiency and the needs of society. The graduate is 
prepared to enter one ot the areas mentioned above, or he or she 
can move into new areas of specialization such as oceanographic 
engineering or the development of facilities for extra-terrestrial 
environments. 

At no time has man been more concerned with the quality of the 
environment. Man is concerned with broad environmental prob- 
lems such as pollution and the operation of transportation 
systems. Man is also concerned with problems such as need for 
new approaches in the design and construction of buildings. The 
civil engineering profession faces the greatest challenge in its 
history as it assumes a central role in the solution of the physical 
problems facing the urban-regional complex. 

Sophomore Year Semester 

I II 

MATH 241 — Analysis III 4 

MATH 246— Differential Equations for 

Scientists and Engineers 3 

PHYS 262, 263— General Physics II, III 4 4 

ENES 220— Mechanics of Materials 3 

ENES 221 — Dynamics 3 

ENCE 280— Engineering Survey 

Measurements 3 

ENCE 221 — Introduction to Environmental 

Engineering 3 

General University Requirements 3 3 

Total Credits 17 16 

In general, students sttould not register 
tor 300—400 level engineering subjects 
until and unless ttiey tiave satisfactorily 
completed MATH 241 and MATH 246 

Junior Year 

ENCE 300— Fundamentals of Engineering 

Materials 3 

ENCE 330— Basic Fluid Mechanics 3 

ENCE 340— Fundamentals of Soil 

Mechanics 3 

ENCE 350. 351— Structural Analysis and 

Design I. II 3 3 

ENCE 360— Engineering Analysis and 

Computer Programming 4 

ENCE 370— Fundamentals of Transportation 

Engineering 3 

ENME 320— Principles of Mechanical 

Engineering 
or 
ENCH 300— Chemical Process Thermo- 
dynamics 3 

ENCE— Technical Electives (Group A, 

B, C. orD)* 3 

General University Requirements 6 

Total Credits 16 18 

'See notes concerning electives 

Senior Year 

ENCE— Technical Elective (Group A, 

B, C, orD)* 7 3" 

ENCE— Technical Elective (Group E, 

F, orG)* 3 3" 



ENEE 300— Principles of Electrical 

Engineering 3 

Technical Elective" ' 3 

General University Requirennents 6 3 

Total Credits 16 15 

Minimum Total Degree Credits 132 

"See noles concerning Technical Eleclives 

**One course from the available Technical Eleclives in Civil Engineering or approved 
Technical Elective outside department 
•••These numbers represent threesemester-credit courses Additional semester 
credits will be involved to the extent that courses carrying more than three credits 
are selected 

Notes Concerning Tectinical Eleclives in Civil Engineering. A 
minimum of 22 credit fiours of tectinical electives is required as 
follows: 

(1) All 3 courses from one area of concentration A. B, C, or D. 

(2) 1 course in one ottier area of concentration A. B. C. or D 

(3) 6 tiours in areas of concentration E, F, or G. 

(4) Any one course in ttie following list or approved techinical 
course outside ttie department. 

Areas of Concentration 

(A) Structures (E) IVIechanics and Materials 

ENCE450(3) ENCE 410 (3) 

ENCE451 (4) ENCE 411 (4) 

ENCE 460 (3) (F) Soil Mechanics 

(B) Water Resources ENCE 440 (3) 

ENCE 430 (4) ENCE 441 (3) 

ENCE 431 (3) (G) Systems Analysis 
ENCE 432 (3) and Planning 

(C) Environmental ENCE 420 (3) 

ENCE 433 (3) ENCE 461 (3) 

ENCE 434 (3) ENCE 463 (3) 

ENCE 435 (4) (H) Special Studies 

(D) Transportation (Max. 3 credits) 

ENCE 470 (4) ENCE 489 (3) 

ENCE 471 (3) Course Code Prelix-ENCE 

ENCE 472 (3) 



Electical Engineering 

Professor and Chairman: Harger. 

Professors: Chu, Davisson. DeClaris. Hochuli, Kim, Ligomenides. 

Lin. Newcomb. Reiser, Taylor and Weiss. 

Associate Professors: Baras, Basham. Emad, Ephremides, Lee, 

Levine, Pugsley. Rhee, Silio, Simons, Tretter, Zajac, and Zaki. 

Assistant Professors: Conn, Davis, Destler, Paez, Striffler, Wang, 

and Yee. 

Lecturer: Schulman. 

Instructors: Dimopoulos, Moura, Mowafi, and Novakovic. 

Flexibility is the main characteristic of the program in Electrical 
Engineering. The student can specialize, or he or she can have a 
broader education, as !.e or she ciiooses. This is established 
through broad elective structure both within and outside the Elec- 
trical Engineering Department. 

Specialization areas available to the student are: Biomedical, 
Circuits. Communications, Computers. Control. 

The program in the Electrical Engineering Department features 
flexibility by means of a broad elective structure (inside and out- 
side the department). The student may attain breadth of special- 
ization as he chooses. 

Areas stressed include such fields as electronics, integrated 
circuits, solid state devices, lasers, communication engineering, 
information theory and coding engineering, system theory, com- 
puter software and hardware, particle accelerators, elec- 
tromechanical transducers, energy conversion, biomedical 
engineering, and many others. 

Apprenticeship programs allow qualified undergraduate 
students to work with research laboratory directors in the Depart- 
ment, thus giving the student a chance for a unique experience in 
research and engineering design. 

Projects in Electrical Engineering allow undergraduate 
students to do independent study under the guidance of a faculty 
member in an area of mutual interest. 

The technological problems and needs of society are becoming 
steadily more complex. The engineer is the intermediary between 
science and society. To solve the problems of modern society he 
must fully understand the most modern devices and method- 



ologies available. To find the best solution he must have a broad 
education. To find a solution that is also acceptable to society he 
must be concerned with the economic, ecologic and human fac- 
tors involved in the problem. Finally, current problems frequently 
require a thorough knowledge of advanced mathematics and 
physics. 

The curriculum of the Electrical Engineering Department 
reflects the diverse requirements cited above. A basic 
mathematical, physical and engineering sciences foundation is 
established in the first two years Once this foundation is 
established, the large number of Electrical Engineering courses 
and the flexibility of the elective system allow a student to 
specialize or diversify and to prepare for a career either as a prac- 
ticing engineer or for more theoretically oriented graduate work. 

To go along with this freedom, the department has a system of 
undergraduate advising The student is encouraged to discuss his 
program and career plans with his advisor in order to get maxi- 
mum benefit from the curriculum. 

Sophomore Year Semester 

I II 

General University Requirements 3 3 

MATH 246— Differential Equations 3 

MATH 241 — Analysis III 4 

PHYS 262. 263— General Physics 4 4 

ENES 240— Engineering Computation 3 

ENES 221 — Dynamics 3 

ENEE 204— Systems and Circuits 1 3 

ENEE 250— Computer Structures 3 

Total Credits 17 16 

In general students should rtoi r«gi>iter 
lor 300 400 level enqmeenng suOiecIs 
unhl .and unless they U,)ve s.jlisldclonly 
coniDletr?.) MATH 241 -ii\d MATH 246 

Junior Year Semester 

I II 

MATH XXX— (Elect Advanced Math*) 3 

ENEE 322— Signal and SystemsTheory 3 

ENEE 380— Electromagnetic Theory 3 

ENEE 381 — Elect Wave Propagation 3 

ENEE 304 — Systems and Circuits II 3 

ENEE 305— Fundamental Laboratory 2 

ENEE 324— Engineering Probability 3 

ENEE 314 — Electronic Circuits 3 

ENEE XXX — Advanced Elective Lab" 2 

Electives' 3 

General University Requirements 3 3 

Total Credits 17 17 



Senior Year 



Electives' 

General University RequireiTients 



Semester 
I II 

9 12 

6 3 



Total Credits 15 



15 



f^inimum Total Degree Credits 131 



"The 29 elective credits are allocated as follows Three credits tor an advanced 400 
level f^ath elective, and two credits of ad vanced level ENEE laboratory 01 the remain 
ing 24 elective credits a minimum ol 12 credits must be from Electrical Engineering and 
a minimum ol nine credits must be from other tields of engineering, mathematics. 
physics or from the Departmental list of approved electives The remaining three elec- 
tive credit hours may be taken from Electrical Engineering or from the Depart mental list 
of approved electives Electives available in Electrical Engineering are described in the 
course listings Any Electrical Engineering course numbered 400 to 499. inclusive, that 
IS not specifically excluded in its description may be used as pan of a technical elective 
program All other eiecuves must be of 300 level or higher If a lower level course (not 
specified as a degree requirement! is prerequisite to a 300 or higher level elective, the 
student should plan to taKe such a lower level course under the General University Re- 
quirements, otherwise, less than 300 level courses do not count as technical electives 
towards a degree in Electrical Engineering In all cases the students elective program 
must be approved by an Electrical Engineering advisor and. in addition, by the Office of 
Undergraduate Studies of the Electrical Engineering Departmenl. 

ENEE Advanced Elective Laboratories 

ENEE 407— Microwave— Circuits Laboratory (2) 
ENEE 413— Electronics Laboratory (2) 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges, 
Schools, & 
Departments 

123 



Academic 

Divisions, 

Colleges, 

Schools, & 

Departments 

124 



ENEE 445— Computer Laboratory (2) 

ENEE 461 — Control Systems Laboratory (2) 

ENEE 473— Transducers and Electrical Mactiinery Laboratory (1) 

ENEE 483— Electromagnetic Measurements Laboratory (2) 

Ttirougtiout ttie year students are urged to contact ttie Elec- 
trical Engineering Office of Undergraduate Studies for advice or 
any other matters related to their studies. The Electrical Engineer- 
ing Undergraduate Office is located in Room J-2171. 

Course Code Prelix — ENEE 

Engineering Materials Program 

Program Director: Spain" 

Professors: Arsenault", Dieter'. Mathers" 

Associated Faculty: Armstrong*, Marcinkowski* 

'Member of Mechanical Engineering Department 
•"Member of Cfiemical Engineering Department 

Engineering materials is the study of the relationship between 
structure and properties of materials. The principles of physics, 
chemistry and mathematics are applied to metals, ceramics, 
polymers and composite materials used in industrial applications. 
In addition to the traditional area of metallurgy, engineering 
materials includes the fields of solid state physics and polymer 
and materials science and their application to modern industrial 
problems. Because of the extensive use of materials, the 
engineering student finds a wide variety of interesting career op- 
portunities in many companies and laboratories. Materials 
research is particularly important in the development of new 
energy-conversion systems. 

Programs of study in engineering materials at the 
undergraduate and graduate level are offered through the 
chemical and mechanical engineering departments. Students may 
use Engineering Materials as a field of concentration in the 
Bachelor of Science in Engineering Program. 

Students choosing materials engineering as their primary field 
should submit a program for approval during their junior year. The 
following is an example of such a program. Students electing 
materials engineering as their secondary field should seek advice 
from a member of the materials engineering faculty prior to their 
sophomore year. 



Sophomore Year Semester 

I II 

General University Requirements - 3 

MATH 241— Analysis III 4 

MATH 246— Diff. Equations - 3 

PHYS 262, 263— Gen. Physics 4 4 

ENES 220— Mechanics, Matis 3 

CHEM 201,203— College Chem. Ill, IV 3 3 

ENES 230— Introduction to Materials and 

Their Applications 3 

ENME 205 — Engineering Analysis and 

Computer Prog - 3 

Total Credits 17 16 

In general, students should not register 
for 300-400 level engineering subjects 
until and unless they have satisfactorily 
completed tulATH 241 and MATH 246 

Junior Year 

General University Requirements 3 3 

CHEM 481,482— Physical Chemistry 3 3 

ENMA 300— Matls. Science and Engr 3 

ENMA 301 — Matls. Engr. Laboratory 1 

ENMA 462— Deformation of Engineering 

Matls 3 

ENMA 463— Chemical, Liquid and Powder Pro- 
cess of Engineering Matls ... . - 3 
ENMA 464 — Environmental Effects on 

Engineering Materials - 3 

Minor Courses 3 3 

Technical Electives - 3 

Total Credits 16 18 



Senior Year 

General University Requirements 6 6 

ENMA 470— Structure and Properties of 

Engineering Materials 3 

ENMA 471 — Physical Chemistry of 

Engineering Materials 3 

ENMA 472— Technology of Engineering 

Materials - 3 

ENMA 473 — Processing of Engineering 

Materials ■ 3 

Minor Courses 3 3 

Technical Electives - 3 

Total Credits 15 18 

Minimum Total Degree Credits 132 

Engineering Sciences 

Engineering science courses represent a common core of basic 
material offered to students of several different departments. All 
freshman and sophomore students of engineering are required to 
take ENES 101. and ENES 110. Other ENES courses 220, 221, 230 
and 240 are specified by the different departments or taken by the 
student as electives. Tfie responsibility for teaching the engineer- 
ing science courses is divided among the aerospace, civil, 
mechanical, chemical, and electrical engineering departments. In 
addition to the core courses noted above, several courses of 
general interest to engineering or non-engineering students have 
been given ENES designations. 

Fire Protection Engineering 

Fire Protection Engineering is concerned with the scientific 
and technical problems of preventing loss of life and property 
from fire, explosion and related hazards, and of evaluating and 
eliminating hazardous conditions. 

The fundamental principles of Fire Protection Engineering are 
relatively well-defined and the application of these principles to a 
modern industrialized society has become a specialized activity. 
Control of the hazards in manufacturing processes calls for an 
understanding not only of measures for the protection but of the 
processes themselves. Often the most effective solution to the 
problem of safeguarding a hazardous operation lies in the 
modification of special extinguishing equipment. The expert in 
Fire Protection Engineering must be prepared to decide in any 
given case what is the best and most economical solution of the 
fire prevention problem. His or her recommendations are often 
based not only on sound principles of fire protection engineering 
but on a thorough understanding of the special problems of the in- 
dividual property. 

Modern Fire Protection Engineering utilizes a wide variety of 
mechnical and electrical equipment which the student must 
understand in principle before he or she can apply them to special 
problems. The Fire Protection Engineering curriculum em- 
phasizes the scientific, technical and humanitarian aspects of fire 
protection and the development of the individual student. 

The problems and challenges which confront the specialist in 
Fire Protection Engineering include the reduction and control of 
fire hazards due to processes subject to fire or explosion in 
respect to design, installation and handling, involving both 
physical and human factors; the use of buildings and transporta- 
tion facilities to restrict the spread of fire and to facilitate the es- 
cape of occupants in case of fire; the design, installation and 
maintenance of fire detection and extinguishing devices and 
systems: and the organization and education of persons for fire 
prevention and fire protection. 



Sophomore Year 

I 

General University Requirements 3 

MATH 240— Linear Algebra 
or 

MATH 241— Analysis III 4 

MATH 246— Differential Equations 

PHYS 262, 263— General Physics 4 

ENES 221 — Dynamics 3 



Semester 
II 



ENES 
ENFP 



ENFP 



220— Mechanics of Materials 3 

251 — Introduction to Fire Protection 

Engineering 3 

280— Urban Fire Problem Analysis .... 3 

Total 17 16 



In general, students should not register 
for SOO-dOO level engineering subjects 
until and unless Itiey liave satisfaclonly 
completed MATH 241 and MATH 246 

Junior Year 

General University Requirements 3 3 

CMSC 1 10— Elementary Algorittimic Analysis 
or 

ENES 240— Engineering Computation 3 

ENME 320— Thermodynamics 
or 

ENCH 300— Chemical Process Thermo- 
dynamics 3 

ENCE 300— Fundamentals of Engineering 
Materials 
or 

ENME 300— Materials Sciene and 

Engineering 3 

ENCE 330— Fluid Mechanics 3 

ENFP 312— Fire Protection Fluids 3 

ENFP 310— Fire Protection Systems 

Design I 3 

ENFP 320— Pyrometrics of Materials 3 

ENFP 321 — Functional and Structural 

Evaluation 3 

Approved ElectJves 2 2 

Total 17 17 

Senior Year 

General University Requirements 3 6 

ENNU 310— Environmental Aspects of 

Nuclear Energy 
or 
ENEE 300— Principles of Electrical 

Engineering 3 

ENFP 414— Life Safety Systems Analysis .. . 3 

ENFP 411 — Fire Protection Hazard 

Analysis 3 

ENFP 415— Fire Protection System 

Design II 3 

ENFP 416— Problem Synthesis and 

Design 3 

Technical Electives* 3 3 

Total 15 15 

Minimum Total Degree Credits 131 

•3 credits of technical electives must be in ENFP 

Course Code Prefix-ENFP 

Urban Studies— Fire Science 

The provision of a major field of specialization in Fire Science 
for a Bachelor of Science Degree in Urban Studies is designed to 
meet the professional educational needs and objectives of fire 
service personnel. The broad interdisciplinary nature of the Urban 
Studies program will provide public fire safety personnel wnb a 
technical background and understanding of urban considerations 
in public fire safety. 

High school seniors interested in the field of fire science are en- 
couraged to enroll in a community college program. The Urban 
Studies— Fire Science Degree program requires that an individual 
complete an approved associate degree program in Fire Science. 
The upper division of a four year program leading to a B.S. in Ur- 
ban Studies — Fire Science is taken at the College Park Campus. 

The upper division fire science courses are structured to build 



on fundamental concepts developed at the community college 
level. The primary focus of these courses is the analysis of current 
technology in fire protection, urban fire service delivery criteria, 
and research for the improved provision of public fire safety. 



Typical Upper Division Program Example 



Semester 
II 



I 
ETFS 301 — Fire Safety Codes and 

Standards 3 

ETFS 302-Urban Fire Safety Analysis I 

URBS 210— Survey of the Fields of Urban 

Studies 
or 
URBS 100— Introduction to Urban Studies . 3 

URBS 320— City and the Developing National 

Culture 

Physical Environmental Specialization 3 

General University Requirements 3 

General Electives 3 

15 

Senior Year 

ETFS 303— Urban Fire Problem Analysis II . 3 

EFTS 402— Fire Safety Research and 

Transfer 

URBS 350— Introduction to Urban 

Field Study 
or 

URBS 420— Seminar in Urban Literature 3 

URBS 430— Urban Community and Urban 

Organization 3 

URBS 480— Urban Theory and Simulation ... 
ETFS 405— Technical Problems Analysis. . . . 

Physical Environmental Specialization 3 

General University Requirements 3 

15 

Minimum Total Degree Credits 120 
Course Code Prefix — ETFS 



Mechanical Engineering 

Professor and Chairman: Cunniff. 

Prolessors: Allen, Anand, Armstrong, Berger, Cunniff. Dally. 

Dieter, Fourney. Hsu, Jackson (Emeritus), Marcinkowski. Sallet. 

Sayre, Shreeve. Talaat, Weske (Emeritus). Wockenfuss. Yang. 

Associate Professors: Buckley. Hayleck, Holloway. Kirk, 

Kobayashi, Marks. Walston 

Assistant Prolessors: Barker, Dagalakis, Hannemann, Metcalf, 

Ostrowfski, Tsui, Wallace. 

Lecturers Ip.t.j: Belding, Berman, Brandt, Carpenter, Coder, 

Dawson, Gordon, Hurdis, Reid, Smith. 

Instructors: Benaie, Colucci, Keydel. Lindler. 

Visiting Professor: Irwin (p.t). 

Visiting Assistant Prolessors: Egrican. Rossmanith. 

Adjunct Prolessor: Morse. 

The primary function of the mechanical engineer is to create 
devices, machines, structures or processes which are used to ad- 
vance the welfare of mankind. Design, analysis and testing are the 
essential steps in these developments. Of particular importance 
are the aspects of engineering science and art relating to the 
generation and transmission of mechanical power, the establish- 
ment of both experimental and theoretical models of mechanical 
systems, the static and dynamic behavior of fluids and the op- 
timization of materials in design. Emphasis is also given to the 
proper co-ordination and management of facilities and personnel 
to achieve a successful product or service. 

The responsibility of the Mechanical Engineering profession is 
extremely broad. The following divisions of the American Society 
of Mechanical Engineers indicate many of the technical areas in 



Academic 
Divisions, 
Colleges, 
Schools, & 
Departments 

125 



Academic 

Divisions. 

Colleges, 

Schools, & 

Departments 

126 



which the mechanical engineer may work: air pollution, applied 
mechanics, automatic controls, aviation and space, 
biomechanical and human factors, design engineering, diesel and 
gas engine power, energetics, fluids engineering, fuels, gas tur- 
bine, heat transfer, management, materials handling, metals 
engineering, nuclear engineering, petroleum, power, pressure 
vessels and piping, process industries, railroad, rubber and 
plastics, safety, solar energy, textiles and underwater technology. 

There are many career opportunities in all of these fields. In par- 
ticular, the areas of design, systems analysis, management, con- 
sulting, research, maintenance, production, teaching and sales of- 
fer challenging and rewarding futures. 

Because of the wide variety of professional opportunities 
available to the mechanical engineer, the curriculum is designed 
to provide the student with a thorough training in basic fundamen- 
tals including physics, chemistry, mathematics, mechanics, ther- 
modynamics, materials, heat transfer, electronics, power and 
design The curriculum leads to a bachelor of science degree in 
IVIechanical Engineering which is usually sufficient for early 
career opportunities in industry or the government. Advanced 
graduate programs are available for continued study leading to 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. 



Sophomore Year Semester 

I II 

General University Requirements 3 3 

MATH 241 — Analysis III 4 

MATH 246— Differential Equations 3 

PHYS 262. 263— General Physics II. Ill 4 4 

ENES 220— Mechanics of Materials 3 

ENES 221 — Dynamics 3 

ENME 205— Engr. Anal, and Computer 

Programming 3 

ENME 217 — Thermodynamics 3 

Total Credits 17 16 

In general, students stiould not register 
lor 300—400 level engineering sub|ects 
until and unless they have satisfactorily 
completed MATH 241 and MATH 246 

Junior Year I II 

General University Requirements 3 6 

ENEE 300— Principles of Electrical 

Engineering 3 

ENEE 301 — Electrical Engineering 

Laboratory 1 

ENME 300— Materials Engineering 3 

ENME 301 — Materials Engineering 

Laboratory 1 

ENME 315— Intermediate Thermodynamics . . 3 

ENME 321— Transfer Processes 3 

ENME 342 — Fluid Mechanics I 3 

ENME 343— Fluid Mechanics Laboratory .... 1 

ENME 360— Dynamics of Machinery 3 

ENME 381 — Measurements Laboratory 3 

Total Credits 17 16 

Senior Year I II 

General University Requirements 3 3 

ENME 400— Machine Design 3 

ENME 403— Automatic Controls 3 

ENME 404 — Mechanical Engineering 

Systems Design 4 

ENME 405 — Energy Conversion Design 3 

ENME 480— Engineering Experimentation ... 3 

Technical Elective (Design Group) 3 

Technical Elective 3 3* 

Total Credits 15 16 

Minimum Total Degree Credits 131 

"Design oriented elective approved by the Department Ctiairman 



Technical Electives 

ENME 410— Operations Research I 3 

ENME 411 — Introduction to Industrial 

Engineering 3 

ENME 414 — Solar Energy— Applications 

in Buildings 3 

ENME 422 — Energy Conversion II 3 

ENME 423— Environmental Engineering 3 

ENME 424 — Advanced Thermodynamics 3 

ENME 442— Fluid Mechanics II 3 

ENME 450 — Mechanical Engineering Analysis for 

the Oceanic Environment 3 

ENME 451 — Mechanical Engineering Systems 

for Underwater Operations ... . 3 

ENME 452— Physical and Dynamical 

Oceanography 3 

ENME 453— Ocean Waves. Tides and 

Turbulences 3 

ENME 460— Elasticity and Plasticity I 3 

ENME 461 — Dynamics II 3 

ENME 462— Introduction to Engineering 

Acoustics 3 

ENME 465— Introductory Fracture 

Mechanics 3 

ENME 488— Special Problems 3 

ENME 489— Special Topics in Mechanical 

Engineering 3 



In the Mechanical Engineering Department there are several divisions of spectaliza- 
lon which include design and systems analysis energy conversion, solid and fluid 
nechanics and materials The undergraduate student may •■ 
fom one or more of these areas of specilizalion Students 
iraduate program should preferably choose electives to 
or their maior area The subject material of interest to ( 

I. 



jlecf technical electives 
nning to continue on in the 
jvide the best background 
T field of specialization is 



Industrial and Systems Engineering 

a. Systems design 

b. Systems analysis 

c. Operations research 

d. Engineering management 
II. Energy 

a. Thermodynamics 

b. Heat transfer 

c. Energy conversion 

d. Solar energy 
IM. Fluid Mechanics 

a. Compressible and incompressible flow 

b. Viscous flow 

c. Hydrodynamics 

d. Marine and ocean engineering 
IV. Sold Mechanics 

a. Continuum mechanics 

b. Dynamics, vibrations and acoustics 

c. Elasticity, plasticity and viscoelasticity 

d. Plates, shells and structures 

e. Experimental mechanics 
V. Materials 

See listing under Engineering Materials section. 
Opportunities are also available for students to take advanced 
work in engineering management, operations research, marine 
and ocean engineering, bio-mechanical engineering, environmen- 
tal engineering, acoustics, bio-mechanics and experimental 
stress analysis. 
Course Code Prefix— ENME 

Mechanical Engineering Technology Program 

Mechanical Engineering is a part of the spectrum of technical 
education extending from the skilled craftsman to the profes- 
sional mechanical engineer. The mechanical engineering 
technologist is located nearest the engineer and applies scientific 
and engineering principles in supporting engineering activities in 
both government and industries. Students completing this pro- 
gram normally pursue their careers as engineering technologists 
working in production, maintenance, quality control, prototype 
testing or sales. 

High school seniors interested in Mechanical Engineering 
Technology are encouraged to enroll in a community college pro- 
gram. The community colleges provide the first two years of the 



program and award students an Associate of Arts degree. Ttie 
second two years of a four year program leading to a B.S. In 
Ivlectianlcal Engineering Technology are taken at the College Park 
Campus. 



Mechanical Engineering Technology Curriculum 



concentration In the Bachelor of Science In Engineering Program. 
Students choosing nuclear engineering as their primary field 
should submit a program for approval during their junior year. The 
following is an example of such a program. Students electing 
nuclear engineering as their secondary field should seek advice 
from a member of the nuclear engineering faculty prior to their 
sophomore year. 



Junior Year 

I 

ETTS 221 — Dynamics 3 

ENME 210— Applied Thermodynamics 3 

ENfVIE 380— Applied IVIath in Engr 3 

ENIVIE 330— Machine Design Technology I .. . 3 

General University Requirements 3 



Semester 
II 



15 



ENME 320— Fluid Mechanics Technology 
EIMME 343— Fluid Mechanics Laboratory , 
ENME 315— Heat Transfer Technology ,. 
ENME 335— Machine Design Technology II 
ENME 370— Industrial Engr Technology . . 
General University Requirements 



Senior Year 

I 
ENME 325— Instrumentation & 

Measurements 4 

ENME 350— Mechanical System Design ., , , 3 

ENME 345— Vibrations 3 

ENME —Technical Elective 3 

General University Requirements 3 

16 

ENME — 355 Mech System Design Project 

ENME 375 — Applied Operations Research ... 
ENME —Energy Related Tech. Elective . . . 

ENME —Technical Elective 

General University Requirements 



Minimum Total Degree Credits 120 



Semester 
II 



C'.' 



i.--ETMe 

students transternng equivalent course as part ot their first two year's credit may 
make appropriate substitutions. It is strongly recommended tfial students complete 
thermodynamics before entering the junior year If this is not feasible, they must take 
ETME 210 during the first semester It is recommended that students complete an 
equivalent computer programming course before starting the (unior year Students who 
have not taken computer programming by the end of their junior year must take pro- 
gramming m lieu ot a technical elective 



Sophomore Year 

I 

General University Requirements 3 

MATH 241 — Analysis III 4 

MATH 246— Diff. Equations 

PHYS 262. 263 — General Physics 4 

ENES 230— Materials Science 3 

ENES 240— Engineering Computation 

Secondary Field Electives 3 

ENNU 215 

Total Credits 17 

In general students should not registrar 
tor 300 400 level engineering subiecis 
until and unless iriey nave satisfactorily 
completed IVIATH 241 anrl MATH 246 

Junior Year 

General University Requirements 3 

ENNU 440— Nuc Tech Lab 3 

ENNU 450— Reactor Engl 3 

PHYS 420— Intro to Mod Physics 3 

Second Field Courses 3 

ENNU 455— Reactor Engr II 

ENNU 460— Nuc Heat Trans 

ENMA 464 — Environ Effects on Engr. 

Materials 

Total Credits 15 

Senior Year 

General University Requirements 3 

ENNU electives 3 

Secondary field courses 3 

Technical electives 3 

ENNU 480— Reactor Core Design 3 

ENNU 490— Nuc Fuel Cycle and 

Management 

ENES elective 3 

Total Credits 18 

Minimum Total Degree Credits— 132 

Course Code Prefix — ENNU 



3 Academic 
— Divisions, 
16 Colleges, 
Schools, & 
Departments 

127 



Nuclear Engineering Program 

Prolessor and Program Director: Munno. 
Professors: Duffey, Silverman. 
Associate Professors: Almenas, Sheaks. 
Reactor Director: Belcher. 

Nuclear Engineering deals with the practical use of nuclear 
enei'gy from nuclear fission, fusion, and radioisotope sources. 
The major use of nuclear energy Is in electric power generation. 
Other uses are in the areas of chemical processing, medicine, in- 
strumentation, and isotope tracer analysis. The nuclear engineer 
is primarily concerned with the design and operation of energy 
conversion devices ranging from very large reactors to miniature 
nuclear batteries, and with the use of nuclear reactions in many 
environmental, biological and chemical processes. Because of 
the wide range of uses for nuclear systems, the nuclear enginneer 
finds interesting and diverse career opportunities in a variety of 
companies and laboratories. 

Programs of study in nuclear engineering at the undergraduate 
and graduate level are offered through the Chemical Engineering 
Department. Students may use nuclear engineering as a field of 



Wind Tunnel Operations 
Department 



Wind Tunnel Operations Department conducts a program of ex- 
perimental research and development in cooperation with the air- 
craft Industry, agencies of government and other industries with 
problems concerning aerodynamics. Testing programs cover a 
variety of subjects including all types of aircraft, ships, 
parachutes, radar antennas, trucks, automobiles, structures and 
exterior equipment subject to high winds. 

The department has a 7.75 x 11 foot wind tunnel that can be 
operated at speeds from to 240 m.p.h. This facility has powered 
model drive equipment and auxiliary vacuum and high pressure 
air supplies for boundary layer control studies. Supporting shops 
include complete woodworking, machine shop, photographic, and 
instrumentation facilities. 

The full-time staff of the department includes engineering, com- 
puting, shop, and technical operations personnel This staff 
cooperates with other faculty and students in the College o( 
Engineering on problems of multual interest. 



Other Mathematical and 
Physical Science Departments, 
Programs and Curricula 
Applied Mathematics Program 

Director: Professor W. Rheinboldt 

Faculty: Seventy-seven members from eleven units of the cam- 
pus. 

Ttie interdisciplinary Applied Matfiematics Program provides 
tfie opportunity for graduate study and research! m matfiematics 
and its applications in the engineering, physical and social 
sciences. 

The faculty of the program includes members from the follow- 
ing participating units: Departments of Aerospace Engineering, 
Chemical and Nuclear Engineering, Civil Engineering, Computer 
Science, Economics, Electrical Engineering, Mathematics, 
Mechanical Engineering, Meteorology and Physics and Astro- 
Academic nomy. College of Business and Management, Institute for 
Divisions, Physical Science and Technology. 

Colleges, The purpose of the program is to encourage the development of 
Schools, & expertise in both mathematics and a particular field of applica- 
Departments tion. The course of study is very flexible and may vary con- 
siderably depending upon the student's interests and career 
128 aspirations. 

For admission to the Interdisciplinary Applied Mathematics 
Program a student is expected to have completed an 
undergraduate program which included a strong emphasis on 
mathematics. A good background in some part of an applications 
area, such as the basic sciences, engineering, economics, 
business and management, etc. is also highly recommended. In 
addition, undergraduate students interested in preparing 
themselves for graduate study under the program are urged to ac- 
quire a good foundation in scientific computing. 

Astronomy Program 

Professor and Director: Kerr 

Professors: Bell, Erickson, Kundu, Rose, Smith, Wentzel, 

Westerhout, Zuckerman 

Professors (Adjunct or part time): Brandt, Musen, Opik 

Associate Professors: A'Hearn, Harrington, Matthews, Zipoy 

Associate Professors (Adjunct or part time): Clark, Trimble 

Assistant Professors: Scott,' Wilson 

The Department of Physics and Astronomy offers a major in 
Astronomy. The Astronomy Program office is located in the Space 
Sciences Building. Astronomy students are given a strong 
undergraduate preparation m astronomy, physics and 
mathematics, as well as encouragement to take a wide range of 
other liberal arts courses. The Astronomy Program is designed to 
be quite flexible, in order to take advantage of students' special 
talents or interests after the basic requirements for a sound 
astronomy education have been met. Students preparing for 
graduate studies will have an opportunity to choose from among 
many advanced courses available in astronomy, mathematics and 
physics. The program is designed to prepare students for posi- 
tions in governmental and industrial laboratories and obser- 
vatories, for graduate work in astronomy or related fields, and for 
non-astronomical careers such as in law or business. 

Students intending to major in astronomy who have taken a high 
school course in physics and who have adequate preparation in 
mathematics to qualify for admission to MATH 140 will ordinarily 
take the introductory physics course PHYS 191, 192, 293 and 294 
during their freshman and sophomore years. Those students who 
do not decide to major in astronomy or physics until after their 
freshman or sophomore year or enter as transfer students will 
often have taken other introductory courses in physics (e.g. PHYS 
161, 262, 263). Students will find further details in the pamphlet en- 
titled "Department Requirements for a B.S. degree in Astronomy," 
which is available from the Astronomy Program Office. This pam- 
phlet outlines many different approaches for an astronomy major. 

ASTR 181, 182 (Introductory Astronomy and Astrophysics) is 
the introductory astronomy course required of astronomy majors. 
It may be taken in the freshman or sophomore year. It is followed 
by another required course, ASTR 210 (Practical Astronomy). 
Some students may not decide to major in astronomy until they 
have already taken ASTR 100 (Introduction to Astronomy). Such 
students should, as a rule, still fulfill the ASTR 181, 182 require- 
ment; only students with a grade of B or better in ASTR 100 and 
105 will be encouraged to major in astronomy. For those students 



with the appropriate physics background, it would be preferable 
to take a one semester introductory course, ASTR 350, instead of 
the ASTR 181, 182 sequence. 

Astronomy majors are required to take the following physics 
courses: PHYS 191, 192, 195, 196, 293, 294, 295, 296, (161, 262, 263 
plus 404-405 may be substituted for this sequence in some cases). 
In addition, one of the folloyi/ing sequences is required; PHYS 
421-422 or 410-411. Required supporting courses are MATH 140, 
141 and 240 or 241 or 246. The introductory astronomy courses, 
ASTR 181, 182 (or ASTR 350) and 210 plus any two 400-level ASTR 
courses (6 credits) complete the requirements. The program re- 
quires that the student maintain an average grade of C In all 
astronomy courses; moreover, the average grade of all the re- 
quired physics and mathematics courses must also be C or better. 
Any student who wishes to be recommended for graduate work in 
astronomy must maintain a B average. He or she should also con- 
sider including several additional advanced courses, beyond the 
minimum required, to be selected from astronomy, physics and 
mathematics. 

Honors in Astronomy. The Honors Porgram offers students of ex- 
ceptional ability and interest in astronomy an educational pro- 
gram with a number of special opportunities for learning. There 
are many opportunities for part-time research participation which 
may develop into full-time summer projects. An honors seminar is 
offered for advanced students, credit may be given for indepen- 
dent work or study; and certain graduate courses are open for 
credit toward the bachelor's degree. 

Students for the Honors Program are accepted by the Depart- 
ment's Honors Committee on the basis of recommendations from 
their advisors and other faculty members. Most honors can- 
didates submit a written report on their research project, which 
together with an oral comprehensive examination in the senior 
year, concludes the program which may lead to graduation "with 
Honors (or High Honors) in Astronomy." 

Courses for Non-Science ly^ajors. There are a variety of Astronomy 
courses offered for those who are interested in learning about the 
subject but do not wish to major in it. These courses do not re- 
quire any background in mathematics or physics and are geared 
especially to the nonscience major. ASTR 100 is a general survey 
course that briefly covers all of the major parts of Astronomy. 
ASTR 110 is the lab that can be taken with or after ASTR 100. 
Several 300-level courses are offered primarily for nonscience 
students who want to learn about a particular field in depth. In 
ASTR 398 the subject matter will change each semester and will 
cover such topics as: Life in the Universe, Our Milky Way Galaxy, 
Stellar Evolution. As a rule, 398 like ASTR 330 (Solar System) and 
ASTR 340 (Galaxies and the Universe), have no prerequisites 
beyond junior standing. 

Computer Science 

Professor and Chairman: Minker. 

Professors: Atchison, Chu', Edmundson', KanaP, Rosenfeld^ 
Stewart'. 

Adjunct Professor: H. Mills (p.t.) 

>^ssoc/afe Professors: Agrawala, Austing, Basili, Hamlet, 
Vandergraft, Zelkowitz. 

Assistant Professors: Dowdy, Gannon, Gligor, Hecht, Kim, 
Privatera, Rieger, Samet, Zave. 

Visiting Lecturers: Knott (p.t.). Park (p.t.), Shankar (p.t.). Under- 
wood (p.t.). 

Joinlly with Electrical Engineering 
^Jointly with Mathematics 
'Jointly With Computer Science Center 
•Jointly with the Institute of Physical Sciences and Technology 

The Department of Computer Science offers a B.S. degree in 
Computer Science. The program is designed to meet the three 
broad objectives of service to the community, qualification for 
employment, and preparation for graduate work. It provides the 
student with the flexibility to select courses in areas of individual 
interest and in line with the student's goals after graduation. 
Requirements for a Computer Science Major 

1. A minimum of 30 credit hours of CMSC courses, at least 24 
hours of which are at 300-400 levels, with an overall average of "C" 
or better. 

2. Either of the mathematics calculus sequences (MATH 140, 141, 
or MATH 150, 151) with at least a "C" average as supporting 
course work. Additional mathematics and statistics courses are 
recommended but not required. 



3. 30 credit hours which satisfy the General University Re- 
quirements as presented in the University Catalog. None of these 
may be CMSC courses or specified prerequisites to CMSC 
courses. 

4. Electives to obtain at least the minimum 120 hours needed for 
graduation. Students may wish to choose their electives to satisfy 
the requirements of another department's degree program and, by 
so doing, qualify for a double major. 

Introductory Computer Science Courses. The Department offers a 
choice of courses, CMSC 103, 110, for students with little or no 
computer background. 

CMSC 103 IS considered a terminal course for nonmajors. It pro- 
vides an introduction to the use of a computer and programming 
in the language FORTRAN. Students who complete CMSC 103 but 
want to take additional CMSC courses should contact an advisor 
as soon as possible to determine what additional work may be 
necessary to qualify for CMSC 120. 

Non-majors who may want to take additional CMSC courses 
should take CMSC 110 mstead of CMSC 103. The two courses are 
of comparable difficulty, and the material is similar. As a terminal 
course, CMSC 103 attempts to cover more topics but at less depth 
than CMSC 110. 

Majors should take the CMSC 110. 120 sequence in their first 
year. Those students who have programming background in a 
language such as FORTRAN should consult an advisor to deter- 
mine if they need to take CMSC 1 10 or if they could obtain credit 
for it by examination. Credit by examination is possible for CMSC 
1 10 or 120, or for any other undergraduate level computer science 
course for which transfer credit has not been given. 
Undergraduate Computer Science Courses. Beginning with 
courses at the 200 level each student may arrange an individual- 
ized program by choosing areas of interest within computer 
science and then taking courses appropriate to those areas. The 
Department offers the following undergraduate courses in the 
areas indicated: Applications: CMSC 475, 477, 480; Computer 
Systems: CMSC 210. 311, 411. 412, 415; Information Processing: 
CMSC 220, 420, 426; Numerical Analysis: CMSC 460, 470, 471; Pro- 
gramming Languages: CMSC 445; and Theory of Computing: 
CMSC 250, 330, 430. 450. 452, 455. 

In addition special topics courses (CMSC 498) are offered in one 
or more areas each semester. (Graduate level courses are offered 
in all of these areas as part of the Department's M.S. and Ph.D. 
degree programs.) 

The student may choose from a large variety of computer 
science courses to satisfy the requirement of a minimum of 30 
credit hours of CMSC courses. A number of advanced courses in 
computer science have additional mathematics such as MATH 
240 and 241 as prerequisites. Students who anticipate continuing 
their studies in graduate school should complete the sequence 
MATH 140, 141, 240, 241. 

Sample Programs 

Sample programs indicating the variety of programs that are 
possible include*: 



Apolications 
(Societal) 



210 220 250 410 Courses from e o . 
4 1 5 420 424 440. BIOL ECON GVPT, 
445 455,498 PSYC SOCV 



Area 


CMSC Courses 


Electives 


Computer 


210,220,250,311. 


Selected courses 


Systems 


330, 411,412.415. 


in lulATH. STAT 




420, 430, 452/455 


ENEE, others 


Information 


210,220.250,311, 


Selected courses 


Processing 


330.411/412, 420. 


In MATH STAT, 




426, 430, 450, 498 


IFSM others 


Programming 


210, 220, 250, 311, 


Selected courses 


Languages 


330, 420, 430, 445, 
450. 455, 498 


in MATH 


Theory ot 


210,250,311,330, 


Selected courses 


Comouting 


411/412. 450, 452, 
455, 475/477, 498, 


m MATH. STAT 


Numerical 


220,311/330.420, 


Selected courses 


Analysis 


450.470, 471,475, 
477, 498 


in IVIATH. STAT 


Applications 


220, 420. 426. 450. 


Selected courses 


(Scientific) 


470, 475, 477. 480. 
498 


in MATH, STAT 


Applicialions 


210, 220, 250, 311, 


Selected couraes 


(Business) 


330,411, 412,420, 
430, 498 


in MATH, STAT 



Benedict. Benesch, Brush'. 
. Ginter, Hubbard'. Karlovitz'. 



•All of these programs Include the CMSC 
110, 120 sequence during the first year. 
Honors Program. 

A departmental honors program has been developed to provide 
an opportunity for selected undergraduate students in computer 
science to begin scholarly research by conducting suitable in- 
dependent study in a direction and at a pace not possible in the 
customary lecture courses. Students are accepted into the pro- 
gram after their sophomore year based on their overall academic 
performance in computer science courses taken. 

At least one departmental honors course is offered each 
semester with enrollment and class size limited to honors 
students An honors paper of expository or research nature, 
representing independent study on the part of the student, under 
guidance of and certified to by a member of the professorial facul- 
ty, must be completed in addition to other departmental re- 
quirements. 

Computer Equipment. The department maintains a mini-and 
microcomputer laboratory for instruction and research. The 
laboratory has three complete PDP— 11/40/45 systems connected 
by high-speed lines to the central Univac computers, a DEC GT-40 
graphics terminal, and a graphics dot-matric printer. A number of 
microprocessors are available, including an LSI— 11. A small shop 
IS well equipped with components and test equipment. The 
laboratory is used for hand-on experience, particularly in 
operating system software. 

The department also has a number of hard-copy and display ter- 
minals connected to the central Univac computers (currently a 
UNIVAC 1108 and 11/44 computer system). 

Course Code Piefix-CMSC 

Institute for Physical 
Science and Technology 

Professor and Director: Silverman 

Professors: Arsenault', Babuska'. 

DeRocco, Dorfman', Faller. Ferrell' 

Kellogg', Koopman. Krisher, Lashinsky, Lipsman', Olver', Pai', 

Rosenberg, Sengers, Spain'. Stewart'. Tidman, Weiss'. Wilkerson, 

Wu, Yorke'. Zaicman'. Zwanzig 

Ad/unct Professors (part-lime): Aziz', Montgomery 

Associate Professors: Cohen', Coplan, Gammon, Guernsey, 

Johnson', Matthews, Mcllrath. Neri'. Plotkin'. Winkelnkemper' 

Adjunct Associate Professors (part-time): Miller 

Assistant Professors: Bernard, Cheung'". Fitzpatrick', Hatch' 

Assistant Professors (visiting or part-time): Dick, McGee, Siren, 

Spicer 

Research Associates: Basu. Carlson. Das. Durvasala. Hubbard, 

Lee, Mahon, Parens, Pianigiani. Prasad, Yu' 

Professors Emeritus: Burgers. Elsasser, Landsberg, Martin 

'Joint witti Mathematics 

'Joint with Chemical Engineering 

'Joint with History 

•Joint with Physics & Astronomy 

*Joint with Computer Science Department 

'Joint with Electrical Engineering 

■Joint with University of Maryland Baltimore County 

'Joint with Economics 

•Joint with Aerospace Engineering 

'Joint with Radiology. University ot Maryland School of Medicine 

The faculty members of the institute for Physical Science and 
Technology are engaged in the study of pure and applied science 
problems that are at the boundaries between those areas served 
by the academic departments. These interdisciplinary problems 
afford challenging opportunities for thesis research and 
classroom instruction. Courses and thesis research guidance by 
the faculty of the Institute are provided either through the 
graduate program in Applied Mathematics* or under the auspices 
of other departments. Students interested in studying with In- 
stitute faculty members should direct inquiries to the Director. In- 
stitute for Physical Science and Technology, College Park, 
Maryland 20742. 

Current topics of research interest at the institute are; atomic 
physics, a wide variety of problems in plasma physics, statistical 
mechanics of physical and living systems, physics of the upper at- 
mosphere and magnetosphere, fluid dynamics, physical 
oceanography, various aspects of space and planetary science. 



Academic 
Divisions. 
Colleges. 
Schools, & 
Departments 

129 



Academic 

Divisions, 

Colleges, 

Schools, & 

Departments 

130 



theoretical and applied numerical analysis, control theory, 
epidemiology and biomathematics, chemical processes induced 
by ionizing radiation, and the history of science. They also include 
analysis of a number of current problems of interest to society 
such as mathematical models applied to public health, and many 
diverse efforts in basic mathematics. 

The Institute sponsors a w/ide variety of seminars in the various 
fields of its interest. Principal among these are the general 
seminars in plasma physics, applied mathematics, fluid 
dynamics, and in atomic and molecular physics. Information 
about these can be obtained by writing the Director or by calling 
(301) 454-2636. 

Financial support for qualified graduate students is available 
through research assistantships funded by grants and contracts, 
and through teaching assistantships in related academic depart- 
ments. 

*See the separate listing lor the Applied Mathematics Program 

Mathematics 

Professor and Chairman: Kirwan 

Professors: Adams, Antman. Auslander, Babuska'**, Benedetto, 
Bernstein, Brace, Chu, Cook, Correl, Doughs, Edmundson", 
Ehrlich, Goldberg, Goldhaber, Goldstein, Good, Gray, Greenberg, 
Gulick, Heins, Horvath, Hubbard***, Hummel, Karlovitz***, 
Kellogg*'*, Kleppner, Lay, Lehner, Lipsman, Lopez-Escobar, 
Markley, Mikulski, Olver***, Osborn, Pearl, Reinhart, Stellmacher, 
Strauss, Syski, Vesentini, Wolfe, Yorke*'*, Zaicman, Zedek. 
Associate Professors: Alexander, Berg, Berenstein, J, Cohen, 
Cooper, Dancis, Ellis, Fey**, Green, Helzer, Henkelman**, 
Johnson, Kueker, Neri, Owings, Razar, Sather, Schafer. Schneider, 
Smith, Stewart, Sweet, Warner, Winkelnkemper, Yang. 
Assistant Professors: Chang, Currier, Davidson**, Fitzpatrick, 
Garbanati, Herb, Kedem, King, Kudia, Lee, Liu, Neumann, 
Shepherd, Slud, Wolpert, P. Yang, 
Professor Emeritus: L. Cohen 
Instructors: Kilbourn, Vanderslice (p.t.). 
Instructor and Administrative Assistant: Sorensen. 

•Joint Appointment Computer Science Center 
"Joint Appointment Department of Secondary Education 
•••Joint Appointment IPST 

The program in mathematics leads to a degree of Bachelor of 
Science in Mathematics and offers students training in 
mathematics and statistics in preparation for graduate work, 
teaching and positions in government or industry. 

A student intending to major in mathematics should complete 
the introductory sequence MATH 140, 141, 240, 241 or the cor- 
responding honors sequence MATH 150, 151, 250, 251 and should 
have an average grade of at least B in these courses. 
Upper Level Math Requirements: A mathematics major is required 
to complete MATH 410, 411 , either 403 or 402 and five other upper 
division courses to make a total of eight MATH/STAT/MAPL 
courses (24 credits). A linear algebra course is also required and 
this requirement may be satisfied by one of the following: MATH 
240, 400. 405, or 474. A grade of C or better must be presented for 
each course used to meet the MATH/STAT/MAPL major re- 
quirements. With special written permission from the 
Undergraduate Chairman, given in advance, 2 upper level courses 
from selected Departments may be substituted for one of the up- 
per level Math Requirements. All Math/Stat majors are required to 
take either Math 143 or CMSC 110 or any course for which CMSC 
is an official prerequisite. 

The requirements are detailed in a departmental brochure 
which is available through the Undergraduate Mathematics Of- 
fice. Appropriate courses taken at other universities or through 
University College may be used to fulfill these requirements pro- 
vided written permission is given in advance or transfer credit has 
been approved. However, at least four of the eight required upper 
division MATH/STAT/MAPL courses must be taken in the Depart- 
ment of Mathematics. 

In addition to the above, a mathematics major must include at 
least supporting course work with a grade average of at least C. A 
list of approved sequences may be obtained from the 
Mathematics Undergraduate Office. 

Within the Department of Mathematics there are a number of 
identifiable areas which a student can pursue to suit his/her own 
goals and interests. They are briefly described below. Note that 
they do overlap and that a student need not confine 
himself/herself to one of them. 



1. Pure Mathematics: the courses which clearly belong in this 
area are: MATH 402. 403, 404, 405, 406, 410, 411,413, 414, 415, 416, 
417, 430. 431. 432, 433, 436, 444, 446, 447, 450, 490; STAT 410, 411. 
Students preparing for graduate school in mathematics should in- 
clude MATH 403, 404 or 405, 410, 41 1, 413 (or 660), and 432 (or 730) 
in their programs. Other courses from the above list and graduate 
courses are also appropriate. 

2. Secondary teaching: the following courses are particularly 
suited for students preparing to teach mathematics at the secon- 
dary level: MATH 402, 406, 430. 431, 444, 450, 490; STAT 400, and 
EDSE 372. (EDSE 372 is acceptable as one of the eight upper level 
math courses required for a inathematics major) In addition 
EDHD 300, EDSF 301, EDSE 350. and 330 are necessary to teach. 
Immediately after completing at least 42 credits, you must apply 
for and be admitted to teacher education. 

3. Statistics: For a student with a B.A. seeking work requiring 
some statistical background, the minimal program is STAT 
400-401. To work primarily as a statistician, one should combine 
STAT 400-401 with at least two more statistics courses, most 
suitably STAT 450 and STAT 460. A stronger sequence is STAT 
410, 420, 450. This offers a better understanding and wider 
knowledge of statistics and is a general purpose program (i.e. 
does not specify one area of applications). For economics applica- 
tions STAT 400, 401 , 450. and MAPL 477 should be considered. For 
operations research MAPL 477 and/or STAT 411 should be added 
or perhaps substituted for STAT 450. To prepare for graduate 
work, STAT 410 and 420 give the best background, with STAT 41 1 , 
421 , 450, 460 and 760 added at some later stage. At least one com- 
puter science course is recommended. 

4. Computational mathematics: there are a number of math 
courses which emphasize the computational aspects of 
mathematics including the use of the computer. They are MAPL 
460, 470, 471. 477; MATH: 472, 474, 475. Students interested in this 
area should take CMSC 110 as early as possible, and CMSC 210. 
420. 440 are also suggested. 

5. Applied mathematics: the courses which lead most rapidly to 
applications are the courses listed above in 3 and 4 and MATH 
401, 413 or 463. 414, 415,436,462.463.464. A student interested in 
applied mathematics should obtain, in addition to a solid training 
in mathematics, a good knowledge of at least one area in which 
mathematics is currently being applied. Concentration in this area 
is good preparation for employment in government and industry 
or for graduate study in applied mathematics. 

Language. Since most of the non-English mathematical literature 
is written in French, German or Russian, students intending to 
continue studying mathematics in graduate school should obtain 
a reading knowledge of at least one of these languages. 
Honors in IVIathematics. The Mathematics Honors Program is 
designed for students showing exceptional ability and interest in 
mathematics. Its aim is to give a student the best possible 
mathematical education. Participants are selected by the Depart- 
mental Honors Committee during the first semester of their junior 
year. To graduate with honors in mathematics they must pass a 
final written and oral comprehensive examination. Six credits of 
graduate work or a combination of Math 398 and a graduate 
course are also required. The rest of the program is flexible. In- 
dependent work is encouraged and can be done in place of formal 
course work. A student need not major in mathematics to par- 
ticipate in the honors program. 

The Mathematics Department also offers a special 
Mathematics Departmental honors calculus sequence (MATH 150, 
151. 250, 251) for promising freshmen with a strong mathematical 
background (usually including calculus). Enrollment in the se- 
quence is normally by invitation but any interested student may 
apply to the Mathematics Departmental Honors Committee for ad- 
mission. 

Participants in the General Honors Program may enroll in 
special honors sections of the regular calculus sequence (MATH 
140H, 141H, 240H, 241H). They may enroll in the honors calculus 
sequence if invited by the Mathematics Departmental Honors 
Committee. However, the Mathematics Departmental Honors 
calculus sequence and the General Honors Program are distinct, 
and enrollment in one does not imply acceptance in the other. 

Neither honors calculus sequence is prerequisite for par- 
ticipating In the Mathematics Honors Program, and students in 
these sequences need not be mathematics majors. 

Pi Mu Epsilon. The local chapter of Pi Mu Epsilon, national 
honorary mathematics fraternity, meets frequently to discuss 



mathematical or educational topics of mterest to undergraduates. 

Ttie programs are open to the public. 

Placement in Mathematics Courses. The department has a large 
offering to accommodate a great variety of backgrounds, interests 
and abilities. The department permits a student to take any course 
for which he or she has the appropriate background regardless of 
formal course work. For example, a student with a high school 
calculus course may be permitted to begin in the middle of the 
calculus sequence even if he or she does not have advanced 
standing. Students may obtain undergraduate credit for 
mathematics courses in any of the following ways: passing the ap- 
propriate CEEB Advanced Placement Examination, passing stan- 
dardized CLEP examinations, and through the department's 
Credit-by-Examination. Students are urged to consult with ad- 
visors from the Mathematics Department to assist with proper 
placements. 

Statistics and Probability. Courses in statistics and probability 
are offered by the Department of Mathematics. These courses are 
open to non-majors as well as majors, and carry credit in 
Mathematics. Students wishing to concentrate in statistics may 
do so by choosing an appropriate program under the Department 
of Mathematics. 

Course Cofle Prefi«es-MATH, STAT MAPL 

Meteorology Program 

Director: Baer 

Professor Emeritus: Landsberg. 

Professors: Faller', Fritz (visiting). 

Associate Professors: Rodenhuis, Thompson. Vernekar. 

Assistant Professor: Ellington, Hart (visiting). Pinker (visiting), R. 

Pitter, Robock. 

Instructors: Schemm, Pinker. 

Visiting Lecturer: Weil. 

'Inst, tor Phys. Sci and Tech 
*Joint with Civil Engineering 

The Meteorology Program offers a number of courses of in- 
terest to undergraduate students. These courses provide an ex- 
cellent undergraduate background for those students who wish to 
do graduate work in the fields of atmospheric and oceanic 
science, meteorology, air pollution, and other environmental 
sciences. The interdisciplinary nature of studies in meteorology 
and physical oceanography assures that all science oriented 
students will gain a broadened view of physical science as a 
whole, as well as the manner in which the sciences may be ap- 
plied to understand the behavior of our environment. 

Undergraduate students interested in pursuing a bachelors 
degree program preparatory to further study or work in 
meteorology are urged to consider the Physical Sciences Pro- 
gram, in which they can specialize in meteorology. It is important 
that students who anticipate this specialization should consult 
the Physical Sciences Program advisor representing the 
Meteorology Program as early as possible in their studies. 

Because of its interdisciplinary nature, the study of the at- 
mosphere requires a firm background in the basic sciences and 
mathematics. To be suitably prepared for 400-level courses in 
meteorology, the student should have the following background: 
Either the physics major series PHYS 191-296 or the series PHYS 
161. 262,263: the mathematics series MATH 140, 141,240,241 and 
either the series CHEM 103, 104 or CHEM 105, 106. In addition, 
natural science background courses in astronomy (such as ASTR 
181, 182, or 350), geology (such as GEOL 445, 446) and METO 301 
are highly recommended. 

Electives in meteorology are as follow: 

METO 301— Atmospheric Environment 3 

METO 310— Meteorological Observations and 

Instruments 3 

METO 398— Topics in Atmospheric Science 3 

METO 410— Descriptive and Synoptic Meteorology I ... . 3 

METO 411 — Descriptive and Synoptic Meteorology II .. . 3 
METO 412— Physics and Thermodynamics of the 

Atmosphere 3 

METO 413— Atmospheric Processes on Atomic and 

Molecular Scale 3 

METO 416— Introduction to Atmospheric Dynamics .... 3 

METO 420 — Physical and Dynamical Oceanography .. . 3 

METO 422— Oceanic Waves, Tides and Turbulence 3 



METO 434— Air Pollution 3 

METO 441— Weather Map Discussion and Practice 

Forecasting I 1 

METO 442— Weather Map Discussion and Practice 

Forecasting II i 

METO 460— Synoptic Laboratory I 3 

METO 461 — Synoptic Laboratory II 3 

METO 499— Special Problems in Atmospheric 

Science 1-3 

Students who may be preparing for graduate education in 
meteorology are strongly advised to pursue further course work 
from among the areas of physics, mathematics, chemistry, com- 
puter science and statistics to supplement course work in 
meteorology. 



Physical Sciences Program 

Cfiairman: E.V.P. Smith. 

Astronomy: Matthews, Chemistry: Jaquith. Computer Science: 
Vandergraft. Geology: Wockenfuss, Engineering: Stifel, 
f^athematics: Schneider, t\/leteorology: Ellingson, Physics: Hornyak. 
Purpose. This program is suggested for many types of students: 
those whose interests cover a wide range of the physical 
sciences: those whose interests have not yet centered on any 
one science; students interested in a career in an interdisci- 
disciplinary area within the physical sciences; students who seek 
a broader undergraduate program than is possible in one of the 
traditional physical sciences: students interested in meteorology; 
preprofessional students (prelaw, premedical): or students whose 
interests in business, technical writing, advertising or sales re- 
quire a broad technical background. This program can also be 
useful for those planning science-oriented or technical work in 
the urban field: some of the Urban Studies courses should be 
taken as electives. Students contemplating this program as a 
basis for preparation for secondary school science teaching are 
advised to consult the Science Teaching Center staff of the Col- 
lege of Education for additional requirements for teacher cer- 
tification. 

The Physical Sciences Program consists of a basic set of 
courses in physics, chemistry and mathematics, followed by a 
variety of courses chosen from these and related disciplines: 
astronomy, geology, meteorology, computer science, and the 
engineering disciplines. Emphasis is placed on a broad program 
as contrasted with a specialized one. 

Students are advised by members of the Physical Sciences 
Committee. This committee is composed of faculty members 
from each of the represented disciplines and some student 
representatives. Assignment of advisor depends on the interest of 
the student, e.g.. one interested principally in chemistry will be ad- 
vised by the chemistry member of the committee. Students whose 
interests are too general to classify in this manner will normally 
be advised by the chairman of the committee. 

More detailed information concerning the Physical Sciences 
Program is available from the MPSE Undergraduate Office. Math 
Building, Y-110. 

The Curriculum. The basic courses include MATH 140. 141 and 
one other math course for which MATH 141 is a prerequisite (11 or 
12 credits); CHEM 103 and 104. or 105 and 106 (8 credits); PHYS 
162, 262. 263 (11 credits); or 141. 142 (8 credits); or 191. 
192/293/294, 195, 196, 295, 296 (18 credits); or 221. 222(10 credits); 
or PHYS 121, 122 followed by PHYS 262 (12 credits). 

The choice of the physics sequence depends on the student's 
future aims and his/her background. PHYS 161, 262. 263 is the 
standard sequence recommended for most Physical Science ma- 
jors. This sequence will enable the student to continue with in- 
termediate level and advanced courses. PHYS 141. 142 is available 
to students who wish a less extensive background in physics than 
is represented by PHYS 161-263 or 191-294 Students desiring a 
strong background in physics are urged to enroll In PHYS 191-294 
This is the sequence also used by Physics majors and leads 
directly into the advanced physics courses. PHYS 221, 222 is 
designed for Education majors, and therefore is suitable for 
students thinking in terms of a teaching career. PHYS 121, 122 
plus 262 IS offered as an option only for students who have 
already taken PHYS 121. 122 and then decide to major in Physical 



Academic 
Divisions. 
Colleges, 
Schools. & 
Departments 

131 



132 



Sciences. This sequence should not be selected by students 
already in or just starting the program. The rationale for requiring 
PHYS 262 to follow 121, 122 is to ensure that students have some 
physics with calculus (121, 122 do not have a calculus corequi- 
site). 

Beyond these basic courses the student must complete 24 
credits of which 12 must be at the 300 or 400 level, chosen from 
the following disciplines: Chemistry, physics, mathematics, 
astronomy, geology, meteorology, computer science, science, 
and one of the engineering disciplines, subject to certain limita- 
tions. Students presenting PHYS 294 as part of their basic cur- 
riculum may include these credits among the 24 credits. The 24 
credits must be so distributed that he or she has at least six 
credits in each of any three of the above listed disciplines. The 
program requires an average grade of at least C in courses count- 
ing toward the major including both the basic plus the broader set 
of courses. 

Engineering courses used for one of the options must all be 

Academic from the same department e.g. all must be ENEE courses, or a stu- 

Divisions. dent may use a combination of courses in ENCH, ENNU and ENMA. 

Colleges, which are all offered by Department of Chemical and Nuclear 

Schools, & Engineering; courses offered as engineering sciences, ENES, will 

Departments be considered as a department for these purposes. Engineering 

Technology courses (ET prefix) are not applicable for a major in 

Physical Sciences. 

Because of the wide choice and flexibility within the program, 
students are required to submit for approval a study plan during 
their junior year, specifying the courses they wish to use in satis- 
fying the requirements of the major. 

Students who wish to depart from the stipulated curriculum 
may present their proposed program for approval by the Physical 
Science Committee. An honors program is available to qualified 
students in their senior year. 

Certain courses offered in the fields included in the program are 
not suitable for Physical Science majors and cannot count as part 
of the requirements of the program. These include any courses 
corresponding to a lower level than the basic courses specified 
above (e.g. tvlATH 115), some of the special topics courses de- 
signed for non-science students, as well as other courses. A com- 
plete listing of "excluded" courses is available from the MPSE 
Division office. 

Honors Program. The Physical Sciences Honors program offers 
students the opportunity for research and independent study. In- 
terested students should request details from their advisor. 

Physics and Astronomy 

Professor and Chairman: Dragt. 
Professor and Director of Astronomy Program: Kerr. 
Professors and Associate Ctiairmen: Falk, Park 
Professors: Alley, Anderson, Banerjee, Bell, Bhagat, Brill, Currie, 
Davidson, Day, DeSilva, Dorfman, Earl, Erickson, Ferrell, Glasser, 
Glover III, Gluckstern, Greenberg, Griem, Griffin, Holmgren, Horn- 
yak, H. Kim, Kundu, Liu, MacDonald, Marion, Misner, Myers, 
Oneda, Park, Pati, Prange, Reiser, Roos, Rose, Smith, Snow, P. 
Steinberg, Sucher, Trivelpiece, Wall, Weber, Wentzel, Westerhout, 
Woo, Yodh, B. S. Zorn, G. T. Zorn, Zuckerman. 
Professors (Part-Time): Opik, Papadopoulus, Z. Slawsky. 
Adjunct Professors: Bennett, Brandt, Friedman, Hayward, 
McDonald, Musen, Rado. 

Associate Professors: A'Hearn, Bardasis, Beall, C. Y. Chang, 
Chant, Drew, Fivel, Click, Gloeckler, Goldenbaum, Harrington, 
Kacser, Y. S. Kim, Korenman, Layman, Matthews, Redish, Richard, 
Roush, Zipoy. 

Associate Professor (Part-Time): 

Visiting Associate Professor: Henderson, Seidelmann, Trimble. 
Adjunct Associate Professors: Clark, Dixon, Pechacek. 
Assistant Professors: Bagchi, Boyd, C. C. Chang, Chant, 
Dombeck, Einstein, Ellsworth, Gowdy, Guillory, Lynn, Martin. 
Mason, Scott, Skuja, Wallace, Wickes. 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Dworzecka. 

Lecturers: Allgaier, Deming, Holt, Meier, M. Slawsky, Stern, 
Swank, Theison, Wineland, Young 

The Physics program includes a broad range of undergraduate 
courses designed to satisfy the needs of almost every student, 
from the advanced physics major to the person taking a single in- 
troductory physics course. In addition, there are various oppor- 
tunities for personally directed studies between student and pro- 
fessor, and many undergraduate "research" opportunities also 



are available. For further information consult "Department Re- 
quirements for a B.S. degree in Physics," available from the 
Department. 

Courses for Non-IVIajors. The department offers several courses 
which are intended for students other than physics majors. PHYS 
101, 102, 106, 111 and 112 without a laboratory and PHYS 114, 117 
and 120 with laboratory are designed to satisfy the General Univer- 
sity distribution requirements. PHYS 121, 122, or 141, 142 satisfy 
the requirements for professional schools such as medical and 
dental, and PHYS 161 , 262, 263 satisfy the introductory physics re- 
quirement tor most engineering programs. PHYS 299A provides 
background for PHYS 121. PHYS 318 is a one semester course 
stressing contemporary topics for those who have completed a 
year of one of the above sequences. In addition, PHYS 420 is a one 
semester modern physics course for advanced students in 
science or engineering. Either the course sequence 161 , 262, 263, 
or the full sequence 191, 192, 293, 294 is suitable for mathematics 
students and those who major in other physical sciences. 
The Physics Major. The way most physics majors will begin their 
work is with a two-year basic sequence of physics courses. PHYS 
191A or B. 192, 293, and 294, accompanied by the laboratory 
courses PHYS 195, 196 in the first year and 295, 296 in the second 
year. Transfer students who come with a different set of introduc- 
tory courses either will be put into an appropriate course in this 
sequence or will take bridging courses, such as PHYS 404, 405, (if 
offered) and then go on to advanced courses. 

The requirement for a physics major includes six laboratory 
courses and PHYS 410, 411, 421 and 422, plus MATH 140, 141,240, 
241 (or 150, 151, 250) and one additional 3 or 4 credit mathematics 
course. Students must have an overall average of at least 2.0 (C) in 
the required physics and required supporting mathematics 
courses. After taking the basic sequence, the student will have 
some flexibility in his program, and he or she will be able to take 
specialty courses, such as those in nuclear physics or solid-state 
physics, or courses in related fields which are of particular in- 
terest to him or her. In addition, a student interested in doing 
research may choose to do a bachelor's thesis under the direction 
of a member of the faculty. 

Honors in Physics, The Honors Program offers to students of 
good ability and strong interest in physics a greater flexibility in 
their academic programs, and a stimulating atmosphere through 
contacts with other good students and with individual faculty 
members. There are opportunities for part-time research participa- 
tion which may develop into full-time summer projects. An honors 
seminar is offered for advanced students; credit may be given for 
independent work or study, and certain graduate courses are open 
for credit toward the bachelor's degree. 

Students are accepted by the department's Honors Committee 
on the basis of recommendations from their advisors and other 
faculty members, usually in the second semester of their junior 
year. A final written or oral comprehensive examination in the 
senior year is optional, but those who pass the examination will 
graduate "with honors in physics." 
The Astronomy ttlajors. See page 128 for details. 

Course Code Prefix— PHYS 

Science Communications 

The University of Maryland offers several interdisciplinary ap- 
proaches to the training of science communicators, ranging from 
specialization in one science or engineering with background in 
communication to specializing in journalistic communication with 
background coursework in the sciences. Each of the several pro- 
gram options can be tailored to the needs of individual students. 

Undergraduate students interested in science communications 
can choose from a wide range of possibilities. For example, some 
may want a career writing about the general happenings of the day 
in the physical and life sciences. Or, some students may prefer 
writing about the span from a pure science to its applied 
technology. Others may prefer writing about one field — such as 
agronomy, astronomy, geology— and its impact on society — In 
ecological problems, space exploration, and plate tectonics. 

The following are several approaches: Writing about the 
pfiysical sciences: A recommended approach would be to take the 
Physical Sciences Program with a minor in journalism. The 
Physical Sciences Program consists of a basic set of courses In 
physics, chemistry and mathematics, followed by a variety of 



courses chosen from these and related disciplines: astronomy, 
geology, meteorology and computer science. 

Writing about the life sciences: A recommended approach 
would be to take the Biological Sciences Program with a minor in 
journalism. The Biological Sciences Program includes work in 
botany, entomology, microbiology, and zoology, and introduces 
the student to the general principles and methods of each of 
these biological sciences. 

Writing about engineering: A recommended approach would be 
to take the B.S. -Engineering Program with a minor in journalism. 
The B.S. -Engineering Program blends two or three fields of 
engineering or applied science. 

Writing about a specific field: A recommended approach would 
be to take a departmental ma|or in any of the sciences, 
agriculture, or engineering and a minor in journalism. 

Journalism combined with an overview of the sciences: A jour- 
nalism major could take selected science courses that provide a 
familarity with scientific thought and application. Academic 

Science or Math Education Divisions, 

Colleges, 

Students completing an undergraduate major in astronomy, Schools & 

physics, physical sciences, or in math, or who may be enrolled in Departments 

the College of Education, may prepare to teach astronomy, 

physics, physical science, or math. Early contact should be made -133 

with either Dr. John Layman (astronomy, physics, physical 
sciences) or Dr. Neil Davidson (math). 




* 



rn 



4 Course Offerings 



Afro-American Studies 
AASP 100 Introduction to Afro- American 
Studies. (3) A survey of significant aspects of 
black life and tfiougfit wfiich are reflected in 
black literature, music and art Tfiis in- 
terdisciplinary course examines ttie African 
cultural and tiistoncal backgrounds and traces 
the development of black culture in Africa, ttie 
United States and ttie Carribean from ttie fif- 
teentti century to contemporary times, Em- 
ptiasis IS placed upon ttie social, political and 
economic ctianges in black life ttiat tiave in- 
fluenced ttie ideas of black artists and 
spokesmen 

AASP 101 Elementary Swahili. (3) An in 
troductory course in ttie Swatiili language 
Study of linguistic structure and development 
of audiolingual ability Ttiree recitations and 
one laboratory fiour per week 
AASP 102 Intermediate Swahili. (3) Ttiree 
recitations and one laboratory per week Fur- 
ttier study of linguistic structure and develop- 
ment of audiolingual and writing ability, and in- 
troduction to ttie reading of literary texts 
AASP 112 Advanced Swahili. (3) For stu- 
dents wtio wish to develop fluency and con- 
fidence in the speaking, reading and wnting of 
Swatiili language Discussions in Swahili. 
AASP 200 African Civilization (3) A survey of 
African civilizations from 4500 B C to present 
Analysis of traditional social systems 
Discussion of the impact of European 
colonization on these civilizations Analysis of 
the influence of traditional African social 
systems on modern Afncan institutions as well 
as discussion of contemporary processes of 
Afncanization 

AASP 202 Black Culture in the United 
States. (3) The course examines important 
aspects of Amencan Negro life and thought 
which are reflected in Afro-Amencan literature, 
drama, music and art Beginning with the cul- 
tural heritage of slavery, the course surveys 
the changing modes of black creative ex- 
pression from the nineteenth-century to the 
present 

AASP 298 Special Topics in Afro-American 
Studies. (3) An introductory multi-disciplinary 
and inter-disciplinary educational experience 
to explore issues relevant to black life, cultural 
experiences, and political, econonnic and ar 
tistic development l^ay be repeated to a 
maximum of six credits if subject matter is dif- 
ferent, 

AASP 300 The Black Community and Public 
Policy. (3) A study of the role and impact of 
the black community in public policy for- 
mulation; scope and methods in public policy 
focusing on specific problems in the black 



community; analysis and review of relation- 
ships between the policy makers and the com- 
munity With permission of the program, 
students may elect to devote time to specific 
community proiects as part of the require- 
ments of the course. The student will not serve 
in an agency in which he is already employed 

AASP 311 The African Slave Trade. (3) The 

relationship of the slave trade of Africans to the 
development of British capitalism and its in- 
dustrial revolution, and to the economic and 
social development of the Americas 
AASP 312 Social and Cultural Effects of 
Colonization and Racism. (3) A comparative 
approach to the study of the social and cultural 
effects of colonization and racism on black 
people in Africa, Latin Amenca and in the 
United States--community and family life, 
religion, economic institutions, education and 
artistic expression 

AASP 397 Senior Reading and Research 
Seminar in Afro- American Studies. (3) An in- 
terdisciplinary reading and research senior 
seminar for majors in Afro-American studies or 
majors in other departments or programs who 
have completed at least eighteen hours of 
Afro-Amencan studies courses Emphasis on 
research and wnting methods in Afro-Amencan 
studies A senior thesis will be completed 
during the course 

AASP 400 Directed Readings in Afro- 
American Studies. (3) The readings will be 
directed by the director of Afro-Amencan 
studies Topics to be covered the topics will 
be chosen by the director to meet the needs 
and interests of individual students 
AASP 401 Seminar in Afro-American 
Studies. (3) The theory and concepts of the 
social and behavioral sciences as they relate to 
Afro-Amencan studies. Required for the cer- 
tificate in Afro-American studies. 
Prerequisites: at least 1 5 hours of Afro- 
Amencan studies or related courses or per- 
mission of the director 

AASP 403 The Development of a Black 
Aesthetic. (3) An analysis of selected areas of 
black creative expression in the arts for the 
purpose of understanding the infon-nmg prin- 
ciples of style, techniques, and cultural ex- 
pression which make up a black aesthetic 
Prerequisite: completion of ENGL 443 or ASP 
302 or consent of instructor 
AASP 410 Contemporary African Ideologies. 
(3) Analysis of contemporary African 
ideologies Emphasis on philosophies of 
Nyerere, Nkrumah, Senghor, Sekou Toure, 
Kaunda, Cabral, et al. Discussion of the role of 
Afncan ideologies on modernization and social 
change 



AASP 411 Black Resistance Movements. (3) 

A comparative study of the black resistance 
movements in Africa and Amenca: analysis of 
their interrelationships as well as their impact 
on contemporary Pan-Africanism 

AASP 428 Special Topics In Black Develop- 
ment. (3) A multi-disciplinary and inter- 
disciplinary educational experience concerned 
with questions relevant to the development of 
black people everywhere Development im- 
plies political, economic, social, and cultural 
change among other things Consequently, a 
number of topics may be examined and 
studied 

AASP 429 Special Topics in Black Culture. 
(3) An interdisciplinary approach to the role of 
black artists around the world Emphasis is 
placed upon contributions of the black man in 
Africa, the Caribbean and the United States to 
the literary arts, the musical arts, the per- 
forming arts, and the visual arts Course con- 
tent will be established in terms of those ideas 
and concepts which reflect the cultural climate 
of the era in which they were produced At- 
tention to individual compositions and works of 
art through lectures, concepts, field trips, and 
audio-visual devices. 



Agricultural Engineering 
AGEN 100 Basic Agricultural Engineering 
Technology. (3) An introduction to the ap- 
plication of engineering concepts Topics in- 
clude quantitation and measurement; 
mechanical, themial, fluid and electncal prin- 
ciples and their relationship to biotogical 
systems and materials of agricultural and 
aquacultural products (for non-engineering 
maprs), 
AGEN 200 Introduction to Farm Mechanics. 

(2) One lecture and one laboratory penod a 
week. A study of the hand tools and power 
equipment and their safe use as it applies to 
mechanized farms Principles and practice in 
arc and gas welding, cold metal and sheet 
metal work are provided Also, tool fitting, 
woodworking, plumbing, blue print reading and 
use of concrete 

AGEN 232 Water, a Renewable Resource. 

(3) Occurrence and distnbution of water 
Review of both natural and man-made water 
resource systems Basics of water quality and 
waste water treatment 

AGEN 300 Energy and Food. (1) An ex- 
position of the energy inputs into the produc- 
tion, processing, marketing and consumption 
of our food supply 

AGEN 305 Farm Mechanics. (2) Two 
laboratory periods a week, available only to 



Course 
Offerings 



seniors in agricultural education. This course 
consists of laboratory exercises in practical 
farm shop and farm equipment maintenance, 
repair, and construction projects, and a study 
of the pnnciples of shop organization and ad- 
ministration 

AGEN 313 Mechanics of Food Processing. 
(4) Three lectures and one laboratory 
Prerequisite PHYS 111 or 121 Applications in 
the processing and preservation of foods, of 
power transmission, hydraulics, electricity, 
thermodynamics, refrigeration, instruments 
and controls, matenals handling and time and 
motion analysis 

AGEN 324 Engineering Dynamics of 
Biological Materials. (3) Three lectures per 
week Prerequisite: ENI^E 340 Investigates 
Course the physical parameters (impact, temperature. 
Offerings humidity, light, etc ) governing the response of 
biological matenals Analysis of unit operations 
136 and their effect on the physical and quality 
charactehstics of agncultural products 
AGEN 343 Functional Design of Macfiinery 
and Equipment. (3) Two lectures and one two 
hour laboratory per week Prerequisite ENES 
221 Theory and methods of agricultural 
machine design. Application of machine design 
principles and physical properties of soils and 
agncultural products in design of machines to 
perform specific tasks 

AGEN 401 Agricultural Production Equip- 
ment. (3) Two lectures and one laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite AGEN 100 Pnnciples of 
operation and functions of power and 
machinery units as related to tillage, cutting, 
conveying, and separating units: and control 
mechanisms Pnnciples of internal combustion 
engines and power unit components 
AGEN 402 Agricultural Materials Handling 
and Environmental Control. (3) Two lectures 
and one laboratory per week Prerequisite 
AGEN 100 Characteristics of construction 
matenals and details of agncultural structures 
Fundamentals of electncity, electncal circuits, 
and electrical controls. IVIaterials handling and 
environmental requirements of farm products 
and animals 

AGEN 421 Power Systems. (3) Two lectures 
and one two hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisites ENME 216, ENEE 300 and EN- 
ME 340 Analysis of energy conversion 
devices including internal combustion engines, 
electrical and hydraulic motors Fundamentals 
of power transmission and coordination of 
power sources with methods of power trans- 
mission. 

AGEN 422 Soil and Water Engineering. (3) 

Three lectures per week Prerequisite ENIVIE 
340. Applications of engineenng and soil 
sciences in erosion control drainage, irngation 
and watershed management Pnnciples of 
agncultural hydrology and design of water con- 
trol and coveyance systems 

AGEN 424 Functional and Environmental 
Design of Agricultural Structures. (3) Two 

lectures and one hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite: AGEN 324 An analytical ap- 
proach to the design and planning of functional 
and environmental requirements of plants and 
animals in semi- or completely enclosed struc- 
tures 

AGEN 432 General Hydrology. (3) Three lee 
tures per week. Qualitative aspects of basic 
hydrologic principles pertaining to the proper- 
ties, distribution and circulation of water as 
related to public interest in water resources. 



AGEN 433 Engineering Hydrology. (3) Three 
lectures per week Prerequisites: MATH 246, 
ENCE 330 or ENME 340 Properties, 
distnbution and circulation of water from the 
sea and in the atmosphere emphasizing 
movement overland, in channels and through 
the soil profile Qualitative and quantitative fac- 
tors are considered. 

AGEN 435 Aquacultural Engineering. (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of department A study 
of the engineering aspects of development, 
utilization and conservation of aquatic systems 
Emphasis will be on harvesting and processing 
aquatic animals or plants as related to other 
facets of water resources management 
AGEN 488 Topics in Agricultural Engineer- 
ing Technology. (1-3) Prerequisite per- 
mission of the instnjctor Selected topics in 
agncultural engineenng technology of current 
need and interest May be repeated to a 
maximum of six credits if topics are different 
Not acceptable for credit towards major in 
agncultural engineenng 

AGEN 489 Special Problems in Agricultural 
Engineering. (1-3) Prerequisite approval of 
department Student will select an engineenng 
problem and prepare a technical report The 
problem may include design, experimentation, 
and or data analysis 

AGEN 499 Special Problems In Agricultural 
Engineering Technology. (1-3) Prerequisite 
approval of department Not acceptable for 
majors in agncultural engineenng Problems 
assigned in proportion to credit 



Agriculture 

AGRI 101 Introduction to Agriculture. (1) 

Required of all beginning freshmen and 
sophomores in agnculfure Other students 
must get the consent of the instructor A series 
of lectures introducing the student to the broad 
field of agnculfure 

AGRI 301 Introduction to Agricultural 
Biometrics. (3) Two lectures and one 
laboratory penod per week Prerequisite: 
university math requirement Descnptive 
statistics, sampling, confidence interval 
estimation, introduction to hypothesis testing, 
simple regression and correlation. Course em- 
phasis shall be on application of simple 
statistical techniques and on interpretation of 
the statistical results 

AGRI 389 Internship In Conservation and 
Resource Development. (3) Prerequisite 
permission of instructor Students are placed in 
work experiences related to their stated career 
goals for a minimum of eight hours a week for a 
semester Each student must do an in depth 
study in some portion of the work expenence 
and produce a special project and report 
related to this study A student work log is also 
required This course may be repeated for a 
total of six credits. An evaluation from the ex- 
ternal supervisor of the project will be required, 
AGRI 401 Agricultural Biometrics. (3) Two 
lectures and one laboratory period per week 
Prerequisite MATH 115 or equivalent 
Probability, measures of central tendency and 
dispersion, frequency distributions, tests of 
statistical hypotheses, regression analysis, 
multiway analysis with emphasis on the use of 
statistical methods in agricultural research 
AGRI 489 Special Topics in Agriculture. (1- 
3) Credit according to time scheduled and 
organization of the course A lecture senes 
organized to study in depth a selected phase 



of agriculture not normally associated with one 
of the existing programs 



Agronomy 

AGRO 100 Crops Laboratory. (2) Two 

laboratory penods a week Demonstration and 
application of practices in the identification, 
distribution and management of field crops, 
AGRO 102 Crop Production. (2) Prerequisite: 
AGRO 100 or concurrent enrollment therein. 
Culture, use, improvement, adaptation, 
distnbution, and history of field crops 
AGRO 103 World Crops and Food Supply. 
(3) An introduction to the relationship of crops 
with civilization The past, present, and future 
interactions of the biology of crop plants with 
world affairs and population will be studied. 
The future impact of crops on world affairs will 
be emphasized 

AGRO 105 Soil and the Environment. (3) 
A study of soils as an irreplaceable natural 
resource, importance of soils in the ecosys- 
tem, and analysis of land resource areas in the 
U S Discussion of soils as a pollutant and the 
pollution of soils by vanous agents, and the role 
of soil as a medium for storage, decontamina- 
tion or inactivation of pollutants 
AGRO 202 General Soils. (4) Three lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisite: CHEM 103 or permission of in- 
structor A study of the fundamentals of soils 
including their ongin, development, relation to 
natural sciences, effect on civilization, physical 
properties, and chemical properties. 
AGRO 398 Senior Seminar. (1) Reports by 
seniors on current scientific and practical 
publications pertaining to agronomy. 
AGRO 403 Crop Breeding. (3) Prerequisite: 
BOTN 414 or ZOOL 246 Principles and 
methods of breeding annual self and cross- 
pollinated plant and perennial forage species. 
AGRO 404 Tobacco Production. (3) 
Prerequisite BOTN 100 A study of the 
history, adaptation, distribution, culture, and im- 
provement of various types of tobacco, with 
special emphasis on problems in Maryland 
tobacco production Physical and chemical 
factors associated with yield and quality of 
tobacco will be stressed 
AGRO 405 Turf Management. (3) Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisite BOTN 100 A study of pnnciples 
and practices of managing turf for lawns, golf 
courses, athletic fields, playgrounds, airfields 
and highways for commerical sod production. 
AGRO 406 Forage Crop Production. (3) 
Prerequisites: BOTN 101 and AGRO 100; or 
concurrent enrollment in these courses. A 
general look at world grasslands; production 
and management requirements of major 
grasses and legumes for quality hay. silage and 
pasture for livestock feed; new cultivar 
development and release; seed production 
and distribution of improved cultivars 
AGRO 407 Cereal and Oil Crops. (3) 
Prerequisites BOTN 101 and AGRO 100; or 
concurrent enrollment in these courses. A 
study of pnnciples and practices of corn, small 
grains, nee. millets, sorghums, and soybeans 
and other oil seed crops. A study of seed 
production, processing, distribution and 
federal and state seed control programs of 
corn, small grains and soybeans. 

AGRO 411 Soil Fertility Principles. (3) 

Prerequisite, AGRO 202 A study of the 



chemical, physical, and biological charac- 
teristics of soils that are Important In growing 
crops Soil deficiencies of physical, chemical. 
or biological nature and their correction by the 
use of lime, fertilizers, and rotations are 
discussed and illustrated 
AGRO 412 Commercial Fertilizers. (3) 
Prerequisite AGRO 202 or permission of in- 
structor A study of the manufactunng of com- 
mercial fertilizers and their use in soils for ef- 
ficient crop production 

AGRO 413 Soil and Water Conservation. (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a 
week Prerequisite AGRO 202 or pemiission 
of instructor A study of the importance and 
causes of soil erosion, methods of soil erosion 
control, and the effect of conservation prac- 
tices on soil-moisture supply Special em- 
phasis IS placed on farm planning for soil and 
water conservation The laboratory penod will 
be largely devoted to field tnps 
AGRO 414 Soil Classification and Geog- 
raphy. (4) Three lectures and one labora- 
tory period a week Prerequisite AGRO 202 or 
permission of instructor A study of the 
genesis, morphology, classification and 
geographic distribution of soils The broad pnn- 
ciples governing soil formation are explained 
Attention is given to the influence of 
geographic factors on the development and 
use of the soils in the United States and other 
parts of the world The laboratory penods will 
be largely devoted to the field trips and to a 
study of soil maps of various countries 
AGRO 415 Soil Survey and Land Use. (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a 
week An introduction to soil survey in- 
terpretation as a tool in land use both in 
agncultural and urban situations The im- 
plications of soil problems as delineated by soil 
surveys on land use will be considered, 
AGRO 417 Soil Physics. (3) Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite 
AGRO 202 and a course in physics, or per- 
mission of instructor A study of physical 
properties of soils with special emphasis on 
relationship to soil productivity 

AGRO 421 Soil Chemistry. (3) One lecture 
and two laboratory penods a week 
Prerequisite AGRO 202 or permission of in- 
structor A study of the chemical composition 
of soils, cation and anion exchange; acid, 
alkaline and saline soil conditions, and soil 
fixation of plant nutnents Chemical methods of 
soil analysis will be studied with emphasis on 
their relation to fertilizer requirements 
AGRO 422 Soil Biochemistry. (3) Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory period a week 
Prerequisite: AGRO 202. CHEIVI 104 or con- 
sent of instructor. A study of biochemical 
processes involved in the formation and 
decomposition of organic soil constitutents 
Significance of soil-biochemical processes in- 
volved in plant nutrition will be considered 
AGRO 423 Soil-Water Pollution. (3) 
Prerequisite; background in biology and CHEfyl 
104. Reaction and fate of pesticides, 
agricultural fertilizers, industnal and animal 
wastes in soil and water will be discussed 
Their relation to the environment will be em- 
phasized 

AGRO 451 Cropping Systems. (2) 
Prerequisite AGRO 102 or equivalent The 
coordination of information from vanous cour- 
ses in the development of balanced cropping 
systems, appropriate to different objectives in 
various areas of the state and nation 



AGRO 453 Weed Control. (3) Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week 
Prerequisite AGRO 1 02 or equivalent. A study 
of the use of cultural practices and chemical 
herbicides in the control of weeds 
AGRO 499 Special Problems in Agronomy. 
(1-3) Prerequisites AGRO 202. 406. 407 or 
permission of instructor A detailed study, in- 
cluding a wntten report of an important 
problem in agronomy 



American Studies 

AMST 201 Introduction to American Studies 

I. (3) Introduction to Amencan cultural studies, 
examining the relationship between the self 
and society as revealed in autobiographical 
wnting, new journalism' and personal ac- 
counts of American culture 

AMST 202 Introduction to American Studies 

II. (3) An investigation of the concepts of 
culture as defined by both the humanities and 
the social sciences and as illuminated by 
specific artifacts and documents from 
Amencan civilization The strategies employed 
by individuals and academic disciplines to ob- 
serve and explain the mores, myths, and ntuals 
of American society 

AMST 298 Selected Topics in American 
Studies. (3) Cultural study of a specific theme 
or issue involving diversified artifacts and 
documents from both past and contemporary 
Amencan expenence Course may be 
repeated to a maximum of six hours if the sub- 
ject is different, 

AMST 398 Independent Studies. (1-3) 
Prerequisite permission of instructor Provides 
the student with the opportunity to pursue in- 
dependent, interdisciplinary research and 
reading in specific areas of American culture 
studies fy/lay be repeated for a maximum of six 
credits 

AMST 426 Culture and the Arts in America. 
(3) Prerequisite junior standing A study of 
Amencan institutions, the intellectual and 
esthetic climate from the colonial period to the 
present 

AMST 427 Culture and the Arts in America. 
(3) Prerequisite junior standing A study of 
American institutions, the intellectual and 
esthetic climate from the colonial penod to the 
present. 

AMST 436 Readings in American Studies. 
(3) Prerequisite; junior standing An historical 
survey of American values as presented in 
various key wntings 

AMST 437 Readings in American Studies. 
(3) Prerequisite junior standing. An histoncal 
survey of American values as presented in 
various key wntings 

AMST 446 Popular Culture in America. (3) 
Prerequisite junior standing and permission of 
instructor A survey of the histoncal develop- 
ment of the popular arts and modes of popular 
entertainment in America, 
AMST 447 Popular Culture in America. (3) 
Prerequisite junior standing and AMST 446 
Intensive research in the sources and themes 
of contemporary American popular culture 
AMST 498 Special Topics in American 
Studies. (3) Prerequisite a course in 
American history, literature, or government, or 
consent of the instructor. Topics of special in- 
terest Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits 
when topics differ. 



Animal Science 

ANSC 101 Principles of Animal Science. (3) 

Two lectures anc one two-hour laboratory 
period per week A comprehensive course, in- 
cluding the development of animal science, its 
contributions to the economy, characteristics 
of animal products, factors of efficient and 
economical production and distnbution 
ANSC 201 Basic Principles of Animal 
Genetics. (3) Two lectures and one laboratory 
period per week The basic principles and laws 
of mendelian gentics as applied to 
economically important domestic animals In- 
cluded w'll be gene action and interaction, 
linkage and crossing over, recombination, 
cytological maps, chromosomal aberrations. 
mutations, stnjcture ot the genetic material and 
regulation of genetic information 
ANSC 203 Feeds and Feeding. (3) Credit not 
allowed for ANSC major Two lectures and one 
laboratory period per week. Prerequisites 
CHEfVI 103. 104. Elements of nutrition, 
source, characteristics and adaptability of the 
various feedstuf. ,0 the several classes ot 
livestock. A study of the composition of feeds, 
the nutnent requirements of farm animals and 
the formulations of economic diets and rations 
for livestock 

ANSC 211 Anatomy of Domestic Animals. 
(4) Three lectures and one laboratory- per 
week Prerequisite ZOOL 101 A systematic 
gross and microscopic comparative study of 
the anatomy of the major domestic animals 
Special emphasis is placed on those systems 
important in animal production 
ANSC 212 Applied Animal Physiology. (3) 
Prerequisites ANSC 211 or equivalent The 
physiology of domesticated animals with em- 
phasis on functions related to production, and 
the physiological adaptation to environmental 
influences 

ANSC 214 Applied Animal Physiology 
Laboratory. (1) Pre- or corequisite ANSC 
212. One three-hour laboratory per week. Ap- 
plication of physiological laboratory techniques 
to laboratory and domestic animals Not open 
to students who have credit for ANSC 212 
prior to spnng 1977 

ANSC 221 Fundamentals of Animal Produc- 
tion. (3) Two lectures and one laboratory 
period per week This course deals with the 
adaptation of beef cattle, sheep, swme and 
horses to significant and specific uses. 
Breeding, feeding, management practices and 
criteria for evaluating usefulness are em- 
r lasized. 

ANSC 222 Livestock Evaluation. (3) Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisite ANSC 221 or permission of in- 
structor A study of type and breed charac- 
tenstics of beef cattle, sheep and swine and 
the market classes of livestock which best 
meet present day demands One field trip of 
about two days duration is made during which 
students participate in the annual eastern in- 
tercollegiate livestock clinic. 
ANSC 223 Career and Curriculum Planning 
Seminar. (1) One meeting per week Presen- 
tation of infonmation relating to all specialized 
areas of the animal sciences with onentation 
toward career development and curriculum 
planning Discussions and reports will be in- 
cluded 

ANSC 226 Man. Culture. Animals. (2) A 
general study of the importance of animals in 
the cultural development of man Histoncal and 
contemporary uses of particular animal 



Course 
Offerings 



Course 
Offerings 



138 



species will be explored Environmental 
limitations to human development which have 
been overcome by man-animal relationships 
will be emphasized, 

ANSC 230 Introduction to Horse 
Management. (3) Two lectures and one two- 
hour laboratory period per week A general 
course in horse management for students who 
intend to work in activities closely related to 
the horse industry. The basis for the 
usefulness of horses to individuals and society 
will be developed by application of the prin- 
ciples of nutrition, physiology, anatomy, 
genetics, behavior, and environmental control- 
ANSC 242 Dairy Production. (3) Two lectures 
and one laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisite: ANSC 101 A comprehensive 
course in dairy cattle nutrients, feeding and 
management 

ANSC 244 Dairy Cattle Type Appraisal. (1) 
Freshmen, by permission of instructor Two 
laboratory penods Analysis of dairy cattle type 
with emphasis on the comparative judging of 
dairy caftle. 

ANSC 252 introduction to the Diseases of 
Wildlife. (2) Two lectures per week 
Prerequisite: ZOOL 101 The pnncipal 
diseases of North American wildlife will be 
briefly considered. For each disease, specific 
attention will be given to the following: signs 
evidenced by the affected animal or bird, 
causative agent, means of transmission and ef- 
fects of the disease on the population of the 
species involved- Also included where ap- 
propnate is a consideration of the threat that 
each disease may pose to man or his domestic 
animals, 

ANSC 261 Advanced Poultry Judging. (1) 
Prerequisite: ANSC 101 One lecture or 
laboratory period per week. The theory and 
practice of judging and culling by physical 
means is emphasized, including correlation 
studies of charactenstics associated with 
productivity Contestants for regional 
collegiate judging competitions will be se- 
lected from this class, 

ANSC 262 Commercial Poultry Manage- 
ment. (3) Prerequisite: ANSC 101 A sym- 
posium of finance, investment. Plant layout 
Specialization, purchase of supplies and 
management problems in baby chick, eqq, 
broiler and turkey production; foremanship, ad- 
vertising, selling. By-products, production and 
financial records. Field tnps required, 
ANSC 265 Fundamentals of Pet Nutrition. 
(2) Two lecture hours per week, A basic course 
on the nutrition of those animals commonly 
kept as household pets. Designed to acquaint 
students with minimal science background 
with the basic principles and techniques of 
animal nutrition, 

ANSC 301 Advanced Livestock Evaluation. 
(2) Two laboratory penods per week. 
Prerequisites: ANSC 222 and pemiission of in- 
structor. An advanced course in meat animal 
evaluation designed to study the relationship 
and limitations that exist in evaluating breeding 
and market animals and the relationship bet- 
ween the live market animal and its carcass. 
Evaluating meat carcesses, wholesale meat 
cuts and meat grading will be emphasized The 
most adept students enrolled in this course are 
chosen to represent the University of f^/laryland 
in intercollegiate judging contests. 

ANSC 305 Companion Animal Care. (3) 

Prerequisites: a semester of zoology or 
general biology. General information, care, and 



management of the companion small animals 
Species covered include the cat, dog, rodents, 
lagomorphs, reptiles, amphibians, birds and 
others as class interest and schedule dictate, 
Basic description, evolutionary development, 
breeding, nutritional and environmental 
requirements, and public health aspects will be 
presented tor each species, 
ANSC 332 Horse Management. (3) 
Prerequisite ANSC 230, fwlajor topics include 
nutrition, reproduction, breeding, performance 
evaluation, basic training and management 
techniques, 

ANSC 337 The Science of Horse Training. 
(2) Summer only Prerequisites: ANSC 230, 
332, and permission of instructor, fvlajor topics 
include evaluation of behavioral repertory, use 
of positive and negative reinforcement, suc- 
cessive approximation, as techniques for the 
basic training of the horse. The basic training to 
include teaching an untrained horse to lunge, 
accept tack, drive, be mounted and perform 
certain movements while being ridden 
ANSC 350 Ornithology. (4) Three lectures 
and one three-hour laboratory penod per 
vueek. Three mandatory field tnps. 
Prerequisites: ZOOL 290 or permission of in- 
structor Includes systematics. anatomy, 
physilogy, behavior, life histones, ecology, 
population dynamics, evolution and con- 
servation of birds. Ivlay not be taken for credit 
by students who have credit in ANSC 454, 
ANSC 398 Seminar. (1) Prerequisite ap- 
proval of the staff. Presentation and discussion 
of current literature and research work in 
animal science, or in fish and wildlife 
management, Repeatable to a maximum of two 
hours 

ANSC 399 Special Problems in Animal 
Science. (1-2) Prerequisite: approval of staff. 
Work assigned in proportion to amount of 
credit A course designed for advanced un- 
dergraduates in which specific problems 
relating to animal science will be assigned 
ANSC 401 Fundamentals of Nutrition. (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite CHEIVI 
1 04 : ANSC 2 1 2 recommended, A study of the 
fundamental role of all nutnents in the body in- 
cluding their digestion, absorption and 
metabolism Dietary requirements and 
nutritional deficiency syndromes of laboratory 
and farm animals and man will be considered 
ANSC 402 Applied Animal Nutrition. (3) Two 
lectures and one laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisites, MATH 110, ANSC 401 or per- 
mission of instructor, A critical study of those 
factors which influence the nutritional 
requirements of ruminants, swine and poultry. 
Practical feeding methods and procedures 
used in formulation of economically efficient 
rations will be presented, 
ANSC 403 Applied Animal Nutrition. (3) Two 
lectures and one laboratory penod per week. 
Prerequisites: t^ATH 110, ANSC 402 or per- 
mission of instructor, A critical study of those 
factors which influence the nutritional 
requirements of ruminants, swine and poultry 
Practical feeding methods and procedures 
used in formulation of economically efficient 
rations will be presented 
ANSC 406 Environmental Physiology. (3) 
Prerequisites: anatomy and physiology. The 
specific anatomical and physiological 
modifications employed by animals adapted to 
certain stressful environments will be con- 
sidered. Particular emphasis will be placed on 
the problems of temperature regulation and 
water balance Specific areas for consideration 



will include: animals in cold (including hiber- 
nation), animals in dry heat, diving animals and 
animals in high altitudes, 
ANSC 407 Advanced Dairy Production. (1) 
An advanced course pnmarily designed for 
teachers of vocational agriculture and county 
agents. It includes a study of the newer 
discoveries in dairy cattle nutrition, breeding 
and management 

ANSC 411 Biology and Management of 
Shellfish. (4) Two lectures and two three-hour 
laboratory penods each week. Field tnps Iden- 
tification, biology, management, and culture of 
commercially-important molluscs and 

Crustacea. Prerequisite, one year of biology or 
zoology This course will examine the 
shellfisheries of the worid, but will emphasize 
those of the northwestern Atlantic Ocean and 
Chesapeake Bay 

ANSC 412 Introduction to Diseases of 
Animals. (3) Prerequisite: f^lCB 200 and 
ZOOL 101 Two lectures and one laboratory 
period per week This course gives basic in- 
struction in the nature of disease: including 
causation, immunity, methods of diagnosis, 
economic importance, public health aspects 
and prevention and control of the common 
diseases of sheep, cattle, swine, horses and 
poultry 
ANSC 413 Laboratory Animal Management. 

(3) A comprehensive course in care and 
management of laboratory animals. Emphasis 
will be placed on physiology, anatomy and 
special uses for the different species. Disease 
prevention and regulations for maintaining 
animal colonies will be covered. Field trips will 
be required, 

ANSC 414 Biology and Management of Fish. 

(4) Prerequisite: one year of biology or 
zoology. Two lectues and two three-hour 
laboratories a week. Fundamentals of in- 
dividual and population dynamics; theory and 
practice of sampling fish populations; 
management schemes. 

ANSC 416 Wildlife Management. (3) Two 
lectures and one laboratory An introduction to 
the interrelationships of game birds and 
mammals with their environment, population 
dynamics and the principles of wildlife 
management, 

ANSC 422 Meats. (3) Two lectures and one 
laboratory penod per week. Prerequisite, AN- 
SC 221 A course designed to give the basic 
facts about meat as a food and the factors in- 
fluencing acceptability, marketing, and quality 
of fresh meats. It includes comparisons of 
characteristics of live animals with their car- 
casses, grading and evaluating carcasses as 
well as wholesale cuts, and the distnbution and 
merchandising of the nation's meat supply. 
Laboratory penods are conducted in packing 
houses, meat distribution centers, retail out- 
lets and university meats laboratory, 
ANSC 423 Livestock Management. (3) One 
lecture and two laboratory penods per week. 
Prerequisite: ANSC 401 , Application of various 
phases of animal science to the management 
and production of beef cattle, sheep and 
swine, 

ANSC 424 Livestock Management. (3) One 
lecture and two laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisite: ANSC 423. Applications of 
various phases of animal science to the 
management and production of beef cattle, 
sheep and swine 

ANSC 425 Herpetology. (3) Prerequisites 
ANSC 211 and ANSC 212; or equivalent. 



. of taxonomy, physiology, behavior. 
functional anatomy, evolution and distribution 
of present day amphibians and reptiles 
Common diseases and management under 
captive conditions. Identification of poisonous 
species with appropnate precautions 
ANSC 426 Principles of Breeding. (3) 
Second semester Three lectures per week 
Prerequisites ANSC 201 or equivalent. ANSC 
222, ANSC 423 or 424. Graduate credit (1-3 
hours) allowed with permission of instructor 
The practical aspects of animal breeding, 
heredity, variation, selection, development, 
systems of breeding and pedigree study are 
considered. 

ANSC 432 Horse Farm Management. (3) 
Prerequisite. ANSC 332 and AREC 410 One 
90-minute lecture and one four-hour labora- 
tory period per week A course to develop the 
technical and managenal skills necessary for 
the operation of a horse breeding farm Herd 
health programs, breeding programs and 
maintenance of records incidental to each of 
these activities. 

ANSC 442 Dairy Cattle Breeding. (3) Two 
lectures and one laboratory period per week 
Prerequisites: ANSC 242 adn ANSC 201. A 
specialized course in breeding dairy cattle 
Emphasis is placed on methods of evaluation 
and selection, systems of breeding and 
breeding programs, 

ANSC 443 Physiology and Biochemistry of 
Lactation. (3) Prerequisites ANSC 212 or 
equivalent and CHEN/I 261 or CHEM 461 
Three lectures per week The physiology and 
biochemistry of milk production in domestic 
animals, particularly cattle Mammary gland 
development and maintenance froio the em- 
bryo to the fully developed lactating gland Ab- 
normalities of the mammary gland 

ANSC 444 Analysis of Dairy Production 
Systems. (3) Prerequisites: AGEC 406 and 
ANSC 203 or 21 4. or permission of instructor. 
The business aspects of dairy farming in- 
cluding an evaluation of the costs and 
returns associated with each segment. The 
economic impact of pertinent management 
decisions is studied. Recent developments 
in animal nutrition and genetics, agricultural 
economics, agricultural engineering, and 
agronomic practices are discussed as they 
apply to management of a dairy herd. 
ANSC 446 Physiology of IMammalian Repro- 
duction. (3) Prerequisite ZOOL 422 or 
ANSC 212 Anatomy and physiology of repro- 
ductive processes in domesticated and wild 
mammals 

ANSC 447 Pfiysiology of Mammalian 
Reproduction Laboratory. (1) Pre- or 
corequisites: ANSC 446 One three-hour 
laboratory per week. Animal handling, artificial 
insemination procedures and analytical 
techniques useful in animal management and 
reproductive research Not open to students 
who have credit for ANSC 446 prior to fall 
1976 

ANSC 452 Avian Physiology, (2) (Alternate 
even years) One three-hour iaboratory period 
per week Prerequisites: a basic course m 
animal physiology The basic physiology of the 
bird is discussed, excluding the reproductive 
system Special emphasis is given to 
physiological differences between birds and 
other vertebrates 

ANSC 462 Physiology of Hatchability, (1) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period per 
week. Prerequisite: ZOOL 421 or 422 The 
physiology of embryonic development as 



related to principles of hatchability and 
problems of incubation encountered in the 
hatchery industry are discussed 
ANSC 463 Nutrition Laboratory. (2) 
Prerequisite: ANSC/NUSC 401 or concurrent 
registration. Six hours of laboratory per week 
Digestibility studies with ruminant and 
monogastnc animals, proximate analysis of 
vanous food products, and feeding trails 
demonstrating classical nutritional deficiences 
in laboratory animals, 

ANSC 464 Poultry Hygiene. (3) Two lectures 
and one laboratory period per week 
Prerequisites:" IVIICB 200 and ANSC 101 
Virus, bacterial and protozoan diseases, 
parasitic diseases, prevention, control and 
eradication 

ANSC 466 Avian Anatomy. (3) Two lectures 
and one laboratory period per week 
Prerequisite ZOOL 102 Gross and 
microscopic structure. dissection and 
demonstration 

ANSC 467 Poultry Breeding and Feeding, 
(1) This course is designed pnmarily for 
teachers of vocational agriculture and 
extension service workers. The first half will be 
devoted to problems concerning breeding and 
the development of breeding stock. The 
second half will be devoted to nutntion 
ANSC 477 Poultry Products and Marketing. 
(1) This course is designed pnmanly for 
teachers of vocational agnculture and county 
agents. It deals with the factors affecting the 
quality of poultry products and with hatchery 
management problems, egg and poultry 
grading, preservation problems and market 
outlets for Maryland poultry 
ANSC 480 Special Topics in Fish and 
Wildlife Management. (3) Three lectures 
Analaysis of various state and federal 
programs related to fish and wildlife 
mangement. This would include fish stocking 
programs, Maryland deer management 
program, warm water fish management, acid 
drainage problems, water quality, water fowl 
management, wild turkey management and 
regulations relative to the administration of 
these programs 

ANSC 487 Special Topics in Animal 
Science. (1) Prerequisite permission of 
instructor This course is designed pnmanly for 
teachers of vocational agriculture and 
extension service personnel. One primary 
topic to be selected mutually by the instructor 
and students will be presented each session 



Anthropology 

ANTH 101 Introduction to Anthropology - 
Archaeology and Physical Anthropology. (3) 

May be taken for credit in the general 
education program. General patterns of the 
development of human culture: the biological 
and morphological aspects of man viewed in 
his cultural setting. 

ANTH 102 Introduction to Anthropology - 
Cultural Anthropology and Linguistics. (3) 
Social and cultural pnnciples as exemplified in 
ethnographic descriptions. Ttie study of 
language within the context of anthropology. 

ANTH 103 Introduction to Primate Social 
Behavior. (3) An introduction of the pnmate 
socialization process as evidenced in the prosi- 
mians, monkeys, apes and humans. Social 
organization, function and ecology will be 
stressed within the framework of modem 
ethology. 



ANTH 221 Man and Environment. (3) A 

geographical introduction to ethnology, em- 
phasizing the relations between cultural forms 
and natural environment 
ANTH 241 Introduction to Archaeology. (3) 
A survey of the basic aims and methods of ar- 
cheological field work and interpretation, with 
emphasis on the reconstruction of prehistoric 
ways of life. 

ANTH 261 Introduction to Physical An- 
thropology. (3) The biological evolution of 
man. including the process of race formation. 
as revealed by the study of the fossil record 
and observation of modern forms 
ANTH 271 Language and Culture. (3) A non- 
technical introduction to linguistics, with 
special consideration of the relations between 
language and other aspects of culture (Listed 
also as LING 101 ) 

ANTH 298 Special Topics in Anthropology. 
(3) Anthropological perspectives on selected 
topics of broad general interest Course may 
be repeated to a maximum of six credits when 
course content differs, 

ANTH 361 Human Evolution and Fossil Man. 
(3) A survey of the basic principles of human 
evolution as seen by comparative anatomic 
study of fossil specimens, 
ANTH 371 Introduction to Linguistics. (3) In- 
troduction to the basic concepts of modem 
descnptive linguistics Phonology, mor- 
phology, syntax Examinations of the methods 
of comparative linguistics, internal recon- 
struction, dialect geography 
ANTH 389 Research Problems. (1-6) 
Prerequisite permission of instructor In- 
troductory training in anthropological research 
methods The student will prepare a paper em- 
bodying the results of an appropriate com- 
bination of research techniques applied to a 
selected problem in any field of anthropology, 
ANTH 397 Anthropological Theory. (3) 
Prerequisite permission of instructor A survey 
of the histoncal development and current em- 
phasis in the theoretical approaches of all 
fields of anthropology, providing an integrated 
frame of reference for the discipline as a 
whole 

ANTH 401 Cultural Anthropology - Prin- 
ciples and Processes. (3) Prerequisite ANTH 

101. 102. or 221 An examination of the nature 
of human culture and its processes, both 
histoncal and functional The approach will be 
topical and theoretical rather than descnptive 

ANTH 402 Cultural Anthropology - World 
Ethnography. (3) Prerequisite ANTH 101. 

102. or 221 A descnptive survey of the 
culture areas of the world through an 
examination of the ways of selected represen- 
tative societies 

ANTH 412 Peoples and Cultures of Oceania. 

(3) A survey of the cultures of Polynesia. 
Micronesia. Melanesia and Australia. 
Theoretical and cultural-histoncal problems will 
be emphasized 

ANTH 414 Ethnology of Africa. (3) 

Prerequisites ANTH 101 and 102 The native 
peoples and cultures of Afnca and their 
historical relationships, with emphasis on that 
portion of the continent south of the Sahara. 

ANTH 417 Peoples and Cultures of the Far 
East. (3) A survey of the major sociopolitical 
systems of China. Korea and Japan Major an- 
thropotogical questions will be dealt with in 
presenting this material. 



Course 
Offerings 



Course 
Offerings 



ANTH 423 Ethnology of the Southwest. (3) 

Prerequisites; ANTH 101 and 102, Culture 
history, economic and social institutions, 
religion, and mythology ct the Indians of the 
Southwest United States, 
ANTH 424 Ethnology of North America. (3) 
Prerequisites; ANTH 101 and 102 The native 
people and cultures of North America north of 
Mexico and their historical relationships, in- 
cluding the effects of contact with European- 
denved populations, 

ANTH 426 Ethnology of Middle America. (3) 
Prerequisites ANTH 101 and 102 Cultural 
background and modern social, economic and 
religious life of Indian and Mesitzo groups in 
Mexico and Central America processes of ac- 
cultration and currents in cultural develop- 
ment, 

ANTH 431 Social Organization of Primitive 
Peoples. (3) Prerequisites; ANTH 101 and 
1 02, A comparative survey of the structures of 
non-literate and folk societies, covering both 
general pnnciples and special regional 
developments 

ANTH 434 Religion of Primitive Peoples. (3) 
Prerequisites; ANTH 101 and 102 A survey of 
the religious systems of primitive and folk 
societies, with emphasis on the relation of 
religion to other aspects of culture, 
ANTH 436 Primitive Technology and 
Economy. (3) A survey of technology, food 
economy and general economic processes in 
non-industnal societies 

ANTH 437 Politics and Government in 
Primitive Society. (3) A combined survey of 
politics in human societies and of important an- 
thropological theories concerning this aspect 
of society 

ANTH 441 Archaeology of the Old World. (3) 
Prerequisite ANTH 101 or 241 A survey of 
the archaeological materials of Europe. Asia 
and Afnca, with emphasis on chronological and 
regional interrelationships, 
ANTH 451 Archaeology of the New World. 
(3) Prerequisite; ANTH 101 or 241 A survey 
of the archaeological materials of North and 
South Amenca with emphasis on chronological 
and regional interrelationships, 
ANTH 461 Human Osteology Laboratory. (3) 
Prerequisite; ANTH 101, A laboratory study of 
the human skeleton, its morphology, 
measurement, and anatomic relationships, 
ANTH 462 Primate Anatomy Laboratory. (3) 
Prerequisite ANTH 101, The Gross anatomy 
of non-human pnmates. Laboratory dissection 
of various pnmate cadavers under supervision 
Occasional lectures, 

ANTH 463 Primate Studies. (3) Prerequisite 
ANTH 101 A combination lecture and labora- 
tory examination of non-human pnmates. Major 
studies of vanous types that have been un- 
dertaken in the laboratory and in the field, 

ANTH 465 Human Growth and Constitution. 

(3) Prerequisite; ANTH 101 A laboratory 
study of the growth, development and age 
changes in the human body from conception 
through old age, including gross photographic, 
radiographic, and microscopic study of growth 
and variation, 

ANTH 466 Forensic Anthropology 
Laboratory. (3) Prerequisite: ANTH 461 or 
permission of the instructor A laboratory study 
of the methods used to identify human remains 
by anthropoigical techniques and discussion ol 
the role of the anthropologist in medico-legal 
investigation. 



ANTH 467 Human Population Biology 
Laboratory. (3) Prerequisite ANTH 101 A 
laboratory study of human population genetics, 
dynamics and variation, including an- 
thropological seriology, biochemistry, der- 
matoglyphics and hair microscopy, 
ANTH 498 Field Methods In Ethnology. (1-6) 
Field Training in the collection and recording of 
ethnological data 

ANTH 499 Field Methods In Archaelogy. (1- 
6) Field training in the techniques of ar- 
chaeological survey and excavation. 

Applied Design 

APDS 101 Fundamentals of Design. (3) 

Knowledge of basic art elements and pnn- 
ciples gained through design problems which 
employ a variety of media, 
APDS 102 Design II. (3) Prerequisite; APDS 
1 01 , Continued exploration of design as a 
means of visual expression with added em- 
phasis on color and lighting, 
APDS 103 Design III - Three-Dimensional 
Design. (3) Three studio penods 
Prerequisites APDS 101, 102, Creative ef- 
forts directed to discriminating use of form, 
volume, depth, and movement, 

APDS 104 Survey of Art History. (3) A rapid 
survey ol western culture expressed through 
and influenced by the visual arts; monumental 
and residential architecture; furniture, textiles 
and costume; painting and sculpture, 

APDS 210 Presentation Techniques. (3) 

Three studio penods. Prerequisites; APDS 

101, 102 or equivalent. Comparative approach 
to basic presentation techniques used in the 
several areas of commercial design 

APDS 211 Action Drawing - Fashion Sketch- 
ing. (3) Three studio periods. Prerequisites, 
APDS 101 and consent of instructor Study of 
the balance and proportion of the human 
figure. Sketch techniques applied to action 
poses and fashion drawing in soft and 
lithograph pencils, pastels, water color, ink 
Drawing from model, 

APDS 212 Design Workshop for Transfers. 
(5) Prerequisite; APDS 101 or equivalent 
Provides opportunity for transfer students to 
remove deficiences in lower-level design cour- 
ses Study of color, lighting and presentation 
techniques May be taken no later than one 
semester after transfer into department 
APDS 220 Introduction to Fashion Design. 
(3) Three studio penods. Prerequisite; APDS 
101 or equivalent, Basic fashion figure 
drawing. Original designs rendered in trans- 
parent and opaque water color, soft pencil, 
pastels, and ink Pnmarily for nonmajors, 
APDS 230 Silk Screen Printing. (3) Three 
laboratory periods. Prerequisites; APDS 101, 

102, or equivalent. Use of silk screen 
processes in execution of original designs for 
commercial production, 

APDS 237 Photography. (2) One lecture, 
three hours laboratory Prerequisites; APDS 
101, 1 02, or equivalent. Study of fundamental 
camera techniques. Exploration of the ex- 
pressive possibilities in relation to the field of 
design and visual communication, 
APDS 320 Fashion Illustration. (3) First 
semester. Three studio penods. Prerequisites; 
APDS 101, 102, 103, 210, 211, Fabric and 
clothing structure as they relate to illustration. 
Opportunity to explore rendering styles and 
techniques appropriate to reproduction 



methods currently used in advertising Guid- 
ance in development of individuality in pre- 
sentations, 

APDS 321 Fashion Design and Illustration. 
(3) Three studio periods Prerequisite APDS 
320, Design and illustration of fashions ap- 
propriate to the custom market and to mass 
production. 

APDS 322 Advanced Costume. (4) 
Prerequisite; APDS 320 or 321, Advanced 
problems in fashion illustration or design. 
Problems chosen with consent of instructor, 
APDS 330 Typography and Lettering. (3) 
Three studio periods. Prerequisites; APDS 
101, 102 Experience in hand lettering 
techniques as a means of understanding let- 
tering styles in design composition 
Recognition of type faces used in ad- 
vertisement, book and magazine layout. Effect 
of phnting processes on design choices. 
APDS 331 Advertising Layout. (3) Three 
studio penods Prerequisites; APDS 330, EDIN 
101 A, Design of advertising layouts from initial 
idea to finished layout. Typography and 
illustration as they relate to reproduction 
processes used in direct advertising, 
APDS 332 Display Design (3) Three studio 
penods Prerequisites; EDIIM 101 A, APDS 330 
or equivalent Application of design principles 
to creative dispay appropriate to exhibits, 
design shows, merchandising Display con- 
struction 

APDS 337 Advanced Photography. (2) Two 
studio penods Prerequisite; APDS 237, Com- 
position, techniques and lighting applicable to 
illustration, documentation, advertising design, 
and display 

APDS 380 Professional Seminar. (2) Two lec- 
ture-discussion periods. Prerequisite; junior 
standing and consent of instructor. Exploration 
of professional and career opportunities, 
ethics, practices. Professional organizations. 
Portfolio evaluation 

APDS 430 Advanced Problems In Ad- 
vertising Design. (3) Two studio penods 
Prerequisite APDS 331, Advanced problems 
in design and layout planned for developing 
competency in one or more areas of ad- 
vertising design 

APDS 431 Advanced Problems in Ad- 
vertising Design. (3) Two studio periods 
Prerequisite; APDS 430 Advanced problems 
in design and layout planned for developing 
competency in one or more areas of ad- 
vertising design 

APDS 437 Advanced Photography. (3) Three 
studio periods. Continuation of APDS 337, 
APDS 499 Individual Problems in Applied 
Design. (3-4) A — Advertising. B — Costume 
Open only to advanced students who, with 
guidance, can work independently. Written 
consent of instructor 



Architecture 

ARCH 170 Introduction to the Built En- 
vironment. (3) Introduction of (1) conceptual, 
perceptual, behavioral and technical aspects 
of the environment; and, (2) methods of 
analysis, problem solving and implementation. 
For students not majoring in architecture. 
Prerequisite; none Lecture, seminar, 3 hours 
per week 

ARCH 200 Basic Environmental Design. (4) 
Introduction to the processes of visual and ar- 
chitectural design, including the study of visual 



design fundamentals Field problems involving 
the student in the study of actual develop- 
mental problems Lecture, studio, 9 hours per 
week- 

ARCH 201 Basic Environmental Design. (4) Pie- 
requisite: ARCH 200 with a grade of Cor better 
Introduction to the processes of visual and ar- 
chitecural design, including the study of visual 
design fundamentals. Field problems involving 
the student in the study of actual developmen- 
tal problems. Lecture and studio, 9 hours per 
week 

ARCH 214 Materials and Methods of Con- 
struction I. (2) Two lectures per week Ar 
chitecture students only or permission of in- 
structor An introduction to the matenals of 
construction, their properties, attributes and 
deficiencies 

ARCH 215 Materials and Methods of Con- 
struction II. (2) Two lectures per week Ar- 
chitecture students only or permission of in- 
structor. Describes the methods by which the 
architect combines materials to produce struc- 
tural systems. 

ARCH 220 History of Architecture I. (3) Sur 
vey of architectural history Lecture, 3 hours 
per week. 

ARCH 221 History of Architecture II. (3) 
Prereauisite: ARCH 220 Continuation of sur- 
vey of architectural history. Lecture, 3 hour 
per week. 

ARCH 240 Basic Photography. (2) Provides a 
student with the basic concepts of clarity and 
organization on a two-dimensional surface and 
stresses photography as a tool for visual com- 
munication. Lecture one hour per week, three 
hours of laboratory per week. 
ARCH 242 Drawing I. (2) Introduces the 
student to basic techniques of sketching and 
use of various media. 

ARCH 300 Architecture Studio I (4) 

Prerequisites: ARCH 201 with a grade of C or 
better. Corequisite: ARCH 310. Develops a 
basic understanding of the elements of en- 
vironmental control, basic structural systems, 
building processes, materials, and the ability to 
manipulate them. Lecture and studio, 9 hours 
per week. 

ARCH 301 Architecture Studio II. (4) 
Prerequisite. ARCH 300 with a grade of C or 
better. Corequisite: ARCH 311. Develops a 
basic understanding of the forms generated by 
different structural systems, environmental 
controls and methods of construction. Lecture 
and studio, 9 hours per week. 
ARCH 310 Architectural Science and 
Technology I. (4) Prerequisite ARCH 201 
with a grade of C or better, ARCH 215, IVI ATH 
221, and PHYS 121. Corequisite: ARCH 300. 
Introduction^ to architectural science and 
technology treating principles of structures, 
environmental mechanical controls, and con- 
struction. Lecture and studio, 6 hours per 
week 

ARCH 311 Architectural Science and 
Technology II. (4) Prerequisite ARCH 300 
and ARCH 310 with a grade of C or better 
Corequisite: ARCH 301 Develops workino 
knowledge of the design principles and 
parameters of three areas of architectural 
science and technology: structures. En- 
vironmental-mechanical controls, and con- 
struction. Lecture and studio, 6 hours per 
week 

ARCH 314 Computer Applications in Ar- 
chitecture. (3) Prerequisite: ARCH 201 or 



permission of instructor Introduction to com- 
puter programming and utilization, with em- 
phasis on architectural applications Lecture, 
latxjralory 

ARCH 320 Studies in Ancient Architecture. 
(3) The ongins and development of ar- 
chitecture of the ancient world from the 
earliest times through the fall of the Roman Em- 
pire, with emphasis upon Egypt, the Near 
East and the classical world 
ARCH 322 Studies in Medieval Architecture. 
(3) Limited to architecture students or by per- 
mission of the instructor Architectural in- 
novations from the Carolingian through the 
Gothic periods Lecture, 3 hours per week. 
ARCH 324 Studies in Renaissance Ar- 
chitecture. (3) Limited to architecture stu- 
dents or by permission of the instructor. Study 
of renaissance architectural principles and 
their development in the B.jroque period. Lec- 
ture, 3 hours per week 

ARCH 326 Studies in Modern Architecture. 

(3) Limited to architecture students or by per- 
mission of the instructor. Study of architectural 
problems from 1 750 to the present Lecture, 3 
hours per week 

ARCH 340 Advanced Photography. (2) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 240 Allows the student 
to investigate independently areas of 
photographic communication not covered in 
the basic course. Lecture, 1 hour per week: 3 
hours lab 

ARCH 342 Studies in Visual Design. (3) 
Studio work at an intermediate level in visual 
design divorced from architectural problem 
solving Prerequisite ARCH 201 Lecture, 
studio work, 3 hours per week. 
ARCH 350 Theory of Urban Form. (3) Urban 
spatial forms of the past and present: theories 
of design of complexes of buildings, urban 
space and communities. Lecture, 3 hours per 
week. 

ARCH 352 The Architect in the Community. 
(3) The architect's role in the social and 
political dynamics of urban environmental 
design decision-making processes, including 
study of determination and expression of user 
needs, community aspirations, formal and in- 
fomial program and design review processes 
Seminar. 1 hour per week; field observation, 
approximately 3 hours per week. 
ARCH 360 Basic Site Analysis. (3) Study of 
criteria and principles essential to the support 
of natural systems in physical site develop- 
ment For architecture students or by per- 
mission of instructor. Lecture-lab, 3 hours per 
week. 

ARCH 370 Theories and Literature of Ar- 
chitecture (3) Limited to architecture stu- 
dents or by permission of the instructor. Pro- 
vides an understanding of some historical 
and present theories of architectural design 
readings and seminar discussions. Lecture. 3 
hours per week. 

ARCH 372 Signs, Symbols and Messages in 
Architecture. (3) Limited to architecture 
students or by permission of the instructor 
Class limited to 1 5-20 students Signs and 
symbols in buildings and cities, messages con- 
veyed and purposes for conveying these 
messages Readings, photographic reports 
and minor problem- solving assignments. Lec- 
ture, 3 hours per week 
ARCH 374 Computer Aided Environmental 
Design. (3) Applications of computer-aided 
design in architecture, using existing problem- 



solving routines and computer graphic 
techniques Prerequisite ARCH 201 , CMSC 
1 03. Lecture, 3 hours per week 

ARCH 376 The Architectural Program as 
Functional Form Generator. (3) A study of ar- 
chitectural programming as derived from func- 
tional needs of man in his environment 
Analysis, synthesis and evaluation of 
categones of needs with concentration on 
human response to forms generated by 
programs with emphasis on non-quantifiable 
human needs Architecture majors or by per- 
mission of the instructor Lectures, seminars, 
field trips, 3 hours per week 
ARCH 400 Architecture Studio III. (4) 
Prerequisites ARCH 301 with a grade of C or 
better, and ARCH 311 Corequisite ARCH 

410, except by permission of the dean Con- 
tinuation of design studio, with emphasis on 
comprehensive building design and in- 
troduction to urban design factors. Lecture and 
studio. 9 hours per week 

ARCH 401 Architecture Studio IV. (4) 

Prerequisites ARCH 400 with a grade of C or 
better and ARCH 410 Corequisite. ARCH 

411, except by permission of the dean Con- 
tinuation of design studio with emphasis on ur- 
ban design factors Lecture and studio. 9 hours 
per week. 

ARCH 410 Architectural Science and 
Technology III. (4) Prerequisites ARCH 301 
and ARCH 31 1 with a grade of C or better 
Corequisite: ARCH 400, except by per- 
mission of the dean Application of principles in 
architectural structures, environmental con- 
trols and construction Lecture and studio, 6 
hours per week 

ARCH 411 Architectural Science and 
Technology IV. (4) Prerequisites ARCH 400 
and ARCH 410 with a grade of C or better. 
Corequisite: ARCH 401, except by permission 
of tf.d dean Application of principles and fur- 
ther analysis of systems and hardware in ar- 
chitectural structures, environmental controls 
and construction. Lecture and studio, 6 hours 
per week. 

ARCH 413 Structural Systems in Ar- 
chitecture. (3) Theory and application of 
selected complex structural systems as they 
relate to architectural decisions Prerequisite, 
ARCH 410 or by permission of the instructor 
Seminar, 3 hours per week 
ARCH 414 Solar Energy Applications for 
Buildings. (3) Prerequisites ARCH 311, or 
ENME 321, or permission of instructor 
Methods of utilizing solar energy to provide 
heating, cooling, hot water, and electricity for 
buildings and related techniques for reducing 
energy consumption Crosslisted as ENME 
414 

ARCH 41 B Selected Topics in Architectural 
Science. (1-4) Prerequisite Consent of in- 
structor Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits, 
provided content is diHerent 
ARCH 419 Independent Studies in Ar- 
chitectural Science. (1-4) Proposed work 
must have a faculty sponsor and receive ap- 
proval of the curnculum committee 
Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits 
ARCH 420 History of American Architecture. 
(3) Survey history of Amencan architecture 
from the 1 7th century to the present Lecture, 
3 hours per week 

ARCH 421 Seminar in American Ar- 
chitecture. (3) Advanced investigation of 
historical problems in American architecture 



Course 
Offerings 



Readings, discussions. ar.d paper 
Prerequisite: ARCH 420 or permission of In- 
structor 

ARCH 422 French Architecture 1750-1800. 

(3) French arctiitectural theory and practice of 
the second half of the eighteenth century A 
reading knowledge of French will be required. 
Colloquium and independent research. By per- 
mission of the instructor 

ARCH 424 History of Russian Architecture. 

(3) Survey history of Russian architecture from 
the 10th century to the present Lecture. 3 
hours per week 

ARCH 426 Readings in Contemporary Ar- 
chitecture. (3) Prerequisite ARCH 326 
Readings and analysis of recent architectural 
Course cnticism Seminar, three hours per week 
Offerings ARCH 428 Selected Topics in Architectural 
History. (1-3) Prerequisite Consent of in- 
1 42 structor Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits, 
provided the content is different 
ARCH 429 Independent Studies in Ar- 
chitectural History. (1-4) Proposed work 
must have a faculty sponsor and receive ap- 
proval of the curriculum committee 
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits 
ARCH 430 Problems and Methods of Ar- 
chitectural Preservation. (3) Prerequisite 
ARCH 420 or by permission of instructor 
Examination of social, cultural, and economic 
values affecting the theory and practice of ar- 
chitectural preservation in America, with em- 
phasis upon the rationale and methods for the 
documentation, evaluation, and utilization of 
existing architectural resources Field tnps 

ARCH 438 Selected Topics in Architectural 
Preservation. (1-4) Prerequisite Consent of 
instructor Repeatable to a maximum of 7 
credits, provided the content is different 
ARCH 439 Independent Studies in Ar- 
chitectural Preservation. (1-4) Proposed 
work must have a faculty sponsor and receive 
approval of the curnculum committee 
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits 
ARCH 447 Advanced Seminar in Pho- 
tography. (3) Prerequisites ARCH 340 or 
APDS 337 or JOUR 351 , and consent of in- 
structor. Advanced study of photographic 
cnticism through empincal methods, for 
students proficient in photographic skills 
Photographic assignments, laboratory, sem- 
inar, 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 448 Selected Topics in Visual 
Studies. (1-4) Prerequisite Consent of in- 
structor Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits, 
provided the content is different. 
ARCH 449 Independent Studies in Visual 
Studies. (1-4) Proposed work must have a 
faculty sponsor and receive approval of the 
curnculum committee. Repeatable to a 
maximum of 6 credits. 

ARCH 450 Introduction to Urban Planning. 

(3) Introduction to city planning theory, 
methodology and techniques, dealing with nor- 
mative, urban, structural, economic, social 
aspects of the city; urban planning as a 
process Architectural majors or by permission 
of the instructor. Lecture, seminar. 3 hours per 
week. 

ARCH 451 Urban Design Seminar. (3) 
Prerequisite: ARCh' 350 or permission of the 
instructor. Advanced investigation into 
problems of analysis and evaluation of the 
design of urban areas, spaces and complexes 
with emphasis on physical and social con- 



siderations, effects of public policies, through 
case studies. Field observations 
ARCH 453 Urban Problems Seminar. (3) 
Prerequisite Permission of instructor A case 
study of urban development issues, dealing 
primarily with socio-economic aspects of 
changes in the built environment. 
ARCH 458 Selected Topics in Urban Plan- 
ning. (1-4) Prerequisite Consent of instructor 
Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits, 
provided the content is different 

ARCH 459 Independent Studies in Urban 
Planning. (1-4) Proposed work must have a 
faculty sponsor and receive approval of the 
curnculum committee. Repeatable to a maxi- 
mum of 6 credits 

ARCH 472 Economic Determinants of Ar- 
chitecture. (3) Introduction of economic 
aspects of present day architecture; govern- 
ment policy, land evaluation, and proiect fi- 
nancing; construction materials and labor 
costs; cost analysis and control systems. Ar- 
chitecture majors, except by permission of in- 
structor Lecture, seminar. 3 hours per week 
ARCH 478 Selected Topics in Architecture. 
(1-4) Prerequisite Consent of instructor Re- 
peatable to a maximum of 7 credits, provided 
the content is different. 

ARCH 479 Independent Studies in Ar- 
chitecture. (1-4) Proposed work must have a 
faculty sponsor and receive approval of the 
curnculum committee. Repeatable to a 
maximum of 6 credits 

ARCH 500 Advanced Topical Problems in 
Architecture I. (6) Prerequisite ARCH 401 
with a grade of C or better Offers several 
studio options in advanced topical problems 
from among which the student selects one 
Studies are structured under genenc titles and 
includes lectures, field trips, and assigned 
readings as well as directed independent work 
Offered fall term only. Lecture and studio. 12 
hours per week Architecture majors only. 
ARCH 501 Advanced Topical Problems in 
Architecture II. (6) Prerequisite ARCH 500 
with a grade of C or better Offers several 
studio options in advanced topical problems 
from among which the student selects one 
Studios are structured under genenc titles and 
include lectures, field tnps. assigned readings 
as well as directed independent work Offered 
spring term only Lecture and studio. 12 
hours per week 

ARCH 502 Thesis Proseminar. (3) Directed 
research and preparation of program for 
required undergraduate thesis to be under- 
taken in final semester of program. Prereq- 
uisite; ARCH 401 with grade of C or better 
Seminar, three hours per week. 

ARCH 512 Advanced Structural Analysis in 
Architecture. (3) Qualitative and quantitative 
analysis and design of selected complex struc- 
tural systems and methods Prerequisite; AR- 
CH 4 1 1 Labs, field trips. 3 hours per week 
ARCH 514 Environmental Systems in Ar- 
chitecture. (3) Oualitative analysis of selected 
environmental systems as design deter- 
minants. Prerequisite: ARCH 411. Lecture, lab, 
3 hours per week 

ARCH 570 Introduction to Professional 
Management. (2) Introduction to architectural 
professional practice management including 
social, organizational proiect management, 
legal and cost-control aspects of the per- 
formance of complex, comprehensive en- 
vironmental design services. Prerequisite 



ARCH 401 Lecture. 2 hours per week. 
Prerequisite ARCH 401 

Agricultural and Resource 

Economics 

AREC 240 Environment and Human Ecology. 

(3) Pollution and human crowding in the 
modern environment Causes and ecological 
costs of these problems Public policy ap- 
proaches to the solution of problems in en- 
vironment and human ecology 
AREC 250 Elements of Agricultural and 
Resource Economics. (3) An introduction to 
economic principles of production, marketing, 
agncultural pnces and incomes, farm labor, 
credit, agricultural policies, and government 
programs 

AREC 251 Marketing of Agricultural Prod- 
ucts. (3) The development of marketing; its 
scope, channels, and agencies of distnbution, 
functions, costs, methods used and services 
rendered- 

AREC 365 World Hunger, Population, and 
Food Supplies. (3) An introduction to the 
problem of world hunger and possible solu- 
tions to it World demand, supply, and distribu- 
tion of food Alternatives for leveling off world 
food demand, increasing the supply of food, 
and improving its distribution. Environmental 
limitations to increasing world food production 

AREC 398 Seminar. (1) Students will obtain 
experience in the selection, preparation and 
presentation of economic topics and problems 
which will be subjected to chtical analysis 

AREC 399 Special Problems. (1-2) Con- 
centrated reading and study in some phase or 
problem in agricultural economics 

AREC 404 Prices of Agricultural Products. 

(3) An introduction to agncultural pnce 
behavior Emphasis is placed on the use of 
phce information in the decision-making 
process, the relation of supply and demand in 
determining agricultural pnces, and the relation 
of prices to grade, time, location, and stages 
of processing in the marketing system. The 
course includes elementary methods of price 
analysis, the concept of parity and the role of 
pnce support programs in agncultural de- 
cisions 

AREC 406 Farm Management. (3) The 
organization and operation of the farm 
business to obtain an income consistent with 
family resources and objectives Phnciples of 
production economics and other related fields 
are applied to the individual farm business. 
Laboratory penod will be largely devoted to 
field tnps and other practical exercises 
AREC 407 Financial Analysis of the Farm 
Business. (3) Application of economic prin- 
ciples to develop criteria for a sound farm 
business, including credit source and use, 
preparing and filing income tax returns, 
methods of appraising farm properties, the 
summary and analysis of farm records, leading 
to effective control and profitable operation of 
the farm business. 

AREC 410 Horse Industry Economics. (3) 
Prerequisite: ANSC 230 and 232 An in- 
troduction to the economic forces affecting the 
horse industry and to the economic tools 
required by horse farm managers, trainers, and 
others in the industry 

AREC 414 Introduction to Agricultural 
Business Management. (3) The different 
forms of businesses are investigated IVIan- 



i«nt functions, business indicators, 
mpasures of performance, and operational 
analysis are examined Case studies are used 
to sfiow applications of management 
techniques 

AREC 427 The Economics of IWarketing 
Systems for Agricultural Commodities. (3) 

Basic economic tfieory as applied to the 
marketing of agncultural products, including 
pnce. cost, and financial analysis. Current 
developments affecting market structure in- 
cluding effects of contractual arrangement, 
vertical integration, governmental policies and 
regulation, 

AREC 432 Introduction to Natural Resources 
Policy. (3) Development of natural resource 
policy and analysis of the evolution of public in- 
tervention in the use of natural resources 
Examination of present policies and of conflicts 
between private individuals, public interest 
groups, and government agencies 
AREC 445 World Agricultural Development 
and the Quality of Life. (3) An examination of 
the key aspects of the agricultural develop- 
ment of less developed countries related to 
resources, technology, cultural and social set- 
ting, population, infrastructure, incentives, 
education, and government Environmental im- 
pact of agncultural development, basic 
economic and social characteristics of peasant 
agriculture, theories and models of agricultural 
development, selected aspects of agncultural 
development planning, 

AREC 452 Economics of Resource Develop- 
ment. (3) A study of the adequacy and quality of 
the natural (land, water, air) and human re- 
sources. The economic and institutional ar- 
rangements which guide their use and devel- 
opment, and the means for improving their 
quality and use 

AREC 453 Economic Analysis of Natural 
Resources. (3) Rational use and reuse of 
natural resources. Theory and methodology of 
the allocation of natural resources among alter- 
native uses Optimum state of conservation, 
market failure, safe minimum standard, and 
cost-benefit analysis 

AREC 484 Introduction to Econometrics in 
Agriculture. (3) An introduction to the ap- 
plication of econometric techniques to 
agncultural problems with emphasis on the 
assumptions and computational techniques 
necessary to derive statistical estimates, test 
hypotheses, and make predictions with the use 
of single equation models Includes linear and 
non-linear regression models, internal least 
squares, discriminant analysis and factor 
analysis, 

AREC 485 Applications of Mathematical 
Programming in Agriculture, Business, and 
Economic Analysis. (3) This course is 
designed to tram students in the application of 
mathematical programming (especially linear 
programming) to solve a wide variety of 
problems in agnculture. business and 
economics The pnmary emphasis is on setting 
up problems and interpreting results. The com- 
putational facilities of the computer science 
center are used extensively 
AREC 489 Special Topics in Agricultural and 
Resources Economics. (3) Repeatable to a 
maximum of 9 credits 

AREC 495 Honors Reading Course in 
Agricultural and Resource Economics I. (3) 
Selected readings in political and economic 
theory from 1700 to 1850, This course 
develops a basic understanding of the 



development of economic and political thouqht 
as a foundation for understanding our prf- ■ 
society and its cultural heritage Prereqi- 
acceptance in the honors program ot •' 
department of agricultural and resource 
• ■conomics 

AREC 496 Honors Reading Course In 
Agricultural and Resource Economics II. (3) 

Selected readings m political and economic 
theory from 1850 to the present This course 
continues the development of a basic un- 
derstanding of economic and political thought 
begun in AREC 495 by the examination of 
modern problems in agricultural and resource 
economics in the light of the matenal read and 
discussed in AREC 495 and AREC 496 
Prerequisite Successful completion of AREC 
495 and registration in the honors program of 
the department and resource economics. 

Air Science 

ARSC 100 The Air Force Today I. (1) One hour 
class and one hour laboratory per week. Study 
of US, Air Force in contemporary society. 
Survey of Air Force doctrine, mission, organiza- 
tion and systems. Freshmen year course for 
AFROTC cadets. Open to all University 
students, 

ARSC 101 The Air Force Today II. (1) Continua- 
tion of ARSC 1(X) The mission, organization 
and systems of US, Air Force offensive, defen- 
sive, and aerospace support forces and the use 
of these forces to support contemporary 
societal demands. Freshmen year course for 
AFROTC cadets. Open to all University 
students, 

ARSC 200 The Development of Air Power I, (1) 
Development of air power from balloons and 
dirigibles through employment in Worid War I 
and II, Chronological approach to growth of air 
power in response to civil an military re 
quirements. Sophomore year course for 
AFROTC cadets. Open to all University 
students, 

ARSC 201 The Development of Air Power II, (1) 

One class and one laboratory per week Growth 
and development of air power and aerospace 
support forces from 1945 in response to Korea, 
the Cold War, Southeast Asia, and the Space 
Age, The peaceful employment of aerospace 
cessf ul completion is a prerequisite for accep- 
Sophomore year course for AFROTC cadets. 
Open to all University students, 

ARSC 205 The U.S. Air Force and Air Power. (4) 

Six week field training session held during sunn- 
mer months at designated Air Force bases. 
Open only to applicants selected by AFROTC to 
compete for entrance into the two year 
AFROTC program as a contract cadet. Suc- 
cessful completion is a pre-requisite for accep- 
tance into the two year AFROTC program. 
Course content consists of a combination of 
academics, physical training and leadership 
laboratory experiences approximating those 
of four year cadets. 

ARSC 310 Management and Leadership I. (3) 

Study of management functions, techniques 
and skills. Emphasis on application of same in 
latxjratory environment structured to approxi- 
mate a contemporary military or bureaucratic 
organization. Junior year course for AFROTC 
cadets. Open to all University students. 
ARSC 311 Management and Leadership II. (3) 
Continuation in study and applicaticn of 
management and leadership skills to a coi tem- 
porary military environment. Emphasis on 



leadership, the Uniform code of military justice 
I irrent issues for the military manager and 
• , Junior year course for AFROTC cadets 
■Q all University Students 
ARSC 320 National Security Forces in Contenv 
porary American Society I. (3) The role ot the 
military profession in contemporary Amencan 
society. Its responsibilities to society and its im- 
pact on society The definition, development 
and alteration of defense poi'Cy in supporting 
national objectives. Senior year course for 
AFROTC cadets Open to all University 
students 

ARSC 321 National Security Forces in Contem- 
porary American Society II. (3) A continuation ot 
thesi.:, -iijlation, development and 

alteratii,- ,. I'v,! o' '.he 'actors m the 

modern wc ■ ■ "u- 

ous reasses :y 

Investigation , 
mental agencies mi' 
defense policy. Se' 
Open to all University -.lu j^jii-j 

Art Education 

ARTE 100 Fundamentals of Art Education. 

(3) Two hours of laboratory, nrri •-,.,' >-.- ,-c. .-> 

lecture per week F 

the visual arts for !• 

level. Elements anc : 

theory of color Studio practice m aiiferer.t 

media. 

Art History 

ARTH 100 Introduction to Art. (3) c 

of understanding visual ad. T' 
stresses major approaches 
techniques, subject matter, form, and 
evaluation Architecture, sculpture, painting, 
and graphic arts will be discussed Required of 
all art majors in the first year 
ARTH 260 History of Art. (3) A survey of 
western art as expressed through architecture, 
sculpture and painting Prehistoric limes to 
Renaissance 

ARTH 261 History of Art. (3) A survey of 
western art as expressed through architecture, 
sculpture and painting from Renaissance to the 
present 

ARTH 262 Arts of Asia. (3) The history of 
South and East Asian art from prehistory 
through the mid 1 9th Century, 
ARTH 284 Introduction to African Art. (3) 
General concepts preparing the student for a 
better understanding of African cultures 
through an appreciation of their art 
ARTH 320 Masterpieces of Painting. (3) A 
study of the contnbutions of a few major 
painters, ranging from Giotto to Titian 
ARTH 321 Masterpieces of Painting. (3) A 
study of the contributions of a few major 
painters, ranging from El Greco to Picasso 
ARTH 330 Masterpieces of Sculpture. (3) A 
study of the contnbutions of a few major sculp- 
tors, ranging